SECURITY FIRST TECHNOLOGIES CORP
S-4, 1998-06-05
Previous: JTM INDUSTRIES INC, S-4, 1998-06-05
Next: HDF INC, 10SB12G, 1998-06-05



      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 5, 1998
                                                     Registration No. 333-______
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                    SECURITY FIRST TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                                    Delaware
         (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

                                      7379
            (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

                               (To be applied for)
                      (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                    Security First Technologies Corporation
                      3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700
                             Atlanta, Georgia 30326
                                 (404) 812-6300
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
                                ---------------
                              Robert F. Stockwell
                            Chief Financial Officer
                    Security First Technologies Corporation
                      3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700
                             Atlanta, Georgia 30326
                                 (404) 812-6780
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                            ------------------------
                                    Copy to:
                             Stuart G. Stein, Esq.
                             Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.
                          555 Thirteenth Street, N.W.
                             Washington, D.C. 20004
                                 (202) 637-8575

         Approximate  date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to
the public:  As soon as practicable  after this  Registration  Statement becomes
effective.

         If the  securities  being  registered on this Form are being offered in
connection  with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

         If this  Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. [ ]
                              --------------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=================================================================================================================================
Title of each class of                                      Proposed  maximum        Proposed  maximum             Amount of
securities to be registered   Amount to be  registered    offering  price per unit  aggregate offering price  registration fee
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>                          <C>                           <C>                 <C>           
Common Stock,                  10,814,215                   $ 9.8125*                     $ 106,114,485*      $ 31,304*
par value $0.01 per share     
=================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

*    Estimated  pursuant to Rule  457(f)(1) and Rule 457(c) under the Securities
     Act of 1933 based upon the average of the high and low prices for shares of
     common stock of Security First Network Bank as reported on The Nasdaq Stock
     Market's National Market Tier calculated on the basis of June 2, 1998.

         THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE
OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS  EFFECTIVE  DATE UNTIL THE  REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION  ACTING  PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
                          SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK
                      3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700
                             Atlanta, Georgia 30326

                                                              _________ __, 1998
TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF
SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK:

        You are cordially  invited to attend a special  meeting of  shareholders
(the  "Special  Meeting") of Security  First Network Bank ("SFNB") to be held on
________ __, 1998,  at ___ a.m. at SFNB's  Atlanta City Office,  3390  Peachtree
Road, NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30326. Please note that if the proposals presented at
the Special Meeting are approved,  there will not be an annual meeting of SFNB's
shareholders  in 1998.  The next annual meeting will be that of the newly formed
holding company in 1999. The current directors of SFNB, who also currently serve
as the  directors  of the holding  company,  will  continue as  directors of the
holding company until that meeting.

        As described in the enclosed Proxy Statement/Prospectus,  at the Special
Meeting you will be asked to approve the proposed holding company reorganization
(the  "Reorganization") of SFNB and its wholly owned subsidiary,  Security First
Technologies,  Inc.  ("S1").  In  addition,  you will be asked  to  approve  the
proposed sale (the "Sale") of SFNB's banking business to RBC Holdings (Delaware)
Inc. ("RBC Holdings"), a U.S. subsidiary of Royal Bank of Canada ("Royal Bank"),
a Canadian chartered banking institution.

        The   Reorganization   is  being  undertaken  to  separate  the  banking
activities  of  SFNB  from  the  computer  software  activities  of  S1.  If the
Reorganization   and  the  Sale  are   approved,   immediately   following   the
Reorganization,  SFNB's banking business will be sold to RBC Holdings. After the
Sale,  S1, as a wholly owned  subsidiary  of the newly formed  holding  company,
would continue to engage in computer software activities, and neither S1 nor the
holding company would have an ownership interest in SFNB's banking business.

        The sale price of SFNB's  banking  business is $13  million  (subject to
adjustment),  which is  equivalent  to $3  million  in  excess  of the  required
regulatory  total capital of SFNB's banking  business on the closing date of the
Sale. SFNB has received an opinion from Friedman,  Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.,
financial  advisor to SFNB,  that the sale price for SFNB's banking  business is
fair, from a financial  point of view, to the holders of SFNB common stock.  The
opinion of Friedman,  Billings,  dated March 9, 1998,  is  reproduced in full as
Appendix A to the accompanying Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

        Each share of SFNB common  stock will  entitle its holder to one vote on
each of the Reorganization  and the Sale.  Consummation of the Reorganization is
subject to certain  conditions,  including  approval  by the holders of at least
two-thirds  of the  outstanding  shares of SFNB common stock and SFNB  preferred
stock. Consummation of the Sale also is subject to certain conditions, including
approval by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of SFNB
common stock and two-thirds of the outstanding shares of SFNB preferred stock.

         YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS  UNANIMOUSLY  APPROVED THE REORGANIZATION,  THE
SALE AND THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  THEREBY AND  RECOMMENDS  THAT YOU VOTE
"FOR" APPROVAL OF THE PROPOSALS AT THE SPECIAL MEETING.

        THE  REQUIRED  VOTE OF HOLDERS OF SFNB COMMON  STOCK WITH RESPECT TO THE
REORGANIZATION AND THE SALE IS BASED UPON THE TOTAL NUMBER OF OUTSTANDING SHARES
OF SFNB COMMON STOCK AND NOT UPON THE NUMBER OF SHARES WHICH ACTUALLY ARE VOTED.
ACCORDINGLY,  THE  FAILURE  TO  SUBMIT A PROXY  CARD OR TO VOTE IN PERSON AT THE
SPECIAL MEETING OR THE

<PAGE>
ABSTENTION  FROM  VOTING BY A  SHAREHOLDER  WILL HAVE THE SAME  EFFECT AS A VOTE
"AGAINST" THE PROPOSED REORGANIZATION AND THE PROPOSED SALE.

        IT IS VERY  IMPORTANT  THAT YOUR  SHARES BE  REPRESENTED  AT THE SPECIAL
MEETING.  WHETHER  OR NOT YOU  PLAN  TO  ATTEND  THE  SPECIAL  MEETING,  YOU ARE
REQUESTED  TO COMPLETE,  DATE AND SIGN THE ENCLOSED  PROXY CARD AND RETURN IT AS
SOON AS POSSIBLE IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE PAID ENVELOPE.

                                                  Sincerely,


                                                  James S. Mahan, III
                                                  Chief Executive Officer

<PAGE>
                          SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK
                      3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700
                             Atlanta, Georgia 30326
                                 (404) 812-6300
                              -------------------

                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                         TO BE HELD ON _______ __, 1998

                              -------------------

         NOTICE IS HEREBY  GIVEN  that a special  meeting of  shareholders  (the
"Special  Meeting")  of Security  First  Network Bank  ("SFNB")  will be held on
________ __, 1998,  at ___ a.m. at SFNB's  Atlanta City Office,  3390  Peachtree
Road, NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30326 for the following purposes:

         1.  Holding  Company  Reorganization.  To  consider  and vote  upon the
             proposed  holding  company  reorganization  of SFNB and its  wholly
             owned  subsidiary,  Security First  Technologies,  Inc. ("S1"),  by
             approving  the Second Amended and Restated Plan of  Reorganization,
             dated  as of March 9,  1998,  by and  among  SFNB,  Security  First
             Technologies   Corporation   (the   "Holding   Company")  and  upon
             organization,  New Security  First  Network Bank ("New  Bank"),  as
             amended (the  "Plan"),  pursuant to which (i) New Bank and S1 will,
             subject to necessary approvals, become wholly owned subsidiaries of
             a newly formed holding company known as Security First Technologies
             Corporation,  and (ii) each  issued and  outstanding  share of SFNB
             common  stock  and  SFNB   preferred   stock  will  be   converted,
             respectively,  into one share of Holding  Company  common stock and
             one share of Holding Company preferred stock (Proposal 1).

         2.  Sale of SFNB's  Banking  Business.  To  consider  and vote upon the
             proposed sale of SFNB's banking business to RBC Holdings (Delaware)
             Inc. ("RBC  Holdings"),  a U.S.  subsidiary of Royal Bank of Canada
             ("Royal  Bank"),  a  Canadian  chartered  banking  institution,  by
             approving the Stock Purchase Agreement,  dated as of March 9, 1998,
             by and  among  Royal  Bank,  RBC  Holdings,  SFNB  and the  Holding
             Company,  as amended  (the  "Agreement"),  pursuant to which SFNB's
             banking  business  would  be  sold  to  RBC  Holdings   immediately
             following the holding company reorganization (Proposal 2).

         3.  Other  Business.  To transact  such other  business as may properly
             come  before the  Special  Meeting,  or any  adjournments  thereof,
             including,  without  limitation,  a motion to adjourn  the  Special
             Meeting to another time and/or place for the purpose of  soliciting
             additional  proxies in order to approve the Plan,  the Agreement or
             otherwise.  

        The  Board of  Directors  of SFNB has fixed  the  close of  business  on
________  __,  1998 as the record date for the  determination  of the holders of
SFNB common stock entitled to notice of and to vote at the Special Meeting. Only
holders of record of SFNB  common  stock at the close of  business  on that date
will  be  entitled  to  notice  of and to  vote at the  Special  Meeting  or any
adjournment  thereof. The Plan and the Agreement will be submitted separately to
the holders of SFNB preferred stock for approval by written consent. 

<PAGE>

                                   By Order of the Board of Directors 


                                   James S. Mahan, III 
                                   Chief Executive Officer

Atlanta, Georgia
____________ ___, 1998

        IT IS IMPORTANT THAT PROXIES BE RETURNED PROMPTLY. THEREFORE, WHETHER OR
NOT YOU PLAN TO BE PRESENT IN PERSON AT THE SPECIAL  MEETING,  PLEASE DATE, SIGN
AND COMPLETE THE ENCLOSED  PROXY AND RETURN IT IN THE ENCLOSED  ENVELOPE,  WHICH
REQUIRES  POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED  STATES.  YOUR PROXY MAY BE REVOKED IN
THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY  STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AT ANY TIME
BEFORE IT IS VOTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING.


<PAGE>


SECURITY FIRST TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION          SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK
  3390 PEACHTREE ROAD, NE, SUITE 1700        3390 PEACHTREE ROAD, NE, SUITE 1700
      ATLANTA, GEORGIA  30326                     ATLANTA, GEORGIA  30326       


                    SECURITY FIRST TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
                                   PROSPECTUS
                             ----------------------

                          SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK
                                PROXY STATEMENT
                             ----------------------

                        10,814,215 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                             ----------------------

         This proxy statement/prospectus ("Proxy Statement/Prospectus") is being
furnished to shareholders of Security First Network Bank ("SFNB") in relation to
the special meeting of SFNB shareholders  (the "Special  Meeting") to be held on
____________  ___,  1998,  at ___ a.m.  at  SFNB's  Atlanta  City  Office,  3390
Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700, Atlanta,  Georgia 30326, and any adjournments of
the  Special  Meeting.  It also  serves  as the  prospectus  of  Security  First
Technologies     Corporation    (the    "Holding    Company").     This    Proxy
Statement/Prospectus  is first being  mailed to SFNB  shareholders  on or around
____________ ___, 1998.

         At the Special Meeting, the principal items of business for the holders
of the common stock, without par value, of SFNB ("SFNB Common Stock") will be to
consider  and vote upon (i) the proposed  holding  company  reorganization  (the
"Reorganization")  of SFNB  and its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Security  First
Technologies,  Inc. ("S1"), by approving the Second Amended and Restated Plan of
Reorganization,  dated as of March 9,  1998,  by and  among  SFNB,  the  Holding
Company and upon organization,  New Security First Network Bank ("New Bank"), as
amended (the  "Plan"),  (Proposal 1); and (ii) the proposed sale (the "Sale") of
SFNB's Banking  Business  (defined below) to RBC Holdings  (Delaware) Inc. ("RBC
Holdings"), a U.S. subsidiary of Royal Bank of Canada ("Royal Bank"), a Canadian
chartered banking institution,  by approving the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated
as of March 9, 1998, by and among Royal Bank, RBC Holdings, SFNB and the Holding
Company, as amended (the "Agreement"). The Plan and the Agreement are reproduced
in full as Appendix B and Appendix C to this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, and are
incorporated  herein  by  reference.  The Plan and the  Agreement  also  will be
submitted  separately to the holders of the Class A Preferred Stock, without par
value, of SFNB ("SFNB Preferred  Stock") for approval by written consent.  As of
________ ___, 1998 (the "Record  Date"),  there were  __________  shares of SFNB
Common Stock and __________ shares of SFNB Preferred Stock outstanding. Approval
of the Agreement is not a condition to approval of the Plan, but the Sale of the
Banking  Business to RBC Holdings  under the  Agreement  cannot occur unless the
Plan is approved.

         Pursuant  to the Plan (i) New Bank and S1 will,  subject  to  necessary
shareholder and regulatory  approvals,  become wholly owned  subsidiaries of the
Holding Company, and (ii) each issued and outstanding share of SFNB Common Stock
and SFNB  Preferred  Stock will be  converted,  respectively,  into one share of
Holding Company common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Holding Company Common
Stock"),  and Holding Company Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  par value
$0.01 per share ("Holding Company Preferred Stock").  SFNB Common Stock and SFNB
Preferred  Stock  sometimes are jointly  referred to herein as "SFNB Stock," and
Holding Company Common

                                                      Cover page continued . . .
                                       i


<PAGE>
Cover page continued . . .

Stock and Holding  Company  Preferred  Stock  sometimes are jointly  referred to
herein as "Holding Company Stock."

         The sale price of SFNB's  Banking  Business is $13 million  (subject to
adjustment),  which is  equivalent  to $3  million  in  excess  of the  required
regulatory  total capital of SFNB's Banking  Business on the closing date of the
Sale.

         The principal steps in the Reorganization will include the contribution
by SFNB of all its  Banking  Business  (including  at  least  $10.0  million  of
regulatory  capital) to New Bank,  the  purchase and  assumption  by the Holding
Company of all of SFNB's  remaining  assets and  liabilities in exchange for the
issuance  of  Holding  Company  Stock  to  SFNB,  the  declaration  by SFNB of a
distribution  of the Holding  Company  Stock to holders of SFNB  Stock,  and the
subsequent  voluntary  dissolution of SFNB pursuant to the rules and regulations
of the Office of Thrift  Supervision  (the "OTS").  Subject to  shareholder  and
regulatory approvals,  the Reorganization was a condition to the approval by the
OTS of SFNB's 1996  acquisition of SecureWare,  Inc.  ("SecureWare").  After the
Reorganization,  the  activities  of S1 no  longer  will  be  limited  to  those
permissible for a federal savings bank. Because S1 is deemed to be controlled by
bank holding companies,  S1's activities will be limited to those permissible to
bank  holding   companies,   but  this  restriction  will  not  apply  to  other
subsidiaries that may be established by the Holding Company.

        If the Agreement is approved, immediately after the Reorganization,  New
Bank, which will then own SFNB's Banking Business,  will be sold to RBC Holdings
and New Bank will  become a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of RBC  Holdings.  If the
Agreement is not approved,  the Holding Company still intends to discontinue all
banking operations. No determination has been made as to how the Holding Company
would implement the  discontinuation  of banking  operations if the Agreement is
not consummated. If the Agreement is approved but the Plan is not, the Agreement
will  not  be  consummated,  as  completion  of  the  Plan  is  a  condition  to
consummation of the Agreement.

        After the Reorganization and the Sale, the Holding Company will continue
as the  publicly  owned and  traded  company  and will be the  parent of S1. The
Holding  Company will apply to The Nasdaq Stock Market  ("Nasdaq") to change the
listing of SFNB Common Stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market's  National  Market Tier
(the "Nasdaq  Stock  Market") to Holding  Company  Common Stock under the symbol
"SONE" subject to consummation of the Reorganization.

        The Plan and the Agreement are subject to various conditions,  including
the approvals of regulatory  authorities.  SFNB expects that the  Reorganization
and the Sale will be  consummated  in the summer of 1998, or as soon as possible
after the receipt of the requisite  shareholder and regulatory approvals and the
expiration of any regulatory waiting periods. For a more detailed description of
the proposed  Reorganization,  see "The Holding Company  Reorganization."  For a
more detailed  description of the proposed Sale, see "The Sale of SFNB's Banking
Business."

        THE HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY  INVOLVES  RISK.  SFNB
SHAREHOLDERS  SHOULD  CAREFULLY  CONSIDER  THE  MATTERS  DISCLOSED  UNDER  "RISK
FACTORS"  BEGINNING  AT  PAGE 12  RELATING  TO CERTAIN  FACTORS  RELEVANT  TO AN
ASSESSMENT OF SFNB, THE HOLDING COMPANY AND THE HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK.

        THE HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY
THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  (THE  "SEC"),  ANY STATE  SECURITIES
COMMISSION,  THE OTS OR THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE  CORPORATION (THE "FDIC"),
NOR HAS THE SEC, ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION,  THE OTS, OR THE FDIC PASSED
UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  

                                       ii
<PAGE>
Cover page continued...

OF THIS PROXY  STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE  CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.  THE SHARES OF HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE
NOT SAVINGS  ACCOUNTS OR SAVINGS  DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FDIC,  THE
BANK INSURANCE FUND ("BIF"), THE SAVINGS ASSOCIATION  INSURANCE FUND ("SAIF") OR
ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

        NO  PERSON  IS  AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO  MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATION   NOT  CONTAINED  IN  THIS  PROXY   STATEMENT/   PROSPECTUS,   OR
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN, IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOLICITATION OF PROXIES
BY SFNB OR THE OFFERING OF HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON  STOCK MADE HEREBY,  AND, IF
GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATION  SHOULD NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING   BEEN   AUTHORIZED   BY  SFNB  OR  THE  HOLDING   COMPANY.   THIS  PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF
AN OFFER TO PURCHASE,  ANY HOLDING  COMPANY  COMMON STOCK  OFFERED BY THIS PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS,  OR THE SOLICITATION OF A PROXY, IN ANY JURISDICTION TO OR
FROM ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER, OR SOLICITATION OF AN
OFFER, OR PROXY SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROXY  STATEMENT/  PROSPECTUS NOR ANY DISTRIBUTION OF THE HOLDING COMPANY COMMON
STOCK  OFFERED  PURSUANT  TO THIS PROXY  STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS  SHALL,  UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  AN  IMPLICATION  THAT  THERE  HAS BEEN NO  CHANGE IN THE
AFFAIRS  OF  SFNB  OR THE  HOLDING  COMPANY  OR THE  INFORMATION  HEREIN  OR THE
DOCUMENTS  INCORPORATED  HEREIN  BY  REFERENCE  SINCE  THE  DATE OF  THIS  PROXY
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.

                             ----------------------

    THE DATE OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS _______________ __, 1998.

                                      iii
<PAGE>

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         Under the rules and  regulations  of the OTS,  SFNB is  subject  to the
informational  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the  "Exchange  Act"),  and  the  rules  and  regulations  thereunder,  and  in
accordance therewith files reports,  proxy statements and other information with
the OTS. Such reports,  proxy statements and other information filed by SFNB can
be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference  Section of the OTS at
1700 G Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20552. In addition,  such reports, proxy
statements  and other  information  may be  inspected  and  copied at the public
reference facilities  maintained by the OTS at 1700 G Street, N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20552,  and at the Regional  Office of the OTS at 1475  Peachtree  Street,
N.E.,  Atlanta,  Georgia 30309.  SFNB Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Stock
Market.  Reports,  proxy statements and other information concerning SFNB can be
inspected  at the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.,  1735 K
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.

        The Holding Company has filed a Registration  Statement on Form S-4 (the
"Registration  Statement")  with the SEC under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended (the "Securities Act"),  relating to the Holding Company Common Stock to
be  issued  to  the  holders  of  SFNB  Common  Stock  in  connection  with  the
Reorganization  pursuant to the Plan. As permitted by the rules and  regulations
of the SEC, this Proxy Statement/Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the  Registration  Statement.  Statements  contained  in this Proxy
Statement/Prospectus  as to the contents of any  contract or other  document are
not  necessarily  complete  and, in each  instance  where such contract or other
document  is  filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement,  each  such
statement is qualified in all respects by such reference.

         The  Registration  Statement  and the  exhibits  forming a part thereof
filed by the Holding  Company  with the SEC can be  inspected  and copies can be
obtained at the public  reference  facilities  maintained by the  Securities and
Exchange  Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and at the following  regional  offices of the SEC: 7
World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048 and Northwestern Atrium
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois 60661. Copies of
such  materials  can be  obtained  from  the  Public  Reference  Section  of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549, at prescribed  rates. The SEC maintains a Web site that contains reports,
proxy and information  statements and other  information  regarding  registrants
that file  electronically  with the SEC.  The  address  of the SEC's Web site is
http://www.sec.gov.

                          FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

          Certain  information  contained  in  this  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus
constitutes   "forward-looking   statements."   Sections   27A(b)(2)(D)  of  the
Securities  Act and  21E(b)(2)(D)  of the Exchange Act expressly  state that the
safe harbor for forward-looking  statements does not apply to statements made in
connection  with an initial  public  offering  such as the  offering  of Holding
Company Common Stock made hereby.  Such information can be identified by the use
of  forward-looking   terminology  such  as  "may,"  "will  "should,"  "expect,"
"anticipate,"  "estimate,"  "intend," "continue," or "believes" or the negatives
thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. The statements in
"Risk  Factors"  in  this  Proxy   Statement/Prospectus   constitute  cautionary
statements   identifying   important   factors,   including  certain  risks  and
uncertainties,  with respect to such forward-looking statements that could cause
the actual results, performance or achievements of the Holding Company to differ

                                       iv
<PAGE>
materially from those reflected in such forward-looking  statements.  Statements
in the  sections  of  "Information  about SFNB --  Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations" are  forward-looking
statements  within the meaning of the  Securities  Act and the Exchange Act. The
Holding Company also may provide  projections,  forecasts or estimates of future
performance  or cash flows of the Holding  Company.  Projections,  forecasts and
estimates  are  forward-looking  statements  and  will  be  based  upon  certain
assumptions.  Actual  events  are  difficult  to  predict  and may be beyond the
Holding  Company's  control.  Actual events may differ from those assumed.  Some
important  factors that would cause actual results that differ  materially  from
those in any  forward-looking  statements  include those  discussed  under "Risk
Factors,"  as well as  changes  in  business,  market  and  financial  or  legal
conditions of the Holding Company from those assumed, among others. Accordingly,
there can be no assurance that any estimated returns, projections,  forecasts or
estimates  can be  realized  or that  actual  returns  or  results  will  not be
materially lower than those that may be estimated.

















                                       v

<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
AVAILABLE INFORMATION .....................................................

FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION ...............................................

SUMMARY ...................................................................
   The Special Meeting ....................................................
   Consent of the Holders of SFNB Preferred Stock .........................
   The Companies ..........................................................
   The Holding Company Reorganization .....................................
   The Sale of SFNB's Banking Business ....................................
   Other Matters ..........................................................
   Selected Financial and Other Data ......................................

RISK FACTORS...............................................................
   History of, and Anticipated Future, Operating Losses and Resulting
     Additional Capital Needs..............................................
   S1 Limited Operating History............................................
   Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating Results.............................
   Dependence on Banking Industry..........................................
   Dependence upon Uncertain Market........................................
   Product Concentration...................................................
   Risk of Product Defects; Product Liability..............................
   Customer Project Risks and Lengthy Implementation and Sales Cycles......
   Ability to Manage Growth................................................
   Risk of System Failure; Security Risks..................................
   Year 2000...............................................................
   Intense Competition.....................................................
   Dependence on Proprietary Technology; Risk of Infringement..............
   Government Regulation...................................................
   Control by Officers, Directors and Principal Shareholders...............
   Need to Expand Board of Directors and Continuity of Management..........
   Dividend Policy.........................................................

THE SPECIAL MEETING........................................................
   Matters to be Considered at the Special Meeting.........................
   Record Date and Voting..................................................
   Vote Required; Revocability of Proxies..................................
   Solicitation of Proxies.................................................

THE HOLDING COMPANY REORGANIZATION.........................................
   The Companies Involved in the Reorganization............................
   Description of the Reorganization ......................................
   Recommendation of the SFNB Board of Directors and 
     Reasons for the Reorganization........................................
   Treatment of Stock Certificates.........................................
   Regulatory Approvals....................................................
   Conditions to the Plan..................................................
   Abandonment and Amendment of the Plan...................................
   Accounting Treatment....................................................
   No Dissenters' Rights...................................................
   Federal Income Tax Consequences.........................................
   Comparison of Shareholders' Rights......................................
   Limitation of Director Liability........................................
   Takeover Defense Provisions.............................................

THE SALE OF SFNB'S BANKING BUSINESS........................................
   The Companies Involved in the Sale of SFNB's Banking Business...........
   The SFNB/Royal Bank Transactions........................................
   Background of the Sale..................................................
   Recommendation of the SFNB Board of Directors and 
     Reasons for the Sale..................................................
   Purpose and Effects of the Sale.........................................
   Description of SFNB's Banking Business..................................
   Structure of the Sale...................................................
   Purchase Price and Holdback Amount......................................
   Regulatory Approvals....................................................
   Conditions to the Agreement.............................................
   

                                       vi
<PAGE>
   Conduct of Banking Business pending the Sale............................
   Third Party Proposals...................................................
   Expenses and Operating Losses...........................................
   Non-Compete and Employee Matters........................................
   Certain Provisions of the Agreement.....................................
   Termination and Amendment of the Agreement..............................
   Opinion of SFNB's Financial Advisor.....................................
   Accounting Treatment....................................................
   Federal Income Tax Consequences.........................................
   No Dissenters' Rights...................................................
   Indemnification.........................................................
   Other Related Agreements................................................

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS................................

CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES....................................

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE HOLDING COMPANY...........................
   Business of the Holding Company.........................................
   Financial Resources of the Holding Company..............................
   Regulation..............................................................
   Description of the Capital Stock of the Holding Company.................
   Management and Compensation Information.................................
   Stock Owned by Management and Principal Holders of Voting Securities....
   Market for Holding Company Common Stock and Dividends...................
   Regulation of the Holding Company.......................................
   Capitalization..........................................................

INFORMATION ABOUT SFNB.....................................................
   Description of Business.................................................
   Description of Property.................................................
   Legal Proceedings.......................................................
   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
    Condition and Results of Operations....................................
   Market for SFNB Common Stock and Dividends..............................
   Management..............................................................
   Executive and Director Compensation.....................................
   Employment Contracts ...................................................
   Option Grants ..........................................................
   Option Exercises in 1997 and Year-End Option Values ....................
   Certain Transactions....................................................
   Stock Owned by Management...............................................
   Principal Holders of Voting Securities of SFNB..........................

ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING.........................................

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS......................................................

OTHER MATTERS..............................................................

EXPERTS....................................................................

LEGAL MATTERS..............................................................

Appendices
Appendix A   Opinion of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc..............  A-1
Appendix B   Second Amended and Restated Plan of Reorganization, as amended  B-1
Appendix C   Stock Purchase Agreement, as amended..........................  C-1
Appendix D   Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company...........  D-1
Appendix E   Bylaws of the Holding Company.................................  E-1
Appendix F   Consolidated Financial Statements of SFNB ....................  F-1

                                      vii
<PAGE>


                                    SUMMARY

        This  summary  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by  the  more  detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

                              THE SPECIAL MEETING

Matters to be Considered at the
 Special Meeting .........................    Holders of SFNB Common  Stock will
                                              be  asked  to   approve   (i)  the
                                              proposed  Reorganization  of  SFNB
                                              and S1 by  approving  the Plan and
                                              the   transactions    contemplated
                                              thereby, (ii) the proposed Sale of
                                              SFNB's    Banking    Business   by
                                              approving  the  Agreement  and the
                                              transactions contemplated thereby,
                                              and (iii) such other  business  as
                                              may   properly   come  before  the
                                              Special  Meeting,   including,  if
                                              necessary,    approval    of    an
                                              adjournment of the Special Meeting
                                              to permit further solicitation of 
                                              proxies.


Required Shareholder Vote ................    The   affirmative   vote   of  the
                                              holders of at least  two-thirds of
                                              the  outstanding  shares  of  SFNB
                                              Common   Stock  is   required   to
                                              approve the Plan. The  affirmative
                                              vote of the  holders of at least a
                                              majority of the outstanding shares
                                              of SFNB  Common  Stock is required
                                              to approve the Agreement. Approval
                                              of  an  adjournment  requires  the
                                              affirmative  vote of a majority of
                                              the shares  represented  in person
                                              or  by   proxy   at  the   Special
                                              Meeting.  

Date, Time and Place of the 
     Special Meeting ...................      The Special  Meeting  will be held
                                              on ___________ ___, 1998, at _____
                                              a.m.   at  SFNB's   Atlanta   City
                                              Office,  3390 Peachtree  Road, NE,
                                              Atlanta,   Georgia  30326.  

Record Date ...........................       Only  holders  of  record  of SFNB
                                              Common   Stock  at  the  close  of
                                              business on _____________ __, 1998
                                              are  entitled  to notice of and to
                                              vote at the Special Meeting and at
                                              any adjournments thereof.

Additional Information ................       For  additional  information,  you
                                              may   contact   Jeannie   Morrill,
                                              Assistant  Secretary  of  SFNB  at
                                              (404) 812-6300.

                 CONSENT OF THE HOLDERS OF SFNB PREFERRED STOCK

Matters to be Considered ..............       The  holders  of  SFNB   Preferred
                                              Stock  will be  asked  to  approve
                                              separately by written  consent the
                                              Plan,  the   Agreement,   and  the
                                              transactions contemplated thereby.
                                              The   three    holders   of   SFNB
                                              Preferred   Stock  are  Huntington
                                              Bancshares,           Incorporated
                                              ("Huntington"),           Wachovia
                                              Corporation  ("Wachovia") and Area
                                              Bancshares Corporation ("Area").

                                       1
<PAGE>
Required Shareholder Vote ..............      The  affirmative  vote of at least
                                              two-thirds   of  the   outstanding
                                              shares of SFNB Preferred  Stock is
                                              required  to approve  the Plan and
                                              the Agreement. Each holder of SFNB
                                              Preferred  Stock will be  entitled
                                              to one vote for each share held of
                                              record on the Record Date.

Record Date ............................      Only  holders  of  record  of SFNB
                                              Preferred Stock on the Record Date
                                              are  entitled  to notice of and to
                                              vote  on  the  matters   described
                                              above.

                                 THE COMPANIES

Security First Network Bank ............      SFNB is a  federal  savings  bank.
                                              The  deposit  accounts in SFNB are
                                              insured by the FDIC.  SFNB was the
                                              first    FDIC-insured    financial
                                              institution to execute traditional
                                              banking    services    over    the
                                              Internet.  SFNB  operates from its
                                              City Office in  Atlanta,  Georgia.
                                              SFNB has two subsidiaries,  S1 and
                                              SFNB Investment, Inc., which never
                                              has  conducted  business.  If  the
                                              Reorganization   is   consummated,
                                              SFNB will be dissolved pursuant to
                                              the rules and  regulations  of the
                                              OTS and the  shareholders  of SFNB
                                              will  become  shareholders  of the
                                              Holding  Company.  If the  Sale is
                                              approved     and      consummated,
                                              immediately        after       the
                                              Reorganization,  New  Bank,  which
                                              will   acquire    SFNB's   Banking
                                              Business  in  the  Reorganization,
                                              will be sold to RBC Holdings.  The
                                              principal executive office of SFNB
                                              is located at 3390 Peachtree Road,
                                              NE, Suite 1700,  Atlanta,  Georgia
                                              30326, and its telephone number is
                                              (404) 812-6300.  SFNB can be found
                                              on   the   World   Wide   Web   at
                                              http://www.SFNB.com.           For
                                              additional information about SFNB,
                                              see  "Information  about SFNB" and
                                              Appendix F.


Security First Technologies Corporation....   The Holding  Company was organized
                                              by SFNB as a Delaware  corporation
                                              in May  1998  for the  purpose  of
                                              becoming the holding company of S1
                                              and,  pending the Sale,  New Bank.
                                              The Holding Company currently is a
                                              wholly  owned  subsidiary  of SFNB
                                              that conducts no business.  If the
                                              Reorganization is consummated,  S1
                                              and New Bank  will  become  wholly
                                              owned  subsidiaries of the Holding
                                              Company,  the Holding Company will
                                              continue as the publicly owned and
                                              traded  company  and  the  current
                                              shareholders  of SFNB will  become
                                              shareholders    of   the   Holding
                                              Company.    If   the    Sale    is
                                              consummated, New Bank will be sold
                                              to RBC  Holdings  and the  primary
                                              business activities of the Holding
                                              Company  initially will consist of
                                              the  operation  of S1 as a  wholly
                                              owned  subsidiary.  The  principal
                                              executive  office  of the  Holding
                                              Company   is   located   at   3390
                                              Peachtree  Road,  NE,  Suite 1700,
                                              Atlanta, Georgia

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                              30326 and its telephone  number is
                                              (404)   812-6300.    The   Holding
                                              Company  can be found on the World
                                              Wide Web at http://www.s1.com.


New Security First Network Bank .......       If    the     Reorganization    is
                                              consummated,  New  Bank  will be a
                                              federal  savings bank organized by
                                              SFNB on the Closing Date  (defined
                                              below).  In  connection  with  its
                                              organization, 1,000 shares, of the
                                              common stock,  par value $0.01 per
                                              share,  of New Bank (the "New Bank
                                              Shares")  will be  issued to SFNB.
                                              In the  Reorganization,  SFNB will
                                              contribute its Banking Business to
                                              New Bank prior to the  dissolution
                                              of   SFNB.    If   the   Sale   is
                                              consummated, immediately after the
                                              Reorganization,  RBC Holdings will
                                              purchase  the New Bank  Shares and
                                              New  Bank  will  become  a  wholly
                                              owned  subsidiary  of RBC Holdings
                                              and will continue  SFNB's  Banking
                                              Business as a federal savings bank
                                              then  known  as  "Security   First
                                              Network    Bank."   The    deposit
                                              accounts in New Bank will continue
                                              to be  insured  by the FDIC to the
                                              fullest extent permitted by law.


Security First  Technologies,  Inc......      S1  presently  is a  wholly  owned
                                              subsidiary  of SFNB.  S1 developed
                                              the Virtual Bank  Manager  ("VBM")
                                              software  product used by SFNB and
                                              31 other financial institutions at
                                              March  31,  1998 to offer  banking
                                              services  over  the  Internet.  S1
                                              also  is  developing  the  related
                                              suite of financial  software known
                                              as   Virtual   Financial   Manager
                                              ("VFM"),  and is  primarily in the
                                              business   of    developing    and
                                              marketing  software  products  and
                                              services  to  both   domestic  and
                                              international  financial  services
                                              companies.     These     financial
                                              companies  can in turn offer their
                                              financial    services   over   the
                                              Internet.  S1  also  operates  and
                                              markets a data  center to  process
                                              Internet  financial   transactions
                                              for  any   financial   institution
                                              which  desires to  outsource  such
                                              activities.  If the Reorganization
                                              is  consummated,  S1 will become a
                                              wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the
                                              Holding  Company  and the  primary
                                              business  of the  Holding  Company
                                              initially  will be the business of
                                              S1.  S1's  executive  offices  are
                                              located  at 3390  Peachtree  Road,
                                              NE, Suite 1700,  Atlanta,  Georgia
                                              30326 and its telephone  number is
                                              (404) 812-6300. S1 can be found on
                                              the    World     Wide    Web    at
                                              http://www.s1.com.


Royal  Bank of  Canada .................      Royal Bank is a Canadian chartered
                                              banking  institution  with banking
                                              operations    located   throughout
                                              Canada and 36 other countries.  At
                                              October  31,   1997,   Royal  Bank
                                              reported   total  assets  of  $171
                                              billion (U.S.),  total deposits of
                                              $121  billion   (U.S.)  and  total
                                              stockholders'   equity   of   $7.3
                                              billion   (U.S.).   Royal   Bank's
                                              principal executive office is
 
                                      3

<PAGE>

                                              located  at 1 Place  Ville  Marie,
                                              Montreal,  Quebec H3C 3A9, Canada,
                                              and its telephone  number is (514)
                                              874-2110.

RBC  Holdings (Delaware)  Inc. ..........     RBC   Holdings   is   a   Delaware
                                              corporation  and  a  wholly  owned
                                              subsidiary  of Royal Bank.  If the
                                              Reorganization  and the  Sale  are
                                              consummated,  RBC  Holdings  would
                                              acquire SFNB's Banking Business by
                                              purchasing  the  New  Bank  Shares
                                              immediately   subsequent   to  the
                                              Reorganization.    The   executive
                                              offices   of  RBC   Holdings   are
                                              located   at   Wilmington    Trust
                                              Center,  1100 North Market Street,
                                              Wilmington,  Delaware  19801,  and
                                              its  telephone   number  is  (302)
                                              658-0289.

                       THE HOLDING COMPANY REORGANIZATION

Description of the Reorganization .......     As part of the Reorganization, the
                                              Holding Company has been organized
                                              as a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of
                                              SFNB.  If  the  Reorganization  is
                                              consummated, in the Reorganization
                                              (1) New Bank will be  organized as
                                              a wholly owned subsidiary of SFNB,
                                              (2)  SFNB  will   contribute   its
                                              Banking  Business to New Bank, (3)
                                              the Holding  Company will purchase
                                              and  assume  all of  SFNB's  other
                                              assets and liabilities in exchange
                                              for  the   issuance   of   Holding
                                              Company  Stock to  SFNB,  (4) SFNB
                                              will declare a distribution of its
                                              Holding   Company  Stock  to  SFNB
                                              shareholders,  and (5)  SFNB  will
                                              dissolve  voluntarily.  After  the
                                              Reorganization is consummated, the
                                              Holding  Company  will  wholly own
                                              New Bank and S1,  and the  holders
                                              of SFNB  Stock  will  own  Holding
                                              Company  Stock to the same  extent
                                              they owned SFNB Stock prior to the
                                              Reorganization.      For      more
                                              information,   see  "The   Holding
                                              Company      Reorganization     --
                                              Description         of         the
                                              Reorganization."

Reasons for the Reorganization ........       The    Reorganization   is   being
                                              undertaken to separate the banking
                                              activities   of  SFNB   from   the
                                              computer  software  activities  of
                                              S1.  Subject  to  shareholder  and
                                              regulatory     approvals,      the
                                              Reorganization    also    was    a
                                              condition  to the  approval of the
                                              OTS of SFNB's 1996  acquisition of
                                              SecureWare.   In   addition,   the
                                              Reorganization will facilitate the
                                              Sale of SFNB's  Banking  Business.
                                              See    "The    Holding     Company
                                              Reorganization  --  Recommendation
                                              of the SFNB Board of Directors and
                                              Reasons for the Reorganization."

Regulatory  Approvals ..................      Applications  to the  OTS  and the
                                              Georgia  Department of Banking and
                                              Finance (the "Georgia Department")
                                              for   the   Reorganization    were
                                              approved prior to the announcement
                                              of the proposed  Sale. The Georgia
                                              Department has

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                              confirmed    that   its   approval
                                              remains  in  effect,  and SFNB has
                                              requested  confirmation  from  the
                                              OTS    as   to    the    continued
                                              effectiveness  of its  approval in
                                              light of the  decision to sell the
                                              Banking  Business to RBC Holdings.
                                              The required  regulatory  approval
                                              of the FDIC in connection with the
                                              Reorganization  has been received.
                                              The Holding  Company will apply to
                                              Nasdaq to change  the  listing  of
                                              SFNB  Common  Stock on the  Nasdaq
                                              Stock  Market to  Holding  Company
                                              Common   Stock  under  the  symbol
                                              "SONE" subject to  consummation of
                                              the   Reorganization.   See   "The
                                              Holding Company  Reorganization --
                                              Regulatory Approvals."


Stock Owned by  Management .............      The    directors   and   executive
                                              officers   of   SFNB   and   their
                                              affiliates  hold  ____  shares  of
                                              SFNB  Common  Stock  (___%  of the
                                              outstanding  SFNB Common  Stock as
                                              of   the   Record    Date).    The
                                              affirmative vote of the holders of
                                              at   least   two-thirds   of   the
                                              outstanding  shares of SFNB Common
                                              Stock is  required  to approve the
                                              Plan.  All of the 1,000  shares of
                                              Holding  Company Common Stock that
                                              presently  are   outstanding   are
                                              owned by SFNB.  SFNB,  as the sole
                                              shareholder    of   the    Holding
                                              Company,  has  voted  all of these
                                              shares in favor of approval of the
                                              Plan.

Management .............................      The  directors and officers of the
                                              Holding  Company   initially  will
                                              consist of the persons  serving as
                                              directors   and  officers  of  the
                                              Holding Company  immediately prior
                                              to  the  Effective  Time  (defined
                                              below) of the Reorganization.  The
                                              four   directors  of  the  Holding
                                              Company  also serve as the members
                                              of SFNB's Board of Directors. Each
                                              of the  executive  officers of the
                                              Holding Company  currently  serves
                                              as an officer  of SFNB  and/or S1.
                                              If    the     Reorganization    is
                                              consummated,  as a  result  of the
                                              new holding company  formation and
                                              the dissolution of SFNB, the first
                                              annual meeting of  shareholders of
                                              the Holding  Company  will be held
                                              in 1999.

Comparison of Shareholders' Rights 
and  Limitation of Director Liability...      SFNB   is   subject   to   federal
                                              statutes      and      regulations
                                              applicable to FDIC-insured federal
                                              savings    banks.    The   Holding
                                              Company,     as     a     Delaware
                                              corporation,  is  governed  by the
                                              Delaware  General  Corporation Law
                                              (the   "DGCL").    The   governing
                                              instruments of the Holding Company
                                              differ in  certain  respects  from
                                              those  of  SFNB.   Unlike   SFNB's
                                              Amended   and   Restated   Charter
                                              ("Charter"), the Holding Company's
                                              Certificate    of    Incorporation
                                              includes provisions which may have
                                              a    significant     anti-takeover
                                              effect.  See "The Holding  Company
                                              Reorganization --


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                              Comparison    of     Shareholders'
                                              Rights" and "--  Takeover  Defense
                                              Provisions."  As  permitted by the
                                              DGCL,   the   Holding    Company's
                                              Certificate    of    Incorporation
                                              eliminates,   except  in   certain
                                              circumstances,     the    personal
                                              liability for monetary  damages of
                                              directors for breach of their duty
                                              of care to the Holding Company and
                                              its shareholders. See "The Holding
                                              Company      Reorganization     --
                                              Limitation of Director Liability."

                      THE SALE OF SFNB'S BANKING BUSINESS

Description of the Sale ................      If the Plan and the  Agreement are
                                              approved,     immediately    after
                                              consummation         of        the
                                              Reorganization,     the    Holding
                                              Company  will  sell  the New  Bank
                                              Shares  to  RBC  Holdings.   As  a
                                              result  of  the   contribution  of
                                              SFNB's  Banking  Business  to  New
                                              Bank in the Reorganization and the
                                              purchase  by RBC  Holdings  of the
                                              New Bank  Shares,  New  Bank  will
                                              become a wholly  owned  subsidiary
                                              of RBC  Holdings  and RBC Holdings
                                              will   acquire    SFNB's   Banking
                                              Business.  For  more  information,
                                              see "The  Sale of  SFNB's  Banking
                                              Business."

Reasons for the Sale ...................      In the third quarter of 1997, SFNB
                                              adopted a formal  plan to sell its
                                              banking    assets   and    related
                                              liabilities     in     order    to
                                              concentrate  its  efforts  on  the
                                              rapidly growing Internet  software
                                              development  and  data  processing
                                              segment of its business.  See "The
                                              Sale of SFNB's Banking Business --
                                              Background of the Sale."

Regulatory  Approvals ..................      Applications are pending to obtain
                                              the required regulatory  approvals
                                              for the  proposed  Sale  from  the
                                              OTS, the Board of Governors of the
                                              Federal    Reserve   System   (the
                                              "Federal  Reserve  Board") and the
                                              Georgia  Department.   Royal  Bank
                                              also    intends    to    file   an
                                              application with the Office of the
                                              Superintendent     of    Financial
                                              Institutions    of   Canada   (the
                                              "Superintendent")   for  approval,
                                              upon  the  recommendation  of  the
                                              Superintendent, of the Minister of
                                              Finance   under   the   Bank   Act
                                              (Canada) to indirectly acquire the
                                              New Bank Shares.  See "The Sale of
                                              SFNB's    Banking    Business   --
                                              Regulatory Approvals."

Fairness Opinion .......................      Friedman,  Billings, Ramsey & Co.,
                                              Inc.  ("FBR"),   SFNB's  financial
                                              advisor,  has  rendered an opinion
                                              to SFNB dated March 9, 1998,  that
                                              the sale price for SFNB's  Banking
                                              Business is fair, from a financial
                                              point of view,  to the  holders of
                                              SFNB Common Stock. The FBR opinion
                                              is  reproduced in full as Appendix
                                              A   to   this   Proxy   Statement/
                                              Prospectus.  See also "The Sale of
                                              SFNB's Banking Business -- Opinion
                                              of SFNB's Financial Advisor."
                                       6
<PAGE>

                                 OTHER MATTERS

Tax Consequences .......................      A tax opinion of KPMG Peat Marwick
                                              LLP ("KPMG") will  be  received to
                                              the effect that  certain  steps in
                                              the Reorganization will constitute
                                              a "reorganization"  that qualifies
                                              for  nonrecognition  treatment for
                                              federal  income tax purposes,  and
                                              that none of SFNB, S1, the Holding
                                              Company,    New   Bank   nor   the
                                              shareholders    of    SFNB    will
                                              recognize gain or loss for federal
                                              income tax purposes as a result of
                                              those  steps.  The Sale of  SFNB's
                                              Banking  Business  pursuant to the
                                              Agreement,  however,  is  a  fully
                                              taxable  transaction  for  federal
                                              income tax purposes,  and the SFNB
                                              consolidated    group    (or    as
                                              successor,   the  Holding  Company
                                              consolidated group) will recognize
                                              gain  for   federal   income   tax
                                              purposes  as a result of the Sale.
                                              See  "Certain  Federal  Income Tax
                                              Consequences."

No Dissenters'Rights ....................     No    dissenters'    rights    are
                                              available to holders of SFNB Stock
                                              in connection with the Plan or the
                                              Agreement.    See   "The   Holding
                                              Company   Reorganization   --   No
                                              Dissenters'  Rights" and "The Sale
                                              of SFNB's  Banking  Business -- No
                                              Dissenter's Rights." 

Market Prices of Common Stock ..........      The Holding  Company will apply to
                                              Nasdaq to change  the  listing  of
                                              SFNB  Common  Stock on the  Nasdaq
                                              Stock  Market to  Holding  Company
                                              Common   Stock  under  the  symbol
                                              "SONE" subject to  consummation of
                                              the Reorganization. At the present
                                              time, only 1,000 shares of Holding
                                              Company Common Stock are issued to
                                              SFNB  and  currently  there  is no
                                              public market for Holding  Company
                                              Common Stock.

                                              SFNB Common Stock is traded on the
                                              Nasdaq   Stock  Market  under  the
                                              symbol "SFNB." The following table
                                              sets  forth the per share  closing
                                              price of SFNB Common  Stock on the
                                              Nasdaq  Stock  Market  as  of  the
                                              dates specified:

                                                       Last Reported Sale Price
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           SFNB
                                                                          Common
                                              Date                         Stock
                                              ----                        ------
                                             <S>                         <C>   
                                              December 31, 1996 .......   $10.25
                                              December 31, 1997 .......     7.25
                                              March 6, 1998 (a) .......    13.63
                                              ________ __, 1998 (b)....
</TABLE>
                    
                                              (a) Last  trading  date  prior  to
                                                  announcement  of  execution of
                                                  the Plan and the Agreement.

                                              (b) The  most  recent  practicable
                                                  date prior to the date of this
                                                  Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

                                       7
<PAGE>

                                              For additional  information  about
                                              SFNB     Common     Stock,     see
                                              "Information  about SFNB -- Market
                                              for   SFNB   Common    Stock   and
                                              Dividends." 





                                       8
<PAGE>
                       SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        The following  tables set forth certain  financial  information for SFNB
and  certain  pro forma  financial  information  for the  Holding  Company.  The
historical  financial  information set forth below should be read in conjunction
with the historical  consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of SFNB
and "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations"  appearing  elsewhere herein.  See Appendix F and "Information about
SFNB." The pro forma  financial  information  set forth below  should be read in
conjunction  with  "Pro  Forma  Consolidated   Financial  Statements"  appearing
elsewhere  herein.  The results of operations for the interim period ended March
31, 1998 are not necessarily  indicative of results  expected to be obtained for
the full fiscal year.  Dollars are in thousands except share and per share data.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA - CONTINUING OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Three Months
                                                                Ended March 31,               Year Ended December 31,
                                                       ----------------------------    ---------------------------------------------
                                                               1998            1997            1997            1996          1995
                                                               ----            ----            ----            ----          ----
Revenues:
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>       
   Software license fees ...........................   $        669    $        673    $      4,142    $        512    $       --
   Professional services ...........................          2,449             973           6,277             699            --
   Data center fees ................................            310              24             411              56            --
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ----------
         Total revenues.............................          3,428           1,670          10,830           1,267            --
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ----------
Direct costs:

   Software license fees ...........................             20             490           1,605             796            --
   Professional services ...........................          1,570           1,237           5,346             535            --
   Data center fees ................................          1,823           1,507           6,947           2,266            --
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ----------
         Total direct costs ........................          3,413           3,234          13,898           3,597            --
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ----------
         Gross margin ..............................             15          (1,564)         (3,068)         (2,330)           --
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ----------
Operating expenses:

   Selling and marketing ...........................          1,071           1,083           4,305           2,154            --
   Product development .............................          3,383           2,375          10,507           4,048            --
   General and administrative ......................          1,204           1,369           4,637           3,635            46
   Depreciation and amortization ...................            637             310           1,741             256            --
   Amortization of goodwill and acquisition      
      charges ......................................          2,088             341           4,525           7,072            --
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ----------
         Total operating expenses...................          8,383           5,478          25,715          17,165            46
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ----------
         Operating loss ............................         (8,368)         (7,042)        (28,783)        (19,495)          (46)
Interest income ....................................            255             419           1,481           1,672           101
                                                       ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ----------
Loss from continuing operations ....................   $     (8,113)   $     (6,623)   $    (27,302)   $    (17,823)   $       55
                                                       ============    ============    ============    ============    ==========
Basic and diluted net loss per common
   share from continuing operations.................   $      (0.77)   $      (0.80)   $      (3.06)   $      (3.03)   $       --
                                                       ============    ============    ============    ============    ==========
Weighted average common shares
   outstanding......................................     10,523,921       8,276,415       8,922,762       5,874,000     9,451,000
</TABLE>


BALANCE SHEET DATA - CONTINUING OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   March 31,        December 31,        December 31,     December 31,
                                                     1998              1997                 1996              1995
                                                  ----------        ------------        ------------     ------------
<S>                                               <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>    
Cash and investment
 securities ..............................        $15,352             $19,951             $36,155             $ 3,710
Accounts receivable, net .................          5,181               4,297               1,216                  --
Other current assets .....................          1,083               1,141                 567                  --
Noncurrent assets ........................          8,660              10,803               8,003                 238
</TABLE>


                                       9
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>    
Total assets .............................         30,276              36,192              45,941               3,948
Current liabilities ......................         14,298              12,654               6,028                 581
Stockholders' equity .....................         15,978              23,538              39,913               3,367
Book value per
  common share ...........................           1.50                2.24                4.83                1.40
</TABLE>

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA - BANKING OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Three Months
                                                                    Ended March 31,          Year Ended December 31,
                                                                 -------------------     --------------------------------
                                                                     1998       1997       1997         1996        1995
                                                                     ----       ----       ----         ----        ----

<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>    
Interest income .............................................    $   892     $ 1,180     $ 3,548     $ 3,374     $ 4,294
Interest expense ............................................        489         710       2,020       2,221       2,367
                                                                 -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
    Net interest income .....................................        403         470       1,528       1,153       1,927
Provisions for loan losses ..................................         40          --         133          --          --
                                                                 -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
    Net interest income after       
     provision for loan losses ..............................        363         470       1,395       1,153       1,927
                                                                 -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
Noninterest income ..........................................        129         114         725         238         196
Gain on sale of branch ......................................         --       1,500       1,500          --          --
Noninterest expense .........................................       (957)     (1,328)     (4,309)     (6,003)     (4,161)
Income tax benefit ..........................................         --          --          --         376         503
                                                                 -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
    Net income (loss) from discontinued
     operations .............................................       (465)        756        (689)     (4,236)     (1,535)
                                                                 -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
Basic and diluted net income
   (loss) per common share from
     discontinued operations ................................    $ (0.05)    $  0.09     $ (0.08)    $ (0.73)    $ (0.16)
                                                                 -------     -------     -------     -------     -------

BALANCE SHEET DATA - BANKING OPERATIONS
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                March 31,           December 31,        December 31,      December 31,
                                                  1998                1997                1996              1995
                                                 ---------           ------------        ------------      ------------ 
<S>                                               <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>                   
Cash and investment
 securities .................................     $41,269             $36,051             $35,808             $11,183
Loans .......................................      14,614              14,247              23,654              21,109
Total assets ................................      58,560              52,488              62,850              36,571
Deposits ....................................      56,505              50,329              60,863              34,812
Advances from the Federal
 Home Loan Bank .............................         984               1,019               1,154               1,282
Allowances for loan
 losses .....................................         170                 163                 303                 293
</TABLE>

                                       10
<PAGE>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA - PRO FORMA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Three Months Ended       Year Ended
                                                                          March 31, 1998      December 31, 1997
                                                                        ------------------    -----------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                <C>         
Revenues:
   Software license fees ...............................................   $         789      $      4,622
   Professional services ...............................................           2,699             7,277
   Data center fees ....................................................             443             1,034
                                                                                  ------         ---------
         Total revenues ................................................           3,931            12,933
                                                                                  ------         ---------
Direct costs:
   Software license fees ...............................................              20             1,605
   Professional services ...............................................           1,570             5,346
   Data center fees ......... ..........................................           1,823             6,947
                                                                                  ------         ---------
        Total direct costs .............................................           3,413            13,898
                                                                                  ------         ---------
        Gross margin ...................................................             518              (965)
                                                                                  ------         ---------
Operating expenses:
   Selling and marketing ...............................................           1,071             4,305
   Product development .................................................           3,383            10,507
   General and administrative ..........................................           1,204             4,637
   Depreciation and amortization .......................................             637             1,741
   Amortization of goodwill and acquisition      
        charges ........................................................           2,088             4,525
                                                                                  ------         ---------
        Total operating expenses........................................           8,383            25,715
                                                                                  ------         ---------
        Operating loss .................................................          (7,865)          (26,680)
Interest income ........................................................             368             2,065
                                                                                  ------         ---------
Loss from continuing operations ........................................    $     (7,497)     $    (24,615)
                                                                                  ======         ========= 
Basic and diluted net loss per common
   share from continuing operations ....................................    $      (0.71)     $      (2.73)
                                                                                  ======         ========= 
Weighted average common shares
   outstanding .........................................................      10,592,851         9,015,355
</TABLE>



BALANCE SHEET DATA - PRO FORMA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  March 31,
                                                                   1998
                                                                 ---------
<S>                                                          <C>
Cash and investment
 securities .............................................   $     21,802
Accounts receivable, net ................................          5,181
Other current assets ....................................          1,083
Noncurrent assets .......................................         10,160
Total assets ............................................         38,226
Current liabilities .....................................         20,948
Stockholders' equity ....................................         17,278
Book value per common share .............................           1.63

</TABLE>

                                       11
<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

         SFNB shareholders should consider,  among other matters,  the following
factors in voting upon the  proposal  to approve  the Plan and the  transactions
contemplated thereby, consummation of which will result in holders of SFNB Stock
receiving shares of Holding Company Stock.  

HISTORY OF, AND ANTICIPATED  FUTURE,  OPERATING LOSSES AND RESULTING  ADDITIONAL
CAPITAL NEEDS

         SFNB  has  incurred  net  losses  since  its  spin-off   from  Cardinal
Bancshares,  Inc.  ("Cardinal")  in 1996 and its  acquisition  of S1 immediately
thereafter. At March 31, 1998, SFNB had an accumulated deficit of $60.6 million.
The Holding Company intends to continue making a significant  investment in S1's
sales, marketing, research and development,  customer support and administrative
infrastructure  over the near term. As a result,  the Holding Company expects to
continue to incur net losses. However, management has stated its belief that the
Holding Company should be at a break-even status on a cash flow basis by the end
of 1999. Further,  management believes that, upon receipt of the proceeds of the
Sale of the  Banking  Business,  the Holding  Company  will have  adequate  cash
resources  available until break-even cash flow is achieved.  If the Sale of the
Banking  Business is not  consummated,  the Holding  Company  will need to raise
additional capital to meet its operational expenses.

         In addition to its  operating  losses,  the  Holding  Company's  future
capital  needs  will  depend  on  many  factors,   including   S1's  ability  to
successfully market and sell its products. Although the Holding Company does not
currently  believe  that it will  require  additional  cash  resources  prior to
break-even  cash flow, SFNB is, and the Holding Company will continue to explore
other  opportunities to raise capital,  taking into consideration  capital needs
and market conditions. In the event that SFNB before the Reorganization,  or the
Holding  Company after the  Reorganization,  raises  additional  funds,  through
public or private  financings or otherwise,  any equity or debt  financings,  if
available at all, may be on terms which are not favorable to the Holding Company
and, in the case of equity  financings,  could result in dilution to the Holding
Company's  shareholders.  Also,  as  additional  capital is needed,  the Holding
Company intends to continue to pursue capital raising  opportunities  similar to
the Strategic  Tactical Advisory  Relationship  program,  through which SFNB has
raised capital. If adequate capital is not available, the Holding Company may be
required to curtail its operations significantly.

S1 LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY

         Although SFNB  commenced its banking  operations  over 50 years ago, it
acquired S1 and commenced  its current  technology  operations in May 1996.  The
Holding  Company  is newly  formed,  solely to  facilitate  the  Reorganization.
Accordingly, the Holding Company will have only a limited operating history upon
which to base an evaluation of its business and prospects. Operating results for
future  periods  are  subject  to  numerous  uncertainties,  and there can be no
assurance that the Holding Company will achieve or sustain  profitability  on an
annual or quarterly basis. The Holding Company's prospects must be considered in
light of the risks  encountered by companies in the early stage of  development,
particularly  companies in new and rapidly  evolving  markets.  Future operating
results will depend upon many  factors,  including  the demand for S1's software
products,  the level of product and price  competition,  the  Holding  Company's
success in attracting and retaining  motivated and qualified  personnel,  and in
particular,  the growth of activity on the Internet World Wide Web as it relates
to the financial services industry. 

FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

         SFNB has  experienced in the past, and the Holding  Company  expects to
experience  in the  future,  significant  fluctuations  in  quarterly  operating
results.  Such  fluctuations  may be caused by many  factors,  including but not
limited to the extent and timing of revenues recognized and costs incurred,  the
degree of customer  acceptance of new  technology,  the  introduction  of new or
enhanced  products  by S1 or its  competitors,  budget  concerns  of  customers,
competitive  conditions  in the  

                                       12
<PAGE>
industry, bank purchasing cycles, timing of consolidation decisions by banks and
general  economic  conditions.  See  "--  Customer  Project  Risks  and  Lengthy
Implementation and Sales Cycles." In addition, the volume and timing of contract
signings  during a quarter are  difficult to forecast.  It is possible  that the
Holding  Company's future quarterly results of operations from time to time will
not meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors,  which could have
a material  adverse  effect on the market  price of the Holding  Company  Common
Stock.


DEPENDENCE ON BANKING INDUSTRY

         For the  foreseeable  future,  the  Holding  Company  expects to derive
substantially  all of its revenues from products and services  provided to banks
and other  participants in the banking industry,  and to a lesser extent,  other
financial services firms such as insurance companies.  Accordingly,  the Holding
Company's  future success  significantly  depends upon the continued  demand for
S1's  solutions  within this  industry.  The Holding  Company  believes  that an
important  factor in its growth will be the willingness of the banking  industry
to pursue  technological  innovation and customer  demand and acceptance of such
innovation.  If this  environment  of change were to slow,  the Holding  Company
could  experience  reduced  demand for S1's products and services.  In addition,
changes  in  economic  conditions  and  unforeseen  events,  such as  recession,
inflation or other adverse  occurrences,  may result in a significant decline in
the  utilization of bank services or demand for S1's products and services.  Any
event that results in decreased  consumer or corporate use of bank services,  or
increased pressures on banks toward the in-house  development and implementation
of revenue enhancement or cost reduction measures, could have a material adverse
effect on the Holding  Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations. 

DEPENDENCE UPON UNCERTAIN MARKET

        The market for Internet-based financial services only has recently begun
to develop  and market  demand for S1's  products  and  services  is  uncertain.
Certain critical issues concerning  commercial use of the Internet for financial
services, including security,  reliability, ease and cost of access, and quality
of service are evolving  and may impact the growth of Internet  use. The Holding
Company  cannot  predict  the size of the  market for  Internet-based  financial
services  or the  rate at  which  such  market  will  grow.  If the  market  for
Internet-based  financial  services  fails  to  grow,  grows  more  slowly  than
anticipated,  or becomes  saturated  with  competitors,  the  Holding  Company's
business,  financial  condition  and results of  operations  would be materially
adversely affected.

         The Holding  Company's  future  success  will depend on S1's ability to
design, develop, test, sell and support enhancements of current products and new
software  products on a timely  basis in response  to changing  customer  needs,
competition,  technological  developments and emerging industry  standards.  The
current version of S1's VFM suite of financial software products is based upon a
two-tier  architecture.   The  Holding  Company  believes  that  some  potential
customers  will not  license  S1's  product  until  the  entire  VFM  suite is a
fully-integrated   three-tier   architecture.   Accordingly,   S1  is   devoting
significant  engineering  and research and  development  resources to design and
develop a three-tier  architecture  version of VFM.  This project is intended to
expand  market  acceptance  of the product and to limit the market and technical
risks  associated with the S1's current version of VFM. It is possible that S1's
intention  to  develop  a  three-tier  architecture  VFM  will  cause  potential
customers  to defer or forego  purchases  of current or future  versions of VFM,
which could have a material  adverse effect on the Holding  Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations.  

        The market for S1's  products and services is  characterized  by rapidly
changing  technology,  evolving  industry  standards,  emerging  competition and
frequent new product and service  introductions.  Such developments  could limit
the marketability of S1's products and services.  There can be no assurance that
S1 can successfully identify new product opportunities and develop and bring new
products and services to market in a timely manner.  Furthermore,  telephone and
personal  computer  banking  systems  have  been  marketed  in the past by other
banking companies, 

                                       13
<PAGE>
and have not enjoyed widespread  consumer demand.  Accordingly,  there can be no
assurance  that there will be widespread  consumer  acceptance of  sophisticated
banking systems such as that of S1.


PRODUCT CONCENTRATION

        Substantially all of SFNB's revenue has been attributable to licenses of
VFM and fees for services  related  thereto.  This product and related  services
currently  are  expected  to account  for most of the  Holding  Company's  total
revenue for the  foreseeable  future.  As a result,  a decline in demand for, or
failure to achieve broad market  acceptance of, VFM, as a result of competition,
technological  change or otherwise,  would have a material adverse effect on the
Holding Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of operations.  A
decline in sales of VFM also would have a material  adverse effect on the amount
of service  revenues that S1 generates.  The Holding  Company's future financial
performance will depend in part on the successful development,  introduction and
customer  acceptance  of new and  enhanced  versions of VFM and other  products.
There can be no assurance  that S1 will  continue to be  successful in marketing
VFM or any new or enhanced products.

        S1's products involve integration with products and systems developed by
third parties.  If any of these third-party  products should become  unavailable
for any reason,  fail under operation with S1's products or fail to be supported
by their  respective  vendors,  it would be  necessary  for S1 to  redesign  its
products. There can be no assurance that any redesign could be accomplished in a
cost-effective  or timely  manner.  S1 or its  customers  also could  experience
difficulties   integrating  S1'  products  with  other  hardware  and  software.
Furthermore,  should new  releases  of  products  and  systems  occur  before S1
develops  products  compatible with such new releases,  any resulting decline in
demand for S1's  products  could have a material  adverse  effect on the Holding
Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of  operations.  

RISKS OF PRODUCT DEFECTS; PRODUCT LIABILITY

        As  a  result  of  their  complexity,   software  products  may  contain
undetected  errors or failures  when first  introduced  or as new  versions  are
released.  There can be no assurance that, despite testing by S1 and testing and
use by current and potential customers, errors will not be found in new products
after commencement of commercial shipments.  The occurrence of such errors could
result in loss of or delay in market  acceptance of S1's  products,  which could
have a material  adverse  effect on the Holding  Company's  business,  financial
condition  and results of  operations.  S1's product also may be  vulnerable  to
break-ins  and similar  disruptive  problems  caused by Internet or other users.
Such computer  break-ins and other  disruptions would jeopardize the security of
information  stored in and  transmitted  through  the  computer  systems of S1's
customers,  which may result in significant liability to the Holding Company and
deter potential customers.  S1's license agreements with its customers typically
contain provisions designed to limit its exposure to potential product liability
claims.  It is possible,  however,  that the limitation of liability  provisions
contained in S1's  license  agreements  may not be  effective  under the laws of
certain  jurisdictions.  Although S1 has not experienced  any product  liability
claims to date,  the sale and  support of S1's  products  may entail the risk of
such claims. A product liability claim brought against the Holding Company or S1
could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Holding  Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations.

CUSTOMER PROJECT RISKS AND LENGTHY IMPLEMENTATION AND SALES CYCLES  

          The  licensing  of  VFM  is  often  an  enterprise-wide   decision  by
prospective  customers  and  generally  requires S1 to engage in a lengthy sales
cycle and to provide a significant  level of education to prospective  customers
regarding  the use and  benefits of VFM.  During the course of the initial  bank
implementations,  S1 has  experienced  significant  delays  in  integrating  its
software with the financial institution's legacy mainframe systems, resulting in
delays in bringing banks online. This has resulted in an increase in the cost of
implementation as well as a delay in the recognition of

                                       14
<PAGE>

revenues associated with the implementation effort.  Management anticipates that
as it gains more  experience  in  implementing  VFM, the complex  implementation
process  will  become  more  efficient  and  therefore,  less  costly.  S1 could
experience  integration  delays on future  implementations  which  could  have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Holding  Company's   operating  results  for
subsequent  periods.  Due in part to the mission-  critical nature of certain of
the VFM  applications  and the  associated  hardware,  software  and  consulting
expenditures,  potential  customers  tend  to  be  cautious  in  making  product
acquisition decisions.  In addition, the licensing of VFM involves a significant
commitment  of capital  and the  attendant  delays  frequently  associated  with
approving large capital  expenditures and reviewing new technologies that affect
key  operations.  For these and other reasons,  the sales cycle for products can
vary and is  subject  to a number of  significant  risks,  including  customers'
budgetary  constraints and internal acceptance  reviews,  over which the Holding
Company  has little or no  control.  Consequently,  if sales  forecasted  from a
specific customer for a particular quarter are not realized in that quarter, the
Holding  Company is  unlikely  to be able to  generate  revenue  from  alternate
sources in time to compensate  for the  shortfall.  As a result,  and due to the
relatively  large size of a typical  order,  a lost or delayed sale could have a
material adverse effect on the Holding Company's  quarterly  operating  results.
Moreover,  to the extent that  significant  sales occur  earlier than  expected,
operating results for subsequent quarters may be adversely affected.

ABILITY TO MANAGE GROWTH

        S1 has  experienced  significant  growth in operations  since 1996,  and
anticipates  that additional  expansion may be required in order to continue its
product development.  Any expansion of S1's business would place further demands
on S1's management, operational capacity and financial resources. S1 anticipates
that it will need to recruit qualified personnel in all areas of its operations,
including management, sales, marketing, delivery and software development. There
can be no  assurance  that S1 will be  effective  in  attracting  and  retaining
additional qualified personnel,  expanding its operational capacity or otherwise
managing growth.  In addition,  there can be no assurance that the S1's systems,
procedures  or  controls  will be  adequate  to support  any  expansion  of S1's
operations.  The  failure  to manage  growth  effectively  could have a material
adverse  effect on the  Holding  Company's  business,  financial  condition  and
results of  operations.

RISK OF SYSTEM FAILURE; SECURITY RISKS

     Despite the implementation of security  measures,  the core of S1's network
infrastructure could be vulnerable to unforeseen computer problems. Although the
Holding Company believes S1 has taken steps to mitigate much of the risk, S1 may
in the future experience  interruptions in service as a result of the accidental
or  intentional  actions of  Internet  users,  current and former  employees  or
others.  Unknown  security risks may result in liability to the Holding  Company
and also may deter  financial  institutions  from  licensing  S1's  software and
services,  and  individuals  from conducting  transactions  with S1. Although S1
intends to continue to implement and establish security  measures,  there can be
no assurance  that measures  implemented by S1 will not be  circumvented  in the
future,  which could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Holding  Company's
business, financial condition or results of operations.

YEAR 2000

        The  Year  2000  issue  relates  to the  use by many  existing  computer
programs  of only  two  digits  to  identify  a year in the date  field.  If not
corrected,  many computer applications could fail or create erroneous results by
or at the Year 2000. The Holding Company  recognizes the need to ensure that the
potential Year 2000 software  failures will not adversely impact its operations.
In 1997,  S1  established  a task  force,  with  representation  from all  major
business units, to evaluate and manage the risks,  solutions and cost associated
with  addressing  the year 2000 issue which  affects both the internal  computer
systems  at S1,  as  well  as the  software  applications  that  S1  markets  to
customers. The task force is in the process of identifying all business systems,
products and services and determining  whether they are Year 2000 compliant.  In
addition, S1 is developing plans of action for

                                       15
<PAGE>

the systems and products which are not Year 2000 compliant.  The Holding Company
believes that,  based on the assessments  completed to date,  critical Year 2000
issues can be corrected.  The failure of S1 to be Year 2000 compliant could have
a material  adverse  impact on the  Holding  Company's  financial  position  and
results of operations.

        Management has determined that S1's newest version of VBM, scheduled for
release  in the third  quarter  of 1998,  will be fully  certified  as Year 2000
compliant through complete "end to end" testing. Due to the near term release of
this  version,  prior  releases  will not be certified  as Year 2000  compliant.
Management  anticipates  that all S1  financial  institution  customers  will be
converted to the new version by the second quarter 1999. These  conversions will
require a significant  portion of S1's implementation  resources.  Management is
currently  evaluating the potential impact on professional  services margins due
to the deployment of such resources,  and the potential  discounting of services
related to these implementations.

        The  costs  incurred  in  addressing  the Year  2000  problem  are being
expensed  as  incurred  in  compliance   with  generally   accepted   accounting
principles. None of these costs are expected to materially impact the results of
operations in any one period. A significant  portion of the costs to be incurred
are not expected to be incremental but rather are related to current development
efforts. 

INTENSE COMPETITION

        The  market  for  Internet-based  financial  software  applications  and
banking  services is extremely  competitive and the Holding Company expects that
competition will intensify in the future. The Holding Company believes that S1's
ability to compete  successfully  depends  upon a number of  factors,  including
market  presence;  the  capacity,  reliability  and  security  of  S1's  network
infrastructure;  ease of access to and  navigation of the Internet;  the pricing
policies of S1's  competitors and suppliers;  the timing of introductions of new
products  and  services  by S1 and its  competitors;  S1's  ability  to  support
industry  standards;  and industry and general  economic  trends.  Many of these
competitors are larger than S1 and have greater financial and other resources.

        In addition to competing  with a variety of third  parties,  the Holding
Company will experience  competition from its customers and potential customers.
From time to time,  these potential  customers  develop,  implement and maintain
their own services and  applications for revenue  enhancements,  cost reductions
and/or enhanced customer services,  rather than purchasing  services and related
products from third parties. As a result, S1 must continuously  educate existing
and  prospective  customers  about the  advantages of purchasing  its solutions.
There can be no assurance that these customers or other potential customers will
perceive  sufficient  value in S1's  solutions to justify  investing in them. In
addition,   customers  or  potential   customers   could  enter  into  strategic
relationships  with one or more of S1's competitors to develop,  market and sell
competing services or products.  

DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY  TECHNOLOGY;  RISK OF INFRINGEMENT

        The  Holding  Company's  success  will  depend  significantly  upon  its
proprietary  technology  and  information.  S1  relies  upon  a  combination  of
copyright,  trademark  and trade secret laws and  confidentiality  procedures to
protect its proprietary  technology and  information.  There can be no assurance
that the steps taken by S1 to protect its  services and products are adequate to
prevent   misappropriation   of  its   technology   or  that  S1's   competitors
independently will not develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or
superior  to  S1's  technology.   Further,   it  is  very  difficult  to  police
unauthorized  use of S1's  software  due to the  nature  of  software.  Any such
misappropriation   of  S1's   proprietary   technology  or  information  or  the
development of competitive  technologies could have a material adverse effect on
the Holding Company's  business,  financial condition and results of operations.
It may also be  necessary  or  desirable  in the  future  to  obtain  additional
licenses for use of  third-part  products in S1's  solutions and there can be no
assurance that S1 will be able to do so on commercially  reasonable terms, if at
all. 


                                       16
<PAGE>
GOVERNMENT REGULATION

        S1's  primary  customers  are banks.  Although the products and services
currently offered by S1 will not be subject to any material, specific government
regulation  if the Plan and the  Agreement  are  approved and  consummated,  the
banking industry,  including  electronic banking, is regulated heavily,  and the
Holding Company expects that such regulation will affect the relative demand for
S1's products and  services.  There can be no assurance  that federal,  state or
foreign  governmental  authorities  will not  adopt new  regulations  addressing
electronic  banking or banking  operations  generally  which could require S1 to
modify its current or future  solutions.  The  adoption  of laws or  regulations
affecting  S1's or its customers'  business  could reduce the Holding  Company's
growth rate or could  otherwise  have a material  adverse  effect on the Holding
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

CONTROL BY OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

        After  consummation  of the  Reorganization,  as of the Record Date, the
Holding Company's officers, directors and 5% shareholders (and their affiliates)
will, in the aggregate,  beneficially own approximately  ___% of the outstanding
Common Stock (giving effect to the exercise of outstanding  options under SFNB's
stock  option  plans and  agreements  and the  conversion  of  outstanding  SFNB
Preferred  Stock).  Such  concentration  of  ownership  may have the  effect  of
delaying,  deferring or  preventing a change in control of the Holding  Company,
impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving
the Holding  Company or  discourage  a potential  acquirer  from making a tender
offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Holding Company.


NEED TO EXPAND BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND CONTINUITY OF MANAGEMENT

        The Holding Company  currently has four directors,  two of whom also are
executive officers.  The Holding Company believes that it is important to expand
the size of its Board of  Directors  to include  people with  experience  in the
technology industry.  There can be no assurance of the Holding Company's ability
to attract and retain new directors with the requisite experience.

        Certain provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the
Holding  Company  may be  deemed  to have the  effect  of  making  difficult  an
acquisition of control of the Holding  Company in a transaction  not approved by
the Holding Company's Board of Directors.  These provisions  include the ability
of the Holding  Company's  Board of Directors to issue shares of preferred stock
in one or more series  without  further  authorization  of the  Holding  Company
shareholders.  The Holding Company s Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the
issuance of "blank check"  preferred  stock with such  designations,  rights and
preferences  as may be  determined  from time to time by its Board of Directors.
Accordingly,  the Holding  Company's  Board of Directors is  empowered,  without
shareholder  approval,  to issue  preferred  stock with  dividend,  liquidation,
conversion, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power
or other rights of the holders of Holding  Company Common Stock. In the event of
such  issuance,  the  preferred  stock  could also be  utilized,  under  certain
circumstances,  as a method of discouraging,  delaying or preventing a change in
control of the Holding Company. In addition,  the Holding Company's  Certificate
of Incorporation provides that shareholders do not have cumulative voting rights
in the  election  of  directors.  These  provisions  also may have the effect of
discouraging a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to
obtain  control of the Holding  Company even though such a transaction  might be
economically  beneficial to the Holding Company and its  shareholders.  

DIVIDEND POLICY

        The Holding  Company does not presently  intend to pay cash dividends in
the foreseeable  future,  as any earnings are expected to be retained for use in
developing and expanding its business.  However,  the actual amount of dividends
received from the Holding  Company will remain  subject to the discretion of the
Holding  Company's  Board of Directors and will depend on results of operations,
cash requirements and future prospects of the Holding Company and other factors.



                                       17
<PAGE>
                              THE SPECIAL MEETING

MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING

                  This Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  is first being mailed to the
holders of SFNB Stock on or about  _________  ___, 1998, and is accompanied by a
proxy card furnished in connection with the  solicitation of proxies by the SFNB
Board of  Directors  for use at the  Special  Meeting.  The  Special  Meeting is
scheduled  to be held on  ______________  ___,  1998,  at _____ a.m.,  at SFNB's
Atlanta City Office,  3390 Peachtree  Road, NE,  Atlanta,  Georgia 30326. At the
Special  Meeting,  the holders of SFNB Common Stock will consider and vote upon:
(i) the proposed  Reorganization  of SFNB and S1 by  approving  the Plan and the
transactions contemplated thereby (Proposal 1), (ii) the proposed Sale of SFNB's
Banking  Business by approving the Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated
thereby  (Proposal 2), and (iii) such other business as may properly come before
the Special Meeting, or any adjournments thereof, including, without limitation,
a motion to adjourn the  Special  Meeting to another  time and/or  place for the
purpose of  soliciting  additional  proxies in order to  approve  the Plan,  the
Agreement or otherwise. 


RECORD DATE AND VOTING

        The  Board of  Directors  of SFNB has fixed  the  close of  business  on
______________ __, 1998, as the Record Date for the determination of the holders
of SFNB Common  Stock  entitled to receive  notice of and to vote at the Special
Meeting. Only holders of record of SFNB Common Stock at the close of business on
that date will be entitled to vote at the Special  Meeting or at any adjournment
thereof.  At the close of business on the Record Date, there were  _____________
shares of SFNB  Common  Stock  outstanding  and  entitled to vote at the Special
Meeting, held by approximately _____ shareholders of record.
           
        Each holder of SFNB Common  Stock on the Record Date will be entitled to
one vote for each share held of record upon each matter  properly  submitted  at
the Special Meeting or any adjournment  thereof.  The presence of the holders of
at least a majority of the  outstanding  shares of SFNB Common Stock entitled to
vote at the Special Meeting, in person or by proxy, is necessary to constitute a
quorum.  Abstentions and broker non-votes will be included in the calculation of
the  number of  shares  represented  at the  Special  Meeting  for  purposes  of
determining  whether a quorum has been achieved.  Abstentions will have the same
effect as a vote against the Plan and the  Agreement.  Holders of SFNB Preferred
Stock  will be asked  separately  to approve  the Plan,  the  Agreement  and the
transactions contemplated thereby by written consent.

        The  Plan  is  conditioned  on  approval  by  the  holders  of at  least
two-thirds  of the  outstanding  shares of SFNB Common Stock and SFNB  Preferred
Stock.  The  Agreement is  conditioned  on approval by the holders of at least a
majority of the  outstanding  shares of SFNB Common  Stock and the holders of at
least  two-thirds of the  outstanding  shares of SFNB  Preferred  Stock.  If the
Reorganization  is  consummated,  as of the  Record  Date,  _________  shares of
Holding  Company  Common  Stock would be issued to the holders of the  _________
outstanding  shares of SFNB Common  Stock,  ________  shares of Holding  Company
Common  Stock would be reserved  for  issuance  with  respect to the exercise of
outstanding  options to purchase  _________ shares of SFNB Common Stock pursuant
to SFNB's stock option plans and agreements, 1,080,754 shares of Holding Company
Common Stock would be reserved for  issuance in the event of the  conversion  of
all of the outstanding  Holding Company Preferred Stock, and 1,080,754 shares of
Holding Company  Preferred Stock would be issued to the holders of the 1,080,754
outstanding  shares of SFNB  Preferred  Stock.  If the Sale is  consummated,  an
additional ________ shares of Holding Company Common Stock would be reserved for
issuance  with  respect  to Options  (defined  below)  granted  to RBC  Holdings
effective  upon the  Closing  (defined  below) to  purchase  ________  shares of
Holding Company Common Stock.

        If a quorum is not obtained, or if fewer shares of SFNB Common Stock are
voted in  favor  of the Plan or the  Agreement  than  the  number  required  for
approval,  it is expected  that the Special  Meeting will be  adjourned  for the
purpose of allowing  additional time for obtaining  additional  

                                       18
<PAGE>

proxies. In such event, proxies will be voted to approve an adjournment,  except
for proxies as to which instructions have been given to vote against the Plan or
the Agreement.  The affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the voting
shares  represented  in  person  or by proxy  at the  Special  Meeting  would be
required to approve any adjournment of the Special Meeting.

        If the enclosed proxy card is properly  executed and received by SFNB in
time to be voted at the Special Meeting,  the shares represented thereby will be
voted in accordance with the instructions marked thereon.  EXECUTED PROXIES WITH
NO INSTRUCTIONS  INDICATED  THEREON WILL BE VOTED "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE PLAN AND
THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  THEREBY AND "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE AGREEMENT AND
THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

        The Board of  Directors  of SFNB is not aware of any matters  other than
approval  of the Plan and the  Agreement  (or a proposal  to adjourn the Special
Meeting as necessary) that may be properly  brought before the Special  Meeting.
If any other matters properly come before the Special Meeting, the persons named
in the  accompanying  proxy will vote the  shares  represented  by all  properly
executed  proxies on such  matters in such  manner as shall be  determined  by a
majority of the Board of  Directors  of SFNB.  

VOTE REQUIRED; REVOCABILITY OF PROXIES

        The  affirmative  vote of two-thirds  of the holders of the  outstanding
shares of SFNB Common Stock is required to approve the Plan and the transactions
contemplated thereby.

        The  affirmative  vote of a majority of the  holders of the  outstanding
shares of SFNB  Common  Stock is  required  to  approve  the  Agreement  and the
transactions contemplated thereby.

        THE  REQUIRED  VOTE OF THE HOLDERS OF SFNB COMMON  STOCK WITH RESPECT TO
THE  APPROVAL OF THE PLAN AND THE  AGREEMENT  IS BASED UPON THE TOTAL  NUMBER OF
OUTSTANDING  SHARES OF SFNB COMMON STOCK AND NOT UPON THE NUMBER OF SHARES WHICH
ARE ACTUALLY VOTED.  ACCORDINGLY,  THE FAILURE TO SUBMIT A PROXY CARD OR TO VOTE
IN PERSON AT THE SPECIAL  MEETING OR THE ABSTENTION FROM VOTING BY A SHAREHOLDER
WILL HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS A VOTE "AGAINST" THE PLAN AND THE AGREEMENT.

        The  presence  of  a  shareholder  at  the  Special   Meeting  will  not
automatically revoke such shareholder's proxy. However, a shareholder may revoke
a proxy at any time prior to its  exercise by (i) filing with  Jeannie  Morrill,
Assistant Secretary, Security First Network Bank, 3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite
1700,  Atlanta,  Georgia  30326,  a written  notice of  revocation  prior to the
Special  Meeting,  (ii)  delivering to SFNB prior to the Special  Meeting a duly
executed proxy bearing a later date, or (iii)  attending the Special Meeting and
voting in person.

SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

        In addition to solicitation by mail,  directors,  officers and employees
of SFNB may solicit proxies for the Special Meeting from shareholders personally
or by telephone or telegram without additional  remuneration therefor. SFNB also
will make arrangements  with brokerage firms and other custodians,  nominees and
fiduciaries to send proxy materials to their  principals and will reimburse such
parties for their  expenses in doing so. The cost of soliciting  proxies will be
paid by SFNB.


                                       19
<PAGE>
                       THE HOLDING COMPANY REORGANIZATION
                                  (Proposal 1)

        The following  description  is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the Plan and the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company,
which  are  attached  as  Appendices  B, D and E,  respectively,  to this  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus. 

THE COMPANIES INVOLVED IN THE REORGANIZATION

        For information  about SFNB, the Holding  Company,  New Bank and S1, see
"Summary -- The Companies," "Information about SFNB" and "Additional Information
about the Holding Company."

DESCRIPTION OF THE REORGANIZATION

        The  Plan  was  entered  into on  March 9,  1998  among  SFNB,  and upon
organization,  the Holding Company and New Bank. The Plan was amended on June 4,
1998. After its organization, the Holding Company became a party to the Plan.
               
        The  following  summary  diagrams  SFNB's  existing  structure  and  the
resulting holding company structure:

             The current corporate structure of SFNB is as follows:

                          ----------------------------
                          Security First Network Bank
                            (a federal savings bank)
                          ----------------------------
                                        *
                                        *
                      *************************************
                      *                                   *
                      *                                   *
          -------------------------         ---------------------------------
             SFNB Investment, Inc.          Security First Technologies, Inc.
          (a Kentucky corporation)              (a Kentucky corporation)
          -------------------------         ---------------------------------

Immediately upon the Reorganization, the corporate structure will be as follows:

                     ---------------------------------------
                     Security First Technologies Corporation
                            (a Delaware corporation)
                     ---------------------------------------
                                        *
                                        *
                      *************************************
                      *                                   *
                      *                                   *
       ----------------------------        ----------------------------------
       Security First Network Bank*        Security First Technologies, Inc.
          (a federal savings bank)              (a Kentucky corporation)
       ----------------------------        ----------------------------------


* After the dissolution of SFNB described in Step 5 below,  New Bank will change
its  corporate  title to and then be known as "Security  First Network Bank" and
will continue SFNB's Banking Business.  

                                       20
<PAGE>

If the  Agreement  providing  for the Sale of SFNB's  Banking  Business  to RBC
Holdings  is  approved,  upon the  Sale,  New Bank  will  become a wholly  owned
subsidiary  of RBC Holdings and the corporate  structure of the Holding  Company
will be as follows:

                     ---------------------------------------
                     Security First Technologies Corporation
                            (a Delaware corporation)
                     ---------------------------------------
                                       *
                                       *
                                       *
                        ---------------------------------
                        Security First Technologies, Inc.
                            (a Kentucky corporation)
                        ---------------------------------

For more information about the Sale, see "The Sale of SFNB's Banking Business."

        SFNB has organized the Holding  Company as a Delaware  corporation and a
wholly owned subsidiary of SFNB. The remaining steps to the  Reorganization  are
as follows:

Step 1.   Immediately prior to the Reorganization, New Bank will be organized by
          SFNB as a federal savings bank and a wholly owned  subsidiary of SFNB.
          In connection with its organization,  New Bank will issue the New Bank
          Stock (1,000 shares of common stock) to SFNB.

Step 2.   At the  Effective  Time,  SFNB will  contribute  its Banking  Business
          (including at least $10.0 million of regulatory  capital) to New Bank.
          The Banking  Business  will include the  Acquired  Assets and Acquired
          Liabilities  (each  defined  below) and will not include,  among other
          things,  the  stock of S1 and cash or cash  equivalent  assets of SFNB
          that would result in New Bank initially having  regulatory  capital in
          excess of $10.0 million.

Step 3.   The  Holding   Company  will  purchase  all  of  SFNB's  other  assets
          (including  the stock of S1 and the New Bank Shares) and assume all of
          SFNB's other  liabilities  (such assets and liabilities  collectively,
          the  "Non-Banking  Business")  in  exchange  for the  issuance  by the
          Holding  Company to SFNB of that  number of shares of Holding  Company
          Common Stock and Holding  Company  Preferred Stock equal to the number
          of outstanding  shares of SFNB Common Stock and SFNB  Preferred  Stock
          immediately  prior to the Effective  Time. The 1,000 shares of Holding
          Company Common Stock  presently  owned by SFNB will be canceled in the
          Reorganization.

Step 4.   SFNB will declare a distribution  of the Holding  Company Stock issued
          in Step 3 pro rata to holders of SFNB Stock.

Step 5.   SFNB will dissolve  voluntarily pursuant to the regulations of the OTS
          by filing a certificate of dissolution  with the OTS and  surrendering
          its  charter  for  cancellation.  

        Immediately  following the steps described  above,  New Bank will change
its corporate title to and then be known as "Security First Network Bank." After
the  Reorganization  is  consummated,  the Holding  Company  will own all of the
outstanding  stock of two  subsidiaries,  New Bank (then known as Security First
Network  Bank) and S1. The holders of SFNB Stock will own Holding  Company Stock
to the same extent that they owned SFNB Stock prior to the Reorganization.

        The  Boards  of  Directors  of SFNB and the  Holding  Company  each have
approved  and  adopted  the  Plan.  SFNB  also  has  approved  the  Plan as sole
shareholder of the Holding Company.  Upon its organization,  SFNB will cause the
Board of  Directors  of New Bank to  approve  and  adopt  the Plan and SFNB will
approve the Plan as sole  shareholder of New Bank. 

                                       21
<PAGE>

        The  directors  and officers of the Holding  Company after the Effective
Time will  consist of the  persons  serving as  directors  and  officers  of the
Holding Company  immediately  prior to the Effective Time. The four directors of
the Holding Company also serve as the members of SFNB's Board of Directors. Each
of the executive  officers of the Holding Company currently serves as an officer
of SFNB and/or S1. If the Agreement is not approved,  the Holding  Company still
intends to discontinue all banking operations. No determination has been made as
to how the  Holding  Company  would  implement  the  discontinuation  of banking
operations if the Agreement is not consummated.

        The  Reorganization  will become  effective at the time (the  "Effective
Time")  when  all  of the  conditions  set  forth  in the  Plan  are  satisfied,
including,  but not  limited  to,  receipt  of all  shareholder  and  regulatory
approvals and the expiration of any applicable  waiting  periods.  The Effective
Time will not occur until the moment  immediately prior to the Closing under the
Agreement,  unless the Agreement is not consummated, in which case the Effective
Time will occur at the later of the  satisfaction of all conditions set forth in
the Plan or the termination of the Agreement.

        Under the terms of the Plan,  the stock option plans and  agreements  of
SFNB will become the stock option plans and  agreements of the Holding  Company.
At the Effective Time, the unexercised  portion of the options outstanding under
SFNB's existing stock option plans and agreements will be assumed by the Holding
Company and thereafter  will be exercisable  only for shares of Holding  Company
Common  Stock,  with each  option  being  exercisable  for a number of shares of
Holding  Company Common Stock equal to the number of shares of SFNB Common Stock
that were available thereunder  immediately prior to the Effective Time, with no
change in the  option  exercise  price or any other  term or  condition  of such
option. The Holding Company and SFNB will make appropriate  amendments to SFNB's
existing  stock  option  plans and  agreements  to reflect the adoption of those
plans and  agreements  as the stock option plans and  agreements  of the Holding
Company without adverse effect upon the options outstanding under such plans and
agreements. Upon the Closing under the Agreement, the Options granted by SFNB to
RBC Holdings effective upon the Closing shall be deemed to be options to acquire
Holding Company Stock.

        Whether or not the Reorganization is consummated,  all expenses that are
incurred in connection with the Reorganization, including the cost of organizing
the Holding  Company and New Bank, will be paid by SFNB. 



RECOMMENDATION OF THE SFNB BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND REASONS
FOR THE REORGANIZATION

        The   Reorganization   is  being  undertaken  to  separate  the  banking
activities  of SFNB from the  computer  software  activities  of S1.  Subject to
shareholder and regulatory approvals, the Reorganization also was a condition to
the approval by the OTS of SFNB's 1996 acquisition of SecureWare.

        On November 4, 1996,  the OTS approved the merger of SecureWare  into S1
(then known as Five Paces,  Inc.),  subject to SFNB commencing,  within 60 days,
such steps as may be necessary to form a holding  company with separate  banking
and computer software and security  software  technology  subsidiaries.  The OTS
condition  required that the  Reorganization  be  accomplished by March 4, 1997,
unless (i) an extension  was granted by the Regional  Director of the OTS or his
designee,  or (ii) any regulatory or shareholder  approvals remained pending and
SFNB was using commercially  reasonable efforts to pursue such approvals in good
faith, in which case the  Reorganization was required to be accomplished as soon
as  reasonably  possible  upon  the  receipt  of  all  required  regulatory  and
shareholder approvals,  and the expiration of any statutory waiting periods. The
OTS subsequently allowed SFNB additional time to complete the Reorganization.

        Presently,  as a subsidiary of SFNB, the activities of S1 are limited to
those  permissible  for a federal savings bank, and S1 is subject to supervision
and regulation by the OTS. Because Huntington, Wachovia and Area, the holders of
SFNB Preferred  Stock, are deemed to control S1 for purposes of the Bank Holding
Company  Act of 1956,  as amended  (the "BHC  Act"),  the  activities  of S1 are
limited to those permissible for a bank holding company.


                                       22
<PAGE>

        SFNB currently operates S1 as an operating  subsidiary to segregate S1's
software  development  activities  from the  banking  operations  of  SFNB.  The
operating subsidiary structure, however, does not grant S1 any greater authority
to engage in activities than SFNB is permitted. Moreover, operating subsidiaries
remain subject to the supervisory and examination authority of the OTS, and as a
result,  new  activities  of S1 are  subject to the prior  review  and  possible
limitation  by both the OTS and the FDIC.  SFNB's  and S1's  current  ability to
diversify their operations therefore are limited by regulatory restrictions.  If
the Sale is approved and  consummated,  the Holding  Company and S1 will be free
from  regulation  by the OTS and the FDIC and New Bank,  as a subsidiary  of RBC
Holdings, will remain subject to regulatory restrictions.  Huntington,  Wachovia
and Area still will be deemed to control S1, and thus  activities of S1 (but not
necessarily any other subsidiary which the Holding Company can organize) will be
limited to those  permissible  for a bank holding  company under the BHC Act and
new activities will be subject to approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

        For the reasons set forth above in this section,  the Board of Directors
of  SFNB  believes  that  there  are  substantial  advantages  to  SFNB  and its
shareholders as a result of the Reorganization and the Sale.

        SFNB's Board of Directors  chose Delaware as the state of  incorporation
of the Holding Company for several  reasons.  Delaware has a substantial body of
corporate  laws which are  periodically  updated  and  revised to meet  changing
business needs.  Many major  corporations  are  incorporated in that state.  The
Delaware courts have developed  considerable expertise in dealing with corporate
issues, and a substantial body of case law has developed construing Delaware law
and establishing public policies with respect to Delaware corporations,  thereby
providing greater  predictability  with respect to corporate legal affairs.  The
organization  of the Holding Company in Delaware also allows the Holding Company
to make use of certain  protective  features  permitted by Delaware law. See "--
Comparison of  Shareholders'  Rights" and "-- Takeover  Defense  Provisions." In
addition,  the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation,  as authorized by
Delaware  law,  eliminates,  except  in  certain  circumstances,   the  personal
liability of directors  for breach of their duty of care to the Holding  Company
and its shareholders.  See "-- Limitation of Director  Liability."  

TREATMENT OF STOCK CERTIFICATES

        At  the  Effective   Time,   all  previously   issued  and   outstanding
certificates representing shares of SFNB Stock automatically and by operation of
law will be  canceled  and  cease to  represent  shares  of SFNB  Stock  and any
interest  therein.  After SFNB's  declaration of a  distribution  of the Holding
Company Stock to holders of SFNB Stock,  the former  holders of SFNB Stock shall
have full and exclusive  power to vote such shares of Holding  Company Stock, to
receive  dividends  thereon  and to exercise  all rights of an owner  thereof as
provided by the terms of the Holding  Company Stock.  As soon as practicable and
in any event not more than 30 days after the Effective Time, the Holding Company
shall make available a certificate or certificates  for the aggregate  number of
shares of Holding Company stock to which such holders are entitled. Shareholders
will  be  entitled  to  surrender  their  present  stock  certificates  for  new
certificates  for an equal  number of shares of  Holding  Company  Common  Stock
and/or Holding Company  Preferred  Stock,  as applicable.  Until so surrendered,
their present stock  certificates will for all corporate  purposes represent the
same  number of shares of  Holding  Company  Common  Stock and  Holding  Company
Preferred Stock which the holders would be entitled to receive upon surrender. A
letter of  transmittal  and  instructions  with respect to the exchange of stock
certificates  will be sent to all  holders  of record of shares of SFNB Stock at
the  Effective  Time  as soon  as  practicable  after  the  consummation  of the
Reorganization.  After the Effective  Time, no holder of a certificate  for SFNB
Stock shall be entitled to vote the shares of SFNB Stock formerly represented by
such  certificate,  or to receive  dividends  thereon or to  exercise  any other
rights of ownership.  Wachovia Bank,  N.A., the transfer agent and registrar for
SFNB Stock, will act in the same capacity for the Holding Company Stock.

                                       23
<PAGE>

     CERTIFICATES  FOR SHARES OF SFNB STOCK  SHOULD NOT BE SENT TO THE  TRANSFER
AGENT UNTIL THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND INSTRUCTIONS  HAVE BEEN RECEIVED.  THE
LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL  MUST BE COMPLETED AS INSTRUCTED  AND MUST  ACCOMPANY THE
CERTIFICATE(S). 

REGULATORY APPROVALS

        Applications  to  obtain  the  required  regulatory  approvals  for  the
Reorganization  from the OTS and the Georgia  Department  were approved prior to
the announcement of the proposed Sale. The Georgia Department has confirmed that
its approval remains in effect. SFNB has requested  confirmation from the OTS as
to the continued  effectiveness of its approval in light of the decision to sell
the Banking Business to RBC Holdings.  The required  regulatory  approval of the
FDIC in  connection  with the  Reorganization  has been  received.  The  Holding
Company  will apply to Nasdaq to change the listing of SFNB Common  Stock on the
Nasdaq Stock  Market to Holding  Company  Common  Stock under the symbol  "SONE"
subject to consummation of the  Reorganization.  SFNB is not aware of any reason
why all  regulatory  approvals  required in connection  with the  Reorganization
should not be obtained.

        The FDIC approval  requires New Bank to have beginning  paid-in  capital
funds of not less than $10 million and a Tier 1 capital to total assets ratio of
not less than 8 percent,  in addition to a fully funded loan loss  reserve,  for
the first 3 years of  operations.  In addition,  during the first three years of
operations,  New Bank will be able to pay cash dividends only from net operating
profits  after an  appropriate  allowance  for loan and  lease  losses  has been
established.  If the Sale is not consummated,  New Bank will be required to have
beginning paid-in capital funds of not less than $12 million.  

CONDITIONS TO THE PLAN

        The Plan and the  transactions  provided  for  therein  will not  become
effective unless all of the following conditions have occurred:  (i) the Plan is
approved by the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of SFNB
Common Stock and SFNB Preferred  Stock;  (ii) the required  approvals of the OTS
have been  received and all waiting  periods have  expired;  (iii) the shares of
Holding  Company  Common  Stock to be issued to the holders of SFNB Common Stock
pursuant to the Plan have been  registered or qualified  for issuance  under the
Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or are exempt therefrom;
(iv) the Holding  Company  Common  Stock is  approved  for listing on the Nasdaq
Stock  Market;  and (v) SFNB and the Holding  Company  have  obtained  all other
consents,  permissions  and approvals  and taken all actions  required by law or
agreement deemed necessary for the consummation of the transactions provided for
in the Plan.

        If the Plan is approved by the holders of SFNB Stock, the Reorganization
is expected to become effective as soon as possible thereafter upon satisfaction
of all the conditions to the Plan and the  expiration of any applicable  waiting
periods, and, if the Agreement is approved, immediately prior to the Sale unless
the  Agreement  is  terminated  or the  conditions  to  the  Agreement  are  not
satisfied.  See "The  Sale of  SFNB's  Banking  Business  --  Conditions  to the
Agreement."  If the Plan is not  approved by the holders of SFNB Common Stock or
SFNB Preferred Stock or if the required  regulatory  approvals are not received,
SFNB will continue to operate without a holding company  structure.  Approval of
the  Agreement is not a condition  to approval of the Plan,  but approval of the
Plan is a condition  to  consummation  of the Sale  pursuant  to the  Agreement.

ABANDONMENT AND AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

        The Plan may be  abandoned  by any of the parties at any time before the
Effective Time in the event that: (i) any action, suit,  proceeding or claim has
been  instituted,   made  or  threatened  relating  to  the  Plan,  which  makes
consummation of the actions  contemplated by the Plan inadvisable in the opinion
of the parties, or (ii) for any reason, consummation of the actions contemplated
by the Plan is inadvisable  in the opinion of the parties.  In the event of such
abandonment, SFNB will pay the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
Plan and the proposed Reorganization.

                                       24
<PAGE>

         The Plan may be amended or modified in any respect at any time prior to
the approval of the Plan by SFNB's  shareholders by the mutual  agreement of the
Boards of Directors of the parties.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

         The  Reorganization  will be  accounted  for in a manner  similar  to a
"pooling  of  interests"  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles and accordingly,  the historical consolidated financial statements of
SFNB will become the historical consolidated financial statements of the Holding
Company.

NO DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

         Under  the  rules and  regulations  of the OTS as set forth in  Section
552.14  of Title 12 of the Code of  Federal  Regulations,  the  holders  of SFNB
Common Stock will not be entitled to dissenters'  rights in connection  with the
Reorganization.


FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

        For a  discussion  of certain  federal  income tax  consequences  of the
Reorganization,  see "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences."  

COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS

        Set forth  below is a summary of the  material  differences  between the
rights of  holders  of SFNB  Stock and their  prospective  rights as  holders of
Holding Company Stock. If the Reorganization is consummated, the holders of SFNB
Stock will become  holders of Holding  Company Stock.  As a result,  the Holding
Company's  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and the applicable provisions
of the DGCL will  govern  the rights of current  holders  of SFNB  Stock,  which
presently  are governed by the Charter and the Amended and Restated  Bylaws (the
"Bylaws")  of SFNB and federal  law. The  following  comparison  is based on the
current terms of the governing  documents of SFNB and the Holding Company and on
the  provisions  of federal  law and the DGCL.  The  following  discussion  is a
general  summary  of certain  provisions  of SFNB's  Charter  and Bylaws and the
Holding  Company's  Certificate of Incorporation  and Bylaws.  The discussion is
necessarily  general and,  with respect to  provisions  contained in the Holding
Company's  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws,  reference should be made to
the  document in  question,  which are  attached as Appendix D and Appendix E to
this Proxy  Statement/Prospectus.  Certain  provisions  included  in the Holding
Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws  may  serve  to  entrench
management  and to prevent a change in control of the  Holding  Company  even if
desired  by a  majority  of  shareholders.  These  provisions  are  designed  to
encourage  potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the Board of Directors
of the Holding Company and to discourage other takeover attempts.

        DIRECTORS. SFNB's Charter provides that the number of directors shall be
as stated in the bylaws within a range of five to 15 unless a greater  number is
approved by the OTS.  SFNB's Bylaws provide that the Board of Directors shall be
divided  into three  classes  and shall  consist of six  directors.  The Holding
Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  that the Board of Directors
shall be divided into three  classes and that the number of  directors  shall be
fixed by or in the manner provided in the Bylaws.  The Holding  Company's Bylaws
provide that the number of directors  shall be between four and 15 and initially
shall be four.

        SFNB's  Bylaws  provide that a vacancy on the Board of Directors  may be
filled  by the  affirmative  vote  of a  majority  of the  remaining  directors,
however, a director elected to fill a vacancy or by reason of an increase in the
number of  directors  may serve only until the next  election  of  directors  by
shareholders.  The Holding  Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws
provide  

                                       25
<PAGE>
that any  vacancy  occurring  in the  Board of  Directors,  including  a vacancy
created  by an  increase  in the  number of  directors,  may be  filled  for the
remainder of the  unexpired  term.  The Holding  Company's  Bylaws  provide that
vacancies may be filled by a majority vote of the directors then in office or by
shareholders.

        SFNB's Bylaws generally provide that a director may be removed for cause
by a vote of the  holders of a majority  of the  shares  entitled  to vote in an
election of directors at a meeting of  shareholders  called  expressly  for that
purpose.  SFNB's Bylaws also provide that more than three  consecutive  absences
from regular  meetings of the Board of Directors shall  constitute a resignation
unless  excused by a Board  resolution.  The Holding  Company's  Certificate  of
Incorporation  provides that a director may be removed only for cause,  and then
only by the affirmative  vote of at least two-thirds of the total votes eligible
to be voted at a duly constituted  meeting of the  shareholders  called for that
purpose and requires  that at least 30 days'  written  notice be provided to any
director or directors whose removal is to be considered at such a meeting.

        SFNB's Charter generally provides that no shares of SFNB Common Stock or
shares issuable from conversion, exchange or exercise of other securities may be
issued to officers, directors and controlling persons of SFNB other than as part
of a general public offering or as qualifying  shares to a director,  unless the
issuance or the plan pursuant to which they would be issued has been approved by
a majority of the total votes  eligible  to be cast at a legal  meeting.  SFNB's
Bylaws  provide that each  director of SFNB must  beneficially  own at least 100
shares of capital  stock of SFNB unless SFNB is a wholly owned  subsidiary  of a
holding company. The Holding Company's Bylaws provide that directors need not be
shareholders.

        PURPOSE. Under SFNB's Charter, SFNB is permitted to pursue any or all of
the lawful objectives of a federal savings bank chartered under Section 5 of the
Home  Owners'  Loan Act of 1933,  as amended  ("HOLA").  The  Holding  Company's
Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Holding Company may engage in any
lawful act or activity for which  corporations  may be organized under the DGCL.

         AUTHORIZED  SHARES.  Under SFNB's Charter,  SFNB is authorized to issue
25,000,000  shares of SFNB Common Stock and 2,500,000 shares of preferred stock.
The  Holding  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  authorizes  the Holding
Company to issue 40,000,000 shares of Holding Company Common Stock and 5,000,000
shares of serial  preferred  stock.  SFNB Common  Stock and  preferred  stock is
without par value.  Holding  Company Common Stock and preferred  stock has a par
value of $0.01 per share.

        CALL OF SPECIAL MEETINGS. SFNB's Bylaws provide that special meetings of
shareholders  may be  called  at any  time by the  Chairman  of the  Board,  the
President or the Board of Directors, and shall be called upon written request of
the holders of not less than one-tenth of all of the  outstanding  capital stock
of SFNB entitled to vote at the meeting.  However,  SFNB's Charter provides that
special  meetings  related to changes  in control of SFNB or  amendments  to its
charter  may only be called by the Board of  Directors.  The  Holding  Company's
Certificate of Incorporation  provides that special meetings of shareholders may
be called by the Board of Directors. Shareholders of the Holding Company are not
authorized to call a special meeting.

        LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. SFNB's Bylaws provide that directors,  officers
and employees shall be indemnified to the fullest extent  permitted by 12 C.F.R.
ss. 545.121. The Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that no
director shall be liable to the Holding Company or its shareholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director  except (i) for any breach of
the director's duty of loyalty to the Holding Company or its shareholders,  (ii)
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional  misconduct
or a knowing  violation of law,  (iii) for the types of  liability  set forth in
Section  174 of the DGCL,  or (iv) for any  transaction  from  which a  director
received an  improper  personal  benefit.  It also  provides  that any repeal or
modification  of this provision by shareholders  shall not adversely  affect any
right or protection of a director for acts or omissions  occurring  prior to the
date of such repeal or modification. The Holding 

                                       26

<PAGE>
Company's  Certificate  of 26  Incorporation  further  provides that the Holding
Company  generally  shall fully  indemnify  directors,  officers,  employees and
agents  to the  extent  permitted  by law  with  respect  to  certain  expenses,
judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement.  The Holding  Company's Bylaws
provide that the Holding Company may purchase or maintain insurance on behalf of
a person who is or was a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the Holding
Company  or a person  serving in such  capacities  with  other  entities  at the
Holding  Company's  request  against  liability  incurred by such person in such
capacity or arising from such status  whether or not the Holding  Company  would
have the power to indemnify such person against the same liability.

        NOTICE OF  SHAREHOLDER  MEETINGS.  SFNB's  Bylaws  provide  that written
notice must be delivered  not less than 20 nor more than 50 days before the date
of a meeting.  The Holding  Company's  Bylaws provide that notice of shareholder
meetings must be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of
a meeting.

        QUORUM AND GENERAL VOTE.  SFNB's  Bylaws  provide that a majority of the
outstanding  shares of SFNB stock entitled to vote,  represented in person or by
proxy,  shall constitute a quorum. The Holding Company's Bylaws provide that the
holders of  one-third of the  outstanding  shares  entitled to vote,  present in
person or by proxy, constitutes a quorum unless otherwise provided by statute or
the  Certificate of  Incorporation.  The Holding  Company's  Bylaws provide that
action on a matter  (other than the  election of  directors)  is approved if the
votes cast favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless
the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or the DGCL  requires  a greater  number of
affirmative  votes. The Holding  Company's Bylaws further provide that directors
shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote
in the election of directors. SFNB's Charter and Bylaws do not contain a general
vote provision.

        SHAREHOLDER  ACTION  WITHOUT  A  MEETING.  SFNB's  Bylaws  provide  that
shareholders  may  take  action  if  written  consent  is  given  by  all of the
shareholders  entitled to vote with respect to the matter. The Holding Company's
Bylaws  provide  that  shareholders  may take  action by written  consent if the
action is taken by persons  who would be  entitled  to vote at a meeting and who
hold shares having the voting power to cast not less than the minimum  number of
votes that would be necessary to authorize the action at a meeting.  

        SHAREHOLDER  NOMINATIONS  AND  PROPOSALS.  SFNB's  Bylaws  provide  that
shareholders  may  nominate  directors  or make  proposals  to be taken up at an
annual  meeting  provided that such proposal is stated in writing and filed with
the  Secretary  of SFNB at least five days  prior to the  meeting.  The  Holding
Company's Bylaws provide that a shareholder entitled to vote for the election of
directors at a meeting may nominate candidates for election as a director if the
shareholder complies with the written notice procedures set forth in the Bylaws.
The Holding  Company's Bylaws also provide that a shareholder may bring business
before an annual  meeting if the  shareholder  complies with the written  notice
procedures  set forth in the  Bylaws.  Each of these  provisions  of the Holding
Company's Bylaws requires a shareholder to give notice not less than 30 nor more
than 90 days prior to the  meeting  unless  less than 45 days'  notice or public
disclosure of the date of the meeting is given, in which case the  shareholder's
notice  must be  received  within  15 days of the date of such  notice or public
disclosure.

        LIQUIDATION  ACCOUNT.   SFNB's  Charter  requires  SFNB  to  maintain  a
liquidation  account for the benefit of its saving account holders in connection
with SFNB's  conversion  from mutual to stock form in 1992.  If the Agreement is
approved  and the  Sale  is  consummated,  SFNB's  liquidation  account  will be
transferred to New Bank.

        PROCEDURES  FOR CERTAIN  BUSINESS  COMBINATIONS.  The Holding  Company's
Certificate of Incorporation requires that certain business combinations between
the Holding Company (or any majority-owned  subsidiary  thereof) and a holder of
10% or more of the voting power of the  outstanding  voting stock of the Holding
Company, the affiliates or associates of such shareholder or certain present and
past   affiliates  of  the  Holding   Company   (collectively,   an  "Interested
Shareholder")  either (i) be approved by the affirmative  vote of the holders of
at least 80% of the total  number of  


                                       27
<PAGE>

outstanding  shares of voting stock of the Holding Company,  or (ii) be approved
by at least two-thirds of the Holding Company's  continuing directors (generally
persons  unaffiliated  with the Interested  Shareholder and serving prior to the
Interested  Shareholder  becoming such) at a duly constituted meeting called for
such purpose or involve  consideration per share generally equal to that paid by
the Interested  Shareholder  when it acquired its block of stock.  If one of the
conditions  set forth in clause  (ii) is met,  the  business  combination  shall
require only such  affirmative vote as is required by law or any other provision
of the Certificate of Incorporation.  The types of business combinations with an
Interested  Shareholder  covered  by  this  provision  include:  any  merger  or
consolidation;  any sale, lease, exchange,  mortgage,  pledge, transfer or other
disposition  other than in the usual and regular  course of  business  having an
aggregate  book value of 10% or more of the total  market  value of the  Holding
Company's outstanding shares or of its net worth; an issuance or transfer of any
equity  securities of the Holding Company or a majority-owned  subsidiary having
an  aggregate  market  value of 5% or more of total  market value of the Holding
Company's outstanding shares (with some exceptions); the adoption of any plan or
proposal of liquidation or dissolution proposed by or on behalf of an Interested
Shareholder;  and any  reclassification  of securities,  recapitalization of the
Holding Company,  or any merger or consolidation of the Holding Company with any
of its majority-owned subsidiaries or any other transaction which has the effect
of increasing the proportionate  ownership interest of an Interested Shareholder
of any  outstanding  class of equity or  convertible  securities  of the Holding
Company  or any  majority-owned  subsidiary.  SFNB's  Charter  and Bylaws do not
contain a similar provision.

        ANTI-GREENMAIL.  The  Holding  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation
generally  requires  the  affirmative  vote of at least a majority  of the total
number of  outstanding  shares of voting  stock  before the Holding  Company may
directly  or  indirectly   purchase  or  otherwise   acquire  any  voting  stock
beneficially  owned by a holder of 5% or more of the voting power of the Holding
Company's  voting  stock,  if such holder has owned the shares for less than two
years.  Any  shares  beneficially  held by such  person  would  be  excluded  in
calculating  the  affirmative  vote and the total number of shares  outstanding.
This provision  would not apply to a pro rata offer made by the Holding  Company
to all of its shareholders in compliance with the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations  thereunder,  or any purchase of voting stock by the Holding Company
if the Board of Directors has determined  that the purchase price per share does
not exceed the fair market value of such voting stock. SFNB's Charter and Bylaws
do not contain a similar provision.

        CRITERIA  FOR  EVALUATING   CERTAIN   OFFERS.   The  Holding   Company's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  that  the  Board  of  Directors,  when
evaluating  certain  acquisition  offers,  shall give due  consideration  to all
relevant  factors,  including,  without  limitation,  the  economic  effects  of
acceptance  of the offer on  depositors,  borrowers and employees of any insured
institution subsidiary and on the communities in which such subsidiaries operate
or are located,  as well as on the ability of any such  subsidiaries  to fulfill
the objectives of an insured  institution under applicable  federal statutes and
regulations. SFNB's Charter and bylaws do not contain a similar provision.

        AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION  AND BYLAWS.  SFNB's Charter
requires  that a charter  amendment  be proposed by SFNB's  Board of  Directors,
receive  preliminary  approval from the OTS and then be approved by shareholders
by a  majority  of the  total  votes  eligible  to be cast  at a legal  meeting.
Amendments  to the  Holding  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  must  be
proposed  by at least  two-thirds  of the Board of  Directors  at a duly  called
meeting and  thereafter  approved by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at
least a  majority  of the  shares  entitled  to vote  thereon  at a duly  called
meeting; provided, however, that approval by the affirmative vote of the holders
of at least  two-thirds  of the shares  entitled to vote thereon is required for
certain  provisions  (the  provisions  related  to  directors,  indemnification,
amending the Bylaws, criteria for evaluating certain offers, anti-greenmail, the
calling  of special  meetings  of  shareholders  and the  related  clause of the
amendment  provision).  In addition,  the provisions  regarding certain business
combinations  and the related  clause of the amendment  provision may be amended
only by the  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of at  least  80% of the  shares
entitled to vote thereon.

                                       28
<PAGE>

     SFNB's Bylaws provide that the Bylaws may be amended in a manner consistent
with  the  regulations  of the OTS by a  majority  vote  of the  full  Board  of
Directors  or a  majority  vote of the  votes  cast by  shareholders  at a legal
meeting.  The Holding Company's  Certificate of Incorporation  provides that the
Bylaws of the Holding Company may be amended by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds  of the  Board of  Directors  at a duly  called  meeting  or at least
two-thirds of the total votes  eligible to be voted at a duly called  meeting of
shareholders.

LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

     The Holding  Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  contains a provision
which eliminates,  except in certain  circumstances,  the personal  liability of
directors  for monetary  damages for breach of their duty of care to the Holding
Company.  See "-- Comparison of Shareholders Rights -- Limitation of Liability."
SFNB's Charter does not contain a comparable provision.

     Under Delaware law, the fiduciary duties of a corporate  director fall into
two broad  categories:  the duty of care and the duty of loyalty.  The fiduciary
duty of care is the duty of directors to exercise diligence and care in managing
the  business  and affairs of the  corporation.  The  fiduciary  duty of loyalty
requires that, in making a business decision, directors act in good faith and in
the  honest  belief  that the  action  was  taken in the best  interests  of the
corporation. Liability of directors of a Delaware corporation to the corporation
or its shareholders for breach of the duty of care requires a finding by a court
that the directors were grossly negligent.

     The DGCL permits a Delaware  corporation  to include in its  certificate of
incorporation  a  provision  that  eliminates  or limits a  director's  personal
liability for monetary  damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty of care,
subject to certain  limitations.  The law was  prompted in part by the view that
directors  should not be subject to undue concern over  litigation to which they
may be made  parties,  and in part by the market for  directors'  and  officers'
liability  insurance.  Delaware  law  recognizes  that  adequate  insurance  and
indemnity  provisions  often are a condition to an  individual's  willingness to
serve as a  director  of a  corporation  and is  intended  to help  corporations
continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve in such capacity.

     The Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that a director
shall not be personally  liable to the Holding Company or its  shareholders  for
monetary  damages  arising  out of the  director's  breach of his or her duty of
care, except to the extent that Delaware law does not permit exemption from such
liability.  The Certificate of Incorporation does not eliminate the duty of care
of  directors;  instead,  it is  designed  to limit the  personal  liability  of
directors  for monetary  damages to the maximum  extent  currently  permitted by
Delaware law. The Certificate of Incorporation  does not affect the availability
of  injunctive or other  equitable  relief as a remedy for breach of the duty of
care.  In addition,  the  provision  applies  only to the personal  liability of
directors (whether or not they also are officers) acting as directors and has no
effect on the potential  liability of individuals  for their actions as officers
of the Holding Company.

     In accordance  with the  requirements  of the DGCL,  the Holding  Company's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  that the Holding  Company's  directors
remain  subject to liability  for  monetary  damages (i) for any breach of their
duty of loyalty to the  Holding  Company or its  shareholders,  (ii) for acts or
omissions  not in good faith or involving  intentional  misconduct  or a knowing
violation of law,  (iii) for the types of liability  set forth in Section 174 of
the DGCL,  imposing  liability,  under  certain  circumstances,  for  willful or
negligent violation of certain statutory  provisions  restricting the payment of
dividends  and  the  repurchase  or  redemption  of  stock,  and  (iv)  for  any
transaction  from which the  director  received  an improper  personal  benefit.
Although the Holding Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation,  subject to these
limitations,  eliminates  monetary  damage awards  occasioned by a breach of the
duty of care to the maximum  extent  currently  permitted  by Delaware  law (and
therefore  prevents  damage  awards  against  directors  for  grossly  negligent
business  decisions,  including  those  relating  to a change in  control of the
Holding  Company),  the provision does not relieve  directors of their fiduciary
duty to act with due  care.  In  addition,  the  provision  does not  prevent  a
shareholder from seeking equitable remedies, including an injunction prohibiting


                                       29
<PAGE>

a proposed  action or  transaction  or  rescission  of a  consummated  action or
transaction. In some cases, however, shareholders may not be aware of a proposed
transaction or other action until it is too late to prevent its completion. As a
result,  the  Holding  Company  and its  shareholders  may,  at  times,  have no
effective  remedy  for an  injury  occasioned  by the  directors'  actions.  The
provision  thus may reduce  the  likelihood  of  derivative  litigation  against
directors and may discourage or deter shareholders or management from bringing a
lawsuit against  directors for breach of their duty, even though such an action,
if  successful,  might  otherwise  have  benefited  the Holding  Company and its
shareholders.

        It should be noted that the current and future  directors of the Holding
Company will personally  benefit from the limitation on liability in the Holding
Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  accordingly,  in  approving  the
provision,  the board of directors may be subject to a conflict of interest. The
provision was included in the Certificate of  Incorporation  as originally filed
in  Delaware  and  therefore  became  effective  from the outset of the  Holding
Company's corporate  existence.  The Certificate of Incorporation  provides that
any  repeal  or  modification  of the  provision  by the  shareholders  will not
adversely  affect any right or  protection  of a director  for acts or omissions
occurring  prior  to the  effective  date of such  repeal  or  modification.  At
present,  there are no pending or completed  actions or proceedings  against any
director of the Holding Company,  and the Holding Company knows of no threatened
litigation  against the Holding  Company's  directors which would be affected by
the provision.

        There has been  little or no  judicial  guidance  as to the scope of the
limitation  on  liability  afforded by similar  provisions  in  certificates  of
incorporation  under Delaware law; as a result,  the effects of such  provisions
are uncertain.  There may be liabilities which a court would hold are unaffected
by such provisions. The Holding Company has been advised that the provision will
not limit a director's liability for violations of the federal securities laws.

        The  Board  of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company  believes  that  the
limitation on liability in its Certificate of Incorporation  will  significantly
increase  the  Holding   Company's  ability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified
individuals to serve as outside directors by providing additional protection for
directors  in making  good  faith  business  decisions.  The Board of  Directors
strongly  believes that the potential  benefits to the Holding Company  outweigh
the potential limitations the provision places on shareholder remedies. 

TAKEOVER DEFENSE PROVISIONS

                  The Holding Company's  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
contain  various  takeover  defense  provisions,  some of which are  similar  to
provisions  of SFNB's  Charter and Bylaws.  They are intended to  encourage  any
acquirer to negotiate the terms of an acquisition with the Board of Directors of
the  Holding  Company.  These  provisions  will  reduce  the  Holding  Company's
vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions which have not
been  negotiated  with and  approved  by the  Board of  Directors.  The Board of
Directors believes these provisions provide necessary  protection to the Holding
Company  and are in the best  interests  of the  shareholders.  In the  Board of
Directors'  judgment,  the Board is in the best  position to determine  the true
value  of the  Holding  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  and to  negotiate  more
effectively for a fair price or do whatever else may be in the best interests of
the shareholders. Accordingly, the Board of Directors believes that it is in the
best interests of the Holding Company,  its subsidiaries and its shareholders to
encourage potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the Board. The proposed
changes  resulting  from the  holding  company  formation  will  encourage  such
negotiations and discourage  non-negotiated  takeover  attempts.  It is also the
Board of Directors'  view that these  provisions  should not discourage  persons
from proposing  mergers or other  transactions at prices  reflective of the true
value of the  Holding  Company  and its  subsidiaries  and which are in the best
interests of all shareholders.

        Despite the belief of the Board of  Directors  as to the benefits of the
takeover  defense  provisions  to  shareholders  of the Holding  Company,  these
provisions also may have the effect of  


                                       30
<PAGE>
discouraging a future takeover  attempt which is not approved by the Board,  but
which  shareholders  may  deem  to  be  in  their  best  interest  or  in  which
shareholders  may  receive a  substantial  premium  for their  shares  over then
current market prices. As a result, shareholders who might desire to participate
in such a transaction  may not have an  opportunity  to do so. These  provisions
also will  render  more  difficult  the  removal of the Board of  Directors  and
management  of the  Holding  Company.  The  Board  of  Directors  has,  however,
unanimously  concluded that the potential benefits of these provisions  outweigh
the possible disadvantages.
            

        For a  description  of some of the takeover  defense  provisions  of the
Holding  Company's   Certificate  of   Incorporation,   see  "--  Comparison  of
Shareholders'  Rights -- Criteria for  Evaluating  Certain  Offers," "-- Certain
Business  Combinations" and "-- Anti-Greenmail." Also, certain provisions of the
Holding  Company's  Certificate of Incorporation  previously  discussed in other
sections  of "--  Comparison  of  Shareholders'  Rights"  may  have  a  takeover
defensive  effect.  These  include  provisions  (which  are in both the  Holding
Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and SFNB's  Charter) that provide for
staggered  terms for members of the board of directors and authorize  additional
shares of common and preferred stock.

        Section 203 of the DGCL is intended to discourage  hostile  takeovers by
impeding  the  ability of a hostile  acquirer  to  consummate  a merger with the
target company.  In general,  Section 203 provides that a person who owns 15% or
more of the outstanding  voting stock of a Delaware  corporation (an "Interested
Stockholder")  may  not  consummate  a  merger  or  other  business  combination
transaction with the company at any time during the three-year  period following
the date  such  person  became an  Interested  Stockholder.  The term  "business
combination" is defined broadly to cover a wide range of corporate  transactions
including  mergers,  sales of  assets,  issuances  of stock,  transactions  with
subsidiaries and the receipt of disproportionate financial benefits. The statute
exempts the following transactions from the requirements of Section 203: (1) any
business  combination  if,  prior  to the  date a person  became  an  Interested
Stockholder,  the board of directors approved either the business combination or
the transaction in which such person became an Interested  Stockholder;  (2) any
business  combination  involving  a person  who  acquired  at  least  85% of the
outstanding  voting stock in the  transaction  in which he became an  Interested
Stockholder; (3) any business combination with an Interested Stockholder that is
approved by the board of directors  and by a  two-thirds  vote of the shares not
owned by the Interested Stockholder;  and (4) certain business combinations that
are proposed  after the company has received  other  acquisition  proposals  and
which are approved or not opposed by a majority of the  unaffiliated  members of
the board of directors.

        Federal law  provides  that,  subject to certain  exemptions,  no person
acting  directly or  indirectly  or through or in concert with one or more other
persons may acquire  "control" of a savings  institution or the holding  company
thereof without giving at least 60 days prior written notice providing specified
information to the OTS. This law would apply to the  acquisition of "control" of
SFNB or the  Holding  Company.  "Control"  is  conclusively  deemed to have been
acquired by, among other things,  the  acquisition of more than 25% of any class
of voting stock of the  institution  or the ability to control the election of a
majority of the directors of an  institution.  Moreover,  control is presumed to
have been acquired,  subject to rebuttal,  upon the acquisition of more than 10%
of any class of voting stock,  or of more than 25% of any class of stock,  where
certain  enumerated  "control factors" are also present in the acquisition.  The
OTS may prohibit the  acquisition  of control if the agency  finds,  among other
things,  that (i) the  acquisition  would result in a monopoly or  substantially
lessen  competition;  (ii) the financial condition of the acquiring person might
jeopardize the financial stability of the institution;  or (iii) the competence,
experience  or  integrity  of any  acquiring  person  or  any  of  the  proposed
management  personnel  indicates  that it would  not be in the  interest  of the
depositors or the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.

       THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF SFNB RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL OF
              THE PLAN AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.


                                       31
<PAGE>

                      THE SALE OF SFNB'S BANKING BUSINESS
                                  (PROPOSAL 2)

        The following  description  is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the   Agreement,   which   is   attached   as   Appendix   C   to   this   Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.

THE COMPANIES INVOLVED IN THE SALE OF SFNB'S BANKING BUSINESS

        For  information  about SFNB, the Holding  Company,  New Bank, S1, Royal
Bank and RBC Holdings, see "Summary -- The Companies," "Information about SFNB,"
"The Holding  Company  Reorganization"  and  "Additional  Information  about the
Holding Company."


THE SFNB/ROYAL BANK TRANSACTIONS

        In March 1998,  SFNB and S1 entered into several  agreements  with Royal
Bank and RBC Holdings,  including the Agreement.  The Agreement was entered into
on March 9, 1998 among Royal Bank,  RBC Holdings  and SFNB.  The  Agreement  was
amended on June 5, 1998. After its  organization,  the Holding Company became a
party to the Agreement. The Agreement provides for, among other things, the Sale
of SFNB's  Banking  Business to RBC Holdings.  For  information  about the other
agreements  entered into among SFNB, S1 and RBC Holdings in March 1998,  see "--
Other Related Agreements" below.


BACKGROUND OF THE SALE

        In the third quarter of 1997, SFNB adopted a formal plan to sell its $52
million in banking assets and related  liabilities  in order to concentrate  its
efforts on the rapidly growing Internet software development and data processing
segment of its business. The Board of Directors also determined that to continue
in the  Banking  Business  could be  viewed  by S1  customers  as  inappropriate
competition, and that such circumstances, coupled with the regulatory burdens of
the Banking Business,  were not in the best long-term interests of shareholders.
As a  result,  SFNB's  banking  assets  held for sale are  presented  net of the
related  liabilities in the consolidated  balance sheets that form a part of the
financial  statements  of SFNB  attached to this Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  as
Appendix F and the losses  from the  banking  operations  are  reflected  in the
consolidated statements of operations as discontinued operations.

RECOMMENDATION OF THE SFNB BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND REASONS FOR THE SALE

        The  Board of  Directors  of SFNB has  approved  the  Agreement  and has
determined  that the Sale is fair to, and in the best interests of, SFNB and its
shareholders.  THE SFNB BOARD OF DIRECTORS  RECOMMENDS  THAT THE HOLDERS OF SFNB
STOCK VOTE TO APPROVE AND ADOPT THE AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED
THEREBY. If the Agreement is not approved,  the Holding Company still intends to
discontinue all banking operations. No determination has been made as to how the
Holding Company would implement the discontinuation of banking operations if the
Agreement is not consummated. In reaching its decision to approve the Agreement,
the SFNB Board of Directors  consulted with its outside legal counsel  regarding
the legal terms of the proposed Sale and the Board's  fiduciary  obligations  in
its consideration of the proposed Sale, its financial  advisor,  FBR,  regarding
the financial  aspects and fairness of the proposed  Agreement,  as well as with
the management of SFNB and,  without  assigning any relative or specific weight,
considered the following, which are all of the material factors considered, both
from a short-term and a long-term perspective:


     (i)   The SFNB  Board of  Directors'  familiarity  with,  and review of the
           business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of
           SFNB and S1,  including,  but not limited to, their potential growth,
           development,  productivity and  profitability  and the business risks
           associated therewith;


                                       32
<PAGE>
     (ii)  The  current  and  prospective  environment  in which SFNB  operates,
           including  national  and  local  economic   conditions,   the  highly
           competitive  environment for financial  institutions  generally,  the
           increased regulatory burden on financial institutions,  and the trend
           toward consolidation in the financial services industry;

     (iii) Information concerning the business,  financial condition, results of
           operations,  asset quality and prospects of Royal Bank, including the
           future growth prospects of Royal Bank after the acquisition of SFNB's
           Banking  Business by RBC Holdings,  the potential  benefits  expected
           from the Sale, the other  agreements  entered into among SFNB, S1 and
           RBC Holdings and the business risks associated therewith;

     (iv)  The fact that the Sale  would not result in any  significant  current
           taxes payable;

     (v)   The  potential  for  appreciation  and  growth in the market and book
           value of the Holding Company Stock after the  Reorganization  and the
           Sale;

     (vi)  The oral  presentation  and  opinion  of FBR  that the sale  price of
           SFNB's Banking Business is fair to SFNB's common  shareholders from a
           financial point of view; and

     (vii) The  advantages  and  disadvantages  of SFNB  retaining  its  Banking
           Business.

        On the basis of these  considerations,  the Agreement was approved,  and
the Board of Directors recommends that the SFNB shareholders vote "FOR" approval
of the Agreement and the transactions  contemplated thereby. 

PURPOSE AND EFFECTS OF THE SALE

        The purpose of the Agreement is to sell SFNB's  Banking  Business to RBC
Holdings.  The Banking  Business will consist of the Acquired Assets and Assumed
Liabilities  and all operations  related thereto that will be transferred to New
Bank in the Reorganization. After the Sale is consummated, RBC Holdings will own
New Bank,  then known as "Security  First Network Bank." After the Sale, S1 will
provide  services  to and  have an  ongoing  relationship  with New Bank and RBC
Holdings  through  the other  agreements  among S1, SFNB and RBC  Holdings,  but
neither S1 nor the Holding  Company will have an ownership  interest in New Bank
or SFNB's Banking Business.

DESCRIPTION OF BANKING BUSINESS

        The Banking  Business to be contributed to New Bank pursuant to the Plan
and then sold to RBC Holdings pursuant to the Agreement will consist only of the
Acquired  Assets,  the Assumed  Liabilities  and any and all operations  related
thereto. The "Acquired Assets" will consist of the assets listed in schedules to
the Agreement plus or minus, as the case may be, all assets acquired or disposed
of until the Closing (defined below) in the ordinary course consistent with past
practice and in  accordance  with the  Agreement,  to be reflected in an updated
list of such assets to be delivered to RBC  Holdings  prior to the Closing.  The
"Assumed  Liabilities"  will  consist of all deposit  liabilities  of SFNB,  the
liabilities   listed  in  schedules  to  the  Agreement  and  such  deposits  or
liabilities  of the type  listed  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of business
consistent  with past  practice  and in  accordance  with the  Agreement,  to be
reflected in an updated schedule of such  liabilities  delivered to RBC Holdings
prior to the Closing.  The Agreement provides that the Assumed  Liabilities will
not include any liabilities of SFNB or the Holding Company that are not included
in the initial or updated  schedule to the Agreement,  including but not limited
to litigation and environmental  matters.  As of the date of the Agreement,  the
Acquired  Assets  and  Assumed  Liabilities  consisted  of all of the assets and
liabilities  used in the  Banking  Business  except  for  certain  loans of SFNB
related to the former

                                       33
<PAGE>

Pineville,  Kentucky operations. The Agreement provides that notwithstanding any
losses incurred by the Banking Business, as of the Closing, SFNB and the Holding
Company  shall  cause the  Banking  Business to have a minimum of $10 million of
total  regulatory  capital (as  calculated  in  accordance  with Part 567 of the
regulations of the OTS) (the "Transferred Capital"). The Agreement also provides
that the Banking  Business  will not  include (i) any capital  stock of S1, (ii)
inter-company  accounts  payable  from S1 to SFNB or (iii) the amount of cash or
cash  equivalent  assets on the books of SFNB  immediately  prior to the Sale in
excess  of the  Transferred  Capital.  Also,  the New  Bank  Shares  will not be
included in the Banking Business. 

STRUCTURE OF THE SALE

        On the Closing  Date,  New Bank will be organized  with SFNB as its sole
shareholder.  At that time, New Bank will have 1,000 shares of common stock, par
value  $0.01  per  share  (the  New  Bank  Shares)  outstanding.  As part of the
Reorganization,  SFNB will  contribute its Banking  Business to New Bank and the
Holding  Company  will acquire the New Bank Shares.  Immediately  following  the
Reorganization,  the  Holding  Company  will  sell  the New Bank  Shares  to RBC
Holdings for the Purchase Price (defined below).  As a result of the purchase of
the New Bank Shares by RBC  Holdings,  New Bank,  then known as "Security  First
Network Bank," will become a wholly owned subsidiary of RBC Holdings.

        The closing of the  purchase and sale of the New Bank Shares shall occur
at that moment (the "Closing") immediately subsequent to the consummation of the
Reorganization  pursuant to the Plan.  The date upon which the Closing occurs is
referred to as the "Closing Date." The Agreement provides that the Closing shall
take place no later than 10 business days following  receipt of all  shareholder
and regulatory  approvals necessary to consummate the transactions  contemplated
by the Plan and the Agreement.

PURCHASE PRICE AND HOLDBACK AMOUNT

        Pursuant to the  Agreement,  RBC  Holdings  will  purchase  the New Bank
Shares from the  Holding  Company for an  aggregate  amount of $13 million  (the
"Purchase Price"), subject to adjustment as described below, which is equivalent
to $3  million  in excess of the  required  regulatory  total  capital of SFNB's
Banking  Business on the Closing  Date of the Sale.  On the  Closing  Date,  RBC
Holdings shall pay the Holding  Company $11.5 million in  immediately  available
funds. On a date 18 months from the Closing,  RBC Holdings shall pay the Holding
Company an amount equal to $1.5 million (plus accrued  interest) less the amount
of any claims that have been asserted  against the Holding Company in connection
with the Holding Company's  indemnification  obligations under the Agreement and
any breach of contract claim under the Agreement. 

REGULATORY APPROVALS

        Consummation  of the Sale is  conditioned  on  receipt  of the  required
regulatory  approvals  of the  OTS,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board,  the  Georgia
Department  and the  Minister  of  Finance.  SFNB and Royal Bank have  agreed to
cooperate and use their  commercially  reasonable efforts to obtain all required
regulatory  approvals.  Applications  for such approvals of the OTS, the Federal
Reserve Board and the Georgia Department have been filed and are pending.  Royal
Bank also intends to file an application  with the  Superintendent  for approval
upon  recommendation of the  Superintendent of the Minster of Finance (discussed
below). No other regulatory  approvals are required to effect the Sale.  Neither
SFNB nor Royal Bank is aware of any reason why all regulatory approvals required
in connection with the Sale should not be obtained.

        Royal Bank, RBC Holdings (USA) Inc. (a wholly owned direct subsidiary of
Royal  Bank  and  the  direct  owner  of  all of the  outstanding  stock  of RBC
Holdings),  and RBC Holdings  have filed with the OTS an  application  under the
HOLA, and the regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  for approval to acquire New
Bank and thereby  become  savings and loan holding  companies.  In reviewing the
application,  the OTS will review and  consider  the  financial  and  managerial
resources and future 

                                       34

<PAGE>

prospects of the applicants  and New Bank, the effect of the  acquisition on New
Bank, the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the competitive effects of
the  transaction,  and the  convenience and needs of the community to be served.
Consideration of the managerial resources of the applicants and New Bank entails
a consideration  of the competence,  experience,  and integrity of the officers,
directors and  controlling  shareholders  of the applicants and New Bank.  Since
Royal Bank is a foreign bank, the review by the OTS will consider  whether Royal
Bank is subject to  comprehensive  supervision  or regulation on a  consolidated
basis in Canada. The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended (the "CRA"),
requires  that the OTS, in deciding  whether to approve the  acquisition  of New
Bank, also assess the records of performance of the relevant insured  depository
institutions  under the CRA in meeting the credit needs of the communities  they
serve, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods.  Neither Royal Bank nor
the other applicants or their respective affiliates currently are subject to the
CRA. The  application  process of the OTS requires the publication of notice of,
and an  opportunity  for public comment with respect to, the  application  filed
under the HOLA,  and the OTS is authorized to hold informal and formal  meetings
in connection  therewith if the OTS, after  reviewing the  application and other
materials,  determines  it is  desirable  to do so or  receives a request for an
informal  meeting.  It is not unusual for the OTS to receive  protests and other
adverse comments from community groups and others on an application  filed under
the HOLA.

        In connection with the proposed acquisition of New Bank by RBC Holdings,
an  application  has been filed with the OTS under the HOLA and the  regulations
promulgated  thereunder in regard to the  designated  home and branch offices of
New Bank. This  application also is subject to public notice and the opportunity
for comment.  In  reviewing  that  application,  the OTS will assess the overall
policies,  condition  and  operation of the applicant and will take into account
the applicant's record of performance under the CRA. Since New Bank has not been
formed yet and will be continuing SFNB's Banking Business,  the OTS could review
the policies,  condition and operation and CRA performance of SFNB in its review
of the application. SFNB currently has a "satisfactory" CRA rating from the OTS.

        Royal  Bank has filed a notice  with the  Federal  Reserve  Board  under
Section 4(c)(8) of the BHC Act, and the regulations promulgated  thereunder,  in
connection  with the  acquisition  of New Bank.  In  reviewing  the notice,  the
Federal  Reserve  Board will review and consider the  financial  and  managerial
resources  of Royal Bank and its  subsidiaries  and New Bank;  the effect of the
proposed  transaction on those  resources;  the management  expertise,  internal
control and risk  management  systems and capital of Royal Bank; and whether the
transaction  can reasonably be expected to produce  benefits to the public (such
as greater  convenience,  increased  competition  and gains in efficiency)  that
outweigh  possible  adverse effects (such as undue  concentration  of resources,
decreased or unfair  competition,  conflicts of  interest,  and unsound  banking
practices).  The Federal  Reserve Board also will consider the relevant  insured
depository  institution's  record of  performance  under the CRA.  As  indicated
above,  neither Royal Bank nor its affiliates  currently are subject to the CRA.
The notification  processing procedures of the Federal Reserve Board require the
publication of notice of, and an opportunity for public comment with respect to,
the notice filed under the BHC Act, and authorize  the Federal  Reserve Board to
hold  formal  or  informal  hearings  in  connection   therewith  under  certain
circumstances.  It is not  unusual  for the  Federal  Reserve  Board to  receive
protests  and other  adverse  comments  from  community  groups and others  with
respect to a notice filed under the BHC Act to acquire a savings institution.

        Royal Bank,  RBC  Holdings  (USA) Inc.  and RBC  Holdings  have filed an
application with the Georgia Department under the Financial Institutions Code of
Georgia (the "Georgia Code") to become bank holding  companies under the Georgia
Code after the  acquisition  of New Bank.  Under the Georgia  Code,  the Georgia
Department is required to consider the financial  and  managerial  resources and
future prospects of the applicants and New Bank, the competitive  effects of the
transaction,  and the convenience  and needs of the community to be served.  The
application  filed with the Georgia  Department  is subject to public notice and
comment.

                                       35

<PAGE>

        As noted  above,  Royal  Bank  intends to file an  application  with the
Superintendent for approval,  upon the recommendation of the Superintendent,  of
the Minister of Finance under the Bank Act (Canada) to indirectly acquire all of
the New Bank  Shares.  The  Minister of Finance may  delegate the power to grant
such  approval  to any  Minister  of State for  Canada  appointed  to assist the
Minister of Finance.  Upon acquiring control of New Bank, Royal Bank must obtain
from New Bank an  undertaking  to provide  the  Superintendent  with  reasonable
access to its  records.  Also,  the  Superintendent  may require that Royal Bank
provide it with undertakings concerning New Bank and its activities.

        Royal  Bank and SFNB are not  aware of any other  material  governmental
approvals  that are  required for  consummation  of the Sale except as described
above.  Should any other  approval  or action be  required,  it is  contemplated
presently that such approval would be sought.

        THE  ACQUISITION  OF SFNB'S  BANKING  BUSINESS  BY RBC  HOLDINGS  CANNOT
PROCEED IN THE ABSENCE OF THE REQUIRED  REGULATORY  APPROVALS,  WHICH  APPROVALS
HAVE NOT YET BEEN  RECEIVED.  THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT SUCH APPROVALS WILL
BE OBTAINED OR AS TO THE DATE OF SUCH APPROVALS.

CONDITIONS TO THE AGREEMENT

        The purchase and sale of the New Bank Shares  pursuant to the  Agreement
is subject to the consummation of the Reorganization pursuant to the Plan.

        The  obligations  of RBC Holdings  under the Agreement to consummate the
purchase of SFNB's Banking  Business are subject further to the  satisfaction or
waiver as of the Closing Date of certain conditions, including the following:

             (i) the  representations  and warranties of the Holding Company and
                 SFNB  contained in the Agreement or any documents  delivered to
                 RBC Holdings in connection  therewith shall be true and correct
                 in all material respects as of the Closing Date;

            (ii) the Holding Company, SFNB and New Bank shall have performed and
                 complied  with all  covenants  and  agreements  required  to be
                 performed by such parties pursuant to the Agreement at or prior
                 to the Closing;

           (iii) all regulatory  approvals shall have been obtained and shall be
                 in full  force  and  effect,  no  proceedings  shall  have been
                 instituted  or  threatened  by a  governmental  entity  related
                 thereto,  all applicable  waiting  periods with respect to such
                 approvals shall have expired or been terminated, all conditions
                 prescribed by such regulatory  approvals to be satisfied by the
                 Closing  Date  shall  have  been  satisfied  and no  regulatory
                 approval  shall have  imposed  any  condition  or  requirement,
                 including   without   limitation   with   respect   to  capital
                 requirements,  that is or would  become  applicable  after  the
                 Closing  Date to RBC  Holdings,  New Bank or Royal  Bank or any
                 affiliate  thereof  which RBC  Holdings or Royal Bank,  in good
                 faith, determines would be unduly burdensome upon RBC Holdings,
                 New Bank or Royal Bank or any affiliate  thereof or the conduct
                 of the business of such  entities  after the  Closing,  in each
                 case as such business was  conducted  prior to the Closing Date
                 or as such business is  anticipated  to be conducted  after the
                 Closing Date as described in the  applications  for  regulatory
                 approvals;  

           (iv)  the Holding Company,  SFNB and New Bank shall have obtained all
                 consents,  approvals,  waivers and other  actions  necessary in
                 connection  with  the  Sale  of the  New  Bank  Shares  and the
                 consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated by the Plan or
                 the  Agreement  or to enable New Bank to  

                                       36

<PAGE>

                 continue the Banking Business after the Closing in all material
                 respects in the same manner as such  business is  conducted  by
                 SFNB prior to the Closing;

            (v)  no governmental  entity or regulatory  authority as a result of
                 any  examination  or  investigation   shall  have  imposed  any
                 condition or  requirement,  including  without  limitation with
                 respect to regulatory  capital  requirements,  that is or would
                 become  applicable to RBC  Holdings,  New Bank or Royal Bank or
                 any affiliate thereof after the Closing Date which RBC Holdings
                 or Royal  Bank,  in good  faith,  determines  would  be  unduly
                 burdensome  on such  entities  or the  conduct of the  business
                 after Closing of such  entities,  in each case as such business
                 was conducted prior to the Closing Date;

           (vi)  no governmental  entity shall have deemed RBC Holdings or Royal
                 Bank to have a controlling  influence over S1; 

          (vii)  no action,  suit or  proceeding  shall be pending or threatened
                 that would prevent the  consummation of any of the transactions
                 contemplated  by the Plan or the Agreement or impose damages or
                 restrict the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by
                 the Plan and the Agreement;

         (viii)  at least  two-thirds of the  outstanding  shares of SFNB Common
                 Stock and SFNB Preferred Stock shall have approved the Plan and
                 the transactions  contemplated thereby, and at least a majority
                 of the  outstanding  shares of SFNB  Common  Stock and at least
                 two-thirds of the  outstanding  shares of SFNB Preferred  Stock
                 shall  have  approved  the   Agreement  and  the   transactions
                 contemplated thereby;

          (ix)   RBC Holdings  shall have received an opinion of SFNB's  counsel
                 in a  form  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  counsel  of  RBC
                 Holdings;

           (x)   the Holding  Company  shall have  delivered  to RBC  Holdings a
                 certificate for the New Bank Shares;

          (xi)   there shall not have been any  material  adverse  change in the
                 business,  financial  condition or results of operations of the
                 Banking Business,  SFNB or S1 at the Closing Date from December
                 31, 1997;

          (xii)  notes payable, accounts receivable, advances, loans and amounts
                 owing to New Bank by the Holding  Company,  SFNB,  or S1 by any
                 officer,   employee,   director,  insider  or  certain  persons
                 formerly  serving in such capacities  generally shall have been
                 repaid in full to New Bank; and

         (xiii)  a general  banking  moratorium  or  suspension  of  payments in
                 respect of banks shall not have  occurred and be  continuing in
                 the United States and Canada.

        The obligations of the Holding Company under the Agreement to consummate
the Sale are  subject  further to the  satisfaction  or waiver as of the Closing
Date of the following  conditions:  (i) the  representations  and  warranties of
Royal  Bank  and  RBC  Holdings  contained  in the  Agreement  or any  documents
delivered in connection  therewith  shall be true and correct in all respects as
of the Closing Date;  (ii) RBC Holdings  shall have  performed and complied with
all  covenants  and  agreements  required to be  performed by it pursuant to the
Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date;  (iii) The Holding Company shall have
received an opinion of counsel for RBC Holdings  reasonably  satisfactory to the
counsel of the Holding Company;  (iv) RBC Holdings shall have paid $11.5 million
to the Holding Company;  and (v) no action,  suit or proceeding shall be pending
or  threatened  that  would  challenge  the  transactions  contemplated  by  the
Agreement  or  otherwise  seek  damages  or seek to  restrain  the  transactions
contemplated by the Agreement. 


                                       37

<PAGE>

CONDUCT OF BANKING BUSINESS PENDING THE SALE

        The Agreement  contains  various  restrictions on the operations of SFNB
though the  Closing  Date.  In  general,  the  Agreement  obligates  SFNB to use
reasonable  efforts to  preserve  and  continue  the  operation  of the  Banking
Business in the  ordinary  course,  with  certain  specific  limitations  on the
lending  activities  of SFNB and  other  practices.  SFNB is  prohibited  by the
Agreement  from  voluntarily  making  any  changes  in  any of  its  methods  of
accounting or accounting  principles and practices or  reclassifying or changing
in any manner  the  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of SFNB or issuing or
agreeing to issue, sell, transfer,  pledge, encumber or deliver any stock, bond,
debenture or other security of SFNB other than as  contemplated  pursuant to the
Plan, the Agreement or in accordance with the terms of such stock.  Also,  under
the terms of the Agreement, SFNB may not, among other things, grant any increase
in the compensation payable to any officer,  director,  consultant,  employee or
agent of SFNB that is to be employed by New Bank except  compensation  increases
in the ordinary  course  consistent  with past practice;  enter into or agree to
enter into any bonus, profit-sharing,  retirement, stock purchase, stock option,
deferred  compensation,  incentive  compensation  or similar  plan,  contract or
understanding providing for employee benefits; enter into any contract except in
the  ordinary  course of  business  or make,  amend or  terminate  any  material
agreement; or amend the Charter or the Bylaws of SFNB. 

THIRD PARTY PROPOSALS

        The  Agreement  provides that none of the Holding  Company,  SFNB or New
Bank may directly or indirectly  solicit,  initiate or encourage or  participate
in, or cooperate with, any negotiation for any third party takeover proposal and
it obligates the Holding Company,  SFNB and New Bank to immediately notify Royal
Bank and RBC Holdings if any such inquiry is made.  The Agreement  also provides
that the Boards of Directors of SFNB and the Holding  Company  shall not accept,
approve,  adopt or  recommend  a third  party  takeover  proposal,  and that the
Holding  Company,  SFNB and New Bank shall not assist in the  preparation  of or
file a regulatory  application related to a third party takeover proposal unless
otherwise required by a government agency. 

EXPENSES AND OPERATING LOSSES

        The Agreement  provides  that the Holding  Company or SFNB shall pay the
following  expenses,  taxes and  liabilities:  (i) the fees and  expenses of any
person retained by the Holding Company,  SFNB or, prior to the Closing Date, New
Bank, for brokerage, financial advisory, investment banking or finder's services
in  connection  with the Sale of the New Bank Shares;  (ii) fees and expenses of
legal counsel,  auditors and accountants of the Holding Company,  SFNB or, prior
to the Closing Date, New Bank,  for services in connection  with the Sale of the
New Bank Shares;  and (iii) any income,  capital  gains or other tax incurred by
the Holding  Company,  SFNB or New Bank as a result of the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  by the Plan and the  Agreement.  The Agreement  also
provides  that SFNB shall bear the costs of  preparing  and  mailing  this Proxy
Statement/Prospectus  and  obtaining  the  necessary  approvals  for  the  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.  The Agreement  further provides that each party shall pay
all  costs,  fees  and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  obtaining  all
regulatory approvals relating to such party.

        Pursuant to the Agreement, in consideration of operating losses that the
Banking  Business is expected to incur in the ordinary  course of business prior
to the Closing, beginning on the date of receipt of shareholder approval by SFNB
of the Plan,  the  Agreement  and the  transactions  contemplated  thereby,  RBC
Holdings  shall pay to the Holding  Company  $1,250 per day, up to but excluding
the Closing Date,  to an aggregate  maximum of $300,000.  The Agreement  further
provides  that RBC  Holdings  must  make such a  payment  in the event  that the
Agreement is terminated  prior to Closing and that neither this  obligation  nor
SFNB's  incurrence  of  operating  or other  losses  shall  affect the amount of
Transferred  Capital to be  included in the  Acquired  Assets.  

                                       38

<PAGE>

NON-COMPETE  AND EMPLOYEE MATTERS

        Pursuant to the Agreement,  the Holding  Company has agreed that for the
three year period  commencing on the Closing Date, the Holding  Company,  or any
company controlled  directly or indirectly by the Holding Company (including S1)
will  not  directly  or  indirectly  (i)  engage  in  business  as a  depository
institution,  trust  company  or  similar  entity or engage in the  business  of
providing  insurance,  securities  brokerage,  lending or investment products or
services  directly  or as agent to  consumers  (other than  providing  financial
software and support services to such institutions) within the United States; or
(ii) solicit for the employment of employees,  officers or directors,  either as
of the Closing Date or  thereafter,  of New Bank,  RBC Holdings or Royal Bank or
any  affiliate or  successor  and assign of such  entities  other than through a
general  solicitation  for employment to which such persons may be exposed.  The
Agreement  provides that ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding  shares of
any  class  of  capital  stock  of a  publicly  held  corporation  shall  not be
prohibited  by such  limitation.  The Agreement  further  provides that New Bank
shall own specified trade names as of the Closing Date and that such trade names
may not be used in a competing  business by the Holding  Company,  SFNB or their
affiliates.

        The Agreement  also provides that SFNB shall not prohibit Royal Bank and
RBC  Holdings  from making  employment  offers on behalf of New Bank for certain
employees and that SFNB shall cause all  contributions  by SFNB to SFNB's 401(k)
plan to fully vest with  respect to each SFNB  employee  who is  retained by New
Bank after the Closing  Date.  The Board of  Directors  of SFNB has approved the
vesting of all non-vested  options of officers and employees who are retained by
New Bank after the  Closing  Date,  which will result in a charge to income that
will be  recorded  in the second  quarter  of 1998.  

CERTAIN  PROVISIONS  OF THE AGREEMENT

        Under the  Agreement,  SFNB and the Holding  Company  have made  certain
representations and warranties to RBC Holdings. The material representations and
warranties  are those with regard to (i) the power and  capacity of SFNB and the
Holding Company;  (ii) the  capitalization  of New Bank; (iii) the organization,
insurance of deposits and corporate  records of New Bank; (iv) the ownership and
title to the New Bank Shares;  (v) the Acquired Assets and Assumed  Liabilities;
(vi)  conflicting   instruments,   consents  and  regulatory  approvals;   (vii)
subsidiaries;  (viii) financial statements;  (ix) real property;  (x) personnel;
(xi) labor  matters;  (xii)  environmental  matters;  (xiii) ERISA and non-ERISA
plans of New Bank;  (xiv)  compliance with law; (xv)  activities  comprising the
Banking Business; (xvi) litigation;  (xvii) regulatory matters; (xviii) material
contracts; (xix) conduct of business; (xx) tax matters; (xxi) insurance;  (xxii)
trade names and  intellectual  property;  (xxiii)  related  party  transactions;
(xxiv) permits; (xxv) proxy  statement/prospectus,  regulatory  applications and
other documents;  (xxvi) site locations;  (xxvii) loans;  (xxviii) allowance for
losses;  (xxix)  derivatives and risk management  instruments;  (xxx) technology
systems  (including Year 2000  functionality);  and (xxxi) brokers' and finders'
fees.

        Under the Agreement,  RBC Holdings has made certain  representations and
warranties to SFNB and the Holding  Company.  The material  representations  and
warranties  of RBC  Holdings  are  those  with  regard to (i)  organization  and
authority;  (ii)  conflicting  instruments;  (iii)  litigation;  (iv) regulatory
approvals; (v) statements in the proxy statement/prospectus; and (vi) regulatory
matters. 

TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT OF THE AGREEMENT

        The Agreement may be terminated as summarized below:

               (i)   by mutual written  consent of SFNB and the Holding  Company
                     on the one  hand and RBC  Holdings  and  Royal  Bank on the
                     other,  at any  time  whether  or not  approved  by  SFNB's
                     shareholders;

              (ii)   by any of the parties if the  Closing  has not  occurred by
                     September 30, 1998;

                                       39
<PAGE>

             (iii)   by SFNB  and the  Holding  Company  on the one hand and RBC
                     Holdings and Royal Bank on the other upon written notice if
                     an  applicable  law is enacted or becomes  applicable  that
                     makes the  consummation of the actions  contemplated by the
                     Plan or the Agreement illegal or otherwise  prohibited,  or
                     if any judgment  enjoining any party from consummating such
                     transactions    is   entered   and   becomes    final   and
                     nonappealable;


              (iv)   by SFNB  and the  Holding  Company  on the one hand and RBC
                     Holdings   and  Royal  Bank  on  the  other  (x)  upon  the
                     expiration of 15 calendar days after a denial or refusal to
                     grant a  required  regulatory  approval  by a  governmental
                     authority;  (y) if a regulatory approval shall have imposed
                     any condition or requirement,  including without limitation
                     with respect to regulatory capital requirements, that is or
                     would become applicable to RBC Holdings,  New Bank or Royal
                     Bank or any affiliate  thereof after the Closing Date which
                     RBC Holdings or Royal Bank, in good faith, determines would
                     be unduly  burdensome  upon such entities or the conduct of
                     the business of such  entities  after the Closing,  in each
                     case as such  business was  conducted  prior to the Closing
                     Date or as such  business is  anticipated  to be  conducted
                     after  the  Closing  Date as  described  in the  regulatory
                     applications;  or (z) if any regulatory authority indicates
                     to the parties that any  regulatory  application  should be
                     withdrawn or will be returned;

               (v)   by Royal Bank and RBC Holdings,  in the event of a material
                     breach or inaccuracy of a representation or warranty of the
                     Holding  Company or SFNB  contained in the Agreement or any
                     document  delivered  pursuant  to it by SFNB or the Holding
                     Company,  or a  breach  of a  covenant  or  failure  of any
                     condition  to which the  obligations  of RBC  Holdings  are
                     subject; or

              (vi)   by SFNB and the Holding Company, in the event of a material
                     breach  or  inaccuracy  of  a  representation  or  warranty
                     contained  in  the  Agreement  or  any  document  delivered
                     pursuant to it by RBC Holdings or Royal Bank or a breach of
                     a  covenant  or  failure  of any  condition  to  which  the
                     obligations  of SFNB and the Holding  Company are  subject;
                     

The  Agreement  may be  amended in  writing  by the  parties.  

OPINION OF SFNB'S FINANCIAL ADVISOR

         The  Board  of  Directors  of  SFNB  retained  the  services  of FBR as
financial  advisor to SFNB and FBR agreed to render a fairness opinion regarding
the consideration to be received in a sale transaction  involving SFNB's banking
assets.  SFNB has  received  an opinion  from FBR that the sale price for SFNB's
Banking Business is fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of SFNB
Common Stock. The full text of the executed opinion of FBR, dated March 9, 1998,
is attached to this Proxy  Statement/Prospectus as Appendix A. For a description
of the materials  reviewed by FBR in preparing  this opinion and other  matters,
see Appendix A. In connection with the Sale, FBR will receive a fee of $90,000.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

        The Holding  Company expects to record a gain of $1,750,000 on the Sale.
See  "Pro  Forma  Consolidated   Financial   Statements."   

                                       40

<PAGE>

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

        The Sale of SFNB's Banking Business pursuant to the Agreement is a fully
taxable  transaction for federal income tax purposes,  and the SFNB consolidated
group (or as successor,  the Holding Company  consolidated group) will recognize
gain for  federal  income tax  purposes  as a result of the Sale.  See  "Certain
Federal Income Tax Consequences."

NO DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

        The holders of SFNB Stock do not have  dissenters'  rights in connection
with the Sale.

INDEMNIFICATION

        The  Holding  Company  has  agreed to  indemnify  New Bank,  each of its
subsidiaries,  RBC  Holdings,  Royal  Bank  and  their  affiliates  (the  "Buyer
Indemnified  Parties")  against all liabilities,  claims,  actions,  damages and
expenses incurred by the Buyer  Indemnified  Parties in connection with: (i) all
liabilities and obligations  arising from or as a result of New Bank's,  SFNB's,
the Holding Company's or SFNB Investment, Inc.'s operations prior to the Closing
Date or based upon events,  acts or omissions occurring prior to such date other
than the Assumed Liabilities;  (ii) any breach of any representation or warranty
of the  Holding  Company or SFNB  contained  in the  Agreement  or any  document
delivered  at  Closing  by those  entities;  (iii) the  breach of any  covenant,
agreement  or  obligation  of the Holding  Company,  SFNB or S1 contained in the
Agreement  or any  document  contemplated  thereby;  (iv) claims with respect to
certain tax matters;  and (v) any claims by shareholders of SFNB relating to the
transactions  contemplated by the Agreement or the Plan,  including claims based
on breach of fiduciary  duties or rights of first  refusal and  violation of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

        RBC  Holdings  has  agreed  to  indemnify  SFNB,  its  subsidiaries  and
affiliates (the "Seller Indemnified  Parties") against all liabilities,  claims,
actions,  damages and  expenses  incurred by the Seller  Indemnified  Parties in
connection  with:  (i) any  breach  of any  representation  or  warranty  of RBC
Holdings  contained in the Agreement or any document delivered at Closing by RBC
Holdings,  or (ii) the breach of any covenant,  agreement or obligation of Royal
Bank or RBC  Holdings  contained in the  Agreement or any document  contemplated
thereby.

        Claims  for  indemnification  by any Buyer  Indemnified  Party or Seller
Indemnified  Party  other  than  Unlimited  Claims  (defined  below)  may not be
enforced  until the  aggregate  of all  claims for  indemnification,  other than
Unlimited Claims,  exceeds  $100,000.  Once claims in excess of such amount have
been asserted, all claims above this amount may be pursued,  except as otherwise
limited by the  Agreement.  The  Agreement  provides  that except for  Unlimited
Claims,  claims for  indemnification  under the Agreement must be made within 18
months  from the  Closing  Date.  "Unlimited  Claims"  are  claims  based upon a
willful, grossly negligent,  fraudulent or intentional  misrepresentation of RBC
Holdings or the Holding  Company  contained  in the  Agreement  or any  document
furnished  in  connection  with the  Agreement.  Claims  made  with  respect  to
representations  concerning  the  power  and  capacity  of SFNB and the  Holding
Company, and ownership of and title to the New Bank Shares,  claims with respect
to taxes,  claims for breach of the  obligation to consummate  the  transactions
contemplated by the Agreement,  or claims for breach of any covenant,  agreement
or obligation  to be performed by RBC Holdings or the Holding  Company after the
Closing are subject to different  limitation periods specified in the Agreement.

OTHER RELATED AGREEMENTS

        On  March 9, 1998,  SFNB  and RBC  Holdings  also  entered into a Common
Stock  Purchase  and  Option  Agreement,   as  amended  on  June  5,  1998  (the
"Stock/Option Agreement").  After its organization, the Holding Company became a
party to the Stock/Option  Agreement.  Pursuant to the  Stock/Option  Agreement,
SFNB  issued  92,593  shares of SFNB Common  Stock to RBC  Holdings in a private
placement at a price of $10.80 per share and granted RBC Holdings  four separate
options

                                       41
<PAGE>

(the  "Options")  to purchase  an  aggregate  of $10 million of Holding  Company
Common Stock (733,818 shares) effective upon Closing.  The four separate Options
for $2.5  million of Holding  Company  Common Stock are  exercisable  during the
following time periods: (i) from the Closing Date through the first business day
90 days after the Closing Date (the first Option), (ii) from the Closing Date to
the first  business  day 270 days after the Closing  Date (the  second  Option),
(iii) from the Closing Date to the first business day 450 days after the Closing
Date (the third  Option),  and (iv) from the Closing Date to the first  business
day 630 days after the Closing Date (the fourth Option).  The per share exercise
price of the  Options  are  $11.88,  $13.07,  $14.38 and  $15.81,  respectively.
Pursuant to the Stock/Option Agreement, upon the Reorganization,  the provisions
of the  agreement  related to the  Options  will apply to the  Holding  Company,
references  to Option shares shall be deemed to refer to shares of capital stock
of the Holding  Company and  references  to SFNB shall be deemed to refer to the
Holding  Company.  The  Stock/Option  Agreement  provides  that the Option shall
terminate upon  termination of the Agreement if the Agreement  terminates  other
than by reason of Closing thereunder.

        Pursuant to the Stock/Option  Agreement,  if upon exercise of an Option,
RBC Holdings  (including any of its subsidiaries and affiliates)  would then own
more than 4.999% of the  outstanding  Holding  Company Common Stock,  the Option
shares then  subject to issuance  shall be shares of Holding  Company  Preferred
Stock.  Also,  the Holding  Company  shall not be required to sell any shares of
Holding Company Stock under an Option if such sale would  constitute a violation
of  any  law  or  regulation  by  the  Holding  Company  or  RBC  Holdings.  The
Stock/Option  Agreement  also  provides  that if  outstanding  shares of Holding
Company Common Stock are increased or decreased or changed into or exchanged for
a different  number or kind of shares or other securities of the Holding Company
by reason  of any  recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock  split,  or other
increase  or  decrease  in  shares,   the  Option   shares   shall  be  adjusted
proportionately.

        In addition,  on March 9, 1998,  S1, SFNB and RBC Holdings  entered into
the following technology licensing and consulting agreements effective only upon
the acquisition of SFNB's Banking Business by RBC Holdings: a Strategic Tactical
Advisory  Relationship  License and Services  Agreement  (the "STAR  Agreement")
between S1 and SFNB, a Remote Financial  Services and Data Processing  Agreement
(the "Data Center Agreement") between S1 and SFNB, and a Transition Services and
Consulting  Agreement (the  "Consulting  Agreement" and,  together with the STAR
Agreement and the Data Processing  Agreement,  the "Other Agreements") among S1,
RBC Holdings and SFNB. The Other Agreements will be assigned by SFNB to New Bank
in the Reorganization.  Through the STAR Agreement,  New Bank and its affiliates
will license the VFM suite of software products from S1, S1 will provide certain
maintenance  and  support  services  and New Bank will have the  opportunity  to
participate in the Strategic Tactical Advisory Relationship ("STAR") program for
the initial five year term of that agreement.  Participation in the STAR program
includes a seat on the S1 Board of  Directors  and working  with other  industry
leaders on the development of current and future S1 software programs.  Pursuant
to the Data Center Agreement,  S1 will provide data processing,  maintenance and
support,  technical support and service level agreement services for the initial
five year term of that  agreement,  which  services will be used by New Bank and
its  affiliates  to provide  such  services to their  customers  through the VFM
software.  Both the STAR Agreement and the Data Center Agreement contain various
provisions  limiting  liability,  providing  indemnification and related to Year
2000 matters, and permit termination of the agreement in certain instances.  The
STAR Agreement  provides for $5 million of licensing fees payable at Closing and
potential additional licensing fees under certain circumstances. The Data Center
Agreement  provides for monthly processing support and maintenance fees based on
the number of customers using the software. Through the Consulting Agreement, S1
will provide various  transition and consulting  services related to the Banking
Business as requested by RBC Holdings and/or New Bank for one year following the
Closing Date for a fee of $1 million  payable on the Closing Date. S1 has agreed
to indemnify RBC Holdings and SFNB against damages and losses related to certain
employee  matters.  For  information  about the other  participants  in the STAR
program,  see  "Information  about SFNB --  Description of Business -- Strategic
Investors  in SFNB."  


                                       42
<PAGE>

       THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF SFNB RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL OF
            THE AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

                  PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The unaudited pro forma  financial  data set forth below as of March 31,
1998 and for the three  month  period  ended  March 31,  1998 and the year ended
December 31, 1997 gives effect to the Sale, the Stock/Option Agreement,  and the
Other  Agreements  as if they  occurred  on March 31,  1998 with  respect to the
unaudited pro forma  consolidated  balance sheet and on January 1, 1998 and 1997
with respect to the  unaudited  pro forma  consolidated  statement of operations
data for the three month period ended March 31, 1998 and the year ended December
31, 1997, respectively.

        The unaudited  pro forma  financial  data should be read in  conjunction
with the historical  consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of SFNB
and "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations"  appearing  elsewhere herein.  See Appendix F and "Information about
SFNB." The unaudited pro forma financial data is not  necessarily  indicative of
the financial  position and results of operations  that would have been achieved
had the Sale, the Stock/Option  Agreement and the Other  Agreements  occurred on
the dates indicated nor is it necessarily  indicative of the expected results of
future operations.  Dollars are in thousands except share and per share data.


                                       43
<PAGE>

                Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet - Unaudited
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              At March 31, 1998
                                                                 ----------------------------------------------
                                                                   SFNB              Pro forma        Pro forma
                                                                 historical         adjustments        results
                                                                 ----------         -----------        -------

<S>                                                              <C>            <C>         <C>   <C>        
Assets
  Current assets:
   Cash ......................................................   $     2,514    $    11,500 (1)   $    20,014
                                                                                      6,000 (2)
   Investment securities available for sale ..................        12,838        (11,050)(3)         1,788
   Accounts receivable, net ..................................         5,181             --             5,181
   Banking operations held for sale, net .....................            --         11,050 (3)            --
                                                                                    (10,000)(1)
                                                                                     (1,050)(1)
   Other current assets ......................................         1,083             --             1,083
                                                                 -----------    -----------       -----------
         Total current assets ................................        21,616          6,450            28,066
   Premises and equipment, net ...............................         5,319             --             5,319
   Goodwill and purchased technology, net ....................         2,534             --             2,534
   Other assets ..............................................           807          1,500 (1)         2,307
                                                                 -----------    -----------       -----------
         Total assets ........................................   $    30,276    $     7,950       $    38,226
                                                                 ===========    ===========       ===========

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
  Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable ..........................................   $     1,667    $      --         $     1,667
   Accrued expenses ..........................................         1,569            200(1)          1,769
   Accrued stock option compensation expense .................         2,287            450(6)          2,737
   Deferred revenues .........................................         8,775          6,000(2)         14,775
                                                                 -----------    -----------       -----------     
     Total current liabilities ...............................        14,298          6,650            20,948
                                                                 -----------    -----------       -----------
Stockholders' equity:
    Class A convertible  preferred stock, no par value
     for SFNB,  par value $0.01 per share for the      
     Holding Company. Authorized 2,500,000 shares      
     for SFNB, 5,000,000 shares for the Holding        
     Company.  Issued and outstanding 1,251,084        
     shares at March 31, 1998 and December 31,         
     1997, respectively ......................................         2,679           --               2,679
    Common stock, no par value for SFNB, par value
     $0.01 per share for the Holding Company 
     Authorized, 25,000,000 shares for SFNB,
     40,000,000 shares for the Holding Company 
     Issued and outstanding 10,616,518 and
     10,487,245 shares at March 31, 1998 and
     December 31, 1997, respectively ..........................       74,004       (73,898)(4)            106
    Additional paid-in capital ................................           --        73,898 (4)         74,473
                                                                                       575 (5)
    Accumulated deficit .......................................      (60,613)        1,750 (1)        (59,888)
                                                                                      (575)(5)
                                                                                      (450)(6)
    Accumulated other comprehensive income ....................          (92)           --                (92)
                                                                 -----------    ----------        ----------- 
       Total stockholders' equity .............................       15,978         1,300             17,278
                                                                 -----------    ----------        -----------
       Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..............  $    30,276    $    7,950        $    38,226
                                                                 ===========    ==========        ===========
</TABLE>

                                       44
<PAGE>
          Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations - Unaudited

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Three months ended March 31, 1998
                                                       --------------------------------------------
                                                        SFNB          Pro forma           Pro forma
                                                       historical    adjustments           results
                                                       ----------    -----------           -------
Revenues:      
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>          <C>   <C>         
  Software license fees ..........................   $        669    $        120(2)    $        789
  Professional services ..........................          2,449             250(2)           2,699
  Data center fees ...............................            310             133(2)             443
                                                     ------------    ------------       ------------
     Total revenues ..............................          3,428             503              3,931
                                                     ------------    ------------       ------------
Direct costs:
  Software license fees ..........................             20              --                 20
  Professional services ..........................          1,570              --              1,570
  Data center fees ...............................          1,823              --              1,823
                                                     ------------    ------------       ------------
     Total direct costs ..........................          3,413              --              3,413
                                                     ------------    ------------       ------------
     Gross margin ................................             15             503                518
                                                     ------------    ------------       ------------
Operating expenses:
  Selling and marketing ..........................          1,071              --              1,071
  Product development ............................          3,383              --              3,383
  General and administrative .....................          1,204              --              1,204
  Depreciation and amortization ..................            637              --                637
  Amortization of goodwill and acquisition charges          2,088              --              2,088
                                                     ------------    ------------       ------------
     Total operating expenses ....................          8,383              --              8,383
                                                     ------------    ------------       ------------
     Operating loss ..............................         (8,368)            503             (7,865)
Interest income ..................................            255             113(7)             368
                                                     ------------    ------------       ------------
Loss from continuing operations ..................   $     (8,113)   $        616       $     (7,497)
                                                     ============    ============       ============
Basic and diluted net loss per common share from
  continuing operations ..........................   $      (0.77)                      $      (0.71)
                                                     ============                       ============
Weighted average common shares outstanding .......     10,523,921                         10,592,851
</TABLE>




                                       45
<PAGE>
          Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations - Unaudited
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                              Year ended December 31, 1997
                                                      -----------------------------------------
                                                       SFNB          Pro forma        Pro forma
                                                       historical    adjustments      results
                                                       ----------   -------------   -----------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>             <C>         
Revenues:
  Software license fees ........................     $     4,142  $        480(2) $      4,622
  Professional services ........................           6,277         1,000(2)        7,277
  Data center fees .............................             411           623(2)        1,034
                                                          ------        ------         -------
    Total revenues..............................          10,830         2,103          12,933
                                                          ------        ------          -------
Direct costs:
  Software license fees.........................           1,605            --           1,605
  Professional services.........................           5,346            --           5,346
  Data center fees..............................           6,947            --           6,947
                                                          ------        ------         -------
    Total direct costs .........................          13,898            --          13,898
                                                          ------        ------         -------  
    Gross margin ...............................          (3,068)        2,103            (965)
                                                          ------        ------         -------
Operating expenses:
 Selling and marketing..........................           4,305            --           4,305
 Product development.............................         10,507            --          10,507
 General and administrative ....................           4,637            --           4,637
 Depreciation and amortization..................           1,741            --           1,741
 Amortization of goodwill and acquisition charges          4,525            --           4,525
                                                          ------        ------         -------
   Total operating expenses ....................          25,715            --          25,715
                                                          ------        ------         -------
   Operating loss...............................         (28,783)        2,103         (26,680)

Interest income ................................           1,481           584(7)        2,065
                                                          ------        ------          -------   
Loss from continuing operations.................     $   (27,302)  $     2,687    $    (24,615)
                                                         =======        ======          ======= 
                                                      
Basic and diluted net loss per common share from
  continuing operations ......................      $      (3.06)                 $      (2.73)
                                                         ========                       ======= 
Weighted average common shares outstanding             8,922,762                     9,015,355
</TABLE>


                                       46

<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The  historical  consolidated  financial  data is derived  from the audited
consolidated  financial  statements of SFNB for the year ended December 31, 1997
and the unaudited  consolidated financial statements of SFNB for the three-month
period ended March 31, 1998.  The  unaudited  consolidated  pro forma  financial
statements  reflect all adjustments,  consisting of normal  recurring  accruals,
which in the opinion of SFNB's management, are necessary for a fair presentation
of financial  position and results of operations for the respective  period.

     The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  statement of operations data reflect
only results from continuing operations.


(1)  Reflects the results of the Sale of New Bank to RBC Holdings  summarized as
     follows:

     Cash proceeds received at closing................................ $ 11,500
     Cash proceeds received 18 months after closing ..................    1,500
                                                                       --------
     Total consideration..............................................   13,000
     Less estimated transaction costs-accrued expenses................      200
                                                                       --------
     Net consideration................................................   12,800
     Banking operations held for sale, net, as adjusted...............   10,000
                                                                       --------
     Gain on sale.....................................................    2,800
     Adjustment for purchased technology included in banking
        operations held for sale, net which is excluded from sale.....    1,050
                                                                       -------- 
     Gain on sale, as adjusted .......................................  $ 1,750
                                                                        ========

(2)  Reflects  the  Other  Agreements  entered  into  between  S1,  SFNB and RBC
     Holdings  including  the $6 million in cash to be received at Closing which
     is reflected as deferred revenue at March 31, 1998 and revenues  recognized
     from license fees for SFNB's VBM and Virtual  Credit Card Manager  products
     and from the Consulting Agreement totaling $0.4 million in the three months
     ended March 31, 1998 and $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1997.
     Revenue for professional services is recognized ratably over the period the
     services  are to be  provided  and  based  on  pricing  in  the  Consulting
     Agreement.  Data center  revenue is recognized  based on the pricing in the
     Data Center  Agreement and  transaction  volumes  processed for the banking
     operations during the respective periods.

(3)  Reflects the formation of New Bank and the related  transfer of the Banking
     Business to New Bank excluding  purchased  technology  which is included in
     the  banking  operations  held for sale but is  excluded  from the Sale and
     including the $10 million in regulatory  capital provided  substantially in
     the form of investment securities available for sale.

(4)  Reflects the formation of the Holding  Company  including  issuing  Holding
     Company  Common  Stock  with  $0.01  par value in  exchange  for all of the
     outstanding  shares  of SFNB  Common  Stock  and  issuing  Holding  Company
     Preferred Stock with $0.01 par value in exchange for all of the outstanding
     shares of SFNB Preferred Stock.

(5)  Reflects  adjustment  for the fair value of the Options  granted  under the
     Stock/Option  Agreement  entered  into between  SFNB,  RBC Holdings and the
     Holding Company.

(6)  Reflects adjustment for compensation  expense related to the vesting of all
     non-vested  options of officers and  employees who are retained by New Bank
     after the Closing Date.

(7)  Reflects adjustments to interest income representing  decreases in interest
     income attributable to the $10 million in investment  securities  available
     for sale transferred to New Bank effective with


                                       47
<PAGE>

the  consummation of the Plan and increases in interest income  attributable to:
(i) cash  proceeds  received  from the Sale of SFNB's  Banking  Business and the
Other Agreements (using average 1997 yield of 5.36%) (ii) interest income on the
$1.5 million amount due from the sale at the end of eighteen months from Closing
at the prime rate  (8.5%),  and (iii) the  interest  income that would have been
recorded  related  to the sale of  92,593  shares  of SFNB  Common  Stock to RBC
Holdings for $1.0 million which occurred on March 9, 1998.  The interest  income
adjustments are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Three months
                                                               ended              Year ended
                                                          March 31, 1998       December 31, 1997
                                                          --------------       -----------------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>      
Decrease from transfer of $10 million in investment
  securities available for sale..........................    $    (134)       $   (536)
Increases from:
  Cash proceeds from sale of bank and the
    Other Agreements.....................................          235             938
  Amount due at the end of eighteen months
    from Closing ($1.5 million)..........................           32             128
  Interest on proceeds from sale of $1 million in
    common stock.........................................           10              54
                                                              --------        --------
                                                             $     113        $    584
                                                             =========        ========
</TABLE>
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     KPMG will provide its opinion to SFNB as to the material federal income tax
consequences of the Holding Company Formation and certain related  transactions.
The term "Holding Company Formation"  includes the following  transactions:  (i)
the  transfer by SFNB of the assets of its  Non-Banking-Business  to the Holding
Company in  exchange  for the  issuance  by the  Holding  Company to SFNB of the
number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock and Holding  Company  Preferred
Stock  equal to the  number of shares of SFNB  Common  Stock and SFNB  Preferred
Stock  then  outstanding  and  the  assumption  by the  Holding  Company  of the
liabilities  of the  Non-Banking-Business,  (ii)  the  declaration  by SFNB of a
distribution of its Holding  Company Common Stock and Holding Company  Preferred
Stock to SFNB  shareholders,  (iii) the conversion of the Options granted to RBC
Holdings  and  options  granted  in  connection  with  the  SecureWare  and  SBD
acquisitions (the "SFNB Investment Options") into options of the Holding Company
(the "Holding Company Investment  Options")and the substitution of non-qualified
options to acquire  Holding  Company Common Stock and incentive stock options to
acquire Holding Company Common Stock for  non-qualified  options to acquire SFNB
Common  Stock  and  incentive  stock  options  to  acquire  SFNB  Common  Stock,
respectively,  and (iv) the voluntary  dissolution  of SFNB. The opinion of KPMG
takes into  consideration  the effect of the Sale of the Banking Business to RBC
Holdings on the tax consequences of the Holding Company  Formation.  The opinion
of  KPMG,  dated  _______,  1998,  is  included  as part  of  this  Registration
Statement.

     The Holding Company Formation does not include (i) the contribution by SFNB
of all of the assets of its Banking  Business  to New Bank in  exchange  for the
issuance  by New Bank to SFNB of the New Bank Shares and the  assumption  by New
Bank of the  liabilities  of the  Banking  Business,  and  (ii)  the Sale of the
Banking Business to RBC Holdings.  The consummation of those  transactions  will
result  in a  taxable  gain  or  loss  to the  SFNB  consolidated  group  (or as
successor, the Holding Company consolidated group).

     KPMG's opinion is based upon the facts of the Holding Company Formation and
related  transactions and upon the  representations  of SFNB and its affiliates.
KPMG  has  not   independently   verified  or   investigated   these  facts  and
representations.  If any fact or  representation  is not  entirely  complete  or
accurate,  the  incompleteness  or  inaccuracy  could  cause  KPMG to change its
opinion.

                                       48

<PAGE>

     KPMG's opinion is rendered with respect to the specific  matters  discussed
herein and KPMG expresses no opinion,  and no inferences  should be drawn,  with
respect  to any  other  federal,  state,  or local  tax  aspect  or any legal or
regulatory aspect of these transactions.

     KPMG's  opinion  is not  binding  upon  any tax  authority  (including  the
Internal  Revenue  Service)  or any court and no  assurance  can be given that a
contrary  position  will  not be  asserted  by a tax  authority  and  ultimately
sustained  by a court.  In  rendering  its  opinion,  KPMG has  relied  upon the
relevant  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code, the regulations  thereunder,
and judicial and administrative  interpretations  thereof.  However,  all of the
foregoing  authorities  are  subject  to  change or  modification,  which can be
retroactive in effect and, therefore,  also could affect KPMG's opinion.  Unless
otherwise indicated,  all section references in this section are to the Internal
Revenue  Code and the  regulations  thereunder.

     Based upon and  subject to the  foregoing,  KPMG has  rendered  its opinion
that:

         1.  The Holding  Company  Formation  will  constitute a  reorganization
             within the meaning of section 368(a)(1).  Rev. Rul. 69-516,  1969-2
             C.B. 56; Rev. Rul. 79-250, 1979-2 C.B. 156; Rev. Rul. 96-29, 1996-1
             C.B. 50.

         2.  With respect to the Holding Company Formation,  the Holding Company
             and SFNB  will  each be a "party to a  reorganization"  within  the
             meaning of section 368(b).

         3.  No gain or loss will be  recognized  by SFNB on the transfer of the
             Non-Banking  Business assets to the Holding Company pursuant to the
             Holding  Company  Formation in exchange for Holding  Company Common
             Stock,  Holding Company  Preferred Stock, and the assumption by the
             Holding  Company of the Non-Banking  Business  liabilities of SFNB.
             Section 361(a) and section 357(a).

         4.  No gain or loss will be  recognized  by the Holding  Company on the
             receipt of the Non-Banking  Business assets of SFNB pursuant to the
             Holding  Company  Formation in exchange for Holding  Company Common
             Stock and Holding Company Preferred Stock. Section 1032(a).

         5.  No gain or loss will be recognized by SFNB on the  distribution  of
             Holding Company Common Stock and Holding Company Preferred Stock to
             the SFNB  shareholders  pursuant to the Holding Company  Formation.
             Section 361(c).

         6.  The  basis  of the  Non-Banking  Business  assets  received  by the
             Holding Company  pursuant to the Holding Company  Formation will be
             the  same  as  the  basis  of  the  assets  in the  hands  of  SFNB
             immediately prior to the Holding Company Formation. Section 362(b).

         7.  The holding period of the  Non-Banking  Business assets received by
             the Holding Company pursuant to the Holding Company  Formation will
             include  the  period  during  which the  assets  were held by SFNB.
             Section 1223(2).

         8.  No gain or loss will be recognized by the shareholders of SFNB upon
             the receipt of solely  Holding  Company Common Stock and/or Holding
             Company  Preferred Stock pursuant to the Holding Company  Formation
             in exchange  for their SFNB  Common  Stock  and/or  SFNB  Preferred
             Stock. Section 354(a)(1).

         9.  The  basis of the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  and/or  Holding
             Company  Preferred Stock received by a shareholder of SFNB pursuant
             to the Holding  Company  Formation will be the same as the basis of
             the SFNB Common

                                       49
<PAGE>
             Stock and/or SFNB Preferred Stock surrendered in exchange therefor.
             Section 358(a)(1).

        10.  The  holding  period of the Holding  Company  Common  Stock  and/or
             Holding  Company  Preferred Stock received by a shareholder of SFNB
             pursuant  to  the  Holding  Company   Formation  will  include  the
             shareholder's  holding  period of the SFNB Common Stock and/or SFNB
             Preferred Stock surrendered in exchange therefor, provided that the
             SFNB  stock  is  held  as a  capital  asset  in  the  hands  of the
             shareholder  of  SFNB  on  the  date  of the  transaction.  Section
             1223(1).

        11.  The  Holding  Company  Preferred  Stock  received  pursuant  to the
             Holding  Company  Formation  will not be "section 306 stock" in the
             hands of the former  holders of SFNB  Preferred  Stock.  Rev.  Rul.
             79-287, 1979-2 C.B. 130; Rev. Rul. 88-100, 1988-2 C.B. 46.

        12.  No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company, SFNB, or
             the  option  holders  on  the   substitution   of  Holding  Company
             non-qualified  stock  options,   Holding  Company  incentive  stock
             options   and   Holding   Company   Investment   Options  for  SFNB
             non-qualified  stock options, SFNB incentive stock options and SFNB
             Investment Options, respectively. Sections 83, 424, and 1.354-1(e).

        13.  As provided by section  381(c)(2)  and section  1.381(c)(2)-1,  the
             Holding  Company will succeed to and must take into account  SFNB's
             tax attributes as described in section 381(c) (i.e.,  net operating
             loss,  earnings and profits,  tax credits,  etc.) as of the date of
             the Holding Company Formation.

        14.  The  amount  and  availability  to the  Holding  Company of the net
             operating loss carryovers of SFNB existing  immediately  before the
             Holding Company  Formation will not be reduced or otherwise limited
             under  sections  382,  384,  or the  applicable  provisions  of the
             consolidated  return  regulations  solely by reason of the  Holding
             Company Formation.

     Such  opinion is not  binding  upon the  Internal  Revenue  Service  and is
subject to certain  factual  representations  and  assumptions.  If such factual
representations  and  assumptions  were  incorrect in a material  respect,  such
opinion  could be  incorrect.  SFNB is not aware of any  facts or  circumstances
which would cause such representations and assumptions to be untrue.


                ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE HOLDING COMPANY

BUSINESS OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

     The  Holding  Company  is a  corporation  incorporated  under  the  laws of
Delaware in May 1998 for the purpose of becoming the holding  company of S1 and,
prior to the Sale, New Bank. The Holding Company's principal executive office is
located at 3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700,  Atlanta,  Georgia 30326,  which
also is SFNB's  corporate  headquarters.  The  Holding  Company is  currently  a
non-operating business with no assets or liabilities. SFNB is presently the sole
shareholder of the Holding Company.  Upon completion of the  Reorganization,  S1
and,  pending the Sale, New Bank,  will become wholly owned  subsidiaries of the
Holding Company. If the Sale is approved and consummated,  immediately after the
Reorganization, the primary business activities of the Holding Company initially
will consist of the operation of S1 as a wholly owned subsidiary. If the Sale is
not  approved,  the Holding  Company still  intends to  discontinue  all banking
operations.  No determination  has been made as to how the Holding Company would
implement the discontinuation



                                       50

<PAGE>
of banking  operations if the Agreement is not consummated.  In the future,  the
Holding Company may become an operating  company or acquire companies engaged in
related business activities. Initially, the Holding Company will neither own nor
lease any real  property.  For more  information  about S1, see  "Summary -- The
Companies -- Security  First  Technologies,  Inc.,"  "Information  about SFNB --
Description  of  Business"  and "--  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

     Following the Reorganization and the Sale, the competitive conditions to be
faced by the Holding Company initially will be the same as those faced by S1. At
the  present  time,  the Holding  Company  does not intend to employ any persons
other than its  management.  Upon  completion of the  Reorganization,  the stock
option  plans and  agreements  of SFNB will  become the stock  option  plans and
agreements  of the  Holding  Company  and  the  directors,  officers  and  other
employees of S1 will be eligible to participate in such plans. Upon consummation
of the Sale, the Options granted to RBC Holdings effective upon the Closing will
become  options to purchase  Holding  Company  Stock.  Since the  directors  and
officers of the Holding Company initially will not be compensated by the Holding
Company,  no additional  Holding  Company  benefit plans are anticipated at this
time.  S1 will  continue  to  maintain  its other  benefit  programs. 


FINANCIAL RESOURCES OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

     Upon  completion of the  Reorganization  and assuming  consummation  of the
Sale, on a pro forma basis at March 31, 1998, the Holding  Company would have an
initial stockholders' equity of $18.1 million.  See"--  Capitalization" and "Pro
Forma   Consolidated   Financial   Statements."  The  Holding  Company,   on  an
unconsolidated basis,  initially will have no indebtedness or other liabilities.

     Additional  financial  resources may be available to the Holding Company in
the future through cash dividends from S1,  borrowings  from third parties,  and
the public or private sale of equity or debt securities of the Holding  Company.
There can be no assurance,  however,  as to the amount of  additional  financial
resources that will be available to the Holding Company. See "Risk Factors."

DESCRIPTION OF THE CAPITAL STOCK OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

     The  number of shares  of  Holding  Company  Stock to be  outstanding  upon
consummation of the  Reorganization  will be the same as the number of shares of
SFNB Stock outstanding  immediately prior to the  Reorganization.  On the Record
Date, there were __________  outstanding  shares of SFNB Common Stock (excluding
stock  options  previously  granted but not  exercised  for 733,818  shares) and
_________  outstanding  shares of SFNB Preferred  Stock.  Upon completion of the
Reorganization  and subject to adjustment,  __________ shares of Holding Company
Common Stock will be reserved for the issuance of stock options under SFNB stock
option plans and  agreements,  _________  shares of Holding Company Common Stock
will be  reserved  in the event of the  conversion  of the  outstanding  Holding
Company  Preferred  Stock.  Upon  consummation of the Sale,  733,818  additional
shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be reserved for issuance pursuant to
the Options granted to RBC Holdings effective upon the Closing.

Holding Company Common Stock

     The Holding  Company is  authorized to issue  40,000,000  shares of Holding
Company Common Stock,  par value $0.01 per share.  Each share of Holding Company
Common  Stock has the same  relative  rights and is identical in all respects to
each other share of Holding  Company Common Stock.  Holding Company Common Stock
is  non-withdrawable  capital, is not of an insurable type and is not insured by
the FDIC or any other governmental entity.
  
     Holders of Holding  Company Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share
on each matter properly submitted to shareholders for their vote,  including the
election of directors.  Except in the limited instances where holders of Holding
Company  Preferred  Stock have the right to vote,



                                      51
<PAGE>
the holders of Holding  Company Common Stock  initially  will possess  exclusive
voting power in the Holding Company.  Holders of Holding Company Common Stock do
not have the right to cumulate  their votes for the election of  directors,  and
they have no preemptive or conversion rights with respect to any shares that may
be issued.  Holding  Company Common Stock is not subject to additional  calls or
assessments by the Holding  Company,  and upon receipt by the Holding Company of
the full purchase  price  therefor,  each share of Holding  Company Common Stock
will be fully paid and  nonassessable.  For a discussion of the voting rights of
Holding Company Common Stock,  classification  of the Holding Company's Board of
Directors and provisions of the Holding  Company's  Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws that may  prevent a change in control of the Holding  Company or that
would  operate  only with  respect  to an  extraordinary  corporate  transaction
involving  the Holding  Company or its  subsidiaries,  see "The Holding  Company
Reorganization -- Comparison of Shareholders' Rights."

     Holders of Holding  Company  Common  Stock and any class or series of stock
entitled to participate  therewith are entitled to receive dividends when and as
declared  by the Board of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company out of any assets
legally available for payment.  No such dividends may be paid,  however,  unless
all accumulated  dividends and any sinking fund or retirement payments have been
paid or declared  and set aside on any class of stock  having  preference  as to
payments of dividends over the Holding  Company Common Stock.  For a description
of certain  matters  relating  to the future  payment  of  dividends  on Holding
Company  Common  Stock,  see "-- Market for  Holding  Company  Common  Stock and
Dividends."

     In the unlikely event of any dissolution,  liquidation or winding up of the
Holding  Company,  after  payment  or  provision  for  payment  of all debts and
liabilities  of the Holding  Company and after the  preferences  of any class of
stock having  preference  over the Holding  Company Common Stock have been fully
paid or set aside, the holders of Holding Company Common Stock would be entitled
to  participate  in the  distribution  of any  assets  of  the  Holding  Company
remaining, in cash or in kind.

     The Holding Company has no present plans for the issuance of the additional
authorized  shares of Holding  Company  Stock or any shares of serial  preferred
stock,  other than the issuance of Holding  Company Common Stock pursuant to the
exercise of outstanding options under SFNB stock option plans and agreements, in
connection  with the exercise of the Options  granted to RBC Holdings  effective
upon the Closing and upon the conversion of Holding Company  Preferred Stock. In
the future, the authorized but unissued and unreserved shares of Holding Company
Stock will be  available  for general  corporate  purposes,  including,  but not
limited to,  possible  issuance as stock  dividends or stock  splits,  in future
mergers or other  acquisitions,  under a cash  dividend  reinvestment  and stock
purchase plan, in a future  underwritten public offering or private placement or
under  the stock  option  plans  and  agreements  of the  Holding  Company.  The
authorized  but unissued  shares of serial  preferred  stock  similarly  will be
available  for  issuance in future  mergers or other  acquisitions,  in a future
underwritten public offering or private placement or for other general corporate
purposes.

     After  the  Reorganization,  no  shareholder  approval  generally  would be
required  for the  issuance of  additional  shares of Holding  Company  Stock or
shares of serial preferred stock except in limited  circumstances.  Accordingly,
the Board of Directors of the Holding  Company (as is currently the case for the
Board of Directors of SFNB), without shareholder  approval,  could in the future
issue  shares of serial  preferred  stock with voting or other rights that might
adversely  affect the rights of the holders of Holding  Company  Common Stock or
issue additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock on a dilutive basis.

Holding Company Preferred Stock

     The Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation  authorizes its Board of
Directors, without further shareholder approval, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares
of serial  preferred  stock, par value $0.01 per share, for any proper corporate
purpose.  In approving  any  issuance of serial  preferred  stock,  the Board of
Directors  has broad  authority to determine the rights and  preferences  of the
serial preferred stock, which may be issued in one or more series.  These rights
and



                                       52
<PAGE>
preferences may include voting, dividend, conversion and liquidation rights that
may rank prior to the Holding Company Common Stock.

     The Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation  authorizes the issuance
of 1,637,832  shares of Holding Company  Preferred Stock. As of the Record Date,
__________ of such shares  would be issued to holders of  outstanding  shares of
SFNB Preferred  Stock.  Holding  Company  Preferred  Stock is  convertible  into
Holding  Company Common Stock  generally on a one share for one share basis upon
the occurrence of certain  conditions.  The holders of Holding Company Preferred
Stock do not have preference  with respect to dividends or liquidation  over the
Holding  Company Common Stock,  but  participate  fully with the Holding Company
Common Stock as to the payment of  dividends  and other  distributions  and with
respect to any  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Holding  Company.
Holders of Holding Company Preferred Stock generally have no voting rights,  but
are entitled to vote separately as a class on (i) any amendment or repeal of any
provisions of the Holding  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  that would
change the  specific  terms of the Holding  Company  Preferred  Stock that would
adversely  affect the rights of such  holders  and (ii) the  approval of certain
mergers or  consolidations  of the Holding  Company or certain sales,  leases or
conveyances of the property or business of Holding  Company.  Holders of Holding
Company  Preferred  Stock are entitled to vote with  holders of Holding  Company
Common Stock on any voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Holding Company.


MANAGEMENT AND COMPENSATION INFORMATION

     The four  directors of the Holding  Company,  Robert W.  Copelan,  James S.
Mahan,  III, Michael C. McChesney and Howard J. Runnion,  Jr., also serve as the
four  directors  of SFNB.  Each of the four  executive  officers  of the Holding
Company  currently serves as an officer of SFNB and/or S1. Michael C. McChesney,
the  Chairman  of the  Board of the  Holding  Company,  currently  serves as the
Chairman of the Board of SFNB and a director of S1.  James S.  Mahan,  III,  the
Chief Executive  Officer of the Holding  Company,  currently serves as the Chief
Executive  Officer  and a director  of SFNB and  Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive  Officer of S1.  Robert F.  Stockwell,  the Chief  Financial  Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary of the Holding  Company,  currently serves as Treasurer,
Acting  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer of SFNB and Treasurer and Chief
Financial Officer of S1. Reese Jacobs, the Chief Operating Officer and President
of the Holding Company,  currently serves as Chief Operating  Officer of S1. See
"Information about SFNB -- Management," "-- Executive and Director Compensation"
and "-- Certain  Transactions"  for information  about Messrs.  Copelan,  Mahan,
McChesney,  Runnion  and  Stockwell.  Information  about Mr.  Jacobs is provided
below.

     REESE JACOBS has served as the Chief Operating  Officer of S1 since January
28, 1998 and as the President and Chief Operating Officer of the Holding Company
since its organization in the second quarter of 1988. Prior to January 1998, Mr.
Jacobs served as the Research and Development Lab Director for Hewlett-Packard's
Internet and System  Security  Lab (ISSL) from  February  1996 to January  1998.
Before  joining  Hewlett-Packard,  he served as the Vice  President  of Software
Development  for  SecureWare,  the developer of among other things,  the trusted
operating system upon which S1's VFM is built. Mr. Jacobs also was co-founder of
SecureWare in September 1987 and remained with the company until the acquisition
of its system software business by Hewlett-Packard in February 1996.


STOCK OWNED BY MANAGEMENT AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF VOTING SECURITIES

     The 1,000 outstanding  shares of Holding Company Common Stock presently are
held by SFNB. If the  Reorganization  is consummated,  the holders of SFNB Stock
will own Holding  Company Stock in the same  proportion as they owned SFNB Stock
immediately prior to the  Reorganization.  For information about SFNB Stock held
by SFNB officers,  directors and principal shareholders,  see "Information about
SFNB  --  Stock  Owned  by  Management"  and "--  Principal  Holders  of  Voting
Securities of SFNB."


                                       53
<PAGE>
MARKET FOR HOLDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

     SFNB Common Stock  presently is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the
symbol  "SFNB." The Holding  Company  will apply to the Nasdaq  Stock  Market to
change the listing of SFNB Common  Stock to Holding  Company  Common Stock under
the symbol "SONE" subject to consummation of the Reorganization. Approval of the
listing of the Holding  Company  Common  Stock on the Nasdaq  Stock  Market is a
condition to consummation of the Plan. For information about the market price of
SFNB Common Stock, see  "Information  about SFNB -- Market for SFNB Common Stock
and Dividends."

     If the Reorganization and the Sale are approved and consummated, the source
of funds for payment of  dividends  by the  Holding  Company  initially  will be
dividends paid to it by S1, if any. The  declaration of dividends by the Holding
Company  and  S1 is  subject  to  favorable  operating  results,  the  financial
condition of the Holding Company or S1, as applicable, tax limitations and other
factors.  SFNB has not paid  dividends  on SFNB Common  Stock or SFNB  Preferred
Stock since its initial public offering in May 1996. If the  Reorganization  and
the Sale are  consummated,  the Holding Company does not presently intend to pay
cash dividends to shareholders for the foreseeable  future,  as any earnings are
expected to be retained for use in developing and expanding its business.  There
can be no assurance as to the amount or timing of future dividend  payments,  if
any.

REGULATION OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

     If the  Reorganization  is  consummated  but the Sale is not,  the  Holding
Company  would be a unitary  savings and loan  holding  company,  subject to OTS
regulations,  examination,  supervision and reporting  requirements  pursuant to
certain  provisions  of the HOLA  and the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act.  In
addition,  New Bank,  as an  insured  savings  association,  would be subject to
restrictions on transactions with the Holding Company and S1 pursuant to certain
provisions of the Federal Reserve Act that have been  incorporated into the HOLA
and limit transactions with affiliates. Under Section 23A of the Federal Reserve
Act, an "affiliate"  of an  institution is defined  generally as (i) any company
that  controls the  institution  and any other company that is controlled by the
company that  controls the  institution,  (ii) any company that is controlled by
the  shareholders  who control the  institution or any company that controls the
institution,  or (iii) any company that is  determined by regulation or order to
have a relationship  with the institution (or any subsidiary or affiliate of the
institution) such that "covered  transactions"  with the company may be affected
by the relationship to the detriment of the institution. "Control" is determined
to exist if a percentage stock ownership test is met or if there is control over
the  election  of  directors  or the  management  or  policies of the company or
institution.  "Covered  transactions"  generally  include loans or extensions of
credit  to an  affiliate,  purchases  of  securities  issued  by  an  affiliate,
purchases  of assets  from an  affiliate  (except as may be exempted by order or
regulation),  and certain other  transactions.  The OTS regulations and Sections
23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act generally  require that transactions with
affiliates  be on terms and  conditions  consistent  with safe and sound banking
practices and on terms comparable to similar  transactions  with  non-affiliated
parties,   and   impose   quantitative   restrictions   on  the  amount  of  and
collateralization  requirements on covered transactions.  In addition, a savings
institution is prohibited  from extending  credit to an affiliate  (other than a
subsidiary  of the  institution),  unless  the  affiliate  is  engaged  only  in
activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined,  by regulation,  to be
permissible for bank holding companies.

     If the  Reorganization  is  consummated  but the Sale is not,  the  Holding
Company also would become  subject to  regulation  as a "bank  holding  company"
under the Georgia  Code. As a bank holding  company under the Georgia Code,  the
Holding  Company  and its  subsidiaries  would be  required  to  maintain,  on a
consolidated  basis,  a  capital-to-assets  ratio of at least 5%,  although  the
Georgia   Department   anticipates  that  most   institutions   will  require  a
capital-to-assets ratio of at least 6%. In addition, the Holding Company and its
subsidiaries  would be subject to  examination  by the Georgia  Department,  and
would have to provide notice to the Georgia  Department  prior to engaging in or
acquiring  shares of a company  engaged in a non-banking  activity.  The Holding
Company would be restricted from entering into any contractual  debt obligations
if the servicing of such debt


                                       54
<PAGE>
obligations  in the aggregate  would be dependent  upon revenue  produced by the
Holding  Company's   subsidiaries  in  excess  of  50%  of  the  average  annual
consolidated  net operating  earnings of such  subsidiaries for the three fiscal
years immediately preceding the extension of credit.


CAPITALIZATION

     The Reorganization will result in no material economic consequence to SFNB.
The following table sets forth (i) the  capitalization of SFNB at March 31, 1998
and (ii) the pro forma capitalization of the Holding Company after giving effect
to the Reorganization and the Sale.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SFNB         Holding Company
                                                    (actual           (pro forma
                                                 consolidated)     consolidated)
                                                 -------------     -------------
                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>            <C> 
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred stock..............................          2,679          $     2,679
  Common stock.................................        74,004                  106
  Additional paid-in capital...................            --               74,473
  Accumulated deficit..........................       (60,613)             (59,888)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income.......           (92)                 (92)
                                                   ----------            ---------
    Total stockholders' equity.................    $   15,978          $    17,278
                                                   ==========          ===========
Number of Shares:
  Common stock, no par value for SFNB and par
    value $0.01 per share for the Holding Company
  Authorized..................................     25,000,000            40,000,000
  Outstanding.................................     10,616,518(1)         10,616,518(1)
  Preferred Stock, no par value for SFNB and par
    value $0.01 per share for the Holding Company
  Authorized..................................      2,500,000             5,000,000
  Outstanding.................................      1,251,084             1,251,084
</TABLE>

- ------------
(1)  Excludes 4,682,921 shares of SFNB Common Stock authorized and reserved, but
     not yet issued,  with respect to options  granted under SFNB's stock option
     plans and  agreements  and, with respect to the Holding  Company only,  the
     Options to purchase  733,818 shares of Holding Company Common Stock granted
     to RBC  Holdings  effective  upon the  Closing.  Upon  consummation  of the
     Reorganization,  such  outstanding  options will become options to purchase
     Holding Company Common Stock.



                                       55
<PAGE>
                             INFORMATION ABOUT SFNB


DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 

OVERVIEW

     SFNB was  organized as a mutual  savings and loan  association  in 1934. In
1992,  SFNB was  acquired  by cardinal  as part of a  transaction  in which SFNB
converted  from the mutual to stock  form of  ownership.  In May 1996,  cardinal
spun-off  SFNB to its  shareholders  and  SFNB  became  an  independent  entity.
Concurrent  with the  spin-off,  SFNB sold SFNB  common and  preferred  stock to
certain  strategic  investors,  acquired five paces,  inc.,  ("Five  paces"),  a
software  development company, and commenced its initial public offering of SFNB
common  stock.  Additionally,  in November  1996,  SFNB acquired  secureware,  a
developer  of  network  security  software  and  provider  of  related  security
consulting services,  which was then merged into five paces. Concurrent with the
acquisition of secureware,  the name of five paces was changed to Security First
Technologies, Inc., which is referred to herein as S1. The primary businesses of
SFNB are software  development and data processing  activities for the financial
services  industry  through its wholly  owned  operating  subsidiary  S1 and the
internet banking business of SFNB.

     As a condition of its approval of the  acquisition of  secureware,  the ots
required that SFNB commence the steps  necessary to establish a holding  company
with  separate  banking  and  software  technology  subsidiaries.  As  discussed
elsewhere  in  this  proxy   statement/prospectus,   if  the  reorganization  is
consummated,  new bank and S1 will become  separate  subsidiaries of the holding
company.  If the sale also is consummated,  immediately upon the reorganization,
SFNB's banking  business will be sold to rbc holdings.  The  reorganization  and
sale are subject to further regulatory and shareholder approvals.
                 
     SFNB has offered  banking  services on the internet since october 1995. The
internet  banking  activities of SFNB presently  include deposit and bill paying
services,  including checking, money market, and certificate of deposit accounts
and credit card lending.  Additionally,  SFNB offers other  traditional  banking
activities through its city office in atlanta,  georgia. Through SFNB's internet
banking   operations,   customers  can  apply  for  accounts,   access   account
information,  transfer  funds,  pay bills,  access  their  credit  card  account
information  and conduct other banking  activity from anywhere in the world over
the  internet.  In 1996,  management  decided  to focus  solely  on its  banking
operations  that were conducted over the internet.  On march 31, 1997, SFNB sold
all of the assets  and  liabilities  associated  with its  non-internet  banking
operations located in pineville,  kentucky to the first state bank of pineville,
pineville,  kentucky.  Further,  in the third  quarter of 1997,  SFNB  adopted a
formal plan to sell its $52.5 Million in banking assets and related  liabilities
in order to concentrate  its efforts on the rapidly  growing  internet  software
development and data processing segment of its business.

     In March 1998, the company  announced  that the Royal Bank,  through one of
its U.S.  Based  subsidiaries,  had agreed to acquire the banking  operations of
SFNB for a premium of $3 million  after the $10.0  Million of  regulatory  total
capital of the banking business. The banking operations, which will be separated
from the technology  operations through the holding company  formation,  include
substantially all of SFNB's loans and a majority of SFNB's investment securities
as well as its deposit  relationships.  The  agreement is subject to  regulatory
approval  in canada and the  united  states,  in  addition  to SFNB  shareholder
approval. The transaction is expected to close in the summer of 1998.

     S1's  primary  suite of  software  products is virtual  financial  manager,
referred  to herein as VFM, a suite of  software  products  designed  to provide
consumers  remote access to all aspects of their balance sheet via the internet.
This  "virtual  net worth"  solution  allows  consumers to have access to all of
their financial  information on a current market valuation basis even though the
information  is  maintained  on  separate  computer  systems  operated by banks,
brokerage firms, insurance companies,  credit card processors, etc. S1's initial
product in the suite, Virtual Bank Manager,  referred to herein 



                                       56

<PAGE>
as VBM, executes banking  transactions over the Internet.  The second product in
the suite, Virtual Credit Card Manager, provides customers access to a real-time
credit card account statement.  Virtual Investment  Manager,  which is scheduled
for general  release in 1998,  allows  customers  the ability to open  brokerage
accounts,  enter  and  execute  stock  and  mutual  fund  transactions  and view
portfolio  positions.  Future products in the suite  anticipated to be developed
include,  among others,  Virtual  Corporate Cash Manager,  Virtual Loan Manager,
Virtual Insurance Manager And Virtual Bill Presentment.

     Using VFM, all of the customer's  information is available centrally on the
financial  institution's  database server along with the system  software.  This
model allows  customers to access account  information and conduct  transactions
from anywhere they have internet access. The VFM model also provides a financial
institution  with the ability to implement  modifications  and add  enhancements
without the need for a mass  distribution  and installation of new software at a
user's location. 


RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     SFNB believes that  significant  ongoing  research and development  will be
required  to become  and  remain  competitive  in the  internet-based  financial
services industry. S1 currently is focused on integrating additional banking and
investment information and transaction capability into VFM. Additionally, SFNB's
software  development  efforts are targeted towards  transforming the entire VFM
product suite from a two-tier  architecture to a three-tier  architecture.  SFNB
believes  that the move towards a three-tier  architecture  for its base product
will assist it in maintaining  its  technological  edge over its  competition as
well as increase the capacity and efficiency of the VFM product.

     SFNB's  ability  to  attract  and  retain  highly   skilled   research  and
development personnel is important to its success.  SFNB significantly  expanded
its research and  development  personnel  during  1997.  Corresponding  with the
increase in personnel,  it  experienced  significant  growth in its research and
development  expenses.  Because SFNB's growth and operations will depend in part
on the continued market reception of its products and services,  the increase in
research and development  expenses may not necessarily relate to a corresponding
increase in revenues in the future. 

STRATEGIC INVESTORS IN SFNB

     In 1996, Huntington,  Wachovia and area purchased an aggregate $3.0 million
in SFNB common and  preferred  stock in a private  placement  and  entered  into
licensing   agreements  for  an  aggregate  $2.0  million.   All  three  of  the
institutions  are offering  Internet  Banking to customers using the s1 solution
through one of the three available  distribution  channels.  Huntington is using
the S1 data center as its front-end processor, Wachovia is utilizing the product
in-house  and area is  processing  using M&I Data  Services,  a division  of the
Marshall  and Ilsley  Corp.  SFNB also sold an  additional  $3.0 million of SFNB
Common  Stock to both Synovus  Financial  Corporation  ("Synovus")  and national
Commerce Bancorporation during 1996.

     During 1997,  SFNB created the STAR  partnership  program  whereby  Barnett
Banks, N.A. (Now a part of Nationsbank), Citicorp, The Principal Financial Group
and SYNOVUS or their  affiliates  (collectively,  the initial "STAR  partners"),
licensed  the VFM suite of  financial  software  products  for an  aggregate  $8
million.  In addition to the license  agreements,  SFNB sold an  aggregate  $6.0
million of SFNB common and  preferred  stock to the four initial STAR  Partners,
Huntington and Wachovia in a private placement.  The STAR program was created to
further involve industry leading financial service  organizations in the ongoing
development of VFM  applications.  As members of the STAR program,  the entities
also  have the right to  participate  in the  development  and  direction  of S1
products through  representation  on the S1 board of directors.  If the proposed
sale is  consummated,  new bank  (then an  affiliate  of Royal  Bank)  also will
participate in the STAR program.



                                       57

<PAGE>
COMPETITION

     The   Internet   technology,   financial   services   and  secure   network
communication  industries all represent  dynamic and competitive  markets.  SFNB
continues to expect  competition  to intensify  in the future,  especially  with
respect to Internet-based  financial service  solutions.  Because of the diverse
and changing competitive  marketplace in the financial services industry and for
internet related products and services,  there can be no assurance that SFNB has
identified or considered all possible present and future competitors or that the
discussion set forth below represents a complete  coverage of competition.  Many
of SFNB's known competitors have substantially  greater financial resources than
SFNB.

     The market for on-line  banking  and  financial  software  is  competitive,
rapidly  evolving  and  subject  to  technological  change.  With  the  expected
development  of the  Internet  as an  accepted  avenue for  providing  financial
services, SFNB expects competition to intensify. Principal competitors currently
include  software  companies that provide  turnkey on-line banking and brokerage
solutions and Internet integration tools.

     Many financial  institution industry software companies also have developed
dial-up,  Windows-based  personal  computer banking  solutions.  These companies
generally  have   significant   experience  in  selling  software  to  financial
institutions.  In addition,  other  internet  solution  providers  are marketing
Internet system development and integration tools.

     S1 faces  competition  from  various  sectors  of the  Internet  technology
industry. A number of competing products and network security solutions exist in
the  marketplace  and are  likely to be  developed  in the  future.  S1 does not
believe that one security  solution is likely to become dominant,  but there can
be no assurance that such a dominant solution will not emerge.


PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY

         SFNB's success is heavily dependent upon its proprietary technology and
information.  S1 relies upon a  combination  of  copyright,  trademark and trade
secret laws and confidentiality procedures to protect its proprietary technology
and  information.  S1 generally  enters into  nondisclosure  agreements with its
employees, consultants, distributors and corporate partners and limits access to
and  distribution  of  its  software,   documentation   and  other   proprietary
information.   Despite  its  efforts  to  protect  its   proprietary   software,
unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use products or
technology  that S1  considers  proprietary,  and third  parties  may attempt to
develop  similar  technology  independently.  In  particular,  S1  provides  its
existing  and  potential  distribution  partners  with  access  to  its  product
architecture and other proprietary information underlying its licensed software.
Policing  unauthorized  use of S1's software is very difficult due to the nature
of software,  and, while S1 is unable to determine the extent to which piracy of
its software products exists, software piracy can be expected to be a persistent
problem. In addition,  effective protection of intellectual  property rights may
be unavailable  or limited in certain  countries.  Accordingly,  there can be no
assurance  that the steps taken by S1 to protect its  services  and products are
adequate to prevent  misappropriation of its technology or that S1's competitors
will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or
superior to S1's technology.

         Despite the  implementation  of security  measures,  the core of SFNB's
network  infrastructure  could be vulnerable to  unforeseen  computer  problems.
Although  SFNB  believes it has taken steps to mitigate much of the risk, it may
in the future experience  interruptions in service as a result of the accidental
or  intentional  actions of  Internet  users,  current and former  employees  or
others.  Unknown  security  risks may result in  liability  to SFNB and also may
deter financial institutions from licensing its software and services.  Although
SFNB intends to continue to implement and establish security measures, there can
be no assurance that measures  implemented by SFNB will not be  circumvented  in
the  future,  which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on its  business,
financial condition or results of operations.



                                       58
<PAGE>



BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS OF S1

     For information regarding the products,  operations and business of S1, see
"-- Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of
Operations" below.

BANKING OPERATIONS

     As  discussed  above,  SFNB has  agreed in  principle  to sell its  banking
operations  to RBC  Holdings.  Accordingly,  such  operations  are  reflected as
discontinued  operations  in the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and notes
thereto of SFNB attached as Appendix F to this Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

                                       59

<PAGE>

     Average  Balance and Yield Table.  The  following  tables set forth certain
information relating to the average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities  of the banking  operations  and reflect the average yield on assets
and the  average  interest  cost of  liabilities  for the  periods and the dates
indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Years ended December 31,
                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1997                                    1996
                                              --------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                                                Average      Interest      Average       Average     Interest       Average
                                                 daily        income/      yield/         daily       income/       yield/
                                                balance       expense       cost         balance      expense        cost
                                              -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------  -----------   -----------
                                                                              (In thousands)

<S>                                             <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>  
Interest earning assets:
 Mortgage loans.............................    $   7,092     $     605      8.53%         $ 17,857    $   1,562      8.75%
 Commercial loans...........................        3,569           306      8.57             1,296          110      8.49
 Consumer loans.............................        2,377           211      8.88             2,519          238      9.45
                                              -----------   -----------                 -----------  -----------
   Total loans..............................       13,038         1,122      8.61            21,672        1,910      8.81
 Investment securities......................        4,850           260      5.36             5,168          276      5.34
 Mortgage-backed securities.................       30,531         2,103      6.89            17,652        1,156      6.55
 FHLB stock.................................          633            38      6.00               479           32      6.68
 Interest earning deposits..................          417            25      6.00                --           --       --
                                              -----------   -----------                 -----------  -----------
   Total interest earning assets............       49,469         3,548      7.17            44,971        3,374      7.50
Noninterest earning assets, net of
 allowance for loan losses..................        1,803                                     4,106
                                              -----------                                ----------- 
   Total assets.............................     $ 51,272                                  $ 49,077
                                              ===========                               ===========

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Savings accounts...........................    $   2,448    $       70      2.86%        $   6,102    $     185      3.03%
 Money market accounts......................       15,793           798      5.05             4,918          215      4.37
 NOW accounts...............................        1,807            59      3.27             3,695          141      3.82
                                              -----------   -----------                 -----------  -----------
   Total interest-bearing transaction accounts     20,048           927      4.62            14,715          541      3.68
Time deposits...............................       17,724         1,033      5.83            28,113        1,612      5.73
                                              -----------   -----------                 -----------  -----------
   Total interest-bearing deposit accounts..       37,772         1,960      5.19            42,828        2,153      5.03
Advances from FHLB..........................        1,087            60      5.52             1,210           68      5.62
                                              -----------   -----------                 -----------  -----------
   Total interest-bearing liabilities.......       38,859         2,020      5.20            44,038        2,221      5.04
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits.........       11,925                                     4,465
Other liabilities...........................          488                                       574
Stockholders' equity........................           --                                        --
                                              -----------                               -----------
   Total noninterest bearing liabilities and
    stockholders' equity....................       12,413                                     5,039
                                              -----------                               -----------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity    $ 51,272                                  $ 49,077
                                              ===========                               ===========

Excess of interest earning assets over
 interest bearing liabilities/net interest
 income.....................................     $ 10,610     $   1,528                   $     933    $   1,153
                                              ===========   ===========                 ===========  ===========

Ratio of interest earning assets to interest-
 bearing liabilities........................                               127.30%                                  102.12%

Average interest rate spread................                                 1.97                                     2.46
Net interest margin.........................                                 3.09                                     2.56
</TABLE>



                                       60
<PAGE>



     Volume and Rate Table.  The following table allocates the  period-to-period
changes in the various categories of interest income and interest expense of the
banking  operations  between the changes due to changes in volume (calculated by
multiplying the change in average volume of the related  interest-earning  asset
or interest-bearing  liability category by the previous year's rate) and changes
due to  changes in rate  (change in rate  multiplied  by prior  year's  volume).
Changes  due to changes in both rate and volume  (change in rate  multiplied  by
changes in volume) have been allocated proportionately between changes in volume
and changes in rate.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            Year Ended
                                                                            December 31,
                                                              --------------------------------------
                                                                            1997 vs 1996
                                                              --------------------------------------
                                                                 Volume        Rate         Total
                                                                 ------        ----         -----
                                                                         (In thousands)

<S>                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>      
Interest earning assets:
 Mortgage loans.............................................    $   (919)    $    (38)    $   (957)
 Commercial loans...........................................         195            1          196
 Consumer loans.............................................         (13)         (14)         (27)
                                                                  -------     --------      -------
   Total loans..............................................        (737)         (51)        (788)
 Investment securities......................................         (17)           1          (16)
 Mortgage-backed securities.................................         884           63          947
 FHLB stock.................................................           9           (3)           6
 Interest earning deposits..................................          25          --            25
                                                                 -------      -------       ------
   Total interest earning assets............................         164           10          174
                                                                 -------      -------       ------
                                                                

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Savings accounts...........................................        (105)         (10)        (115)
 Money market accounts......................................         545           38          583
 NOW accounts...............................................         (64)         (18)         (82)
                                                                 -------      -------       ------
   Total interest-bearing transaction accounts..............         376           10          386
Time deposits...............................................        (608)          29         (579)
                                                                 -------      -------       ------
   Total interest-bearing deposit accounts..................        (232)          39         (193)
Advances from FHLB..........................................          (7)          (1)          (8)
                                                                 -------      -------       ------ 
   Total interest-bearing liabilities.......................        (239)          38         (201)
                                                                 -------      -------       ------ 
Net interest income.........................................    $    403     $    (28)    $    375
                                                                ========      =======       =======  
</TABLE>

     Net Interest  Income.  For the year ended  December 31, 1997,  net interest
income increased $0.4 million or 32.5%, to $1.5 million in 1997 compared to $1.2
million in 1996.  The net interest  margin  increased  from 2.56% to 3.09%.  The
increase in the net interest margin is primarily  attributable to an increase in
average noninterest-bearing demand deposits, which increased to $11.9 million in
1997 from $4.5 million in 1996.  Average  interest  earning assets  increased to
$49.5  million in 1997 from  $45.0  million  in 1996.  Average  interest-bearing
liabilities  decreased  to $38.9  million  in 1997 from  $44.0  million in 1996,
primarily  as a result  of the sale of the net  assets  and  liabilities  of the
Pineville, Kentucky branch.


LENDING ACTIVITIES

     Loan Portfolio  Composition.  The loan portfolio of the banking  operations
primarily  consists of conventional  first mortgage loans secured by one-to-four
family  residences,  multi-family  residences  and  commercial  real  estate and
consumer loans.

     At December 31, 1997, net loans were $14.1  million,  of which $4.4 million
were one-to-four  family residential  mortgage loans, or approximately  31.1% of
SFNB's  net loan  portfolio.  At the same date,  commercial  real  estate  loans
totaled $2.3 million or 16.6% of net loans.  The remainder of the loan portfolio
at December  31, 1997  consisted  of $1.1  million of  multi-family  residential
loans,  or



                                       61
<PAGE>




7.6% of net loans,  $1.7  million or 11.7% of net loans of  commercial  business
loans and $4.8 million or 34.2% of net loans of consumer loans.

     The following  table sets forth the  composition  of the loan  portfolio in
dollar  amounts  and in  percentage  of the  respective  portfolio  at the dates
indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            At December 31,
                                                                            ---------------
                                                                   1997                          1996
                                                                   ----                          ----
                                                            Amount              %         Amount             %
                                                            ------             --         ------            --
                                                                                (In thousands)

<S>                                                      <C>                  <C>      <C>                <C>  
Mortgage Loans
   1-4 residential.....................................   $  4,377             31.1%    $  16,112          69.0%
   Multi-family........................................      1,070              7.6           780           3.3
   Commercial..........................................      2,339             16.6         1,615           6.9
   Construction........................................         --              --            326           1.4
   Land................................................         --              --             95           0.4
Commercial business....................................      1,650             11.7         2,004           8.6
Consumer...............................................      4,811             34.2         2,748          11.8
                                                             -----             ----         -----          ----
   Total Loans.........................................     14,247            101.2        23,680         101.4
   Less:  Unamortized loan fees........................         --             --             (26)         (0.1)
          Allowance for loan losses....................       (163)            (1.2)         (303)         (1.3)
                                                              -----          ----            ----        ----
    Net loans..........................................   $ 14,084            100.0%    $  23,351         100.0%
                                                          ========          =======     =========       =======
</TABLE>


         The following  table shows the maturity of SFNB's loans at December 31,
1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     At December 31, 1997
                                                     --------------------
                                   Residential
                                      and
                                   commercial                         Commercial
                                   real estate      Consumer           business      Total loans
                                   -----------      --------           --------      -----------
                                                         (In thousands)
<S>                                   <C>             <C>                <C>           <C>    
Amounts due:
     Within one year...........       $3,062          $1,887             $   646       $ 5,595
After one year:
     One to five years.........          734             455                 156         1,345
     Five to ten years.........        3,501           2,166                 744         6,411
     Over ten years............          489             303                 104           896
                                         ---             ---                 ---           ---
     Total amounts due.........       $7,786          $4,811              $1,650       $14,247
                                      ======          ======              ======       =======
</TABLE>



     The  following  table sets forth at December 31, 1997 the dollar  amount of
all loans contractually due after December 31, 1998, and whether such loans have
fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Due After December 31, 1998
                                                                ----------------------------------------
                                                                Fixed          Adjustable          Total
                                                                -----          ----------          -----
                                                                              (In thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>                <C> 
1-4 family, multi-family, commercial real estate
     and land........................................         $     520       $    4,204         $   4,724
Consumer.............................................               322            2,602             2,924
Commercial Business..................................               111              893             1,004
                                                                 ------          -------             -----
     Total loans.....................................         $     953       $    7,699         $   8,652
                                                                 ======           ======         =   =====
</TABLE>



                                       62
<PAGE>



     As noted above, SFNB sold its Pineville,  Kentucky office on March 31, 1997
to the First State Bank of  Pineville,  Pineville,  Kentucky.  Accordingly,  all
loans  associated with the Pineville  office were  transferred to First State as
part of the sale.

     Delinquent  Loans. It is SFNB's policy  generally not to accrue interest on
any loans 90 days or more past due. SFNB also will cease the accrual of interest
on loans and establish a reserve upon a  determination  that the loan may result
in a loss.  Property acquired by SFNB as a result of a foreclosure on a mortgage
loan is  classified  as real  estate  owned and is  recorded at the lower of the
unpaid  principal  balance  or  fair  value  at  the  date  of  acquisition  and
subsequently carried at the lower of cost or fair value less costs of disposal.

     At December 31, 1997 and 1996 the  delinquencies  in SFNB's  accruing  loan
portfolio were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        At December 31, 1997                        At December 31, 1996
                                        --------------------                        --------------------
                                 60 - 89 Days         90 Days or More        60 - 89 Days         90 Days or More
                                 ------------         ---------------        ------------         ---------------
                              Number    Principal   Number    Principal   Number    Principal     Number  Principal
                               of       balance      of       balance      of       balance        of     balance
                              loans     of loans    loans     of loan     loans     of loans      loans   of loans
                              -----     --------    -----     -------     -----     --------      -----   --------
                                                                     (In thousands)

<S>                                <C>   <C>             <C>   <C>             <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>
1-4 family...................     --          --        --          --         7     $   124       16      $   281
Consumer.....................      5     $    21         5     $    20         2          11        8           38
                                -----     ------      -----     ------      -----     ------     -----      ------
   Total loans...............      5     $    21         5     $    20         9     $   135       24      $   319
                                =====     ======     =======     ======      =====     ======     =======     ======= 

Delinquent loans to
   total loans...............       0.15%                 0.14%                  0.57%               1.35%
</TABLE>


     Classified   Assets.   SFNB's    classification    policies   require   the
classification  of loans and other  assets  such as debt and equity  securities,
considered  to be of lesser  quality,  as  "substandard,"  "doubtful"  or "loss"
assets. An asset is considered  "substandard" if it is inadequately protected by
the  current net worth and paying  capacity of the obligor or of the  collateral
pledged, if any.  Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct
possibility  that  the  insured  institution  will  sustain  some  loss  if  the
deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as "doubtful" have all of the
weaknesses  inherent  in  those  classified  as  substandard,   with  the  added
characteristic  that the  weaknesses  present make  collection or liquidation in
full, on the basis of currently  existing facts,  conditions and values,  highly
questionable  and improbable.  Assets  classified as "loss" are those considered
uncollectible  and of such little value that their continuance as assets without
the  establishment  of a  specific  loss  reserve  is not  warranted.  When SFNB
determines that an asset should be classified, it generally does not establish a
specific  allowance  for such  asset  unless it  determines  that such asset may
result in a loss. SFNB may, however, increase its general valuation allowance in
an amount deemed prudent. General valuation allowances represent loss allowances
which have been  established  to recognize  the inherent  risk  associated  with
lending  activities,  but  which,  unlike  specific  allowances,  have  not been
allocated  to  particular  problem  assets.   SFNB's  policy  provides  for  the
establishment  of a specific  allowance  equal to 100% of the amount of an asset
classified  as "loss" or a charge off of such  amount.  A savings  institution's
determination  as to the  classification  of its  assets  and the  amount of its
valuation  allowances  is  subject  to  review  by the OTS  which  can order the
establishment of additional  general or specific loss  allowances.  SFNB reviews
the problem loans in its  portfolio on a monthly basis to determine  whether any
loans require  classification  in accordance  with applicable  regulations,  and
believes its classification policies are consistent with OTS policies.


                                       63
<PAGE>


     Non-performing Assets. The following table sets forth information regarding
loans  which are 90 days or more  delinquent,  non-accrual  loans and other real
estate owned.  The amount of interest that would have been recorded  during 1997
had such loans  classified as non-accrual  been current in accordance with their
original  terms,  amounted to  approximately  $15 thousand.  There were no other
non-performing  assets  except  as  included  in the  table  below for the dates
indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              At December 31,
                                                                              ---------------
                                                                            1997           1996
                                                                            ----           ----
                                                                               (In thousands)

<S>                                                                      <C>              <C>   
Non-accruing loans delinquent 90 days or more.................           $   193               --
Accruing loans delinquent 90 days or more.....................                20          $   319
                                                                         -------          -------
   Total non-performing loans.................................               213              319
Total real estate owned, net of related
   allowance for losses.......................................                --               --
                                                                         -------          -------
Total non-performing assets...................................           $   213          $   319
                                                                         =======          =======
</TABLE>

     Allowance for Loan Losses.  The  allowance  for loan losses is  established
through a provision for loan losses based on management's evaluation of the risk
inherent in its loan portfolio and the general economy.  Such evaluation,  which
includes  a  review  of all  loans  on  which  full  collectibility  may  not be
reasonably  assured,  considers among other matters the estimated net realizable
value of the underlying  collateral,  national and regional economic conditions,
trends in the real estate  markets in its primary market area,  historical  loan
loss  experience and other factors that warrant  recognition in providing for an
adequate loan loss allowance. Management will continue to monitor and modify the
allowance for loan losses as conditions dictate.  Although management  maintains
the  allowance  at a level that it considers  adequate to provide for  potential
losses,  there  can be no  assurances  that  such  losses  will not  exceed  the
estimated amounts or that higher provisions will not be necessary in the future.

     The following  table  summarizes  the changes in the allowance for possible
loan losses from loans charged off and  recoveries on loans  previously  charged
off by loan  category,  additions  to the  allowance  which have been charged to
income and reductions for the allowance applicable to loans which were sold:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              For the Years
                                                                                            Ended December 31,
                                                                                            ------------------
                                                                                             1997        1996
                                                                                             ----        ----

<S>                                                                                            <C>         <C>
Balance at beginning of year..........................................................         303         293
Loans charged-off:
  Real estate.........................................................................          --           2
  Consumer............................................................................          47          13
                                                                                            ------       -----
Total loans charged-off...............................................................          47          15
                                                                                            ------       -----
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:
  Real estate.........................................................................          --          11
  Consumer............................................................................           1          14
                                                                                             ------       ----- 
Total loans recovered.................................................................           1          25
                                                                                             ------       ----- 
Net loan (charge-offs) recoveries.....................................................         (46)         10
Additions to the allowance for loan losses............................................         133          --
Less allowance applicable to loans sold...............................................         227          --
                                                                                             ------       ----- 
Ending balance December 31, 1997......................................................         163         303
                                                                                            ======       =====
Ratio of net (charge-offs) recoveries to average outstanding loans....................       (0.35%)      0.05%
                                                                                        
</TABLE>



                                       64
<PAGE>



     The following table  represents an allocation of SFNB's  allowance for loan
losses  by loan  category  and  presents  the  percentage  of loans in each loan
category to the total loan portfolio at the dates indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  At December 31,
                                                                 ------------------------------------------
                                                                           1997                       1996
                                                                 --------------------     ------------------
                                                                 Allocated                 Allocated
                                                                 loan loss                 loan loss
                                                                 allowance     Percent     allowance     Percent
                                                                 ---------     -------     ---------     -------
                                                                                  (in thousands)

<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>  
Balance at end of period applicable to:
  1-4 family mortgage loans.....................................     $    4        30.7%      $  122        68.0%
  Multi-family, commercial real estate..........................         34        23.9           37        10.1
  Construction and land loans...................................         --          --           24         1.8
  Commercial business...........................................          8        11.6           58         8.5
  Consumer loans................................................        117        33.8           62        11.6
                                                                      ------     -------       ------     -------   
                                                                     $  163       100.0%      $  303       100.0%
                                                                     =======     =======       ======      ======
</TABLE>


INVESTMENT AND MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES ACTIVITIES

     SFNB, as a federally chartered savings association, has authority to invest
in various types of liquid assets, including United States Treasury obligations,
securities of federal  agencies,  certificates  of deposit of federally  insured
banks and savings associations,  bankers' acceptances and federal funds. Subject
to  various  restrictions,  SFNB  also may  invest a  portion  of its  assets in
commercial  paper,  corporate  debt  securities,  and mutual  funds whose assets
conform to the investments  that a federally  chartered  savings  association is
otherwise authorized to make directly.  SFNB also is required to maintain liquid
assets at minimum levels which vary from time to time.

     The Board of Directors  establishes  the  investment  policy of SFNB.  This
policy  dictates  that  investments  will be made  based  on the  safety  of the
principal,  liquidity  requirements,   return  on  the  investment  and  capital
appreciation.  SFNB  does  not  have  nor  does it  intend  to  invest  in below
investment grade  instruments.  All investments are reviewed quarterly by SFNB's
Board of Directors.

     At December 31, 1997,  total  mortgage-backed  securities  aggregated $27.6
million,  or 52.7% of total  assets.  As of December 31,  1997,  mortgage-backed
securities  were  issuances  of the  Government  National  Mortgage  Association
("GNMA"), Fannie Mae or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC").



                                       65
<PAGE>


     The following table sets forth the  composition of the banking  operation's
investment portfolio and mortgage-backed  securities portfolio, all of which are
considered available for sale, at the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         At December 31,
                                                                         ---------------
                                                          1997                              1996
                                                          ----                              ----
                                                Carrying           % of          Carryin       % of
                                                  value           Portfolio       value       Portfolio
                                                -------           ---------      -----        ---------
                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                           <C>                   <C>      <C>                 <C> 
Investment securities:
 U.S. government agencies.................     $    6,063            17.6%    $     1,877         5.6% 
 Mortgage-backed securities...............         27,642            80.5          32,522        93.8  
 FHLB stock ..............................            652             1.9             214         0.6  
       Total investment securities........      ---------         --------       --------      ------- 
                                               $   34,357           100.0%    $    34,613        100.0%
                                                =========         ========      =========      ======= 
</TABLE>

     The following table sets forth the maturity and yield on the investment and
mortgage-backed securities portfolio at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Securities Portfolio Maturity Schedule
                                                                       (In thousands)

                                                                      At December 31, 1997
                                                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    After one but   After five but
                                                        Within          within          within            After
                                                       one year       five years       ten years        ten years
                                                       --------       ----------       ---------        ---------
                                                    Amount  Yield    Amount    Yield   Amount  Yield  Amount  Yield
                                                    ------  -----    ------    -----   ------  -----  ------  -----

<S>                                              <C>        <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>       <C>   <C>       <C>  
Investment securities:
 U.S. government agencies...................      $ 5,063   5.26%    1,000     6.25%       --     --      --      --
 FHLB stock.................................          652     --        --       --        --     --      --      --
                                                  -------           ------            -------         ------   
Total investment
  securities................................        5,715   5.26     1,000     6.25        --     --      --      --
                                                  -------           ------            -------         ------   
  Mortgage-backed   
  securities................................        5,948   6.86    16,205     6.84   $ 5,140   6.79% $  349    8.02%
                                                  -------           ------            -------         ------   
  Total investment and
  mortgage-backed
  securities................................     $ 11,663   6.00%  $17,205     6.81%  $ 5,140   6.79% $  349    8.02%
                                                 ========           ======            =======         ======      
</TABLE>

DEPOSIT ACTIVITY AND SOURCES OF FUNDS

     SFNB's  lending  and  investment  activities  are  predominantly  funded by
savings   deposits  and  interest  and   principal   repayments   on  loans  and
mortgage-backed  securities.  SFNB offers a variety of deposit accounts having a
wide range of  interest  rates and terms.  SFNB's  deposit  accounts  consist of
savings accounts, NOW (checking) accounts, demand accounts, money market deposit
accounts  and  certificates  of  deposit.  SFNB does not use  brokers  to obtain
deposits.



                                       66
<PAGE>


     Maturity information  regarding SFNB's deposit accounts of $100,000 or more
is shown below.

                                                                December 31,
                                                               --------------
                                                               1997      1996
                                                               ----      ----
                                                               (In thousands)
Three months or less..................................          --    $     849
Over three through six months.........................          --          949
Over six through twelve months........................   $     425        1,926
Over twelve months....................................         606        1,733
                                                               ---        -----

   Total time deposits of $100,000 or more............   $   1,031    $   5,457
                                                           =======     ========


     Since the sale of the assets and liabilities of SFNB's Pineville,  Kentucky
branch,  SFNB's  deposit  gathering  strategy  has been  focused on its Internet
banking activities.  Beginning in December 1996, upon the opening of its Atlanta
City  Office,  SFNB began to focus its deposit  gathering  strategy on the local
Atlanta metropolitan area. In addition to traditional  marketing programs,  SFNB
anticipates that it will offer above market interest rates to attract  deposits.
Management  anticipates that the higher cost of deposits will be offset by other
efficiencies gained through the Internet delivery channel.

     Borrowings. The Federal Home Loan Bank System (the "FHLB System") functions
in a reserve  credit  capacity for savings  associations  and certain other home
financing  institutions.  Members of the FHLB System are required to own capital
stock in a Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB").  Members are authorized to apply for
advances on the security of such stock and certain of their home  mortgages  and
other assets (principally securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by,
the United States)  provided certain  creditworthiness  standards have been met.
Under its current credit policies,  the FHLB limits advances based on a member's
assets, total borrowings and net worth.

     SFNB may use FHLB advances as an alternative source of funds to deposits in
order to fund its lending  activities  when it determines that it can profitably
invest the borrowed  funds over their term.  Pursuant to SFNB's  asset/liability
management strategy, it has used FHLB advances to fund adjustable rate and fixed
rate  mortgage loan  originations.  SFNB had  outstanding  FHLB advances of $1.0
million at December 31, 1997.

ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

     Net  interest  income,  the primary  component of net income of the banking
operations,  is derived  from the  difference  or "spread"  between the yield on
interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing  liabilities.  SFNB has
sought to reduce its  exposure  to changes in interest  rates by  matching  more
closely the effective maturities and repricings of its interest-sensitive assets
and  liabilities.  At the same  time,  SFNB's  asset  and  liability  management
strategies  also must  accommodate  customer  demands  for  particular  types of
deposit and loan products.

     While  much of  SFNB's  asset  and  liability  management  efforts  involve
strategies which increase the rate sensitivity of its loans and investments such
as  originations  of  adjustable  rate loans and  purchases  of  adjustable-rate
mortgage-backed  securities  and short term  investments,  it also uses  certain
techniques to reduce the rate  sensitivity  of its deposits and borrowed  money.
Those techniques include attracting longer term certificates of deposit when the
market will permit and  emphasizing  core deposits  which are less  sensitive to
changes in interest rates.

     SFNB  measures  its  exposure to rate  fluctuations  on a  quarterly  basis
primarily by using a computer modeling system to quantify the approximate impact
that  increases  and  decreases  in interest  rates  would have on net  interest
income. Under the model,  interest rates are assumed to move to specified levels
on an immediate or "shock" basis. SFNB's Board-approved tolerance for



                                       67
<PAGE>


decreases in net interest income is up to 20%, based upon the model's prediction
of the impact of an immediate  200-basis  point increase in interest  rates.  At
December 31, 1997,  using asset and  liability  repricing  assumptions  based on
historical  experience,  if interest rates were to  immediately  increase by 200
basis points,  the negative impact on SFNB's net interest income would be within
the Board-approved tolerance level.

     SFNB also monitors  other  indicators  of interest rate risk.  One commonly
used measure of interest  rate risk  exposure is  reflected  in SFNB's  one-year
cumulative gap, which is the difference  between rate sensitive  assets and rate
sensitive  liabilities  maturing  or  repricing  within  one  year.  An asset or
liability is said to be interest rate sensitive  within a specific  period if it
will mature or reprice within that period.  The interest rate sensitivity gap is
defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing
or repricing  within a specific  time period and the amount of  interest-bearing
liabilities  maturing or repricing  within that time period. A gap is considered
positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of
interest rate sensitive liabilities,  and is considered negative when the amount
of interest  rate  sensitive  liabilities  exceeds  the amount of interest  rate
sensitive assets.

     At December  31,  1997,  SFNB's  one-year  gap was a negative  10.7%.  SFNB
believes, however, there are many shortcomings inherent in the gap analysis and,
accordingly, such analysis may not be an accurate measure of interest rate risk.
Although  certain assets and liabilities may have similar  maturities or periods
of repricing,  they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest
rates.  The  interest  rates on  certain  types of assets  and  liabilities  may
fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest  rates,  while interest rates
on other  types of assets  and  liabilities  may lag  behind  changes  in market
interest rates. Certain assets, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, have features
which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life
of the assets. In the event of a change in interest rates,  prepayment and early
withdrawal  levels  would likely  deviate  significantly  from those  assumed in
calculating  the table.  The ability of many borrowers to service their debt may
decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.



                                       68
<PAGE>


     The following  table sets forth the amount of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 1997 which are expected
to mature or reprice in each of the time periods shown:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Maturity and Rate Sensitivity Analysis
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Repricing          Repricing          Repricing
                                                                  within             within             within           Repricing
                                                                   0-3                4-12               1-5               over
                                            Amount                months             months             years             5 years
                                         ------------         --------------     --------------     --------------     -------------
                                                                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                        <C>                      <C>                <C>              <C>                <C>     
Interest-earning assets:
   Loans receivable................           $14,247             $8,562             $4,733           $    824           $    128
   Investment securities...........             6,063                 --              5,063              1,000                 --
   Mortgage-backed securities......            27,642              1,489              4,459             16,205              5,489
   Interest-earning deposits.......             1,000              1,000                 --                 --                 --
                                              -------            -------            -------            -------            -------
     Total interest-earning assets            $48,952            $11,051            $14,255            $18,029            $ 5,617
                                              =======            =======            =======            =======            =======

Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Transaction accounts............           $22,608            $22,608                 --                 --                 --
   Certificate accounts............            12,341                 --           $  7,800           $  4,541
   Advances from FHLB..............             1,019                 35                108                656            $   220
                                              -------            -------            -------            -------            -------
     Total interest-bearing
       liabilities...............             $35,968            $22,643           $  7,908           $  5,197            $   220
                                              =======            =======           ========           ========            =======

Periodic repricing difference
    (periodic gap)................                             $(11,592)            $ 6,347            $12,832             $5,397
                                                               ========             =======            =======             ======

Cumulative repricing differences
    (cumulative gap)..............                             $(11,592)           $(5,245)             $7,587            $12,984
                                                               ========            =======              ======            =======

Cumulative gap to total
  interest-earning assets.............                           (23.7%)            (10.7%)              15.5%              26.5%
                                                                 =====              =====                ====               ==== 

</TABLE>

     The interest rate  sensitivity of SFNB's assets and liabilities  could vary
substantially if different assumptions were used or if actual experience differs
from the assumptions used.

     The preceding table was prepared  utilizing certain  assumptions  regarding
prepayment  rates.   While  management   believes  that  these  assumptions  are
reasonable,   the  actual  interest  rate   sensitivity  of  SFNB's  assets  and
liabilities could vary significantly from the information set forth in the table
due to market and other  factors.  The  following  assumptions  were  used:  (i)
adjustable-rate   first   mortgage   loans  on   single-family   residences  and
mortgage-backed securities will prepay at the rate of 19.0% per year; (ii) first
mortgage loans on  multi-family,  commercial real estate,  land and construction
loans will not prepay;  (iii) consumer and commercial business loans will prepay
at an annual rate of 18%; and (iv)  fixed-rate  mortgage loans on  single-family
residential properties will prepay at an annual rate of 12.0%.

REGULATION

     SFNB,  as a federal  savings  bank,  is  subject to  extensive  regulation,
supervision and examination by the OTS as its primary  federal  regulator.  SFNB
also is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the FDIC and as to
certain matters by the Federal  Reserve Board.  Set forth below is a description
of certain recent regulatory developments.

     In September  1996,  legislation  (the "1996  legislation")  was enacted to
address the  undercapitalization  of the SAIF,  of which SFNB is a member.  As a
result of the 1996 legislation,  SFNB incurred a one-time charge of $0.5 million
(before taxes) to pay for a special assessment based



                                       69
<PAGE>



upon its level of SAIF deposits as of March 31, 1995.  After the SAIF was deemed
to be recapitalized,  SFNB's deposit insurance premiums to the SAIF were reduced
as of  September  30,  1996.  SFNB  expects  that its future  deposit  insurance
premiums  will  continue  to be lower  than the  premiums  it paid  prior to the
recapitalization.

     The 1996 legislation also contemplates the merger of the SAIF with the BIF,
which generally  insures  deposits in national and  state-chartered  banks.  The
combined deposit insurance fund, which will be formed no earlier than January 1,
1999, will insure  deposits at all FDIC insured  depository  institutions.  As a
condition  to  the  combined  insurance  fund,  however,  the  1996  legislation
contemplates  that no insured  depository  institution  would be  chartered as a
savings association. Several proposals for abolishing the federal thrift charter
were introduced in Congress during 1997 in bills addressing  financial  services
modernization,  including  a proposal  from the  Treasury  Department  developed
pursuant to  requirements  of the 1996  legislation.  While no  legislation  was
passed  in 1997,  a  financial  modernization  bill was  passed  by the House of
Representatives on May 13, 1998. The bill passed by the House of Representatives
would  preserve  the thrift  charter,  but would  require the FDIC to review and
study issues  relating to the planned merger of the SAIF and BIF,  including the
cost of merging the funds and the manner in which the costs would be distributed
among the  members of the  respective  funds.  Within 9 months of the bill being
enacted  into law,  the FDIC would be required to prepare a report on the study,
which would  include a  description  of the plans  developed by the FDIC for the
merger of the funds.  In order to be enacted into law, the bill would have to be
passed by the  Senate  and  signed by the  President.  SFNB is unable to predict
whether the bill passed by the House of Representatives will become law, or what
form any final  legislation will take. If final legislation is passed abolishing
the  federal  thrift  charter,  SFNB could be  required  to convert  its federal
charter to either a national bank charter, a new federal type of bank charter or
a state depository institution charter.

     Various proposals were introduced in Congress in 1997 to permit the payment
of interest on required reserve balances, and to permit savings institutions and
other  regulated  financial  institutions  to pay  interest on  business  demand
accounts.  While this  legislation  appears  to have  strong  support  from many
constituencies,  SFNB is unable to  predict  whether  such  legislation  will be
enacted.

     During 1997, the OTS continued its comprehensive  review of its regulations
to eliminate duplicative, unduly burdensome and unnecessary regulations. The OTS
revised or has  proposed  revising  regulations  addressing  electronic  banking
operations, capital distributions,  liquidity requirements, deposit accounts and
application  processing.  The proposal on electronic  banking  operations  would
expand the services that SFNB can provide  electronically by permitting  savings
institutions to engage in any activity  through  electronic  means that they may
conduct through more  traditional  delivery  mechanisms,  including  opening new
deposit accounts and the establishment of loan accounts. The proposal also would
allow  savings  institutions  to  market  and  sell  electronic  capacities  and
by-products to third parties if the capacities and  by-products  are acquired or
developed in good faith as part of providing financial services.

     The recently proposed revisions to the OTS capital distribution  regulation
would conform the definition of "capital distribution" to the definition used in
the OTS  prompt  corrective  action  regulations,  and  would  delete  the three
classifications of institutions.  Under the proposal, there would be no specific
limitation on the amount of permissible capital distributions, but the OTS could
disapprove  a  capital  distribution  if the  institution  would not be at least
adequately  capitalized  under  the OTS  prompt  corrective  action  regulations
following  the  distribution,  if the  distribution  raised  safety or soundness
concerns,  or if  the  distribution  violated  a  prohibition  contained  in any
statute,  regulation,  or agreement  between the  institution  and the OTS, or a
condition  imposed on the  institution  by the OTS.  The OTS would  consider the
amount  of the  distribution  when  determining  whether  it  raised  safety  or
soundness  concerns.  The proposal  would  eliminate any  requirement  for prior
notice or application to the OTS for cash dividends that do not exceed an amount
equal to the institution's net income for that year plus retained net income for
the  preceding  two years  paid by an  institution  that  would  remain at least
adequately  capitalized  following the capital  distribution  and



                                       70

<PAGE>



that met other specified  requirements  indicating that the institution was well
managed.  However,  the elimination of a prior notice or application  filing for
cash  dividends  would not apply to an  institution  that was owned by a holding
company.  Therefore,  even if the proposal is adopted by the OTS, New Bank would
have to file a notice or  application  prior to paying cash  dividends  since it
would be owned by the Holding  Company after the  Reorganization.  In any event,
New Bank also would be subject to the  dividend  restrictions  contained  in the
FDIC approval  issued in connection  with the  Reorganization.  See "The Holding
Company Reorganization -- Regulatory Approvals."

     The recently adopted  revisions to the OTS liquidity  requirements  lowered
the minimum liquidity  requirement for a federal savings  institution from 5% to
4%, but made clear that an  institution  must maintain  sufficient  liquidity to
ensure  its  safe  and  sound  operation.   The  revisions  also  added  certain
mortgage-related  securities  and mortgage loans to the types of assets that can
be used to meet liquidity requirements,  and provided alternatives for measuring
compliance with the requirements.

     The FDIC also has issued a request for comment  regarding  its  advertising
regulations  with  respect to  electronic  transmission  of banking  information
including  over the Internet.  The FDIC staff has indicated that they are of the
view that an  institution's  home page on the World Wide Web is, to some extent,
an advertisement  and therefore  should comply with FDIC advertising  rules that
require the statement "Member of the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation" or
"Member FDIC." The FDIC also is seeking comments with respect to whether insured
depository  institutions should be required to utilize an electronic  equivalent
of the official FDIC bank or savings  association  signs on their World Wide Web
sites.  SFNB can give no  assurances  with respect to the final form of any such
regulation.

     The following  table sets forth the actual and required  minimum  levels of
regulatory  capital for SFNB under applicable OTS regulations as of December 31,
1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 Actual           Percent          Required          Percent           Excess
                                 ------           -------          --------          -------           ------
                                                                (In thousands)

<S>                            <C>                 <C>            <C>                  <C>           <C>      
Core.......................    $  18,861           22.6%          $   2,507            3.0%          $  16,354
Tangible...................       18,861           22.6               1,253            1.5              17,608
Risk-based.................       19,024           53.2               2,861            8.0              16,163
</TABLE>



EMPLOYEES

     As of March 25, 1998,  SFNB and S1 had 14 and 231 (1 part-time)  employees,
respectively,  not  including 25 S1 data center  personnel  and 21  contractors.
SFNB's and S1's employees are not represented by a collective  bargaining  unit,
and  SFNB  and  S1  believe  that  their  relations  with  their  employees  are
satisfactory.  SFNB  and  S1  currently  offer  medical  insurance  benefits  to
employees and other benefits including a 401(k) savings plan.

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

     SFNB's  executive  offices and its Atlanta  City Office are located at 3390
Peachtree Road, NE,  Atlanta,  Georgia.  SFNB's customer  service center also is
located at 3390 Peachtree Road, NE,  Atlanta,  Georgia.  The executive  offices,
Atlanta  City office and  customer  service  center are leased  facilities.  The
customer service center houses SFNB's Internet bank server,  technical staff and
customer/technical service representatives. SFNB owns electronic data processing
equipment  with a net book value of  approximately  $2.5 million at December 31,
1997.


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     There are no pending legal proceedings to which SFNB or any subsidiary is a
party to or to which their  property is subject  other than  routine  litigation
incidental to its business.



                                       71
<PAGE>


MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF
   OPERATIONS


GENERAL

     S1 is a wholly owned  subsidiary of SFNB,  the world's first Internet bank.
SFNB offers banking services to its customers, including deposit and bill paying
services and credit card  lending,  on the Internet.  Additionally,  SFNB offers
other  traditional  banking  activities  through  its City  Office  in  Atlanta,
Georgia.  S1 develops,  markets,  installs and  services  integrated,  brandable
Internet  applications  that enable  financial  institutions  to offer products,
services  and  transactions  over  the  Internet  in a  secure  environment.  S1
generates revenues from licensing VFM products,  providing professional services
relating to the installation and integration of the software, and providing data
center  processing  services  and  technical  support to  financial  institution
customers.

     S1's  primary  product is VFM, a suite of  software  products  designed  to
provide  consumers  remote  access to all aspects of their balance sheet via the
Internet.  This "virtual net worth" solution allows  consumers to have access to
all of their  financial  information  on a current market  valuation  basis even
though the information is maintained on separate  computer  systems  operated by
banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies,  credit card processors,  etc. S1's
initial product in the suite, VBM, allows end-users to view, update and generate
reports  on  account  detail,  view  balance  information  and  execute  banking
transactions  over the Internet such as transfers and bill payments.  The second
product in the suite, Virtual Credit Card Manager,  provides customers access to
an on-line credit card account statement.  Virtual Investment Manager,  which is
scheduled for general  release in 1998, will allow customers the ability to open
brokerage  accounts,  enter and execute stock and mutual fund  transactions  and
view  portfolio  positions.  Future  products  in the  suite  anticipated  to be
developed include,  among others,  Virtual Corporate Cash Manager,  Virtual Loan
Manager, Virtual Insurance Manager and Virtual Bill Presentment.

     Using VFM, all of the customer's information is consolidated from disparate
mainframe  legacy  systems and brought  together  centrally  on the VFM database
server.   This  consolidation   enables  end-users  to  access  their  financial
information  through many different  types of end-user access devices such as an
Internet browser,  personal  financial manager software or voice response units.
The VFM  model  also  provides  a  financial  institution  with the  ability  to
implement   modifications  and  add  enhancements  without  the  need  for  mass
distribution and installation of new software at their customers' location.

     The  primary  difference  between  VFM  and  competitive  products  is  the
additional  functionality  provided by the incorporation of business logic and a
database running on a server within the VFM product. The combination of database
and  business  logic on the VFM  server,  often  referred  to as a "fat  server"
architecture,  significantly raises the complexity of building and operating the
software as compared to other  Internet  banking  products  which do not have an
integrated  business logic and database ("thin server"  architecture).  However,
having  integrated  business  logic  and a  database  in front of the  financial
institution's  mainframe  systems  provides  for far greater  functionality  and
performance for end-user customers.  In a fat server environment,  end-users can
personalize  information  within the VFM server by including  the name of payees
and by categorizing transactions in their accounts. Additionally, the fat server
provides for the  capability to consolidate  the end-user's  financial data from
disparate  host  systems  (banking,  brokerage,  insurance,  etc.) in one place.
Information  contained in the fat server is retained  for an extended  period of
time  allowing  the  end-user  customer  to  generate  consolidated  reports  on
financial  transactions during the period.  Further,  the information on the fat
server is available to the end-user  customer during  extended  periods when the
financial  institution's  mainframe  systems  are  not  readily  accessible  for
customer banking inquiries.

     The  thin  server  model,  which  connects  the  end-user  directly  to the
financial  institution's  mainframe system,  limits the information available to
the data currently being held on the host system.  Additionally,  after 60 to 90
days,  financial  institutions  remove  a  customer's  financial  data  from the
mainframe  system  and  store  the  information  in  a  fashion  that  makes  it
unavailable to the



                                       72
<PAGE>


customer through their thin server Internet banking applications. Most mainframe
systems are  unaccessible to the customer while being updated.  VFM's fat server
architecture mitigates this risk of service unavailability by integrating server
based business logic and database so end-user  requests can be serviced anytime,
24 hours a day, 365 days a year.  Limitations  such as those  described above in
the thin  server  model  significantly  reduce the  information  and the overall
functionality to the end-user customer. The thin server start-up and maintenance
costs are significantly  less than the fat server's,  however,  S1 believes most
major financial  institutions are recognizing the limitations in the thin server
model and are moving in the direction of the fat server model.

     S1 derives  revenues from its  financial  institution  customers  primarily
through one of the following three distribution channels:

     o    By  processing  Internet  transactions  through  the S1  data  center.
          Financial  institutions pay a monthly fee for processing and technical
          support based on the number of customers using the VFM product.

     o    By  licensing  VFM to third  party data  processors.  Third party data
          processors  install VFM at their own data processing centers and offer
          the product to their financial institution clients. S1 earns fees from
          third party data  processing  centers through a set-up fee for each of
          the  customers  of the data  processor  and a monthly fee based on the
          number of customers of the  financial  institutions  who are using the
          product.

     o    By  licensing  VFM directly to financial  institutions  which  operate
          their own data centers  "in-house." S1 receives a license fee up-front
          plus an annual  recurring  charge for  ongoing  product  upgrades  and
          support and maintenance which is typically a percentage of the initial
          license fee.

Additionally,  S1 provides professional services related to the installation and
integration of the VFM product,  including installing the product at third party
data processing centers and financial institutions and integrating the financial
institution's  data  processing  systems with the S1 data center.  Customers are
charged  for  these  services  on either a fixed  price or a time and  materials
basis. During the previous two years, professional services has been the largest
revenue source as S1 has focused on the sale,  implementation and integration of
the VFM product in the marketplace.  However, growth is expected to occur in the
software  licensing and data processing fees in the future as more customers use
the product.


                                       73
<PAGE>


     The table below reflects  quarterly  information on the number of financial
service  organizations  that have either executed a letter of intent or signed a
contract  to use the S1  software  applications  and  technology  segregated  by
distribution  channel for the six quarterly  periods  ended March 31, 1998.  The
table also shows the quarterly information on completed  implementations for the
past six quarters. All amounts represent totals as of the end of each respective
period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        December 31,   March 31,   June 30,     September  30,  December  31,     March 31, 
                                          1996           1997       1997             1997            1997           1998
                                       ------------   ---------   --------     --------------  -------------     ---------

<S>                                             <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
Number of  financial institutions:
  S1 data center.....................           7            21          18             18              17            17
  Third party data processors*.......           4             9          24             32              43            56
  Direct license in-house............           2             4           6              6               6             7
                                          -------        ------     -------        -------         -------       -------
                                               13            34          48             56              66            80
                                          -------        ------     -------        -------         -------       -------
Completed VFM implementations:
  S1 data center.....................           2             3           3              6               8            12
  Financial institutions using third
    party data processors*...........          --            --           3              3              11            16
  Direct license in-house............          --            --          --             --               4             4
                                          -------        ------     -------        -------         -------       -------
                                                2             3           6              9              23            32
                                          -------        ------     -------        -------         -------       -------
Number of billable VFM customers
  in S1 data center**................       9,500        12,100      17,600         28,000          32,700        44,000
Number of accounts processed in
  S1 data center**...................      12,200        15,700      21,000         37,000          49,500        69,400
Number of accounts processed in third
  party data processors*.............          --            --          --             --             700         4,400
Estimated number of accounts using
  VFM though direct license..........          --            --          --             --           2,000        26,200

</TABLE>

* Information based on discussions with officials of third party data processors
  and direct licensees
**Includes SFNB's accounts and customers

S1 charges  financial  institutions  which use the S1 data  center  based on the
number of  customers,  which may have  multiple  relationships,  rather than the
number of accounts processed.  Accordingly,  data center revenue is based on the
number  of  billable  VFM  customers.   Each  financial  institution's  computer
configuration, which represents a large component of data center costs, is based
on the number of accounts processed.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS -- PLAN TO SELL THE BANKING OPERATIONS

     In 1997,  SFNB  announced  its decision to sell its banking  operations  in
order to  concentrate  its  efforts on the  rapidly  growing  Internet  software
development  segment of its business.  In March 1998,  SFNB announced that Royal
Bank had  entered  into an  agreement  to  acquire  SFNB's  banking  operations.
Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, SFNB will receive a $3.0 million premium
after the $10.0  million of regulatory  total  capital of the Banking  Business,
including  $1.5 million  that is not due until 18 months from the Closing  Date.
The Banking Business,  which will be separated from the technology operations in
the Reorganization, includes substantially all of SFNB's loans and a majority of
SFNB's investment securities as well as its deposit relationships. The Agreement
is subject to regulatory  approval in Canada and the United States,  in addition
to SFNB shareholder approval. The transaction is expected to close in the summer
of 1998. In addition,  S1 has entered into  technology  licensing and consulting
arrangements with Royal Bank affiliates to become effective upon the Sale of the
Banking  Business  for $6.0  million  payable  upon  acquisition  of the Banking
Business.  Also,  in March 1998,  SFNB sold to RBC  Holdings,  92,593  shares of
common  stock for $1  million  in a private  placement.  SFNB also  granted  RBC
Holdings  Options  effective  upon the  Closing to purchase  additional  733,818
shares of Holding Company Stock for a total of $10.0 million,  at prices ranging
from  $11.88 to $15.81 per share  exercisable  over a period of 21 months  after
consummation of the Sale of the Banking Business to RBC Holdings.



                                       74
<PAGE>


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - COMPARISON OF THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 AND 1997

REVENUES AND OPERATING MARGINS

     S1's total  revenues  increased to $3.4 million for the quarter ended March
31,  1998 from $1.7  million  for the  comparable  period in 1997.  The  primary
components of first  quarter 1998 revenue were $0.7 million in software  license
fees, $2.4 million in professional  service fees and $0.3 million in data center
fees.  Direct costs  associated  with S1's  revenues  were $3.4 million in first
quarter 1998, up from $3.2 million in the comparable period in 1997.

     Software   Licensing.   Software   license   fees,   which   accounted  for
approximately  20% of first  quarter  1998's total  revenues,  were $0.7 million
which is  comparable  to $0.7 million for first  quarter  1997.  Direct costs in
first quarter 1998 associated with software  licenses were $20 thousand compared
to $490 thousand in the first quarter  1997.  In previous  quarters,  the direct
costs associated with software license fees mainly consisted of the amortization
of  purchased  technology.  These costs were  completely  expensed at the end of
1997, therefore, the direct costs related to software licensing decreased in the
first quarter 1998.

     Professional  Services.  Professional services increased to $2.4 million in
first  quarter 1998 from $1.0 million in first  quarter  1997.  The direct costs
associated with professional services, which are primarily personnel costs, were
$1.6 million in first quarter 1998, resulting in a gross margin of $879 thousand
or 36%,  versus a  negative  gross  margin  in the  first  quarter  1997 of $264
thousand or 27%. The  increase in  professional  services  revenues is due to an
increased number of implementations  occurring in first quarter 1998 compared to
first quarter 1997.

     Data Center.  Data center revenues,  which includes  revenues for technical
support  provided to all institutions  using VFM,  increased to $310 thousand in
first  quarter 1998 from $24 thousand in first  quarter  1997. At the end of the
first quarter of 1998, twelve financial  institutions were online through the S1
data center.  Direct costs of  approximately  $1.8 million were  associated with
data center  operations  in first  quarter 1998  resulting  in a negative  gross
margin of $1.5 million.  The direct costs of the data center are attributable to
establishing  the basic  infrastructure  (composed of personnel  and  equipment)
needed to process accounts for the growing financial  institution customer base.
The  established  capacity  at March 31,  1998  should be  adequate  to meet the
anticipated growth in the number of entities using the data center in 1998.

     During the month of March 1998, the data center processed,  including SFNB,
in excess of 69,000 Internet banking accounts, representing approximately 44,000
billable  customers.  This compares to approximately  15,700 accounts and 12,100
billable customers for the month of March 1997.

OPERATING EXPENSES

     Operating  expenses  increased to $8.4  million in first  quarter 1998 from
$5.5 million in 1997.  Included in the first quarter 1998 operating  expenses is
$2.1 million of amortization of goodwill related to a 1997  acquisition.  During
the first  quarter  1997,  amortization  of  goodwill  related  to  acquisitions
amounted to $341  thousand.  The  remaining  increase in  operating  expenses of
approximately   $1.2  million  reflects  S1's  ongoing   investment  in  product
development. Approximately $3.4 million, or 40% of the $8.4 million in operating
expenses  was  attributable  to  product  development  expenses.  Most of  these
expenses  relate  to  continued  efforts  in  developing  the VFM  products.  In
addition,  personnel  expenses  increased  between  first quarter 1998 and first
quarter 1997 as a result of the  acquisition of SBD which occurred in the fourth
quarter of 1998.


                                       75

<PAGE>



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

REVENUES AND OPERATING MARGINS

     S1's total revenues  increased to $10.8 million for the year ended December
31,  1997 from $1.3  million  for the  comparable  period in 1996.  The  primary
components  of 1997  revenue were $4.1 million in software  license  fees,  $6.3
million in  professional  service  fees and $0.4  million in data  center  fees.
Direct costs  associated  with S1's revenues were $13.9 million in 1997, up from
$3.6 million in 1996.

     Software   Licensing.   Software   license   fees,   which   accounted  for
approximately 38% of 1997's total revenues,  increased to $4.1 million from $0.5
million in 1996.  The  increase in revenue is  attributable  to the  increase in
in-house installations during 1997 as compared to 1996. At the end of 1997, four
in-house installations of VFM were substantially complete.  Direct costs in 1997
associated with software licenses were $1.6 million, resulting in a gross margin
of $2.5 million,  versus a negative  gross margin in 1996 of $0.3  million.  The
direct costs associated with software license fees represent the amortization of
purchased technology.

     During 1997, SFNB created the STAR partnership program. See "-- Description
of Business -Strategic Investors in SFNB." As members of the STAR program, these
organizations  have rights to participate in the development and direction of S1
products  through  representation  on both the S1 Board of Directors  and the S1
Product Advisory Committee.

     Professional Services.  Professional  services,  which accounted for 58% of
1997 revenues, increased to $6.3 million from $0.7 million in 1996. During 1997,
SFNB completed the  installation  of six financial  institutions  in the S1 data
center,  one third party data processing center and four financial  institutions
operating   their  own  data   centers.   This   compares  to  a  total  of  two
implementations completed during 1996, both using the S1 data center. The direct
costs  associated  with  professional  services,  which are primarily  personnel
costs, were $5.3 million in 1997, resulting in a gross margin of $0.9 million or
15%, versus a gross margin in 1996 of $0.2 million or 23%.

     Data Center.  Data center  revenues,  which include  revenues for technical
support provided to all institutions  using VFM,  accounted for approximately 4%
of 1997 revenues and increased to $0.4 million from $0.1 million in 1996. At the
end of 1997,  eight  financial  institutions  were  online  through  the S1 data
center.  Direct costs of  approximately  $6.9 million were  associated with data
center  operations  in 1997  resulting  in a negative  operating  margin of $6.5
million.   The  direct  costs  are   attributable  to  establishing   the  basic
infrastructure  (composed of personnel and equipment) needed to process accounts
for the growing financial  institution  customer base. The established  capacity
should be  adequate  to meet the  anticipated  growth in the number of  entities
using the data center in 1998.

         During the month of  December,  the data center  processed in excess of
49,000 Internet banking  accounts,  representing  approximately  32,700 billable
customers.  Typically,  there  is a  time  lag  between  the  completion  of  an
implementation  by S1 and  the  marketing  of the  VFM  product  by a  financial
institution  to its  retail  customers.  Due to this time  lag,  over 98% of the
49,000 accounts being processed in the S1 data center were  attributable to four
of the eight institutions that had been implemented as of the end of 1997.

OPERATING EXPENSES

         Operating  expenses  increased  to $25.7  million  in 1997  from  $17.2
million in 1996 and reflect S1's  ongoing  development  of the Internet  banking
operations.  Approximately  $10.5  million,  or  41%  of the  $25.7  million  in
operating  expenses was attributable to product  development  expenses.  Most of
these expenses relate to continued efforts in developing the VFM products during
1997. Selling and marketing expenses increased to $4.3 million in 1997 from $2.2
million in 1996,  primarily as a result of  management's  commitment to increase
the awareness of VFM products in the financial 



                                       76

<PAGE>



services  community.  General  and  administrative  expenses  increased  to $4.6
million in 1997 from $3.6 million in 1996.  S1  experienced  significant  growth
since  it was  acquired  by  SFNB in May  1996.  The  increase  in  general  and
administrative  expenses is the result of a combination of having a full year of
expense  reflected in 1997  compared to  approximately  eight months in 1996. In
addition,  the  increase is related to  increased  personnel  costs and staffing
costs associated with supporting the increased staffing levels of S1.

     Employment  levels  increased  at SFNB  during  the  year,  with 277  total
full-time  employees,  including all data center personnel and  contractors,  at
December 31, 1997,  versus 203 at December 31, 1996.  The increase in employment
was  attributable  to an  acquisition  completed  during 1997, as well as to the
addition of  employees to continue  the  development  of the VFM products and to
expand sales and marketing efforts.

     Approximately  $7.3  million  of the  $25.7  million  represented  non-cash
expenses such as  depreciation  and  amortization.  Amortization of goodwill and
acquisition  charges  totaled $4.5  million in 1997  compared to $7.1 million in
1996.  Included in the 1997 amortization of goodwill and acquisition charges are
one-time  charges of $1.4 million for the  write-off  of goodwill and  purchased
technology  from previous  acquisitions.  In addition,  S1 recorded  goodwill of
approximately  $6.0 million from the  acquisition  of Solutions By Design,  Inc.
("SBD")  during  1997 of which  $1.4  million  was  amortized  during the fourth
quarter of 1997. A significant  portion of the remaining balance of the goodwill
will be  amortized  over the first two  quarters  of 1998.  Included in the 1996
operating expenses are one-time charges of $6.8 million for acquired  in-process
research and development related to acquisitions.

RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS  --  COMPARISON  OF YEARS  ENDED  DECEMBER  31,  1996 AND
DECEMBER 31, 1995

     S1 was acquired by SFNB in May 1996 and  SecureWare was acquired and merged
into S1 in  November  1996.  Both  acquisitions  were  accounted  for  using the
purchase method of accounting,  and accordingly,  only the results of operations
from the  acquisition  date through the end of the year are  reflected in SFNB's
1996 Consolidated Financial Statements.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  software  operations  group was  primarily  focused on two  objectives
during 1996.  The first was to continue the  development  of VBM and  additional
modules of the VFM suite of software.  the second  objective  was to educate the
financial services community as to both the efficiencies of the Internet channel
and the benefits the VFM software  could  provide their  customers.  To meet the
dual  objectives,  S1 continued to invest  significant  funds into  research and
development  and sales and marketing  efforts.  As a result of this  investment,
during the  period  subsequent  to the  acquisition  and  through  year end,  S1
recorded a loss from continuing operations of $17.8 million.

     S1 recorded total revenues of $1.3 million. As of the year end 1996, S1 had
entered  into  contractual   agreements  with  13  financial  institutions  with
aggregate assets totaling more than $220 billion,  and an estimated  combined 11
million  customers.  Each of these  institutions  will use the latest version of
VBM, the first  application  available  within the VFM suite of secure  Internet
banking and financial management software applications, to offer their customers
financial products and services securely over the Internet. Additionally, two of
the 13 financial  institutions  plan to offer their customers the Virtual Credit
Card  Manager,  the  second  product  offering  in  the  VFM  suite.  Of  the 13
institutions  that had signed with S1 as of year end 1996,  two are global banks
- -- one  domestic,  one  international  -with  combined  assets of more than $175
billion.

     S1 recorded a total cost of revenues of $3.6 million during the period. The
total cost of  revenues  was  composed  of $2.3  million  related to the cost of
operating the data center and $796,000 of purchased  technology and  capitalized
software costs.


                                       77
<PAGE>



OPERATING EXPENSES

     During  1996,  S1  recorded a total  operating  cost of $17.2  million.  In
connection with the acquisitions  discussed above,  $2.8 million in goodwill and
other  intangible  assets  was  recorded.   Based  upon  an  evaluation  of  the
intangibles  acquired,  a total of $6.8 million was charged to the  Statement of
Operations  immediately  following the  acquisitions as in-process  research and
development.  Sales and  marketing  expenses of $2.2  million for the year ended
December 31, 1996 relate to management's commitment to increase the awareness of
VFM in the financial services community.  Product development expenses were $4.0
million for the year ended  December 31, 1996.  The expenses  relate both to the
addition  of  staff  to  expand  the  VFM  development  effort  as  well  as the
acquisition  of  SecureWare.  Management  anticipates  that as a  result  of its
commitment to research and  development,  as well as its efforts to increase the
awareness  of  VFM  in  the  marketplace,   the  sales,  marketing  and  product
development   expenses  will  continue  to  increase.   Further,  as  additional
institutions begin using VFM,  management  anticipates that additional  staffing
will  be  necessary  to  support  and  manage  the  software   installation  and
implementation efforts.

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS FOR THE FIVE QUARTERS ENDED MARCH 31,
1998

     The following  table sets forth certain  quarterly  financial  data for the
five quarterly  periods ended March 31, 1998. As S1 is still in the early stages
of its development, the following presentation more clearly reflects the changes
and trends in historical operations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     
                                      QUARTERLY STATEMENTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS
                                              (Dollars in thousands)
                                                     (Unaudited)

                                         March 31,        June 30,     September 30,    December 31,     March 31,
                                            1997            1997             1997            1997          1998
                                            ----            ----             ----            ----          ----

Revenues:
<S>                                      <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>      
     Software license fees..........     $     673       $   1,187       $   1,094       $   1,188       $     669
     Professional services..........           973           1,605           1,661           2,038           2,449
     Data center fees...............            24              90             122             175             310
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
           Total revenues...........         1,670           2,882           2,877           3,401           3,428
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
Direct costs:
     Software license fees..........           490             484             391             240              20
     Professional services..........         1,237           1,433           1,157           1,519           1,570
     Data center fees...............         1,507           1,717           1,854           1,869           1,823
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
           Total direct costs.......         3,234           3,634           3,402           3,628           3,413
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
           Gross margin.............        (1,564)           (752)           (525)           (227)             15
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------

Operating expenses:
     Selling and marketing..........         1,083           1,088             992           1,142           1,071
     Product development............         2,375           2,524           2,696           2,912           3,383
     General and administrative.....         1,369           1,098             991           1,179           1,204
     Depreciation and amortization..           310             370             401             660             637
     Amortization of goodwill
        and acquisition charges.....           341             346             346           3,492           2,088
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
           Total operating expenses.         5,478           5,426           5,426           9,385           8,383
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
           Operating loss...........        (7,042)         (6,178)         (5,951)         (9,612)         (8,368)
Interest income.....................           419             351             346             365             255
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
Loss from continuing operations.....     $  (6,623)      $  (5,827)      $  (5,605)      $  (9,247)      $  (8,113)
                                         =========       =========       =========       =========       ==========
</TABLE>


REVENUES AND OPERATING MARGINS

     Software  Licensing.  Software  license fees decreased from $1.2 million in
the fourth  quarter of 1997 to $669  thousand  in the first  quarter  1998.  The
decrease is the result of completion of the installation of the VFM software for
the direct  licensees  in the fourth  quarter of 1997.  The first  quarter  1998
license fees consist primarily of revenue from technology  licensing  agreements
which is being  recognized on a subscription  basis over a period of 3 years. As
third  party  data  processors,  which are  offering  the S1  software  to their
financial institution customers, bring those sites online, software license fees
should increase in future quarters.



                                       78
<PAGE>


     Direct  costs for software  license  fees  decreased to $20 thousand in the
first quarter 1998 from $240  thousand in the fourth  quarter 1997 as S1 has not
capitalized  any  software   development  costs  and  the  costs  of  previously
capitalized  purchased technology were completely expensed in the fourth quarter
of 1997.

     Professional  services.  Professional  service fees totaled $2.4 million in
the first  quarter of 1998,  compared to $2.0  million in the fourth  quarter of
1997. Gross margins for  professional  services  increased to $879 thousand,  or
36%,  in the first  quarter of 1998 from $519  thousand,  or 25%,  in the fourth
quarter 1997.  The increase in the  professional  services'  margin is primarily
related to stabilizing  pricing for  professional  services and the efficiencies
gained from  previous  implementations.  In addition,  the increase in margin is
attributable  to the completion of the majority of contracts with relatively low
revenue caps.

     Data Center.  Data center fees, which  represented 9% of first quarter 1998
revenues,  will likely remain the most rapidly growing segment of revenues. As a
comparison, data center fees represented slightly more than 1% of total revenues
in the first  quarter  of 1997.  Revenues  associated  with the data  center are
directly influenced by the numbers of financial  institutions that are using VFM
products through the S1 data center and the product  marketing  efforts of these
financial  institutions.  Data  center  revenue  increased  by 77% in the  first
quarter 1998 and 43% between the third and fourth quarter 1997. This increase is
attributable  to the increased  number of  institutions  implemented in the data
center,  from three at the beginning of the third quarter to eight at the end of
the fourth quarter 1997 and twelve at the end of the first quarter 1998.

     Gross margins for data center remained negative in the first quarter due to
the  limited  revenues  generated  and the  significant  costs  associated  with
establishing  the  necessary   infrastructure   to  process  the  banks  online.
Management  anticipates that the data center and technical  support will reach a
break-even level when  approximately  330,000 - 360,000  billable  customers are
processed on a monthly  basis.  As banks are converted to the newest  version of
the VBM software, which is anticipated to occur over the second half of 1998 and
first half of 1999, management anticipates that processing  efficiencies will be
obtained  which may result in a reduction  in the  estimated  number of billable
customers  needed to reach break even in the data center.  As of March 31, 1998,
the data center was processing  approximately  69,000 Internet  accounts,  which
represented  approximately 44,000 billable customers. As the number of financial
institutions  using the S1 data center increases,  the number of customers using
the VFM products is expected to increase.

     S1 experienced a 35% growth in the number of billable customers from 32,700
at the end of the fourth  quarter 1997 to 44,000 at the end of the first quarter
1998, which can be attributed to the additional  financial  institutions brought
online.  The average quarterly  revenue per billable  customer  processed in the
data center,  including  customers processed for SFNB, amounted to $9.64 for the
first  quarter  of 1998  compared  to  $9.55  in the  fourth  quarter  of  1997.
Typically, there is a time lag between the completion of an implementation by S1
and the  marketing of the VFM product by a financial  institution  to its retail
customers. Due to this time lag, over 98% of the 44,000 billable customers being
processed  in the S1  data  center  were  attributable  to  five  of the  twelve
institutions that had been implemented as of March 31, 1998.

OPERATING EXPENSES

     Total  operating  expenses  decreased to $8.4 million in the first  quarter
1998 from $9.4  million  in the  fourth  quarter  1997.  Included  in the fourth
quarter 1997 operating  expenses are charges of approximately $1.9 million which
represent  the  write-off of goodwill and  purchased  technology  from  previous
acquisitions and an amount equal to the incremental  difference between the cost
of services provided by SBD as contractors for the two month period prior to the
acquisition and those same individuals as employees of S1. Net of these charges,
operating  expenses for the fourth quarter 1997 were $7.5 million.  The increase
in  operating   expenses  over  the   normalized   prior  quarter  is  primarily
attributable to the increase in amortization of goodwill  resulting from the SBD
acquisition. The



                                       79
<PAGE>



amortization  expense  increased  to $2.1  million  in the  first  quarter  1998
compared  to $1.4  million in the  fourth  quarter  1997.  The  majority  of the
remaining  balance of  goodwill  from the  acquisition  of SBD will be  expensed
during the second  quarter.  Net of these charges and  amortization of goodwill,
operating  expenses  increased  slightly from $5.9 million in the fourth quarter
1997 to $6.3 million in the fourth quarter 1998.

     Product  development costs also increased in the first quarter 1998 to $3.4
million  compared to $2.9 million in the fourth quarter.  The increase is mainly
attributable to non-cash  personnel  expenses.  Management  anticipates that the
cost of product  development  will  continue to increase  over the next  several
quarters.  The increase  represents  management's  commitment  to enhancing  the
current VFM products by  migrating  the  existing  products to a more  efficient
software  architecture  and to developing  new VFM  applications,  including the
Virtual Investment  Manager,  for VFM. General and administrative  expenses were
comparable with prior quarters, at $1.2 million in the first quarter 1998.

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS FOR THE FIVE QUARTERS ENDED
  DECEMBER 31, 1997

     The following  table sets forth certain  quarterly  financial  data for the
five quarterly  periods ended December 31, 1997. This quarterly  information has
been prepared on the same basis as the annual  financial  statements and, in the
opinion of SFNB's  management,  reflects all  adjustments,  consisting of normal
recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the
periods  presented.  Operating  results  for any  quarter  are  not  necessarily
indicative of results for any future period.  As S1 is still in the early stages
of its development, the following presentation more clearly reflects the changes
and trends in historical operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     QUARTERLY STATEMENTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
                                                                       Unaudited

                                        December 31,     March 31,        June 30,     September 30,    December 31,
                                            1996           1997             1997             1997            1997
                                          ------------     ---------        --------     -------------    ------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>       
Revenues:

     Software license fees..........     $     275       $     673       $   1,187       $   1,094       $   1,188
     Professional services..........           522             973           1,605           1,661           2,038
     Data center fees...............            25              24              90             122             175
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
           Total revenues...........           822           1,670           2,882           2,877           3,401
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
Direct costs:

     Software license fees..........           385             490             484             391             240
     Professional services..........           368           1,237           1,433           1,157           1,519
     Data center fees...............         1,176           1,507           1,717           1,854           1,869
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
           Total direct costs.......         1,929           3,234           3,634           3,402           3,628
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
           Gross margin.............        (1,107)         (1,564)           (752)           (525)           (227)
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------

Operating expenses:

     Selling and marketing..........         1,613           1,083           1,088             992           1,142
     Product development............         2,437           2,375           2,524           2,696           2,912
     General and administrative.....         1,529           1,369           1,098             991           1,179
     Depreciation and amortization..           142             310             370             401             660
     Amortization of goodwill
        and acquisition charges.....         3,498             341             346             346           3,492
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
           Total operating expenses.         9,219           5,478           5,426           5,426           9,385
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
           Operating loss...........       (10,326)         (7,042)         (6,178)         (5,951)         (9,612)
Interest income.....................           574             419             351             346             365
                                         ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
Loss from continuing operations.....     $  (9,752)      $  (6,623)      $  (5,827)      $  (5,605)      $  (9,247)
                                         =========       =========       =========       =========       =========
</TABLE>


REVENUES AND OPERATING MARGINS


         Software Licensing.  Software license fees increased over the course of
1997 from $0.3 million in the last quarter of 1996 to $1.2 in the fourth quarter
1997. The increase is the result of the  combination of the progress made on the
in-house  implementations  and the STAR  agreements  



                                       80
<PAGE>



entered  into in the  third  quarter.  The  software  license  fee for  in-house
implementations  is  recognized on the  percentage of completion  basis over the
implementation period. Accordingly, as implementations were completed during the
course of 1997,  there was an  increase  in the  quarterly  license  fee revenue
recorded. There were four completed in-house implementations at the end of 1997.
In addition,  beginning  in the third  quarter of 1997,  SFNB began  recognizing
revenue from the technology licensing agreements with the STAR partners which is
recorded on a subscription  basis over 3 years.  S1 recorded $0.2 million in the
third quarter and $0.3 million in the fourth  quarter from the STAR  agreements.
Total  subscription  revenue for 1997 was $1.2 million,  which includes  revenue
from license  agreements  entered into in 1996 and the STAR  agreements  entered
into in 1997.

     SFNB anticipates a reduction in the software licensing revenues in the near
term as the majority of the new software implementations are occurring in the S1
data center rather than at a financial  institutions  own data center.  However,
this  revenue is expected  to  increase  over the course of 1998 as S1 begins to
recognize  revenue from the STAR  Agreement  with an affiliate of Royal Bank. In
addition,  an increase in software  license fees is  anticipated  as third party
data processors, who are offering the S1 software to their financial institution
customers,  bring  their  financial  institutions  online  and as the  number of
customers  processed through the S1 data center  increases.  At the end of 1997,
the number of financial institutions using VFM products through third party data
processors was eleven.  In addition,  based on discussions with officials of the
third party data  processors,  there are 32 additional  institutions  which have
agreed to use the products through the third party data processors.

     Software  license  fees  generated  a  gross  margin  of 80% in the  fourth
quarter,  up from 64% in the third  quarter and 27% in the first  quarter of the
year.  The  magnitude of the  increase in the gross margin  percent for software
license fees reflects,  at least in part, the low variable costs associated with
incremental software license revenues. The direct costs associated with software
license fees represent the  amortization of purchased  technology.  Direct costs
are  expected  to  decline  over  the  next  several  quarters,  as S1  has  not
capitalized any software development costs.

     Professional  services.  Professional  service fees reflected strong growth
throughout the year and represented  the largest  component of revenues in 1997.
Specifically,  professional  service  fees  totaled  $2.0  million in the fourth
quarter of 1997, or 60% of total revenues. Professional service fees were 56% of
total  revenues  in the second  quarter  and 58% of total  revenues in the third
quarter  of 1997.  The  percentage  of  revenues  attributable  to  professional
services  increased slightly  throughout most of 1997,  reflecting the increased
amount of installation  and integration  activity that occurred during the year.
The number of completed  implementations  increased from three at the end of the
first  quarter to  thirteen at the end of 1997.  At the end of 1997,  there were
twelve  implementations  which were still in progress and are  anticipated to be
completed during the first half of 1998.

     Gross margins for professional services experienced  improvement throughout
1997,  increasing  from a negative  $0.3 million in the first quarter of 1997 to
$0.2  million in the second  quarter,  and $0.5  million in the third and fourth
quarters.  The 1997 fourth  quarter  gross margin  percentage  for  professional
services was 25%. The professional  services gross margin  percentage was 30% in
the third quarter of 1997,  11% in the second  quarter and a negative 27% in the
first quarter of the year. A  contributing  factor to the lower gross margins is
the  maximum  charge  established  on  certain   implementation   contracts  for
professional services. Under these arrangements,  S1 is limited in the amount it
charges for professional  services to a pre-set maximum fixed price contained in
the contract.

     In 1997,  during the course of the  initial  bank  implementations,  S1 has
experienced  delays in integrating the software with the financial  institutions
legacy mainframe systems resulting in delays in completing implementations. This
has  resulted  in an increase  in costs to  implement  as well as a delay in the
recognition of revenues  associated with the  implementation  effort.  As S1 has
gained  more   experience  in  implementing   the  VFM  products,   the  complex
implementation process has become more efficient resulting in an acceleration in
the  number  of   implementations   completed. 


                                       81

<PAGE>


Also, the  acceleration  in  implementations  completed is  attributable  to the
expertise  acquired from the addition of the professionals  from the acquisition
of SBD.  Management  anticipates  that the  professional  services'  margin will
increase in the future as pricing for professional  services stabilizes and as a
result of the efficiencies gained from previous implementations

         Data Center.  Data center fees, which  represented 5% of fourth quarter
revenues,  will likely remain the most rapidly growing segment of revenues. As a
comparison, data center fees represented slightly more than 1% of total revenues
in the first  quarter  of 1997.  Revenues  associated  with the data  center are
directly influenced by the numbers of financial  institutions that are using VFM
products through the S1 data center and the product  marketing  efforts of these
financial institutions.  Data center processing revenue increased by 43% between
the third and fourth  quarter.  This increase is  attributable  to the increased
number  of  institutions  implemented  in the  data  center,  from  three at the
beginning of the third quarter to eight at the end of the fourth quarter 1997.

         Gross margins for data center processing  remained negative  throughout
the  year  due to the  limited  revenues  generated  and the  significant  costs
associated with  establishing the necessary  infrastructure to process the banks
online.  Management  anticipates that the data center and technical support will
reach a break-even level when approximately 330,000 - 360,000 billable customers
are processed on a monthly  basis.  As of December 31, 1997, the data center was
processing   approximately   49,000   Internet   accounts,   which   represented
approximately 32,700 billable customers. As the number of financial institutions
using  the S1 data  center  increases,  the  number of  customers  using the VFM
products is expected to increase. Of the eight financial  institutions using the
S1 data center at December 31,  1997,  two have been online for the entire year,
one was brought  online  during the first  quarter of 1997 and five were brought
online during the third and fourth quarter 1997.

         S1 experienced  growth in the number of billable  customers from 17,600
at the end of the second quarter 1997 to 32,700 at the end of 1997, which can be
attributed to the additional financial service  organizations  brought online in
the  third  and  fourth  quarter.  Typically,  there is a time lag  between  the
completion of an  implementation by S1 and the marketing of the VFM product by a
financial institution to its retail customers. Due to this time lag, over 98% of
the  32,700  billable  customers  being  processed  in the S1 data  center  were
attributable to four of the eight  institutions  that had been implemented as of
the end of 1997.

     S1 anticipates  that as more financial  institutions are brought online and
as these financial service  organizations market the product to their customers,
it will experience growth in the number of customers and revenues generated from
the S1 data center.  In addition,  the direct cost of operating  the data center
and providing  technical  support to customers has stabilized,  and as a result,
management  anticipates that the negative margin will decline in future periods.
Although  the  data  center  costs  will   continue  to  increase  as  financial
institutions  are  brought  online,  the rate of  growth  in these  expenses  is
anticipated   to  be   significantly   slower  than  the  growth  in   revenues.
Additionally, management is assessing ways to reduce the cost of the data center
operations  which are currently  operated under a contract with ALLTEL Financial
Services,  Inc. Management  anticipates that certain functions,  currently being
performed  by ALLTEL,  in the future will be  performed by S1 personnel or other
third party contractors, resulting in lower costs for such services.

     It is expected that gross margins should benefit in future periods from the
continuation of the trends in revenue and direct costs described  above, as well
as from a revised data center and technical  support pricing structure that will
be implemented  during 1998. While financial  institutions using the data center
have  historically  been billed  monthly on a per customer  basis with a minimum
charge,  S1 has adopted a higher new minimum  pricing  structure  based upon the
basic  configuration  required for a bank using the data  center.  Additionally,
certain  customer  service  and  technical  support  functions  will be  charged
separately  and will vary  depending  upon the desired  level of support.  It is
expected  that this new pricing  structure  will better  enable S1 to accelerate
towards break-even in the data center and technical support operations,  as well
as to provide more customized technical support services for customers.



                                       82
<PAGE>


OPERATING EXPENSES

     Total  operating  expenses  increased to $9.4 million in the fourth quarter
from $5.4 million in the third  quarter.  A significant  portion of the increase
was  attributable  to the  amortization of goodwill from the SBD acquisition and
certain other non-recurring  charges. S1 recorded goodwill of approximately $6.0
million from the  acquisition  of SBD of which $1.4 million was amortized in the
fourth quarter. A significant  portion of the remaining balance of goodwill will
be amortized over the first two quarters of 1998.  Included in  amortization  of
goodwill and  acquisition  charges is $1.4 million which is  attributable to the
write-off of goodwill and purchased  technology from previous  acquisitions.  In
addition,  S1 incurred  approximately $0.5 million in non-recurring charges paid
to SBD prior to the  acquisition  for services during October and November which
represented the incremental  difference  between the cost of SBD personnel to S1
as  contractors  and those same  individuals as employees of S1. Net of goodwill
amortization and these nonrecurring  charges,  operating  expenses  approximated
$6.0  million  for the  fourth  quarter of 1997.  The  remaining  increase  over
previous  quarters  is  primarily  attributable  to the  increase  in  personnel
expenses  related to the SBD  acquisition  and  increase in  marketing  expenses
related to trade shows S1 participated in during the fourth quarter.

     As anticipated,  product development costs also increased  throughout 1997,
reaching $2.9 million in the fourth  quarter.  Management  anticipates  that the
cost of product  development  will  continue to escalate  over the next  several
quarters.  Management  is  committed  to  enhancing  the current VFM products by
migrating the existing products to a more efficient software architecture and to
developing new VFM applications,  including the Virtual Investment Manager,  for
VFM. General and administrative expenses were comparable with prior quarters, at
$1.2 million in the fourth quarter.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES AS OF MARCH 31, 1998

     Total stockholders'  equity decreased to $16.0 million as of March 31, 1998
from $23.5 million at December 31, 1997. The decrease in stockholders' equity is
primarily  attributable  to the $8.6 million net loss incurred  during the first
three months of 1998.  This decrease was partially  offset by the issuance of an
aggregate 92,593 shares of common stock to RBC Holdings, as discussed above.

     SFNB has previously  committed to the OTS, its primary  regulator,  that it
will create a holding company  structure.  As part of this  reorganization,  New
Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company resulting in a
complete  segregation of SFNB's  Banking  Business  (including  cash and related
investment securities),  deposit liabilities,  other liabilities and the capital
necessary to support its operating activities.  If the Sale is consummated,  the
OTS will require  $10.0 million in  capitalization  for New Bank. If the Sale is
not consummated,  the OTS will require $12.0 million in  capitalization  for New
Bank.  The Holding  Company's  investment  in SFNB will then be restricted as to
repayment  from  SFNB in the form of cash  dividends  which are  subject  to the
regulatory  dividend  limitations  and SFNB's minimum  capital  requirement.  As
discussed  above,  SFNB has announced  that Royal Bank has agreed to acquire the
Banking  Business  of SFNB for $3.0  million  in excess of the $10.0  million of
regulatory total capital.

     Management   believes  that  its   commitment   to  ongoing   research  and
development,  as well as to the  sales and  marketing  effort  is  necessary  to
execute the business plans of SFNB. In anticipation that SFNB would be unable to
sustain  the  current  level of  expenditures  for an  extended  period of time,
without  either an increase in revenues or an increase in capital,  SFNB entered
into the STAR  agreements and the equity sales during the third quarter of 1997.
As of March 31, 1998,  SFNB had  approximately  $15.4 million in cash and liquid
assets.  The transactions with Royal Bank, upon  consummation,  will release the
$10 million capital  requirement  related to the Banking Business and provide an
additional  $7.5 million in cash  available to the Holding  Company.  Management
anticipates that this level of cash resources,  along with anticipated increases
in revenues,  will provide sufficient capital to fund software operations.  SFNB
believes it will become  cash-flow  positive  from  operations  during 1999.  In
addition,  as part of the Royal Bank transaction,  SFNB has 



                                       83
<PAGE>


granted RBC Holdings Options  effective upon the Closing to purchase up to $10.0
million in Holding  Company Stock.  If exercised in full, at prices ranging from
$11.88 to $15.81,  the  Holding  Company  will issue  733,818  shares of Holding
Company Stock over the 21 month option period.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997

     Total  stockholders'  equity  decreased to $23.5 million as of December 31,
1997 from $39.9  million at December  31, 1996.  The  decrease in  stockholders'
equity is primarily  attributable  to the $28.0 million net loss incurred during
1997. This decrease was partially offset by the issuance of an aggregate 569,978
shares of SFNB Common Stock and 159,952  shares of SFNB  Preferred  Stock to the
four initial STAR Partners, as well as to Huntington and Wachovia,  resulting in
approximately $6.0 million in proceeds to SFNB. Additionally, approximately $5.7
million in SFNB Common Stock was issued in connection  with the SBD  acquisition
in November 1997, increasing capital by a like amount.

     SFNB has previously  committed to the OTS, its primary  regulator,  that it
will create a holding company structure. As part of the Reorganization, New Bank
will become a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Holding  Company  resulting in a
complete  segregation of SFNB's assets  (including  cash and related  investment
securities), deposit liabilities, other liabilities and the capital necessary to
support its  operating  activities  from the  activities of S1. The OTS requires
$10.0 million in capitalization  for SFNB. The holding  company's  investment in
SFNB  will  then be  restricted  as to  repayment  from SFNB in the form of cash
dividends which are subject to the regulatory dividend limitations, the dividend
restriction imposed by the FDIC and SFNB's minimum capital requirement.

     Management   believes  that  its   commitment   to  ongoing   research  and
development,  as well as to the  sales and  marketing  effort  is  necessary  to
execute the business plans for S1. In anticipation  that SFNB would be unable to
sustain  the  current  level of  expenditures  for an  extended  period of time,
without  either an increase in revenues or an increase in capital,  SFNB entered
into the STAR  agreements and the equity sales  discussed  above. As of December
31, 1997,  SFNB had  approximately  $20.0  million in cash and liquid  assets of
which  $10  million  is  available  to fund  ongoing  software  operations.  The
transactions with Royal Bank, upon consummation,  will release the $10.0 million
capital  requirement  related to the Banking  Business and provide an additional
$10.0 million in cash available to the Holding Company.  Management  anticipates
that this level of cash resources, along with anticipated increases in revenues,
will provide  sufficient capital to fund software  operations.  SFNB believes it
will become cash-flow positive from operations in 1999. In addition,  as part of
the Royal Bank transaction, SFNB has granted RBC Holdings Options effective upon
the  Closing  to  purchase  up to $10.0  million in Holding  Company  Stock.  If
exercised in full, at prices ranging from $11.88 to $15.81,  the Holding Company
will issue  733,818  shares of Holding  Company  Stock over the 21 month  option
period.


CAPITAL ADEQUACY

     As of March 31, 1998, each of SFNB's regulatory capital ratios exceeded the
minimum requirements.


YEAR 2000

     The Year 2000 issue relates to the use by many existing  computer  programs
of only two digits to identify a year in the date field. If not corrected,  many
computer  applications  could fail or create erroneous results by or at the Year
2000.  SFNB  recognizes the need to ensure that the potential Year 2000 software
failures will not adversely  impact its  operations.  A company wide task force,
with  representation  from all major business units,  was established in 1997 to
evaluate and manage the risks,  solutions and cost  associated  with  addressing
this issue  which  affects  both the  internal  computer  systems as well as the
software applications that SFNB licenses to customers.  The task force is in the
process  of  identifying  all  business  systems,   products  and  services  and
determining  whether  they  are  Year  2000  compliant.  In  addition,  SFNB  is
developing plans of action for the



                                       84
<PAGE>


systems and products which are not Year 2000 compliant. SFNB believes that based
on the  assessments  completed to date,  that  critical  Year 2000 issues can be
corrected.  The failure of SFNB to be Year 2000 compliant  could have a material
adverse impact on SFNB's financial position and results of operations.

     Management  has  determined  that its newest  version of the VBM  software,
scheduled for release in the third quarter of 1998,  will be fully  certified as
Year 2000 compliant through complete "end to end" testing.  Due to the near term
release of this  version,  prior  releases  will not be  certified  as Year 2000
compliant.  Accordingly,  management  anticipates that all financial institution
customers  will  be  converted  to the  new  version  by  June  of  1999.  These
conversions will require a significant portion of S1's implementation resources.
Management is currently evaluating the potential impact on professional services
margins  due  to  the  potential   discounting  of  services  related  to  these
implementations.

     The costs  incurred in addressing  the Year 2000 problem are being expensed
as incurred in compliance with generally accepted accounting principles. None of
these costs are expected to  materially  impact the results of operations in any
one period.  A significant  portion of the costs to be incurred are not expected
to be incremental but rather are related to current product development efforts.

                                         
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued
Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  130,  "Reporting
Comprehensive  Income." This statement  establishes  standards for reporting and
display  of  comprehensive  income and its  components  in a full set of general
purpose financial  statements.  SFAS 130 requires all items that are required to
be recognized under accounting  standards as components of comprehensive  income
be  reported  in an  annual  financial  statement  that is  displayed  in  equal
prominence  with the other  annual  financial  statements.  For  interim  period
financial  statements,   enterprises  are  required  to  disclose  a  total  for
comprehensive  income in those  financial  statements.  The term  "comprehensive
income"  is used  in  SFAS  130 to  describe  the  total  of all  components  of
comprehensive income including net income.  "Other comprehensive  income" refers
to revenues,  expenses,  gains,  and losses that are  included in  comprehensive
income but excluded from earnings under current accounting standards. Currently,
"other  comprehensive  income"  for SFNB  consists  solely  of items  previously
recorded as a component of stockholders'  equity under SFAS 115, "Accounting for
Certain  Investments  in Debt and  Equity  Securities"  and  SFAS  52,  "Foreign
Currency   Translation."   SFNB  has  adopted  the  interim  period   disclosure
requirements  of SFAS 130  effective  March 31,  1998 and will  adopt the annual
financial statement reporting and disclosure  requirements of SFAS 130 effective
December 31, 1998.

     In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosure  about Segments of
an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information."  SFAS No.  131  supersedes  SFAS 14,
"Financial  Reporting  in Segments of a Business  Enterprise,"  and  establishes
standards  for the way public  business  enterprises  are to report  information
about  operating  segments in annual  financial  statements  and requires  those
enterprises to report selected financial information about operating segments in
interim financial reports issued to shareholders.  It also establishes standards
for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major
customers. The adoption of this new standard did not require significant changes
to SFNB's  current  segment  information  that is  presented  in the 1997 annual
report and did not impact  interim  financial  statements  for the quarter ended
March 31, 1998 as the interim  disclosures are not required in the first year of
adoption.

     In October  1997,  the  Accounting  Standards  Executive  Committee  issued
Statement of Position ("SOP") No. 97-2, "Software Revenue  Recognition." SOP No.
97-2,  which  revises the rules for  accounting  for  software  transactions  by
superseding SOP 91-9, "Software Revenue Recognition," is effective for financial
statements for years beginning after December 15, 1997. The adoption of



                                       85
<PAGE>


SOP 97-2 did not have a material effect on the interim financial  statements for
the quarter ended March 31, 1998.


MARKET FOR SFNB COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

     SFNB Common  Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq  Stock  Market  under the symbol
"SFNB."  The  following  chart sets forth the high and low sales  prices of SFNB
Common  Stock for each  quarter  since May 23,  1996,  the date when SFNB Common
Stock began to be quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market:

       Quarter ended:                      High             Low
       --------------                      ----             ---

       June 30, 1996..................     45.00            31.75
       September 30, 1996.............     34.25            21.00
       December 31, 1996..............     26.25            10.00
       March 31, 1997.................     13.50             8.00
       June 30, 1997..................      9.38             5.50
       September 30, 1997.............     13.88             7.63
       December 31, 1997..............     11.38             5.75
       March 31, 1998.................     13.63             8.25


     As of the Record  Date,  there were _____  holders of record of SFNB Common
Stock.

     SFNB has not paid  dividends on SFNB Common Stock or SFNB  Preferred  Stock
since its initial public offering in May 1996.


                                       86
<PAGE>



MANAGEMENT

     The  following  table sets  forth the names of the  current  directors  and
executive  officers of SFNB.  Also set forth is certain other  information  with
respect to each such person's age at December 31, 1997, the periods during which
such person has served as a director or executive  officer of SFNB and positions
currently  held  with  SFNB and S1.  SFNB's  Bylaws  provide  that the  Board of
Directors  shall be  divided  into three  classes  as nearly  equal in number as
possible.  The terms of office of only one class of  directors  expires  in each
year,  and  directors  are  elected  for terms of three  years  and until  their
successors are elected and  qualified.  SFNB's Bylaws provide that the number of
directors  shall be six. At the present  time,  there are two  vacancies  on the
Board of Directors.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Age at           Director      Expiration         Positions held with
Name                              December 31, 1997       since         of term              SFNB and S1
- ----                              -----------------       -----         -------              -----------

<S>                                        <C>             <C>            <C>                            <C>
 Robert W. Copelan, D.V.M.                 71              1995           1998     Director of SFNB and S1

 James S. Mahan, III                       46              1995           2000     Chief Executive Officer and
                                                                                   Director of SFNB and
                                                                                   Chairman of the Board and
                                                                                   Chief Executive Officer of S1

 Michael C. McChesney                      42              1996           2000     Chairman of the Board of
                                                                                   SFNB and Director of S1

 Howard J. Runnion, Jr.                    68              1995           1999     Director of SFNB and S1

 Robert F. Stockwell                       44                                      Treasurer, Acting President
                                                                                   and Chief Financial Officer of
                                                                                   SFNB and Treasurer and
                                                                                   Chief Financial Officer of S1

</TABLE>

     The  following  information  concerns  the  principal  occupation  of  each
director  and  executive  officer of SFNB for the past five  years.  Each of the
directors of SFNB also has served as a director of the Holding Company since its
organization  in the  second  quarter of 1998.  SFNB's  executive  officers  are
elected by the Board to serve a one-year term.

     ROBERT W. COPELAN,  D.V.M. has been President of Copelan & Thornbury,  Inc.
in Paris,  Kentucky  since 1959 and  President  of R.W.  Copelan,  PSC in Paris,
Kentucky since 1979. Dr. Copelan is a  veterinarian  in private  practice.  From
1987 through  September of 1996, Dr. Copelan served on the Board of Directors of
Cardinal and certain of its subsidiaries. Dr. Copelan is the stepfather of James
S. Mahan, III.

     MICHAEL C.  MCCHESNEY has served as the Chairman of the Board of SFNB and a
director of S1 since May 1996.  Mr.  McChesney has served as the Chairman of the
Board of the Holding  Company since its  organization  in the second  quarter of
1998. Mr. McChesney founded Five Paces,  which is now known as S1. Mr. McChesney
also co-founded and served as Chief Executive  Officer of SecureWare,  which was
merged into Five Paces in November 1996. Mr. McChesney served as Chief Executive
Officer  of S1 from May 1996 to  January  1998.  Mr.  McChesney's  spouse is the
sister of the wife of James S. Mahan, III.

     JAMES S.  MAHAN,  III has  served  as the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and a
director of SFNB since June 1995,  as Chairman of the Board of S1 since May 1996
and as Chief Executive Officer of S1 since January 1998. Mr. Mahan has served as
the Chief Executive Officer of the Holding Company since its organization in the
second  quarter of 1998. Mr. Mahan served as Chairman of the Board of SFNB until
May 1996. Mr. Mahan was the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of
Cardinal,  as well as certain  subsidiaries of Cardinal from November 1987 until
September  1996.  Mr.  Mahan's

                                       87

<PAGE>


spouse is the sister of the wife of Michael C.  McChesney  and Mr.  Mahan is the
stepson of Robert W. Copelan.

     HOWARD J. RUNNION,  JR. was Vice Chairman of the Board and Chief  Financial
Officer of The  Wachovia  Corporation  in  Winston-Salem,  North  Carolina  from
December 1985 to June 1990.  Since 1992,  Mr. Runnion has served as a consultant
and an  insurance  broker.  Mr.  Runnion was a director of Cardinal  and certain
subsidiaries until September 1996.

     ROBERT F. STOCKWELL has served as the Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
of SFNB  since June 1995 and the  Treasurer  and Chief  Financial  Officer of S1
since May 1996.  Since October 1996, he has served as Acting  President of SFNB.
Mr. Stockwell has served as the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
of the Holding Company since its organization in the second quarter of 1998. Mr.
Stockwell  served as Treasurer of Cardinal  from January 1994 to September  1996
and as a director of Jefferson  Banking  Company during 1994. From 1987 to 1993,
Mr.  Stockwell  was Executive  Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer of
Security  Financial Holding Company, a thrift holding company located in Durham,
North Carolina.

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     The  following  table shows for the fiscal  years ended  December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995,  the cash  compensation  paid by SFNB or S1,  as well as  certain
compensation  paid or accrued for those years, to the Chief Executive Officer of
SFNB and the two other  highest  paid  executive  officers  of SFNB  serving  at
December 31, 1997 whose total annual  salary and bonus  exceeded  $100,000  (the
"named  executive  officers") for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.  SFNB
has not granted any stock appreciation rights ("SARs").
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                                            Long-Term Compensation
                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                   Awards
                                                                                  ------
                                                                                 Securities            All other
                                                  Annual Compensation        underlying options      compensation
 Name and                                        -------------------- 
 Principal Position                   Year      Salary ($)     Bonus ($)             (#)                ($) (c)
- ------------------                   ----      ----------     ---------   ----------------------  ------------

<S>                                  <C>     <C>                                                    <C>     
James S. Mahan, III                  1997    $     200,000           --               --            $ 19,617
  Chief Executive Officer            1996           87,535           --               --              71,211
  and Director of SFNB               1995               --           --          929,200                  --
  and Chairman of the Board
  and Chief Executive Officer
  of S1 (a)

Michael C. McChesney                 1997    $     150,000           --               --            $ 11,183
  Chairman of the Board              1996           87,570 (b)       --               --               3,453(b)
  of SFNB and Director               1995               --           --          464,400                  --
  of S1

Robert F. Stockwell                  1997    $     119,141           --           20,000            $  6,392
  Treasurer, Acting                  1996          104,962           --               --              72,281
  President and Chief                1995               --           --           92,920                  --
  Financial Officer of SFNB
  and Treasurer and
  Chief Financial Officer
  of S1
</TABLE>
- -------------------------

(a)  During the first nine months of 1996, Mr. Mahan's annual rate of salary was
     $50,000.  During  that  time,  he also  served  as the  Chairman  and Chief
     Executive  Officer  of  Cardinal.  Mr.  Mahan's 

                                       88
<PAGE>


     compensation  for 1995 was  received  for his role as Chairman of the Board
     and Chief  Executive  Officer of Cardinal,  the former  holding  company of
     SFNB.  Although Mr. Mahan did not receive any salary or other  compensation
     from SFNB, he was awarded options for SFNB Common Stock in 1995.

(b)  For the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996, Mr.  McChesney  received only
     $87,570  in salary  and  $3,453 in other  compensation  because  he did not
     assume such positions until May 23, 1996.

(c)  All other  compensation  includes  contributions  to the SFNB 401(k)  plan,
     insurance  premiums,  and car allowance and club  membership for Mr. Mahan.
     For 1996, all other compensation includes  reimbursement of moving expenses
     of $56,880 and $70,009,  including  applicable  taxes  associated with such
     reimbursement, for Messrs. Mahan and Stockwell, respectively.

     Directors of SFNB do not receive any fees or other  compensation  for their
service as directors.  Directors,  however,  are reimbursed for travel and other
expenses  incurred in connection  with  attending  meetings of the SFNB Board of
Directors.

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS

     SFNB currently does not have any employment contracts or other compensatory
plans  or  arrangements  pertaining  to  resignation,  retirement  or any  other
termination  of its  executive  officers'  employment  with SFNB or S1 or from a
change in control of SFNB or a change of responsibilities  following a change in
control of SFNB.


OPTION GRANTS

     The following  table  contains  information  concerning  the grant of stock
options to the named executive officers during fiscal year 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                                Individual Grants
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Number              Percent of total
                           of securities           options granted
                        underlying options          to employees            Exercise or base
Name                        granted (#)            in fiscal year             price ($/Sh)             Expiration date
- ----                        -----------            --------------             ------------             ---------------

<S>                           <C>                       <C>                      <C>                    <C> 
Robert F. Stockwell           20,000                    1.7%                     $6.06                   Dec. 12, 2007

</TABLE>


                                       89
<PAGE>



OPTION EXERCISES IN 1997 AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

     The following table sets forth on an aggregated  basis certain  information
concerning  each exercise of stock options  during fiscal year 1997 by the named
executive officers and the value of unexercised options.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN 1997 AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

                                                             Number of securities
                                                           underlying unexercised         Value of unexercised in-the
                            Shares                           options at FY-end (#)       money options at FY-end ($)(b)
                            acquired on        Value       -------------------------        -------------------------
Name                       exercise (#)  realized ($) (a)  Exercisable/Unexercisable        Exercisable/Unexercisable
- ----                       ------------  ----------------  -------------------------        -------------------------
<S>                           <C>           <C>                 <C>                           <C>                  
James S. Mahan, III                --              --           464,600/464,600               $3,077,975/$3,077,975

Michael C. McChesney               --              --           232,200/232,200               $1,538,325/$1,538,325

Robert F. Stockwell           15,000         $110,625            31,460/66,460                  $208,423/$331,598
</TABLE>

- -----------------------
(a)  Based on the market value of SFNB Common  Stock at date of  exercise,  less
     the exercise price.

(b)  Based on the closing price per share of SFNB's Common Stock on December 31,
     1997 of $7.25 on the Nasdaq Stock Market,  less the exercise  price, of all
     unexercised  stock options  having an exercise  price less than such market
     value.

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     From time to time SFNB makes loans to the directors and executive  officers
for the  financing  of their  homes,  as well as home  improvement  and consumer
loans.  It is the belief of management that these loans are made in the ordinary
course of business, are made on substantially the same terms, including interest
rates  and  collateral,   as  those   prevailing  at  the  time  for  comparable
transactions  with other persons,  and neither  involve more than normal risk of
collectibility nor present other unfavorable features.

     In May 1996,  SFNB  acquired  Five Paces in exchange  for an  aggregate  of
1,920,000 shares of SFNB Common Stock. Among the principal  shareholders of Five
Paces was Michael C. McChesney who upon  consummation of the acquisition  became
Chairman of the Board of SFNB.  Mr.  McChesney  received  807,438 shares of SFNB
Common Stock in the  acquisition.  The  controlling  shareholders of Five Paces,
including Mr. McChesney's father,  George McChesney,  Sr. and his brother George
McChesney,  Jr., also participated in the transaction and became the controlling
shareholders of SFNB.

     In November 1996, SFNB acquired by merger  SecureWare for an aggregate cash
consideration  of $5.0  million in cash and  $713,000 of non-cash  consideration
related to the conversion of outstanding SecureWare options. Among the principal
shareholders of SecureWare was Michael C.  McChesney,  the Chairman of the Board
of SFNB.  Mr.  McChesney  received  $1,695,817  in  exchange  for his  shares of
SecureWare. Mr. McChesney's father, George McChesney, Sr. and his brother George
McChesney,  Jr., as well as other  shareholders  who are deemed to control SFNB,
also participated in the transaction and received consideration.


                                       90

<PAGE>





STOCK OWNED BY MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth certain information as of May 28, 1998, with
respect to the amount of SFNB Common Stock  beneficially  owned by each director
and named executive officer of SFNB and by all directors and executive  officers
of SFNB as a group. At May 28, 1998, there were 10,814,215 shares of SFNB Common
Stock outstanding.

     All information with respect to beneficial  ownership has been furnished to
SFNB by the respective  shareholders,  directors and executive officers of SFNB,
and unless  otherwise  indicated,  each of the  shareholders has sole voting and
investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               Number of shares                 Percent of
Name and position(s)                                             and nature of                 common stock
with SFNB or S1                                            beneficial ownership (a)             outstanding
- ---------------                                            ------------------------             -----------

<S>                                                             <C>                                <C>   
Robert W. Copelan
   Director of SFNB and S1                                       143,552 (b)                        1.3%

James S. Mahan, III
   Chief Executive Officer                                       776,854 (c)                        6.7%
   and Director of SFNB and
   Chairman of the Board
   and Chief Executive
   Officer of S1

Michael C. McChesney
   Chairman of the Board of                                    1,075,657 (d)                        9.6%
   SFNB and Director of S1

Howard J. Runnion, Jr.
   Director of SFNB and S1                                       110,424 (e)                        1.0%

Robert F. Stockwell
   Treasurer, Acting President                                    79,436 (f)                        *
   and Chief Financial Officer
   of SFNB and Treasurer and
   Chief Financial Officer of S1

All directors and executive officers of SFNB
   as a group (5 persons)                                         2,185,723                        18.3%
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

*    Less than one percent.

(a)  In accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, a person is deemed to
     be the beneficial  owner, for purposes of this table, of any shares of SFNB
     Common Stock if such person has or shares voting power or investment  power
     with  respect  to such  security,  or has the right to  acquire  beneficial
     ownership  at any time within 60 days from May 28,  1998.  As used  herein,
     "voting  power"  includes  the power to vote or direct the voting of shares
     and  "investment  power"  includes  the  power to  dispose  or  direct  the
     disposition of shares.

(b)  The share  ownership of Dr. Copelan  includes  92,920 shares of SFNB Common
     Stock that would be issued upon the exercise of options  exercisable within
     60 days of May 28,  1998,  7,452  shares  that  are held by the  Robert  W.
     Copelan D.V.M.  Retirement  Plan and 1,224 shares that are held by his wife
     Patricia.

(c)  The share  ownership of Mr. Mahan  includes  696,900  shares of SFNB Common
     Stock that would be issued upon the exercise of options  exercisable within
     60 days of May 28, 1998,  75,124  shares held by his wife  Marguerite,  and
     4,218 shares held in SFNB's 401(k) plan.


                                       91

<PAGE>



(d)  The share ownership of Mr. McChesney includes 348,300 shares of SFNB Common
     Stock that would be issued upon the exercise of options  exercisable within
     60 days of May 28,  1998,  331 shares held in SFNB's  401(k) plan and 7,680
     shares owned by certain members of his family.

(e)  The share  ownership of Mr. Runnion  includes  10,424 shares of SFNB Common
     Stock that would be issued upon the exercise of options  exercisable within
     60 days of May 28, 1998.

(f)  The share  ownership of Mr.  Stockwell  includes 74,978 shares held jointly
     with his wife  Jana,  2,594  shares  held in SFNB's  401(k)  plan and 1,864
     shares held in an IRA.

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF VOTING SECURITIES OF SFNB

     The following table sets forth  information as of May 28, 1998 with respect
to ownership of SFNB Common Stock by each person  believed by  management  to be
the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding SFNB Common Stock.  With
respect to Mr. McChesney,  and with respect to Mr. Mahan to the extent indicated
below,  the historical  information  set forth below is based on the most recent
Schedule 13D filed on behalf of such person with the OTS.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               Number of shares               Percent of
Name and address                                                 and nature of               common stock
of beneficial owner                                        beneficial ownership (a)           outstanding
- -------------------                                        ------------------------           -----------

<S>                                                              <C>                             <C> 
Michael C. McChesney                                             1,075,657 (b)                   9.6%
3390 Peachtree Road, NE
Atlanta, GA 30326

James S. Mahan, III                                                776,854 (c)                   6.7%
3390 Peachtree Road, NE
Atlanta, GA 30326

Hollybank Investments, LP                                          551,100 (d)                   5.1%
One International Place, Suite 2401
Boston, MA 02110
</TABLE>

(a)  In accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, a person is deemed to
     be the beneficial  owner, for purposes of this table, of any shares of SFNB
     Common Stock if such person has or shares voting power or investment  power
     with  respect  to such  security,  or has the right to  acquire  beneficial
     ownership  at any time  within  60 days.  As used  herein,  "voting  power"
     includes  the power to vote or direct the voting of shares and  "investment
     power" includes the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares.

(b)  Mr.  McChesney  filed a  Schedule  13D with the OTS dated  April  29,  1998
     reporting  beneficial  ownership of 1,075,657  shares of SFNB Common Stock,
     representing  approximately 9.7% of the outstanding SFNB Common Stock as of
     April 27, 1998.  According to the Schedule 13D,  348,300 of such shares are
     issuable  upon the  exercise  of  options  held by Mr.  McChesney  that are
     exercisable  within 60 days of April 27,  1998,  719,346 of such shares are
     owned directly by Mr. McChesney, 331 shares are held in SFNB's 401(k) plan,
     and 7,680 shares are held by certain members of his family.

     As stated on Mr. McChesney's Schedule 13D, pursuant to Rule 13d-4 under the
     Exchange  Act,  except for the shares  owned by members of his family,  Mr.
     McChesney disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares of SFNB Common Stock
     beneficially owned by members of a group, which includes Mr. McChesney, for
     whom the OTS has indicated that it did not intend to disapprove a Notice of
     Change of Control  with respect to SFNB.  The other  members of the control
     group and the maximum  percentage  ownership of SFNB Common Stock that each
     of such  individuals  can own under the  Notice of Change of  Control  are:
     David A. Arnovitz,  7.89%; Harold Arnovitz,  0.40%; Robert Copelan,  0.43%;
     William R. Jacobs,  7.89%;  Steven M. Kramer,  3.17%;  James S. 


                                       92
<PAGE>


     Mahan, III, 8.27%; Ryan Mahan,  1.19%.;  George McChesney,  Sr., 0.41%; and
     George McChesney Jr., 0.08%.

(c)  The share  ownership of Mr. Mahan  includes  696,900  shares of SFNB Common
     Stock that would be issued upon the exercise of options  exercisable within
     60 days of May 28, 1998,  75,124  shares held by his wife  Marguerite,  and
     4,218 shares held in SFNB's 401(k) plan.

     As stated on Mr.  Mahan's  Schedule 13D filed with the OTS dated January 9,
     1997,  pursuant to Rule 13d-4 under the Exchange  Act, Mr. Mahan  disclaims
     beneficial  ownership of all shares of SFNB Common Stock beneficially owned
     by  members  of a group,  for whom  the OTS has  indicated  that it did not
     intend to  disapprove  a Notice of Change of Control  with respect to SFNB.
     The other members of the control group and the maximum percentage ownership
     of SFNB Common Stock that each of such individuals can own under the Notice
     of Change of Control are: David A. Arnovitz, 7.89%; Harold Arnovitz, 0.40%;
     Robert Copelan,  0.43%; William R. Jacobs,  7.89%; Steven M. Kramer, 3.17%;
     Ryan Mahan,  1.19%.;  George McChesney,  Sr., 0.41%;  George McChesney Jr.,
     0.08%; and Michael McChesney 15.79%.

(d)  Hollybank  Investments,  LP ("Hollybank") filed a Schedule 13G with the OTS
     dated April 30, 1998  reporting  beneficial  ownership of 551,100 shares of
     SFNB Common Stock, representing  approximately 5.2% of the outstanding SFNB
     Common Stock.  According to the Schedule 13G, Hollybank has sole voting and
     sole dispositive power over all such shares. The Schedule 13G also
     reports that Dorsey R. Gardner,  the general  partner of Hollybank,  may be
     deemed to  beneficially  own 50,000 of these  shares and that he  disclaims
     beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his interest as
     a limited partner in Hollybank.

                       ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING

     The holders of SFNB Common Stock will be asked to approve, if necessary, an
adjournment of the Special Meeting to solicit further votes in favor of the Plan
and the Agreement.  The proxies of SFNB shareholders  voting against the Plan or
the Agreement  may not be used by management to vote in favor of an  adjournment
pursuant to its discretionary authority.

                              SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

     If the Plan is approved and the  Reorganization is consummated,  there will
not be an annual meeting of SFNB's  shareholders in 1998. As a result of the new
corporate  form and the  dissolution  of  SFNB,  the  first  annual  meeting  of
shareholders the Holding Company will be held in 1999.  Therefore,  any proposal
intended to be presented by a Holding  Company  shareholder for inclusion in the
Holding  Company's  proxy statement for its 1999 annual meeting must be received
by the Holding Company at its principal executive office at 3390 Peachtree Road,
NE, Suite 1700, Atlanta, Georgia 30326 no later than ______________ __, 199_.

     If the Plan is not approved and consummated, SFNB anticipates that its 1998
annual meeting will be held in the third quarter of 1998.

                                  OTHER MATTERS

     It is not  expected  that any matters  other than those  described  in this
Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  will be brought before the Special Meeting.  If any
other matters are presented,  however,  it is the intention of the persons named
in the SFNB proxy to vote such proxy in accordance with the  determination  of a
majority of the Board of Directors of SFNB,  including,  without  limitation,  a
motion to adjourn  the  Special  Meeting to another  time  and/or  place for the
purpose of  soliciting  additional  proxies in order to  approve  the Plan,  the
Agreement or otherwise.

                                       93


<PAGE>


                                     EXPERTS

     The consolidated  financial  statements of SFNB as of December 31, 1997 and
1996,  and for each of the years in the  three-year  period  ended  December 31,
1997, have been included in Appendix F of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus and in
the Registration Statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
independent certified public accountants,  appearing in Appendix F, and upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in connection
with  the  Reorganization  has  been  passed  upon by  Hogan &  Hartson  L.L.P.,
Washington, D.C.

                                       94

<PAGE>


                                                                      APPENDIX A

 [LOGO]    FRIEDMAN, BILLINGS, RAMSEY & CO. INC.    Institutional Brokerage
                                                    Research
                                                    Investment Banking

FBR

                                                    Potomac Tower
                                                    1001 Nineteenth Street North
                                                    Arlington, Virginia 22209

                                                    Telephone (703) 312-9500

                                                             March 9, 1998

Board of Directors
Security First Network Bank
3390 Peachtree Road
Atlanta, GA  30326

Board of Directors:

You have requested that Friedman,  Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. ("FBR"), provide
you with its  opinion as to the  fairness,  from a financial  point of view,  to
holders of common stock ("Stockholders") of Security First Network Bank ("SFNB")
of the Sale Price (as  defined) to be received by such  holders  pursuant to the
Stock  Purchase  Agreement  between Royal Bank of Canada  ("RBC"),  RBC Holdings
(Delaware)  Inc.,  a U.S.  subsidiary  of RBC and SFNB dated as of March 9, 1998
(the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which the banking business of SFNB
will be acquired by RBC (the "Sale"). The Sale Price for the banking business of
SFNB is $13 million in cash  (subject to  adjustment  as  described in the Stock
Purchase Agreement).

In delivering this opinion, FBR has completed the following tasks:

1.       reviewed RBC Annual  Report to  Stockholders  for the fiscal year ended
         October  30,  1997 and RBC  Annual  Reports on Form 10-K filed with the
         Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC") for the fiscal years
         ended December 31, 1994 through 1996; reviewed RBC Quarterly Reports on
         Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarters  ended  January 30, 1997,  April 30,
         1997 and July 31, 1997 filed with the SEC;

2.       reviewed SFNB Annual Report to  stockholders  for the fiscal year ended
         December 31, 1996 and SFNB Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB filed with the
         Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") for the fiscal year ended December
         31, 1996;  reviewed SFNB Quarterly  Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal
         quarters  ended March 31, 1997,  June 30, 1997 and  September  30, 1997
         filed with the OTS;

3.       reviewed SFNB's  unaudited  financial  statements for the twelve months
         ended December 31, 1997;

4.       reviewed the reported  market  prices and trading  activity for the RBC
         common stock for the period January 1994 through March 9, 1998;

5.       discussed the financial condition, results of operations,  business and
         prospects of SFNB and RBC with the managements of SFNB and RBC;

                                      A-1

<PAGE>

                     FRIEDMAN, BILLINGS, RAMSEY & CO., INC.

                                                                      Page 2

6.       compared the results of operations and financial  condition of SFNB and
         RBC with those of certain  publicly-traded  financial  institutions (or
         their holding companies) that FBR deemed to be reasonably comparable to
         SFNB or RBC, as the case may be;

7.       reviewed the financial  terms,  to the extent  publicly  available,  of
         certain  acquisition  transactions  that FBR  deemed  to be  reasonably
         comparable to the Sale;

8.       reviewed the financial  terms,  to the extent  publicly  available,  of
         certain acquisition transactions entered into by RBC;

9.       reviewed a copy of the Stock Purchase Agreement; and

10.      performed  such other  analyses and  reviewed  and analyzed  such other
         information as FBR deemed appropriate.

In rendering this opinion,  FBR did not assume  responsibility for independently
verifying,  and did not independently verify, any financial or other information
concerning   SFNB   and  RBC   furnished   to  it  by   SFNB  or  RBC,   or  the
publicly-available financial and other information regarding SFNB, RBC and other
financial  institutions (or their holding  companies).  FBR has assumed that all
such  information  is  accurate  and  complete.  FBR has  further  relied on the
assurances  of  management  of SFNB and RBC that they are not aware of any facts
that would make such  financial or other  information  relating to such entities
inaccurate or misleading.  With respect to financial forecasts for SFNB provided
to FBR by its management,  FBR has assumed,  for purposes of this opinion,  that
the  forecasts  have  been  reasonably  prepared  on bases  reflecting  the best
available   estimates  and  judgements  of  such  managements  at  the  time  of
preparation as to the future financial performance of SFNB. FBR has assumed that
there has been no material change in SFNB's assets, financial condition, results
of  operations,  business or prospects  since  December  31,  1997.  FBR did not
undertake an independent  appraisal of the assets or liabilities of SFNB nor was
FBR furnished with any such appraisal. FBR is not an expert in the evaluation of
allowances  for  loan  losses,  was not  requested  to and did not  review  such
allowances,  and was not requested to and did not review any  individual  credit
files  of SFNB.  FBR's  conclusions  and  opinion  are  necessarily  based  upon
economic,  market and other conditions and the information made available to FBR
as of the date of this opinion.  FBR expresses no opinion on matters of a legal,
regulatory, tax or accounting nature related to the Sale.

FBR, as part of its  institutional  brokerage,  research and investment  banking
practice, is regularly engaged in the valuation of securities and the evaluation
of transactions in connection with mergers and acquisitions of commercial banks,
savings  institutions and financial  institution holding companies,  initial and
secondary offerings,  mutual-to-stock  conversions of savings  institutions,  as
well  as  business   valuations  for  other  corporate  purposes  for  financial
institutions  and real estate  related  companies.  FBR has  experience  in, and
knowledge  of, the  valuation of bank and thrift  securities  in Georgia and the
rest of the United States.

FBR has acted as a  financial  advisor to SFNB in  connection  with the Sale and
will  receive  a  fee  for  services  rendered  which  is  contingent  upon  the
consummation  of the Sale.  In the  ordinary  course of FBR's  business,  it may
effect  transactions in the securities of SFNB or RBC for its own account and/or
for the accounts of its customers and, accordingly, may at any time hold long or
short  positions  in such  securities.  From  time to  time,  principals  and/or
employees of FBR may also have positions in the securities.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, as well as any such other matters as we
consider  relevant,  it is FBR's opinion,  as of the date hereof,  that the Sale
Price is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Stockholders of SFNB.

                                      A-2

<PAGE>

                     FRIEDMAN, BILLINGS, RAMSEY & CO., INC.
                                                                          Page 3

This  letter  is  solely  for the  information  of the  Board of  Directors  and
Stockholders  of SFNB and may not be relied upon by any other person or used for
any other purpose, reproduced,  disseminated, quoted from or referred to without
FBR's prior written consent;  provided,  however, this letter may be referred to
and reproduced in its entirety in proxy  materials sent to the  stockholders  in
connection with the solicitation of approval for the Sale.

                                                               Very truly yours,

                                                       /s/ Suzanne N. Richardson

                                                           Suzanne N. Richardson
                                                           Managing Director









                                       A-3

<PAGE>



                                                                      APPENDIX B

                           SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             PLAN OF REORGANIZATION*

                  This Second Amended and Restated Plan of  Reorganization  (the
"Plan of  Reorganization") is dated as of March 9, 1998, and is entered into and
agreed  upon by and among  Security  First  Network  Bank  ("SFNB"),  and,  upon
organization,  Security First Technologies  Corporation,  a Delaware corporation
(the "Holding  Company") and New Security First Network Bank, a federal  savings
bank in organization  (the "New Bank")  (jointly  referred to as the "Parties"),
and  replaces in its  entirety  the Plan of  Reorganization  and  Merger,  dated
January 28, 1997,  and the Amended and Restated  Plan of  Reorganization,  dated
January 28, 1998,  by and among the Parties.  This Plan of  Reorganization  also
constitutes a plan of voluntary dissolution of SFNB pursuant to Section 546.4 of
the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS").

                                    RECITALS

                  1. SFNB is a federal  savings bank, duly organized and validly
existing under the laws of the United States,  with its principal office at 3390
Peachtree  Road, NE,  Atlanta,  Georgia.  The  authorized  capital stock of SFNB
consists of (i) 25,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share ("SFNB
Common  Stock"),  of which  10,487,244  shares were issued and outstanding as of
December 31, 1997, and (ii) 2,500,000  shares of preferred  stock, no par value,
of which  1,251,084  shares were issued and  outstanding as of December 31, 1997
("SFNB Preferred Stock") (SFNB Common Stock and SFNB Preferred Stock are jointly
referred to as "SFNB Stock").

                  2. SFNB will cause the organization of the Holding Company and
then will cause the Holding Company to enter into this Plan of Reorganization.

                  3.  Upon  its  organization,  the  Holding  Company  will be a
corporation,  duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of
Delaware,  with its principal  office to be located at 3390 Peachtree  Road, NE,
Atlanta,  Georgia.  At the time  the  transactions  contemplated  by the Plan of
Reorganization  are  consummated,  the  authorized  capital stock of the Holding
Company will consist of 40,000,000  shares of common stock,  par value $0.01 per
share (the "Holding  Company  Common  Stock"),  and  5,000,000  shares of serial
preferred  stock,  par value  $0.01 per share (the  "Holding  Company  Preferred
Stock")  (Holding  Company Common Stock and Holding Company  Preferred Stock are
jointly referred to as the "Holding  Company  Stock").  No shares of the Holding
Company Stock are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof.

                  4.  SFNB  will  cause  the  organization  of the New Bank as a
wholly owned  operating  subsidiary  of SFNB and then will cause the New Bank to
enter into this Plan of Reorganization.

                  5.  Upon its  organization,  New Bank will be  chartered  as a
federal  savings bank,  duly organized and existing under the laws of the United
States,  with its principal  office at a location within the United States to be
determined by the Parties prior to the Contribution  (as defined below).  At the
time  the  transactions   contemplated  by  the  Plan  of   Reorganization   are
consummated,  the  authorized  capital  stock of New Bank will  consist of 1,000
shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share.




- ------------
*As amended on June 4, 1998



                                      B-1

<PAGE>



                  NOW, THEREFORE, each of the Parties agrees as follows:

                  SECTION 1. SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                  1.1.  This  Plan of  Reorganization  shall  be  submitted  for
approval by the holders of SFNB Common  Stock at a meeting to be called and held
in accordance with the applicable provisions of law (the "Shareholder Meeting").
This Plan of  Reorganization  also will be submitted for approval by the holders
of SFNB's  Preferred  Stock by written  consent.  SFNB,  as the organizer of the
Holding Company will approve the Plan of Reorganization on behalf of the Holding
Company by unanimous written consent. SFNB as the organizer of the New Bank will
approve  the Plan of  Reorganization  on  behalf  of the New  Bank by  unanimous
written consent.

                  1.2. If the requisite  approval of the Plan of  Reorganization
is obtained at the Shareholder  Meeting,  then after the Shareholder Meeting and
until the Effective Time, as hereafter  defined,  SFNB shall issue  certificates
for SFNB Stock,  whether upon transfer or otherwise,  only if such  certificates
bear a legend,  the form of which shall be approved by the board of directors of
the  Holding  Company,  indicating  that  the  Plan of  Reorganization  has been
approved  and that  shares of SFNB  Stock  evidenced  by such  certificates  are
subject to consummation of the Plan of Reorganization.

                  SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

                  2.1.  EFFECTIVE TIME. The Plan of Reorganization  shall become
effective upon the agreement of each of the Parties and as soon as possible upon
satisfaction  of all  conditions  hereto,  including  obtaining the  shareholder
approval of the Plan of  Reorganization,  and the  expiration of any  applicable
waiting periods.  Such time, when all the transactions  contemplated  hereby are
effected,  is  hereinafter  called the  "Effective  Time."  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, the Effective Time shall not occur until the moment immediately prior
to the Closing, as defined in the Agreement identified in Section 2.2.

                  2.2. BANKING BUSINESS.  The term "Banking Business" shall have
the  meaning  set forth in  Section  2.3 of the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  (the
"Agreement"),  dated as of March 9, 1998, by and among Royal Bank of Canada, RBC
Holdings (Delaware) Inc., SFNB and upon organization,  the Holding Company,  and
shall include the Acquired Assets and Assumed  Liabilities,  as provided for and
defined in the  Agreement.  "Banking  Business"  does not  include,  among other
things,  the  stock  of  Security  First  Technologies,  Inc.  and  cash or cash
equivalent  assets that when taken from SFNB will not cause its total capital to
decrease below $10 million.

                  2.3.  NON-BANKING  BUSINESS.  The term "Non-Banking  Business"
shall mean those  assets and  liabilities  of SFNB that are not  included in the
Banking Business.  The term Non-Banking  Business also includes the stock of the
New Bank.

                  SECTION 3. ACTIONS AT THE EFFECTIVE TIME

                  SECTION 3.1.  CONTRIBUTION OF THE BANKING  BUSINESS OF SFNB TO
                                THE NEW BANK

                  3.1.1.  At the  Effective  Date,  SFNB  shall  contribute  the
Banking Business to the New Bank (the "Contribution").

                  3.1.2.  As a result of the  Contribution,  the New Bank  shall
possess all of the rights,  privileges,  immunities,  powers and franchises of a
public  as well as of a  private  nature,  and  shall be  subject  to all of the
restrictions,  disabilities  and  duties of SFNB  with  respect  to the  Banking
Business; and all singular rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises
of SFNB, and all property,  real,  personal and mixed, and all debts due to SFNB
with  respect  to  the  Banking  Business,   on  whatever   account,   including
subscriptions to shares, and all other things in action or belonging to

                                      B-2

<PAGE>



SFNB  shall be vested in the New Bank;  and all  property,  rights,  privileges,
immunities,  powers and  franchises,  and all and every interest with respect to
the Banking Business, shall be thereafter as effectually the property of the New
Bank as they were of SFNB.

                  3.1.3.  All rights of creditors  and all liens upon any of the
Acquired  Assets  shall be  preserved  unimpaired  and all  Assumed  Liabilities
thenceforth  attach to the New Bank and may be enforced  against the New Bank to
the same extent as if said Assumed  Liabilities  had been incurred or contracted
by it; provided,  however, that all such liens shall attach only to the Acquired
Assets to which they were attached prior to the Effective Time.

                  3.1.4.  Any action or proceeding,  whether civil,  criminal or
administrative, instituted, pending or threatened by or against SFNB relating to
the Banking  Business shall be prosecuted as if the  Contribution  had not taken
place,  and  the New  Bank  may be  substituted  as a party  in such  action  or
proceeding in place of SFNB.

                  3.1.5.  If, at any time after the Effective Time, the New Bank
shall  consider  or be  advised  that any  deeds,  bills  of sale,  assignments,
assurances  or any other  acts or things are  necessary  or  desirable  to vest,
perfect or confirm in the New Bank its right,  title or interest in, to or under
any of the rights,  properties or assets of SFNB acquired or to be acquired as a
result of the  Contribution  or otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Plan
of  Reorganization,  the New Bank and its proper officers and directors shall be
authorized  to execute and  deliver,  in the name and on behalf of the New Bank,
all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments and assurances and to do, in the name
and on behalf of SFNB, all such other acts and things  necessary or desirable to
vest,  perfect or confirm any and all right,  title or interest  in, to or under
such rights,  properties or assets in the New Bank or otherwise to carry out the
purposes of this Plan of Reorganization.

                  3.1.6.  Immediately  following the Contribution,  the Purchase
and Assumption (as defined below) and the  dissolution  contemplated  by Section
3.3 of this Plan of  Reorganization,  the New Bank shall  change  its  corporate
title to "Security First Network Bank."

                  3.1.7.  Notwithstanding  anything in this  Section 3.1, at the
Effective Time, the only assets to which New Bank shall be entitled and the only
liabilities  to which New Bank will be subject shall be the Acquired  Assets and
the Assumed  Liabilities  specifically  included in the Banking  Business at the
Effective Time pursuant to the Agreement.

                  SECTION 3.2.  PURCHASE OF THE NON-BANKING  BUSINESS OF SFNB BY
                                THE HOLDING COMPANY

                  3.2.1.  Immediately  following the  Contribution,  the Holding
Company shall acquire the Non-Banking  Business of SFNB, which shall include all
assets of SFNB other than the Acquired Assets,  and shall assume all liabilities
of SFNB,  other than the Assumed  Liabilities (the "Purchase and Assumption") in
exchange for a number of shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock  equivalent to
the number of shares of SFNB Common Stock  outstanding  immediately prior to the
Effective  Time,  and a number of  shares of  Holding  Company  Preferred  Stock
equivalent  to  the  number  of  shares  of  SFNB  Preferred  Stock  outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Time.

                  3.2.2. As a result of the Purchase and Assumption, the Holding
Company  shall  possess all of the rights,  privileges,  immunities,  powers and
franchises of a public as well as of a private  nature,  and shall be subject to
all of the restrictions,  disabilities and duties of SFNB with respect to SFNB's
Non-Banking Business; and all singular rights,  privileges,  immunities,  powers
and  franchises of SFNB,  and all property,  real,  personal and mixed,  and all
debts due to SFNB with respect to its Non-Banking Business, on whatever account,
including  subscriptions to shares,  and all other things in action or belonging
to SFNB  shall be vested  in the  Holding  Company;  and all  property,  rights,
privileges,  immunities,  powers and franchises, and all and every interest with
respect to SFNB's Non-Banking  Business,  shall be thereafter as effectually the
property of the Holding Company as they were of SFNB.

                                      B-3

<PAGE>



                  3.2.3.  All rights of creditors  and all liens upon any of the
assets  included  in  the  Non-Banking  Business  of  SFNB  shall  be  preserved
unimpaired and all debts, liabilities and duties of SFNB, other than the Assumed
Liabilities,  thenceforth  attach to the  Holding  Company  and may be  enforced
against the Holding Company to the same extent as if said debts, liabilities and
duties had been incurred or contracted by it; provided,  however,  that all such
liens shall attach only to the assets  included in the  Non-Banking  Business to
which they were attached prior to the Effective Time.

                  3.2.4.  Any action or proceeding,  whether civil,  criminal or
administrative, instituted, pending or threatened by or against SFNB relating to
its Non-Banking Business or shares of common stock shall be prosecuted as if the
Purchase  and  Assumption  had not taken place,  and the Holding  Company may be
substituted as a party in such action or proceeding in place of SFNB.

                  3.2.5.  If, at any time after the Effective  Time, the Holding
Company shall consider or be advised that any deeds, bills of sale, assignments,
assurances  or any other  acts or things are  necessary  or  desirable  to vest,
perfect or confirm in the Holding Company its right, title or interest in, to or
under any of the rights, properties or assets of SFNB acquired or to be acquired
as a result  of the  Purchase  and  Assumption  or  otherwise  to carry  out the
purposes  of this Plan of  Reorganization,  the  Holding  Company and its proper
officers and directors  shall be authorized to execute and deliver,  in the name
and on behalf of the Holding Company, all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments
and assurances and to do, in the name and on behalf of SFNB, all such other acts
and things necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or confirm any and all right,
title or  interest  in, to or under  such  rights,  properties  or assets in the
Holding  Company  or  otherwise  to  carry  out the  purposes  of  this  Plan of
Reorganization.

                  SECTION 3.3. DISSOLUTION OF SFNB

                  3.3.1. Immediately after the Contribution and the Purchase and
Assumption, SFNB will prepare and file a certificate with the OTS evidencing the
dissolution  of SFNB at the Effective  Time and shall  surrender its charter for
cancellation.

                  3.3.2.  In connection  with the  dissolution of SFNB and as of
the Effective Time, SFNB shall declare a distribution to its shareholders of the
shares of Holding  Company  Stock  issued in its name so that a share of Holding
Company Common Stock shall be  distributed  for each  outstanding  share of SFNB
Common  Stock,  and  a  share  of  Holding  Company  Preferred  Stock  shall  be
distributed for each outstanding share of SFNB Preferred Stock. Thereafter,  the
former  holders of SFNB Stock shall have full and  exclusive  power to vote such
shares of Holding  Company Stock, to receive  dividends  thereon and to exercise
all rights of an owner thereof as provided by the terms thereof.

                  3.3.3.  At the  Effective  Time,  all  previously  issued  and
outstanding   certificates   representing   shares  of  SFNB   Stock  (the  "Old
Certificates")  shall be canceled and therefore shall cease to represent  shares
of SFNB Stock or any interest therein.

                  SECTION 4.        ACTIONS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE TIME

                  As soon as practicable  and in any event not more than 30 days
after the Effective Time, the Holding  Company shall make available  through its
stock transfer agent for the then holders of the Old Certificates, a certificate
or certificates for the aggregate number of shares of Holding Company Stock (the
"New  Certificates")  to which said holders shall be entitled.  Each such holder
may surrender his Old  Certificate  and receive a New  Certificate  for an equal
number  of shares of  Holding  Company  Stock.  Until so  surrendered,  each Old
Certificate  shall be  deemed,  for all  corporate  purposes,  to  evidence  the
ownership  of the number of shares of  Holding  Company  Stock  which the holder
thereof would be entitled to receive upon its surrender.


                                      B-4

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 5.        CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                  This Plan of Reorganization and the transactions  provided for
herein  shall not  become  effective  unless  all of the  following  shall  have
occurred:

                  5.1. The Plan of  Reorganization  shall have been approved (i)
by the  requisite  vote of  holders  of SFNB  Common  Stock  at the  Shareholder
Meeting;  (ii) by holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of SFNB Preferred
Stock,  and (iii) by the  requisite  vote or consent of the holders of any other
class of SFNB Stock.

                  5.2. The OTS, acting under Section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan
Act, as amended,  shall have approved the  application of the Holding Company to
become the savings and loan holding  company and all waiting  periods shall have
expired  following  such  approval.   The  OTS  also  shall  have  approved  the
Contribution  of SFNB's  Banking  Business  to the New Bank,  the  Purchase  and
Assumption  of  the  Non-Banking   Business  by  the  Holding  Company  and  the
dissolution of SFNB in accordance with this Plan of Reorganization.

                  5.3. The shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock to be issued
to the holders of SFNB Common Stock pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization shall
have been registered or qualified for issuance under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, and all applicable state securities laws or be exempt therefrom.

                  5.4. The Holding Company Common Stock shall have been approved
for listing on the Nasdaq.

                  5.5.  SFNB and the Holding  Company  shall have  obtained  all
other consents,  permissions and approvals and taken all actions required by law
or agreement,  or deemed necessary by SFNB or the Holding Company,  prior to the
consummation of the transactions provided for by the Plan of Reorganization.

                  SECTION 6.        ABANDONMENT OF PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                  The  Plan of  Reorganization  may be  abandoned  by any of the
Parties at any time before the Effective Time in the event that:

                           (a) Any action,  suit,  proceeding  or claim has been
         instituted,  made or threatened  relating to the Plan of Reorganization
         which shall make  consummation of the actions  contemplated by the Plan
         of Reorganization inadvisable in the opinion of the Parties; or

                           (b) For any other reason, consummation of the actions
         contemplated  by the  Plan  of  Reorganization  is  inadvisable  in the
         opinion of the Parties.

                  Such  abandonment  shall be effected by written  notice by any
one of the Parties to each of the other  Parties,  authorized or approved by the
board of  directors  by the Party  giving such  notice.  Upon the giving of such
notice,  this Plan of  Reorganization  shall  terminate  and  there  shall be no
liability  hereunder or on account of such termination on the part of any of the
Parties or the directors,  officers, employees, agents or shareholders of any of
them.

                  SECTION 7.        AMENDMENT OF PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                  The Plan of  Reorganization  may be amended or modified in any
respect at any time by mutual agreement of the boards of directors of all of the
Parties prior to the approval hereof by the shareholders of SFNB.


                                      B-5

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 8.        STOCK OPTIONS

                  By voting in favor of this Plan of Reorganization, the Holding
Company  shall have  approved  adoption of all  existing  stock option plans and
agreements of SFNB as stock option plans and  agreements of the Holding  Company
and shall have  agreed to issue  Holding  Company  Common  Stock in lieu of SFNB
Common Stock pursuant to options for SFNB Common Stock currently outstanding. As
of the Effective  Time, the  unexercised  portion of the options for SFNB Common
Stock then outstanding  (including options  outstanding under the existing stock
option  plans of SFNB)  shall be assumed by the Holding  Company and  thereafter
shall be exercisable only for shares of Holding Company Common Stock,  with each
such option being  exercisable  for a number of shares of Holding Company Common
Stock  equal to the number of shares of SFNB  Common  Stock that were  available
thereunder  immediately  prior to the Effective  Time, and with no change in the
option exercise price or any other term or condition of such option. The Holding
Company and SFNB shall make appropriate  amendments to the existing stock option
plans and  agreements to reflect the adoption of those plans as the stock option
plans and  agreements of the Holding  Company  without  adverse  effect upon the
outstanding options.

                  SECTION 9.        GOVERNING LAW

                  The Plan of Reorganization  shall be governed by and construed
in  accordance  with the laws of the United  States  and the State of  Delaware,
except with respect to choice of laws.


                                      B-6

<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Second
Amended and  Restated  Plan of  Reorganization  to be duly  executed on the date
specified.

                               SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK

                               By:    /s/ James S. Mahan, III
                                      -----------------------------------
                                              James S. Mahan, III
                                            Chief Executive Officer

                               Date:   March 9, 1998
                                       -----------------------------------

[SEAL APPEARS HERE]

                  CORPORATE SEAL

ATTEST:

 /s/ Lisa Wilkie
- ----------------------
Lisa Wilkie
Assistant Secretary









                                      B-7

<PAGE>



                                       SECURITY FIRST
                                       TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                                       By:  /s/ Robert F. Stockwell
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Name:  Robert F. Stockwell
                                           Title: Chief Financial Officer
                                           Date:  June 4, 1998

ATTEST:

    /s/ Jeannie Morrill
- -----------------------------
Name:   Jeannie Morrill
Assistant Secretary
 


                                      NEW SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK

                                      By: ______________________________      
                                                   
                                      Name: ____________________________      
                                                                       
                                      Title:  __________________________      
                                                                       
                                      Date: ____________________________      
                                                                       


ATTEST:

____________________________

Name: ______________________

Secretary


                                       B-8

<PAGE>



                                                                      APPENDIX C

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT*

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                   Dated as of
                                  March 9, 1998

                                      Among

                              ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

                                                                         Parent,

                          RBC HOLDINGS (DELAWARE) INC.,

                                                                          Buyer,

                                       and

                          SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK,

                                                                        Old Bank












- ------------
*As amended on June 5, 1998

                                      C-1

<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

(This Table of Contents is for convenience of reference only and is not intended
to  define,  limit or  describe  the scope or intent  of any  provision  of this
Agreement.)

                                                                       Page
                                                                       ----

      Parties; Recitals.................................................. 8

  ARTICLE ONE TERMS OF THE TRANSACTION...................................10
      SECTION  1.1. Sale and Purchase....................................10
      SECTION  1.2. Purchase Price.......................................10
      SECTION  1.3. Certain Expenses.....................................10
      SECTION  1.4. The Closing..........................................11
      SECTION  1.5. Further Assurances...................................11
  
  ARTICLE TWO REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER AND OLD BANK......11
      SECTION  2.1. Power and Capacity...................................11
      SECTION  2.2. The Shares...........................................12
      SECTION  2.3. Assets and Liabilities...............................12
      SECTION  2.4  No Additional Liabilities............................12
      SECTION  2.5. Conflicting Instruments; Consents....................13
      SECTION  2.6. Transfer of the Shares...............................14
      SECTION  2.7. Organization and Authority...........................14
      SECTION  2.8. Subsidiaries and  Affiliates.........................15
      SECTION  2.9. Capitalization.......................................15
      SECTION 2.10. Financial Statements.................................15
      SECTION 2.11. Real Property........................................16
      SECTION 2.12. Securities Owned.....................................17
      SECTION 2.13. Personnel............................................17
      SECTION 2.14. Labor Matters........................................18
      SECTION 2.15. Environmental Matters................................18
      SECTION 2.16. Non-ERISA Plans......................................18
      SECTION 2.17. ERISA Plans..........................................18
      SECTION 2.18. Compliance with Law..................................18
      SECTION 2.19. Other Activities.....................................19
      SECTION 2.20. Litigation...........................................20
      SECTION 2.21. Regulatory Matters...................................20
      SECTION 2.22. Material Contracts...................................20
      SECTION 2.23. Conduct of Business..................................21
      SECTION 2.24. Tax Matters..........................................22
      SECTION 2.25  Insurance............................................23
      SECTION 2.26  Corporate Name and Intellectual Property.............23
      SECTION 2.27  Transactions with Related Parties....................23
      SECTION 2.28  Permits..............................................24
      SECTION 2.29  Proxy Statement and Regulatory Approvals.............24
      SECTION 2.30  Disclosure...........................................24
      SECTION 2.31. Site Locations.......................................24
      SECTION 2.32. Loans................................................25


                                      C-2

<PAGE>



      SECTION 2.33. Allowance for Losses.................................25
      SECTION 2.34. Derivatives Risk Management Instruments..............25
      SECTION 2.35. Technology...........................................25
      SECTION 2.36. Broker's and Finder's Fees...........................26
               
  ARTICLE THREE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER..................26
      SECTION  3.1. Organization; Authority..............................26
      SECTION  3.2. Conflicting Instruments; Consents....................26
      SECTION  3.3. Litigation...........................................26
      SECTION  3.4. Approvals and Consents...............................27
      SECTION  3.5.  Information.........................................27
      SECTION  3.6. Regulatory Matters...................................27

  ARTICLE FOUR COVENANTS OF SELLER, OLD BANK AND BUYER...................27
      SECTION  4.1. Access...............................................27
      SECTION  4.2. Transfer of the Shares...............................28
      SECTION  4.3. Conduct of the Business of Old Bank..................28
      SECTION  4.4. Preparation of Proxy Statement.......................30
      SECTION  4.5. Meeting of Shareholders..............................30
      SECTION  4.6. Pursuit of Approvals.................................30
      SECTION  4.7. Other Consents.......................................31
      SECTION  4.8. Ongoing Financial Disclosure.........................31
      SECTION  4.9. Acquisition Proposals................................31
      SECTION 4.10. Completion of the Plan...............................32
      SECTION 4.11. Notification of Pending FRB, OTS, State  of Georgia
                    or FDIC Exams........................................32
      SECTION 4.12. Operating Losses.....................................32
      SECTION 4.13. Retention of Employees...............................32
      SECTION 4.14. Notice of Default....................................33
      SECTION 4.15. Section 338(h)(10) Elections.........................33
      SECTION 4.16. Non-Compete..........................................34
      SECTION 4.17. Additional Parties...................................35
      SECTION 4.18. Update of Schedules..................................35
      SECTION 4.19  Sublease.............................................35
      SECTION 4.20  Delivery of 401(k) Determination Letter..............35
      SECTION 4.21  Insurance............................................35
      SECTION 4.22  Permits..............................................35

  ARTICLE FIVE INDEMNIFICATION...........................................35
      SECTION  5.1. Indemnification Obligation...........................35
      SECTION  5.2. Limitations..........................................37
      SECTION  5.3. Claims...............................................37
      SECTION  5.4. Defense by the Indemnifying Party....................37
      SECTION  5.5. Manner of Indemnification............................38
      SECTION  5.6. Notice...............................................38
      SECTION  5.7. Tax Procedures and Indemnification...................38

  ARTICLE SIX CONDITIONS TO BUYER'S  OBLIGATIONS.........................40
      SECTION  6.1. Representations, Warranties and Covenants............41
      SECTION  6.2. Certain Documents....................................41

                                      C-3

<PAGE>



      SECTION  6.3. Governmental and Regulatory Actions..................41
      SECTION  6.4. Board and Shareholder Approval.......................42
      SECTION  6.5. Opinion of Seller's Counsel..........................43
      SECTION  6.6. Legal Matters........................................43
      SECTION  6.7. Delivery of the Shares...............................43
      SECTION  6.8. Material Adverse Change..............................43
      SECTION  6.9. Related Party Advances...............................43
      SECTION 6.10. Third Party Consents.................................43
      SECTION 6.11. Banking Crisis.......................................43
      SECTION 6.12. Transfer Actions Taken...............................43
      SECTION 6.13. Seller as Party......................................44
      SECTION 6.14  Sublease.............................................44
      SECTION 6.15  Insurance............................................44
      SECTION 6.16  Permits..............................................44

  ARTICLE SEVEN CONDITIONS TO SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS.......................44
      SECTION  7.1. Representations and Warranties.......................44
      SECTION  7.2. Opinion of Buyer's Counsel...........................44
      SECTION  7.3. Legal Matters........................................45
      SECTION  7.4. Payment for the Shares...............................45
      SECTION  7.5. Legal Proceedings....................................45

  ARTICLE EIGHT TERMINATION..............................................45
      SECTION  8.1. Termination..........................................45

  ARTICLE NINE MISCELLANEOUS.............................................46
      SECTION  9.1. Survival of Representations, Warranties and
                    Covenants............................................46
      SECTION  9.2. Governing Law........................................46
      SECTION  9.3. Notices..............................................46
      SECTION  9.4. Jurisdiction; Agent for Service......................47
      SECTION  9.5. Entire Agreement.....................................48
      SECTION  9.6. Binding Effect.......................................48
      SECTION  9.7. Third Party Beneficiaries............................48
      SECTION  9.8. Amendments; Waivers..................................48
      SECTION  9.9. Counterparts.........................................48
      SECTION 9.10. Severability.........................................48


                                      C-4

<PAGE>



                                    SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE 2.3      Assets and Liabilities
SCHEDULE 2.5      Conflicting Instruments and Regulatory Approvals
SCHEDULE 2.8      Subsidiaries and Affiliates
SCHEDULE 2.11     Real Property
SCHEDULE 2.13     Personnel
SCHEDULE 2.18     Compliance with Law
SCHEDULE 2.20     Litigation
SCHEDULE 2.21     Regulatory Matters
SCHEDULE 2.23     Conduct of Business
SCHEDULE 2.25     Insurance
SCHEDULE 2.26     Corporate Name and Intellectual Property
SCHEDULE 2.27     Transactions with Related Parties
SCHEDULE 2.32     Loans
SCHEDULE 2.36     Broker's and Finder's Fees
SCHEDULE 6.9      Related Party Advances



                                    EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A          Second Amended and Restated Plan of Reorganization
EXHIBIT B          Federal Stock Charter of New Bank
EXHIBIT C          By-laws of New Bank



                                      C-5

<PAGE>



                              DEFINED TERMS INDEX

DEFINED TERM                                                     SECTION

Acquired Assets......................................................2.3
Acquisition Proposal.................................................4.9
Agreement...................................................Introduction
Applicable Laws...................................... ...............2.18
Assumed Deposits.....................................................2.3
Assumed Liabilities..................................................2.3

Balance Sheet........................................................2.10
Balance Sheet Date...................................................2.10
Banking Business.....................................................2.3
Board............................................................Recitals
Buyer........................................................Introduction
Buyer Indemnified Parties............................................5.1
Buyer Indemnifying Party.............................................5.1

Closing..............................................................1.4
Closing Date.........................................................1.4
Code.................................................................2.24
Common Stock.........................................................2.9
Competing Business...................................................4.16

Elections............................................................4.15
Environmental Damages................................................2.4
Environmental Requirements...........................................2.4
ERISA................................................................2.17
ERISA Plan...........................................................2.17
Excess Cash.....................................................Recitals
Exchange Act.........................................................2.27

FDIC.................................................................2.5
Financial Statements.................................................2.10
foreign person.......................................................2.24
Fraud Claims.........................................................5.2
FRB..................................................................2.5

GAAP.................................................................2.10

Hazardous Materials..................................................2.4
Holdback Amount......................................................1.2

Impairments..........................................................2.11
Indemnified Parties..................................................5.2
Indemnifying Party...................................................5.3
Insider..............................................................2.23
Intellectual Property................................................2.26

Leased Property......................................................2.11

Minister of Finance..................................................2.5

                                      C-6

<PAGE>



New Bank.........................................................Recitals

Prospectus...........................................................4.4
Old Bank.....................................................Introduction
Operating Loss Date..................................................4.12
OTS..............................................................Recitals

Parent.......................................................Introduction
Pension Plans........................................................2.17
Plan.............................................................Recitals
Property Leases......................................................2.11
Prospectus...........................................................4.4
Proxy Statement......................................................4.4
Purchase Price.......................................................1.2

Real Property........................................................2.4
Regulatory Approvals.................................................2.5
Related Costs........................................................5.7

S1..............................................................Recitals
Securities Act.......................................................2.10
Seller..........................................................Recitals
Seller Indemnified Parties...........................................5.1
Seller Indemnifying Party............................................5.1
Seller's Refunds.....................................................5.7
Seller's taxes.......................................................5.7
Services.............................................................2.5
Shares..........................................................Recitals
Shareholders Meeting.................................................4.5
Sublease.............................................................4.19

taxes................................................................2.24
Tax Group............................................................2.24
tax proceeding.......................................................5.7
tax return...........................................................2.24
Technology Systems...................................................2.35
Threshold Amount.....................................................5.2
Tradenames...........................................................2.26
Transferred Capital..................................................2.3

Unlimited Claims.....................................................5.2

Welfare Plans........................................................2.17



                                      C-7

<PAGE>



                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                  THIS STOCK PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement") is dated as
of March 9, 1998 by and among Royal Bank of Canada, a Canadian chartered banking
institution ("Parent"),  RBC Holdings (Delaware) Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary
of Parent  ("Buyer")  and Security  First  Network  Bank, a federally  chartered
savings bank ("Old Bank").

                                 R E C I T A L S

                 A.  The  Board  of  Directors  (the  "Board")  of Old  Bank has
approved  a Second  Amended  and  Restated  Plan of  Reorganization  in the form
attached as Exhibit A (the "Plan") pursuant to which, subject to shareholder and
regulatory  approval,  Old Bank will,  among  certain other  actions,  cause the
organization  of  both  Security  First  Technologies  Corporation,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("Seller")  and  New  Security  First  Network  Bank,  a  federally
chartered savings bank ("New Bank") as wholly-owned subsidiaries of Old Bank.

                 B. The Plan will be submitted by the Board to the  shareholders
of Old Bank for their approval.

                 C. Upon  approval of the Plan by the  shareholders  of Old Bank
and the receipt of all  necessary  government  approvals  required in connection
with the  implementation of the Plan, the following actions shall occur: (i) Old
Bank shall contribute all of its banking-related assets and liabilities (as more
particularly  defined  herein) to New Bank; (ii) Seller shall acquire all of the
non-banking  related  assets of Old Bank,  as well as the  capital  stock of New
Bank, in exchange for that number of shares of Seller capital stock equal to the
number of shares of Old Bank capital stock then outstanding; (iii) Old Bank will
be liquidated  into Seller upon the  distribution of the shares of capital stock
of Seller then owned by Old Bank to Old Bank's  shareholders,  and (iv) New Bank
shall change its name from "New Security First Network Bank" to "Security  First
Network Bank".

                 D. The banking-related assets and liabilities of Old Bank to be
contributed to New Bank pursuant to the Plan, and as contemplated  hereby, shall
consist only of the assets and  liabilities of Old Bank described in Section 2.3
and  shall  not  include  (i) any  capital  stock  of Old  Bank's  wholly  owned
subsidiary,   Security  First  Technologies,  Inc.  ("S1"),  (ii)  inter-company
accounts  payable  from S1 to Old Bank,  or (iii) the "Excess  Cash" (as defined
below).

                 E. For purposes of this Agreement and the Plan, the Excess Cash
shall be that amount of cash or cash equivalent  assets on the books of Old Bank
immediately  prior  to the time the  transactions  contemplated  by the Plan are
consummated  which  equals  the  amount by which Old Bank's  total  capital  (as
calculated  in  accordance  with Part 567 of the  regulations  of the  Office of
Thrift Supervision ("OTS")) exceeds $10.0 million.

                 F. Upon  completion  of the  transactions  contemplated  by the
Plan,  Seller  shall  own all of the  outstanding  capital  stock  of New  Bank,
consisting  of 1,000  shares of common  stock,  par value  $0.01 per share  (the
"Shares").

                 G. Upon the organization of Seller, Old Bank shall cause Seller
to become a party hereto, including the representations and warranties set forth
in Article Two  herein,  and as sole  shareholder  of Seller,  shall  approve of
Seller's actions in connection therewith.

                 H. Concurrent  with the execution of this  Agreement,  Buyer is
entering into a Common Stock  Purchase and Option  Agreement  with Old Bank, and
Old Bank is entering into (i) a Strategic Tactical Advisory Relationship License
and  Service  Agreement  with S1,  (ii) a  Remote  Financial  Services  and Data
Processing  Agreement  with S1 and (iii) a Transition  Services  and  Consulting
Agreement  with  S1.,  with  such  agreements  to be  assigned  to New Bank upon
consummation  of the Plan and to be  effective  only  upon  the  Closing  of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                                      C-8

<PAGE>



                  I. Buyer desires to acquire the Shares from Seller, and Seller
desires  to sell the  Shares to Buyer,  all upon the  terms and  subject  to the
conditions set forth in this Agreement.

















                                      C-9

<PAGE>



                                A G R E E M E N T

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  foregoing and the
mutual   covenants   contained  in  this   Agreement  and  for  other   valuable
consideration  Parent,  Buyer and Old Bank and,  upon its  organization,  Seller
agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE ONE

                            TERMS OF THE TRANSACTION

                  SECTION 1.1.          SALE AND PURCHASE.

                  Seller, on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 1.4 below),
agrees to sell the Shares to Buyer by delivering  certificates for the Shares to
Buyer in proper form for transfer by delivery or with duly executed stock powers
attached thereto.

                  SECTION 1.2.          PURCHASE PRICE.

                  (a) Subject to adjustment  pursuant to Section  1.3(b),  Buyer
shall pay to Seller,  as purchase  price for the Shares an  aggregate  amount of
$13,000,000 (the "Purchase Price").  All dollar amounts in this Agreement are in
U.S. dollars unless otherwise specifically indicated.

                  (b) The Purchase Price shall be paid to Seller as follows:

                           (i) on the  Closing  Date,  Buyer shall pay to Seller
$11,500,000 in immediately  available funds via wire transfer,  to an account to
be designated in writing by Seller; and

                           (ii) on the date 18 months from Closing,  Buyer shall
pay to Seller in immediately  available funds via wire transfer to an account to
be designated in writing by Seller a sum (the  "Holdback  Amount")  equal to (A)
$1,500,000 (plus interest accrued as set forth below) less (B) the amount of any
claims that have been  asserted  against  Seller  pursuant to the  provisions of
Article Five hereto.  The Holdback  Amount shall bear  interest from the Closing
Date  until the date of payment at a  fluctuating  interest  rate that is at all
times  equal to the rate of  interest  from time to time  announced  in the Wall
Street Journal as the prime  commercial  lending rate. The Holdback Amount shall
be  available to satisfy any  indemnity or breach of contract  claim that Buyer,
Parent  or New  Bank may  have  against  Seller  pursuant  to the  terms of this
Agreement.

                  SECTION 1.3.          CERTAIN EXPENSES.

                  (a) None of the  Buyer,  Parent  or New Bank  shall  pay or be
liable for any of the following fees, expenses, taxes or liabilities incurred by
Seller,  Old Bank or New Bank, all of which shall be borne and paid by Seller or
Old Bank:

                           (i) the  fees and  expenses,  if any,  of any  person
retained by Seller, Old Bank or prior to the Closing Date, as defined below, New
Bank for  brokerage,  financial  advisory  or  investment  banking  services  or
services as a finder rendered to Seller, Old Bank or New Bank in connection with
the proposed sale of the Shares including,  without limitation, the transactions
contemplated by the Plan and this Agreement;

                           (ii) any fees and expenses of legal counsel, auditors
and  accountants  retained  or  employed  by  Seller,  Old  Bank or New Bank for
services rendered to Seller, Old Bank or New Bank (prior to the Closing Date) in
connection with the proposed sale of the Shares including,  without  limitation,
the transactions contemplated by the Plan and this Agreement;

                                      C-10

<PAGE>




                           (iii) any income, capital gains or other tax incurred
by  Seller,  Old  Bank  or New  Bank  as a  result  of the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated by the Plan or this Agreement.

                  (b) If  Parent,  Buyer or New Bank  shall pay or be liable for
any fee, expense,  tax or liability  described in Section 1.3(a), the sum of all
such  payments  or  liabilities  shall be paid by Seller to Buyer upon demand or
Buyer may reduce the Purchase Price accordingly.

                  SECTION 1.4.          THE CLOSING.

                  The  closing  of the  purchase  and  sale of the  Shares  (the
"Closing") shall be held at the offices of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, 200 Park
Avenue,  New York,  New York  10166,  or at such other  place as the parties may
agree  upon,  at 10:00  A.M.,  local  time and shall  take place at the close of
business on a date which is no later than 10 business days following  receipt of
all   shareholder   and  regulatory   approvals   necessary  to  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement and the Plan. Old Bank shall cause
the transactions  contemplated by the Plan to be consummated on the Closing Date
neither earlier, nor later than the moment immediately prior to the Closing such
that upon  consummation of the Plan,  Seller will immediately sell the Shares to
Buyer pursuant to this Agreement. The date upon which the Closing shall occur is
referred to as the "Closing Date."

                  SECTION 1.5.          FURTHER ASSURANCES.

                  Each of the parties hereto,  at their sole respective cost and
expense,  will do such  further  acts  and  execute  and  deliver  such  further
documents  regarding their obligations  hereunder as may be reasonably  required
solely for the purpose of (i)  accomplishing  the purposes of this  Agreement or
(ii) assuring and  confirming  the validity of any documents of conveyance to be
delivered at Closing.

                                   ARTICLE TWO

                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
                               SELLER AND OLD BANK

                  Old Bank and Seller,  jointly  and  severally,  represent  and
warrant to Buyer (Old Bank makes such  representations and warranties both as of
the date hereof and, except as otherwise  indicated,  as of the Closing Date and
Seller makes such representations and warranties both upon its execution of this
Agreement  and,  except  as  otherwise  indicated,  as of the  Closing  Date) as
follows:

                  SECTION 2.1.          POWER AND CAPACITY.

                  Old Bank has,  and Seller  will have upon  entering  into this
Agreement,  all  requisite  power and  authority  to execute  and  deliver  this
Agreement,  to  perform  their  obligations  hereunder  and  to  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby.  This  Agreement  has been duly  authorized,
executed and delivered by Old Bank and,  upon its entering into this  Agreement,
Seller,  constitutes  the valid and binding  agreement of Old Bank and, upon its
entering into this Agreement,  Seller and is enforceable  against Seller and Old
Bank in  accordance  with its terms  except as  enforcement  may be  limited  by
general  principles of equity,  whether  applied in a court of law or a court of
equity and by  bankruptcy,  insolvency  and similar  laws  affecting  creditors'
rights and remedies generally.


                                      C-11

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 2.2.          THE SHARES.

                  Immediately   prior  to  the  Closing,   Seller  will  be  the
beneficial and record owner of the Shares.  The Shares will be held by Seller as
record  owner  thereof,  free and  clear of all  liens,  charges,  encumbrances,
equities  and  claims  whatsoever  (other  than  encumbrances  created  by  this
Agreement)  and will not be subject  to any  restriction  with  respect to their
transferability  (other than  restrictions on transfer under applicable  federal
and state securities laws).

                  SECTION 2.3.          ASSETS AND LIABILITIES.

                  (a) As of the Closing, New Bank will have good and valid title
to, or a valid  leasehold  interest in the assets  listed on Schedule 2.3 hereto
plus or minus,  as the case may be,  all assets  acquired  or  disposed  of from
February 28, 1998 until the Closing in the ordinary course  consistent with past
practice  and in  accordance  with  Section 4.3 hereto,  and as reflected on the
revised and updated  Schedule  2.3 to be  delivered to the Buyer 5 days prior to
Closing  free  and  clear  of all  Impairments  (as  defined  in  Section  2.11)
(collectively,  the "Acquired  Assets").  Together,  the Acquired Assets and the
Assumed  Liabilities (as defined below) including any and all operations related
thereto are collectively referred to herein as the "Banking Business". As of the
Closing, Old Bank will have effectively transferred good and valid title to or a
valid  leasehold   interest  in,  all  of  the  Acquired  Assets  to  New  Bank.
Notwithstanding  any losses incurred by the Banking  Business  whether or not in
the  ordinary  course of  business,  Old Bank and Seller shall cause the Banking
Business  as  of  the  Closing,  to  have,  without  limitation,  a  minimum  of
$10,000,000 of total capital (as  calculated in accordance  with Part 567 of the
regulations of the OTS) (the "Transferred Capital").

                  (b) The furniture,  fixtures and equipment (listed on Schedule
2.3) (including all computer and computer  related  equipment and the Technology
Systems) of Old Bank are in adequate  working  condition  for use in the Banking
Business in the ordinary course of its business, normal wear and tear excepted.

                  (c) As of the  Closing,  New Bank will only be subject to: (i)
Assumed Deposits (as defined below) (ii) the liabilities  listed on Schedule 2.3
hereto;  and (iii) any  Assumed  Deposits or  liabilities  of the type listed on
Schedule 2.3 incurred by the Banking  Business  from February 28, 1998 until the
Closing in the ordinary course of business  consistent with past practice and in
accordance  with Section  4.3, as reflected on the revised and updated  Schedule
2.3 to be delivered  to the Buyer 5 days prior to Closing,  subject in all cases
to the  disposition of any of such  liabilities  in accordance  with Section 4.3
(collectively, the "Assumed Liabilities").  "Assumed Deposits" means all deposit
liabilities of Old Bank,  including all uncollected items included in depositors
balances including,  without limitation,  regular checking accounts,  commercial
checking  accounts,  NOW accounts,  money market accounts,  savings accounts and
certificates of deposit.

                  (d) New Bank will be  organized  on the  Closing  Date and not
prior  thereto  and  does not and has not  conducted  any  business  of any kind
whatsoever.  New Bank will not be subject to, and has not assumed  from Old Bank
or Seller,  any debt,  obligation  or  liability  whatsoever,  whether  known or
unknown,  actual or  contingent,  matured or  unmatured,  presently  existing or
arising in the future other than the Assumed Liabilities.

                  (e) The  Acquired  Assets and  Assumed  Liabilities  listed on
Schedule 2.3 hereto  constitute  all of the assets and  liabilities  used in the
Banking  Business except for the excluded loans  referenced on such Schedule 2.3
hereto.

                  SECTION 2.4           NO ADDITIONAL LIABILITIES

                  Unless  specifically  set forth on Schedule  2.3,  the Assumed
Liabilities  will not include any debts,  obligations or liabilities of Old Bank
or the  Seller  whatsoever,  whether  known or 

                                      C-12

<PAGE>



unknown, actual or contingent,  matured or unmatured,  including but not limited
to the liabilities set forth below:

                  (a) any liability or obligation  (contingent  or otherwise) of
Old Bank or Seller arising out of any claim or litigation with respect to events
occurring during the periods through and including the Closing Date that are not
listed on Schedule 2.3; and

                  (b) any and  all  Environmental  Damages  (as  defined  below)
arising from the presence of Hazardous  Materials (as defined below) upon, about
or beneath the Real  Property or migrating to or from the Real  Property  during
the periods  through and  including  the Closing  Date, or arising in any manner
whatsoever  out of the violation,  during the periods  through and including the
Closing Date, of any Environmental Requirements (as defined below) pertaining to
the Real Property.

                  For purposes of this Agreement the following  terms shall have
the following meanings:

                           (i)   "Environmental   Damages"   means  all  claims,
judgments,  damages,  losses,  penalties,  fines,  liabilities (including strict
liability),  encumbrances,  liens,  costs and  expenses  of  defense  of a claim
(whether or not such claim is ultimately  defeated),  good faith  settlements of
judgment,  and costs and expenses of reporting,  investigating,  removing and/or
remediating  Hazardous  Materials,  of whatever  kind or nature,  contingent  or
otherwise,  matured  or  unmatured,  foreseeable  or  unforeseeable,  including,
without   limitation,   reasonable   attorney's  fees  and   disbursements   and
consultants'  fees,  any of which  arise out of or relate  to the  existence  of
Hazardous  Materials at, upon, about or beneath the Real Property,  or migrating
or threatening  to migrate to or from the Real Property or  transported  by, to,
from, or across any Real Property.

                           (ii)    "Environmental    Requirements"   means   all
applicable statutes,  regulations,  rules, ordinances, codes, licenses, permits,
orders,  authorizations,  and similar  items of all  federal,  state,  and local
governmental branches, agencies,  departments,  commissions,  boards, bureaus or
instrumentalities,  domestic and foreign, having jurisdiction and all applicable
judicial and administrative and regulatory decrees, judgments and orders and all
covenants  running with the land that relate to the  protection of health or the
environment,  including  without  limitation those that relate to the existence,
handling, manufacture,  treatment, storage, use, generation, release, discharge,
refining, recycling, reclaiming or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

                           (iii)  "Real   Property"   means  any  real  property
interest  included in the Acquired Assets including any fee,  leasehold or other
equitable  interest in real property,  and including,  without  limitation,  the
Leased Property (as defined in Section 2.11 below)

                           (iv)  "Hazardous  Materials"  means (A)  petroleum or
petroleum products,  radioactive material, asbestos in any form that is friable,
urea formaldehyde foam insulation,  transformers or other equipment that contain
dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated  biphenyls, and radon gas;
(B) any  chemicals,  materials  or  substances  defined  as or  included  in the
definition of "hazardous substances," "hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials,"
"restricted   hazardous   waste,"   "toxic   substances,"   "toxic   solutions,"
"contaminates,"  or  "pollutants,"  or words of similar  import under any of the
Environmental Requirements.

                  SECTION 2.5.          CONFLICTING INSTRUMENTS; CONSENTS.

                  (a) The  execution and delivery by Old Bank and Seller of this
Agreement  does  not,  and the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby,  including the transactions  contemplated by the Plan, will not, violate
any provision of the articles of  incorporation,  the charter 

                                      C-13

<PAGE>



or the by-laws (or the equivalent thereof) of Seller, Old Bank, New Bank or SFNB
Investment,  Inc. ("Services"),  or result in the creation of any lien, security
interest,  charge or  encumbrance  upon the Shares or any of the  properties  or
assets of the Banking  Business  under,  conflict with or result in a breach of,
create an event of default (or event that, with the giving of notice or lapse of
time or both,  would  constitute an event of default)  under,  or, except as set
forth on  Schedule  2.5,  give any  third  party  the  right to  accelerate  any
obligation  under,  any  agreement,   mortgage,   license,   lease,   indenture,
instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment or decree to which New Bank shall
be a party or by which the Shares,  New Bank, or any assets or properties of the
Banking Business, are bound or affected.

                  (b) Except for the Regulatory Approvals (as defined below) and
shareholder approval,  the execution and delivery by Old Bank and Seller of this
Agreement does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the
Plan and this  Agreement by Old Bank and Seller will not,  result in a violation
by Seller or Old Bank of, or require  any  authorization,  approval,  consent or
other action by, or  registration,  declaration or filing with or notice to, any
court or  administrative  or  governmental  body pursuant to, any statute,  law,
rule, regulation or ordinance.  There is no pending or, to Old Bank's knowledge,
threatened  action,  suit,  proceeding or  investigation  against or of Old Bank
before or by any court or  governmental  body or agency,  to restrain or prevent
the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by the Plan or this Agreement
or that might  affect the right of Buyer to own and vote the Shares or the right
of New Bank to operate the Acquired Assets or conduct the Banking  Business that
might  affect the right of New Bank to own and vote the shares of capital  stock
of Services.

                  (c) For  purposes  of this  Agreement  "Regulatory  Approvals"
shall mean with respect to a particular party all necessary approvals, consents,
authorizations  and the like from any court or  administrative  or  governmental
body,  agency or  regulatory  authority  pursuant  to any  statute,  law,  rule,
regulation or ordinance,  including without limitation any necessary approval of
the Minister of Finance  (Canada) upon the  recommendation  of the Office of the
Superintendent of Financial  Institutions  (Canada) (the "Minister of Finance"),
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System  ("FRB"),  OTS, the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), the State of Georgia, the Securities and
Exchange  Commission,  the Federal Trade  Commission,  the Department of Justice
together with any other  approvals  that are necessary or required to allow such
party  to  effectuate  the  transactions  contemplated  by  the  Plan  and  this
Agreement, and the expiration of any applicable waiting periods.

                  SECTION 2.6.          TRANSFER OF THE SHARES.

                  Upon the  delivery of the  certificates  by Seller and payment
for the Shares as provided for in Sections 1.1 and 1.2,  Buyer will acquire good
and  marketable  title to the Shares  which  constitute  all of the  outstanding
shares of  capital  stock of New Bank,  free and  clear of all  liens,  charges,
encumbrances,  equities and claims  whatsoever except for the obligation to sell
the Shares as provided for herein.

                  SECTION 2.7.          ORGANIZATION AND AUTHORITY.

                  (a) The New Bank will be a federally  chartered  savings  bank
duly organized and validly  existing  under the laws of the United  States.  The
Assumed  Deposits as in  existence  from time to time are, and as of the Closing
Date will be, insured by the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund of the FDIC to
the fullest extent permitted under Applicable Law.

                  (b) The  charter  and the  by-laws of New Bank will be in full
force and effect,  and the minute books and other corporate  records of New Bank
to be  provided  to Buyer as of the  Closing  Date  will be  true,  correct  and
complete.


                                      C-14

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 2.8.          SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.

                  (a) New Bank will, upon consummation of the Plan, beneficially
own,  directly or  indirectly,  all of the  outstanding  capital  stock or other
equity  interests of Services.  Set forth on Schedule 2.8 is a true and complete
list of all agreements to which Services is a party.  All such  agreements  have
been  terminated in accordance  with their terms and are of no further force and
effect.  Services  does not and has not  actively  conducted  business,  has not
entered into any existing  agreements  and does not have any  liabilities of any
kind other than as set forth on  Schedule  2.8.  There is no other  entity  with
respect to which (i) New Bank will beneficially own, as of the Closing, directly
or indirectly,  any outstanding stock or other ownership interests except as set
forth in Schedule 2.3, (ii) New Bank, as of the Closing,  may be deemed to be in
control because of factors or relationships  other than the quantity of stock or
other interests  owned,  (iii) New Bank, as of the Closing,  may be liable under
any  circumstances  for the payment of  additional  amounts  with respect to its
ownership  interest,  whether  in  the  form  of  assessments,   capital  calls,
installment payments,  general partner liability or otherwise or (iv) New Bank's
investment  will be  accounted  for by the equity  method.  Neither New Bank nor
Services will be a party to any partnership or joint venture agreement as of the
Closing.

                  (b) Services is duly organized,  validly  existing and in good
standing  under the laws of the State of  Kentucky  and is not  qualified  to do
business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction.

                  (c) Services'  authorized capital stock consists of 100 common
shares,  no par  value,  of which 100  shares  have been  issued.  The shares of
capital  stock so issued by  Services  have been  duly  authorized  and  validly
issued,  are fully  paid and  nonassessable.  Services  has not issued any other
shares of its capital stock and there is no  outstanding  or authorized  option,
subscription,  warrant,  call,  right,  commitment  or  other  agreement  of any
character  obligating Old Bank, New Bank or Services to issue,  sell,  transfer,
pledge or  otherwise  encumber  any share of  capital  stock or other  ownership
interest of Services or any  security or other  instrument  convertible  into or
exercisable  for or  evidencing  the right to  subscribe  for any such  share of
capital stock or other ownership interest.

                  (d) The minute books, stock ledgers and stock transfer records
of Services furnished to Buyer for review are accurate and complete.

                  SECTION 2.9.          CAPITALIZATION.

                  New Bank will have an authorized  capital  consisting of 1,000
shares of common stock (the "Common Stock").  Upon the Closing,  all outstanding
shares of Common Stock shall have been duly authorized and validly issued,  will
be fully paid and  non-assessable  and issued by New Bank in compliance with all
applicable  federal and state securities  laws, rules and regulations.  Upon the
Closing,  there  will be no  outstanding  or  authorized  option,  subscription,
warrant, call, right,  commitment or other agreement of any character obligating
New Bank to sell or transfer any  additional  shares of its capital stock or any
other securities  convertible into or exercisable for or evidencing the right to
subscribe for any shares of its capital stock.

                  SECTION 2.10.         FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                  (a) Old Bank has furnished  Buyer with copies of the following
(collectively,   the  "Financial  Statements"):  (i)  the  consolidated  audited
financial statements of Old Bank for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and
the consolidated  unaudited financial statements of Old Bank for the fiscal year
ended  December  31, 1997,  including a balance  sheet at December 31, 1997 (the
"Balance  Sheet" and such date the  "Balance  Sheet  Date")  and a  consolidated
statement of financial  condition  and the related  statements  of income,  cash
flows and  changes  in  equity  for such  years;  (ii) the  unaudited  financial
statements of Old Bank for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, 

                                      C-15

<PAGE>



including a balance sheet at December 31, 1997 as well as the related  statement
of income consolidating solely the financial condition of Old Bank and Services,
and  excluding S1 and (iii) a balance  sheet at February 28, 1998  consolidating
solely the financial condition of Old Bank and Services, and excluding S1.

                  (b) The Financial Statements:  (i) are correct and complete in
all material  respects and have been prepared in  accordance  with the books and
records of Old Bank and Services;  (ii) have been  prepared in  accordance  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles  consistently  applied throughout the
periods covered ("GAAP"),  except as noted in the Financial  Statements  (except
that any interim period  financial  statements do not reflect notes to financial
statements); (iii) reflect and provide adequate reserves in respect of all known
liabilities  of the Old  Bank  and  Services,  including  all  known  contingent
liabilities,  as  of  their  respective  dates;  and  (iv)  present  fairly  the
consolidated  financial condition of Old Bank and Services at such dates and the
consolidated results of their operations for the fiscal periods then ended.

                  (c) Old Bank maintains  records that  accurately,  validly and
fairly  reflect its  transactions  and  dispositions  of assets and  maintains a
system of internal accounting  controls,  policies and procedures  sufficient to
insure  that  (i)  such   transactions  are  executed  in  accordance  with  its
management's  general or specific  authorization  and (ii) such transactions are
recorded in conformity  with GAAP and in such a manner as to permit  preparation
of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  GAAP,   applicable   regulatory
accounting  requirements,  and any other criteria  applicable to such statements
and to maintain accountability for assets.

                  (d) In the past three fiscal  years,  Old Bank has not changed
its independent  auditing firm and there has been no disagreement  with a former
accountant  of the type which  would  otherwise  have to be reported if Old Bank
were subject to Item 304 of Regulation S-K promulgated  under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

                  SECTION 2.11.         REAL PROPERTY.

                  (a) As of the date of this  Agreement,  the  Banking  Business
does not  currently  own any real  property.  Set  forth on  Schedule  2.11 is a
description of each lease of real property  included in the Acquired Assets (the
"Leased  Property").  True and  complete  copies  of all such  leases  and other
instruments  granting  such  leasehold  interests,   rights,  options  or  other
interests (the "Property Leases") have been delivered to Buyer.

                  (b) With respect to the Property Leases, no breach or event of
default  on the part of Old Bank,  or to the  knowledge  of Old Bank,  any other
party to any of the Property Leases and no event that, with the giving of notice
or lapse of time or both, would constitute such breach or event of default, have
occurred and are continuing  unremedied that could  materially  adversely affect
the  business,  financial  condition  or results of  operations  of the  Banking
Business. All the Property Leases are in full force and effect and are valid and
enforceable  by Old Bank against the parties  thereto in  accordance  with their
terms  except as  enforcement  may be limited by general  principles  of equity,
whether  applied  in a court  of law or a court  of  equity  and by  bankruptcy,
insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors' rights and remedies generally..
All rental and other payments by Old Bank due under each of the Property  Leases
have been duly paid in accordance with the terms of such Property Lease.  Except
as set forth in Schedule 2.11, the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement
does not  require the  consent of any party to,  constitute  an event of default
under or trigger any options to terminate or otherwise change the existing terms
of any Property Lease.

                  (c)  As of  the  date  hereof,  Old  Bank  has,  and as of the
Closing,  New Bank will have, good and marketable  leasehold title to the Leased
Property  and to all  improvements  thereon,  free and  clear of any  mortgages,
liens,  security  interests,  claims,  charges,  encroachments,   rights-of-way,
squatters' rights or encumbrances ("Impairments"),  except for those Impairments
that (i) are described on Schedule 2.11 or (ii) individually or in the aggregate
are not material in character, 

                                      C-16

<PAGE>



amount or extent and do not materially  adversely  affect the present use of any
Leased Property  subjected  thereto or affected thereby or otherwise  materially
impair the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Banking
Business or (iii) are reflected in such property leases.

                  (d) The Leased Property and any improvements  thereon, and the
operation or maintenance  thereof as operated and maintained,  do not contravene
any  applicable  zoning or building  law or  ordinance  or other  administrative
regulation  (including  but not  limited  to  those  relating  to  zoning,  land
division, building, fire, health and safety) except for such contraventions that
individually or in the aggregate are not material in character, amount or extent
and do not materially adversely affect the present use of the Leased Property.

                  (e)  There is no  pending  or, to the  knowledge  of Old Bank,
threatened  condemnation  or eminent domain  proceeding with respect to, or that
could affect, any Leased Property.

                  SECTION 2.12.         SECURITIES OWNED.

                  Schedule 2.3 includes a true, correct and complete list, as of
the date hereof,  of all  securities  included as part of the  Acquired  Assets,
including  without  limitation,  all  securities  owned by Old Bank of record or
beneficially as of the date hereof,  including  without  limitation,  securities
issued by the  United  States or any  instrumentality  thereof,  or any state or
political  subdivision  thereof. All such securities are maintained on the books
of Old Bank in accordance  with GAAP. Upon completion of the Plan, New Bank will
have good title to all such  securities  (to the extent not  disposed  of in the
ordinary  course)  and to all  securities  acquired  in the  ordinary  course of
business  or  otherwise  subsequent  to the date  hereof,  free and clear of any
mortgage,  claim, lien,  encumbrance,  limitation or security interest,  whether
perfected or not.

                  SECTION 2.13.         PERSONNEL.

                  (a) Set forth on Schedule 2.13 is a true and complete list of:

                           (i) the name of each person  employed by Old Bank and
who actively engages in activities  related primarily to the Banking Business as
of  the  date  hereof   (other  than  hourly   employees),   the  title  or  job
classification  of each such  person and the current  compensation  of each such
person, and any bonuses paid (or to be paid) for services rendered in 1997 or to
be paid in connection  with the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
herein;

                           (ii) the name of each person,  if any, holding tax or
other powers of attorney from Old Bank and a summary of the terms thereof; and

                           (iii) the name and title or job  description  of each
director and officer,  and each other key employee,  of Old Bank or New Bank who
actively engages in activities  related primarily to the Banking Business if not
listed in subsection (i) above.

                  (b) Except as set forth on  Schedule  2.13,  since the Balance
Sheet Date, there has been no material change in the rate of total  compensation
for  services  rendered,  including  without  limitation  bonuses  and  deferred
compensation, for any of the employees listed on Schedule 2.13.

                  (c) To the  extent  New Bank  employs  any person set forth on
Schedule 2.13 as of the Closing  Date,  such person will not also be employed by
Old Bank, S1 or Seller as of such date.


                                      C-17

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 2.14.         LABOR MATTERS.

                  New Bank is not a party  to and the  Banking  Business  is not
subject  to any  contract  or  collective  bargaining  agreement  with any labor
organization. To the knowledge of Old Bank, no labor organization representation
question is pending respecting the employees of the Banking Business and no such
question has been raised within the preceding three years.

                  (b) There is no labor or employment  dispute  pending  between
Old Bank and any of its employees  listed on Schedule 2.13 that  individually or
in the  aggregate  materially  affects or may  materially  adversely  affect the
business, financial condition or results of operations of the Banking Business.

                  SECTION 2.15.         ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.

                  Neither  the Seller nor Old Bank have  knowledge  of  material
risk  of  any  Environmental  Damages,  liabilities,  claims  or  violations  of
Environmental Requirements relating to the Banking Business.

                  SECTION 2.16.         NON-ERISA PLANS.

                  New Bank is not and, as of the Closing, will not be a party to
any current employment contract or consulting agreement,  deferred compensation,
bonus,  incentive  compensation,  restricted  stock,  stock  option,  change  of
control,  employee  stock  purchase,   savings,  severance  or  termination  pay
agreement or plan or any other employee benefit plan, agreement,  arrangement or
commitment, whether formal or informal.

                  SECTION 2.17.         ERISA PLANS.

                  New Bank is not and, as of the Closing, will not be a party to
any employee  pension  benefit plan (the "Pension  Plans") as defined in Section
3(2) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974  ("ERISA") or any
employee  welfare  benefit  plan (the  "Welfare  Plans" and,  together  with the
Pension  Plans,  collectively  referred  to as the "ERISA  Plans") as defined in
Section 3(1) of ERISA.

                  SECTION 2.18.         COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.

                  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.18,  Old Bank,  with respect
to the Banking Business, has complied with all applicable statutes,  regulations
and orders or other requirements of the United States of America, all states and
other subdivisions thereof, all applicable foreign  jurisdictions,  all agencies
and  instrumentalities  of the  foregoing  and all  national  and  international
self-regulatory  bodies  and  authorities  in  respect  of the  conduct of their
businesses and ownership of their  properties  ("Applicable  Laws"),  including,
without  limitation,  Applicable Laws relating to state bank licensing,  federal
deposit  insurance,  electronic  banking,  remote  banking,  truth  in  savings,
mortgage  banking,  electronic funds  transfers,  equipment  leasing,  leveraged
leasing,  consumer  credit  protection,   disclosure,  usury,  truth-in-lending,
adjustable rate mortgage  disclosure,  real estate settlement  procedures,  loan
origination practices, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices,
fair credit  reporting  and cash  transaction  reporting,  low and  moderate and
community  lending,  suspicious or criminal  activity  reporting,  bank secrecy,
discrimination,  fair lending,  except where the failure to so comply would not,
individually  or in  the  aggregate,  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the
business,  financial condition or results of operations of the Banking Business.
The forms, procedures, and practices now or previously used by it are or were in
compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws, the non-compliance
with which would,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  have a material  adverse
effect on the  business,  financial  condition or results of  operations  of the
Banking Business.

                                      C-18

<PAGE>



                  (b) Old Bank has properly  filed all reports and other filings
and  maintained  all records  required to be filed or  maintained by such entity
relating to the Banking  Business under Applicable Laws except where the failure
to file such reports or filings would not have a material  adverse effect on the
business,  financial condition or results of operations of the Banking Business.
Such reports or filings  contain all  information  required to be stated therein
and all such  information  was true and correct in all material  respects on the
date the report or filing containing such information was made.

                  (c) No  investigation  or review by any  governmental  body or
agency  concerning any possible  violation of Applicable Law is pending,  nor to
Old Bank's knowledge,  is any such investigation  threatened,  nor, has any such
investigation  occurred  during the last three years,  except to the extent that
such  investigations  occur in the ordinary course of regulatory  examination by
bank regulatory  authorities.  No governmental  body or agency has delivered any
written  notice to Seller or Old Bank or  otherwise  asserted  an  intention  to
conduct  any such  investigation,  nor is there  any  reasonable  basis  for any
investigation  of the type  described  above,  except  to the  extent  that such
investigations  occur in the ordinary  course of regulatory  examination by bank
regulatory authorities.

                  (d) Except as set forth on Schedule  2.21, New Bank is not (i)
a party to any  cease  and  desist  order,  consent  order,  written  agreement,
stipulation,    commitment   letter,   conditional   approval,   memorandum   of
understanding or similar  undertaking with any governmental body or agency, (ii)
a recipient of any extraordinary  supervisory letter from any government body or
agency,  or  (iii)  subject  to  any  judgment,   order,  decree,  directive  or
requirement of such a governmental body or agency,  that, in any case, restricts
or monitors the conduct of its business, or in any manner relates to its capital
adequacy,  credit  policies,  management or customer base. Old Bank has not been
advised  that any  governmental  body or  agency  is  contemplating  issuing  or
requesting (or is considering the  appropriateness of issuing or requesting) any
such order, agreement,  letter,  stipulation,  approval,  memorandum,  judgment,
order, decree or directive relating to either New Bank or the Banking Business.

                  (e)  Except  as set  forth on  Schedule  2.18,  Old Bank is in
compliance with all applicable  regulatory capital  requirements and will remain
in  compliance  through  the Closing and the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated by the Plan and this Agreement.

                  (f) New Bank  will  have,  as of the  Closing,  all  licenses,
franchises,  permits,  certificates  of  public  convenience,  orders  and other
authorizations  of all federal,  state and local  governments  and  governmental
authorities  necessary  for the  lawful  conduct  of the  Banking  Business,  as
currently conducted,  all such licenses,  franchises,  permits,  certificates of
public convenience,  orders and other  authorizations are, or will be, valid and
in  effect,  and no  suspension  of any of the  foregoing  operating  rights  or
cancellation   thereof  has  been  initiated  or  threatened  and  all  filings,
applications and registrations with respect thereto are current.

                  SECTION 2.19.         OTHER ACTIVITIES.

                  (a)  The  Banking   Business   consists   only  of  activities
permissible under Applicable Law. The Banking  Business,  in connection with Old
Bank's activities  relating to funds transfers,  (i) is not in default under any
agreement to which New Bank is, or will be, a party  relating to the transfer of
funds or settlement with respect to such transfers; or (ii) has not agreed to be
or is liable for consequential  damages for error or delay in acting on requests
for the  transfer of funds.  The  Banking  Business  has  adopted  and  followed
procedures  reasonably  adapted to avoid such  errors  and  delay,  has  adopted
commercially  reasonable  security  procedures  (as such term is  defined in ss.
4A-202  of the  Uniform  Commercial  Code) for  verifying  the  authenticity  of
requests  received  for the  transfer  of  funds  and is in  compliance,  in all
material respects, with the Applicable Law relating to the transfer of funds and
settlement  with respect  thereto with the  applicable  operating  rules of each
funds transfer system of which it is a member or by which it is bound.

                                      C-19

<PAGE>



                  (b) The  Banking  Business  does not perform  personal  trust,
corporate  trust or other  fiduciary  activities  other than in connection  with
individual retirement accounts.

                  SECTION 2.20.         LITIGATION.

                  Except  as set forth on  Schedule  2.20,  there is no  action,
suit, claim,  proceeding,  inquiry or investigation pending against or affecting
the Banking Business or to Old Bank's knowledge  threatened against or affecting
the Banking Business or relating to or involving the  transactions  contemplated
by the  Plan  or  this  Agreement  at  law or in  equity,  or  before  or by any
arbitrator  or any  federal,  state,  local  or other  governmental  department,
commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign, and
Old Bank does not know of any reasonable basis for any of the foregoing.  Except
as set forth on Schedule  2.20,  none of Old Bank and, upon their  organization,
Seller and New Bank has  received any opinion or  memorandum  or legal advice or
notice  from  legal  counsel  to the  effect  that it is  exposed,  from a legal
standpoint,  to any  liability  or  disadvantage  that  may be  material  to the
Acquired Assets or the Banking Business. New Bank is not in default with respect
to any order,  writ,  injunction  or decree known to or served upon Seller,  Old
Bank or New Bank.  Except as set forth on  Schedule  2.20,  there is no  pending
action or suit brought by Seller,  Old Bank or New Bank against others  relating
to the Acquired Assets or the Banking Business.

                  SECTION 2.21.         REGULATORY MATTERS.

                  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.21, there are no pending or,
to Old Bank's knowledge,  threatened disputes among or between Old Bank or, upon
their  organization,  Seller  and New  Bank,  and any  federal,  state  or local
governmental  authority.  At the date of this  Agreement  and as of the  Closing
Date, Old Bank has not received any indication from any federal,  state or local
governmental  authority that such  authority  would oppose or refuse to grant or
issue its consent or approval to the Plan,  this  Agreement or the  transactions
contemplated  thereby or hereby, or would impose a condition or requirement that
has not been disclosed on Schedule 2.21.

                  SECTION 2.22.         MATERIAL CONTRACTS.

                  (a) Set forth on Schedule 2.3 is each written or oral contract
to which New Bank shall be a party immediately prior to the Closing,  including,
without limitation, any:

                           (i)   consulting   agreement   or  contract  for  the
employment of any officer, employee or other person on a full-time, part-time or
consulting basis;

                           (ii) agreement,  mortgage,  indenture, loan or credit
agreement,  security  agreement,  guaranty or  indemnity  or other  agreement or
instrument relating to the borrowing of money or providing for the mortgaging or
pledging  of, or otherwise  placing a lien or security  interest on, any shares,
assets or properties of New Bank;

                           (iii)  option,  warrant  or  other  contract  for the
purchase of any debt or equity security of any corporation;

                           (iv)  intellectual   property  (including  trademark)
licensing agreements.

                  (b) Old Bank is not in  breach of or in  default  under any of
the contracts,  obligations or commitments  listed on Schedule 2.3, and no event
has  occurred  that,  with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both,  would
constitute  such a breach  or  default  by Old Bank or New  Bank,  which  would,
individually  or in  the  aggregate,  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the
business,  financial condition or results of operations of the Banking Business.
Except as set forth on Schedule  2.3, the execution and delivery of the Plan and
this  Agreement  and the  execution  and delivery of the 

                                      C-20

<PAGE>



respective  agreements  contemplated  by the  Plan and  this  Agreement  and the
consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by all of such agreements by Old
Bank and Seller will not (i) violate, or conflict with, or result in a breach of
any provision of or constitute a default (or an event which,  with the giving of
notice,  the passage of time or otherwise would  constitute a default) under, or
entitle any party (with the giving of notice,  the passage of time or otherwise)
to terminate,  accelerate or call a default under,  or result in the creation of
any lien, security interest,  charge or encumbrance upon the Banking Business or
the  Acquired  Assets under any of the terms or  conditions  of any contract set
forth on Schedule  2.3 or (ii)  require the consent of any party (other than Old
Bank) to any contract set forth on Schedule 2.3.

                  SECTION 2.23.         CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

                  Since  the  Balance   Sheet  Date,   Old  Bank  has  used  its
commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the business organization related to
the Banking Business,  to keep available to the Banking Business the services of
its  officers  and  employees  and to preserve  the  goodwill of the  suppliers,
customers,  employees  and others  having  business  relations  with the Banking
Business.  Except as set forth on Schedule  2.23,  since the Balance Sheet Date,
Old  Bank has  conducted  the  Banking  Business  in the  ordinary  course,  has
maintained its assets,  including deposits, and properties,  in at least as good
order and condition as existed on the Balance Sheet Date (other than wear as may
be accounted for by  reasonable  use) and as is necessary to continue to conduct
its business in the ordinary course and has not:

                  (a) incurred any obligation or liability  (absolute,  accrued,
contingent  or  other),  except  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  or  as
contemplated by with the performance of the Plan or this Agreement;

                  (b) discharged or satisfied any lien or  encumbrance,  or paid
or satisfied  any  obligation  or liability  (absolute,  accrued,  contingent or
other), other than liabilities  reflected on the Balance Sheet or incurred since
the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business;

                  (c)  increased or  established  any reserve for taxes or other
liabilities on their respective books or otherwise provided therefor;

                  (d)  mortgaged,  pledged or subjected  to any lien,  charge or
other  encumbrance  any of the  assets or  properties  of the  Banking  Business
including the Acquired Assets;

                  (e) sold,  assigned  or  transferred  any asset,  property  or
business  or  canceled  any debt or claim or  waived  any  right,  except in the
ordinary course of business;

                  (f)  granted  any  increase  in  the  compensation  (including
bonuses and deferred compensation) payable to any officer, director, consultant,
employee or agent of the Banking  Business  (other than in the  ordinary  course
consistent with past practice or as expressly described on Schedule 2.13);

                  (g) made any loan to any 5% or greater  shareholder of capital
stock or any owner of shares of Old Bank's preferred stock (an "Insider") or any
relative or  affiliate of any  Insider,  or  declared,  set aside or paid to any
Insider any dividend or other  distribution  in respect of its capital stock, or
redeemed  or  purchased  any of its  capital  stock,  or agreed to take any such
action,  other than  deposit  accounts or credit card  accounts  incurred in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.;

                  (h) transferred  any asset or paid any  commission,  salary or
bonus to any Insider or any relative or affiliate of any Insider  other than the
payment of wages or salaries to Insider  employees  or any relative or affiliate
of any Insider employees in the ordinary course

                                      C-21

<PAGE>



of business and as disclosed on Schedule  2.13 or paid any rent,  commission  or
fee to any Insider or any relative or affiliate of any Insider;

                  (i) entered into or agreed to enter into any transaction  with
or for the benefit of any Insider or any  relative or  affiliate  of any Insider
other than the transactions contemplated by the Plan and this Agreement;

                  (j) issued,  sold or transferred,  or agreed to issue, sell or
transfer, any stock, bond, debenture or other security of Old Bank or Services;

                  (k)  experienced  damage,  destruction or loss (whether or not
covered by insurance)  materially adversely affecting the assets,  properties or
the business of the Banking Business; or

                  (l) experienced  any material  adverse change in the business,
financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  of Old  Bank  or the  Banking
Business.

                  SECTION 2.24.         TAX MATTERS.

                  (a) Each of Old Bank, New Bank,  Seller,  or each  affiliated,
combined or unitary group ("Tax Group") of which Old Bank, New Bank or Seller is
or has been a member,  in a timely  manner have, or as of the Closing will have,
filed all tax returns and other reports required of it under all federal, state,
local and  foreign  tax laws to which it is subject and has paid all taxes shown
due on such returns.  All such tax returns are true, correct and complete in all
material  respects and accurately set forth all items to the extent  required to
be reflected or included in such tax returns by applicable federal, state, local
or foreign tax laws, regulations or rules.

                  (b) With  respect  to New Bank  deposits,  Old Bank is and New
Bank as of the Closing will be in compliance  in all material  respects with all
federal tax information reporting laws and backup withholding rules.

                  (c) Except for property taxes that are not  delinquent,  there
is no tax lien,  whether imposed by any federal,  state, local or foreign taxing
authority, outstanding against any of the Acquired Assets.

                  (d) Seller will not be a "foreign person" as that term is used
in ss. 1.1445-2 of the United States Treasury Regulations  promulgated under the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code").

                  (e) At the closing,  New Bank shall  provide Buyer with a list
of New Bank  deposits  for which  neither  Old Bank nor New Bank has  received a
properly completed Form W-8 or W-9 and on which New Bank is back-up  withholding
as of the Closing Date;  such list shall include the date that each such deposit
was opened.  New Bank shall also provide  Buyer with copies of all Forms W-8 and
W-9 on all New Bank  deposits and a list of all New Bank deposits and loans with
respect  to which Old Bank or New Bank has  received  notice  from the  Internal
Revenue Service (the "IRS") that the taxpayer  identification  number is missing
or incorrect, and the date of each such notice.

                  (f)  Neither  Old Bank nor any member of a Tax Group has filed
an election  pursuant to Rev.  Proc.  95-11,  1995-1 C.B. 505 or under  Treasury
Regulation  Section  1.1502-75(c) or any similar provision of state or local law
with respect to Old Bank or New Bank.

                  (g) As used in this Agreement,  the term "tax return" includes
any material report,  statement,  form,  return or other document or information
required to be supplied to a taxing  authority in connection with taxes. As used
in this Agreement,  the term "taxes" means any federal,

                                      C-22

<PAGE>



state,  local and foreign  income or gross  receipts tax,  alternative or add-on
minimum tax,  sales and use tax,  customs duty and any other tax,  charge,  fee,
levy or  other  assessment  including  without  limitation  property,  transfer,
occupation,  service,  license,  payroll,  franchise,  excise,  withholding,  ad
valorem,  severance,  stamp, premium, windfall profit, employment, rent or other
tax,  governmental  fee or like  assessment  or charge  of any kind  whatsoever,
together with any interest, fine or penalty thereon, addition to tax, additional
amount,  deficiency,  assessment or governmental  charge imposed by any federal,
state, local or foreign taxing authority.

                  SECTION 2.25          INSURANCE.

                  Set forth on Schedule 2.25 is a complete list and  description
of all  policies of  insurance,  together  with the premiums  currently  payable
thereon,  covering  (i)  damage to goods,  held or  otherwise  processed  in the
Banking  Business,  (ii)  providing  for  fire,  property,   casualty,  business
interruption,  personal or product  liability,  workers'  compensation and other
forms of insurance  coverage for the Acquired Assets and the Banking Business or
(iii)  providing  for fire,  property,  casualty  and other  forms of  insurance
coverage  for the  Leased  Property.  There was no  material  inaccuracy  in any
application  for any such  insurance  coverage.  Except as set forth on Schedule
2.25, there is no claim, action, suit or proceeding arising out of or based upon
any of such policies of insurance relating to the Banking Business, and no basis
for any such claim, action, suit or proceeding exists. There is no notice of any
pending or, to the  knowledge  of Old Bank,  threatened  termination  or premium
increase  with respect to any of such  policies,  and Old Bank is in  compliance
with all conditions contained therein.

                  SECTION 2.26   CORPORATE NAME AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

                  (a) Set forth on Schedule 2.26 are all of the corporate  names
used in the Banking Business (collectively,  the "Tradenames").  Old Bank (as of
the date hereof),  New Bank (as of the Closing) and Services have the full legal
right to use such names in the manner  presently being used.  There is no actual
or, to the knowledge of Seller and Old Bank, threatened claim by any third party
with  respect to the use of such names or of any actual or proposed  use of such
names or any  variations  thereof by any third  party in  conflict  with the use
thereof by each of Old Bank and  Services.  To the best  knowledge of Seller and
Old  Bank,  the use by Old Bank and  Services  of such  names or any  variations
thereof  does not  infringe  upon the rights of any third  party and none of Old
Bank or Services  have granted any third party any right to use such name or any
variations thereof.

                  (b) Set forth on Schedule 2.26 is a list and brief description
or  identification  of  all  patents,   patent  rights,   patent   applications,
trademarks,  trademark  applications,  service marks, service mark applications,
trade names and  copyrights  licensed to, used by, owned by or registered in the
name of Old Bank or  Services  or in which Old Bank or  Services  has any rights
(the  "Intellectual  Property").  None of Old Bank or  Services is a licensor in
respect  of any  Intellectual  Property.  Old Bank or  Services  own or  possess
adequate licenses or other rights to use all Intellectual  Property. No claim is
pending or, to the knowledge of Old Bank,  threatened to the effect that (i) the
current or past  operations  of Old Bank or Services  infringe  upon or conflict
with the  asserted  rights of any other  person in respect  of any  Intellectual
Property or (ii) any Intellectual Property is invalid or unenforceable.

                  SECTION 2.27          TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES.

                  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.27, there are no outstanding
notes payable to,  accounts  receivable from or advances by New Bank to, and New
Bank is not otherwise a creditor of or party to any contract with any Insider or
S1 or, to Old Bank's  knowledge,  any  relative  or  affiliate  (as such term is
defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"))
of any  Insider or former  Insider or S1 other than  deposit  accounts or credit
card  accounts  with the Banking  Business  incurred in the  ordinary  course of
business consistent with past practice.


                                      C-23

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 2.28          PERMITS.

                  As of  the  Closing,  New  Bank  will  have,  all  franchises,
licenses,  permits,  certificates and other authorizations from federal,  state,
local or foreign  governments or  governmental  agencies,  departments or bodies
that are  necessary  for the conduct of the Banking  Business and which,  if not
obtained,  would,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  have a material  adverse
effect on the  business,  financial  condition or results of  operations  of the
Banking Business. Neither Seller or Old Bank has knowledge of any fact, error or
omission relevant to any such franchise,  license, permit,  certificate or other
authorization that would permit the revocation or withdrawal,  or the threatened
revocation or  withdrawal,  thereof.  New Bank will continue to have the use and
benefit  thereof  and  the  rights  granted   thereby  after  the   transactions
contemplated by the Plan and this Agreement have occurred.

                  SECTION 2.29          PROXY STATEMENT AND REGULATORY
                                        APPROVALS.

                  (a) When the Proxy  Statement  and  Prospectus  referred to in
Section 4.4, or any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  shall be mailed to Old
Bank's  shareholders,  and at all times  subsequent  to such  mailings up to and
including the date of the meeting of Old Bank's shareholders to approve the Plan
and  the  transactions   contemplated  herein,  (i)  such  Proxy  Statement  and
Prospectus  and all  amendments  or  supplements  thereto,  with  respect to all
information set forth therein, other than that relating to Parent or Buyer, will
comply in all material  respects with the provisions (to the extent  applicable)
of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC
thereunder and 12 C.F.R.  Part 563g and any other applicable OTS regulations and
(ii) the information set forth in the Proxy Statement and Prospectus, other than
that  relating to Parent or Buyer,  will not contain any untrue  statement  of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or
necessary to make the statements  contained therein,  when taken as a whole, not
misleading.

                  (b) When the  applications  for the  Regulatory  Approvals are
filed, or amended or supplemented,  any information that is provided to Buyer by
Seller,  Old Bank or New Bank for inclusion in applications  for such Regulatory
Approvals  will not contain any untrue  statement of a material  fact or omit to
state a material  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make the
statements therein, when taken as a whole, not misleading.

                  SECTION 2.30          DISCLOSURE.

                  Without  limiting any of the  representations  and  warranties
contained  herein,  no  representation  or  warranty  of Old Bank  or,  upon its
organization,  Seller in this Agreement, no statement contained in the Financial
Statements,  the disclosure schedules, any supplements thereto and the schedules
or  certificates  to be provided  pursuant to this Agreement  furnished or to be
furnished by Old Bank to Buyer,  Parent or any of their  affiliates  pursuant to
the provisions hereof or in connection with the transactions contemplated by the
Plan or this  Agreement,  contains  or will  contain  any  untrue  statement  of
material  fact or omits or will omit to state any  material  fact  necessary  in
order to make the statements herein or therein taken as a whole, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                  SECTION 2.31.         SITE LOCATIONS.

                  Old Bank conducts its business solely from its offices located
at 3390 Peachtree Road, Atlanta, Georgia.


                                      C-24

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 2.32.         LOANS.

                  (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.32, (i) each outstanding
loan,  lease or other extension of credit or commitment to extend credit that is
an  Acquired  Asset of the  Banking  Business  is a  legal,  valid  and  binding
obligation,  is in full  force  and  effect  and is  enforceable  by New Bank in
accordance  with its terms;  (ii) Old Bank has duly  performed  in all  material
respects all of its obligations  thereunder to the extent that such  obligations
to perform have accrued;  (iii) all documents and  agreements  necessary for Old
Bank and New Bank to enforce such loan,  lease or other  extension of credit are
in existence;  and (iv) each such loan,  lease and extension of credit has been,
in all material respects,  originated and serviced in accordance with Old Bank's
applicable underwriting  guidelines at the time such loans were originated,  the
terms of the relevant credit documents and agreements and Applicable Law.

                  (b) Schedule 2.3 lists all loan  commitments of Old Bank (with
single family loan commitments and consumer  commitments listed in the aggregate
only)  outstanding  as of the date  hereof.  Except  as may have  been or as may
hereafter be disclosed in writing to Buyer,  there are no loans,  leases,  other
extensions of credit or commitments to extend credit of the Banking Business set
forth on Schedule  2.3 that have been or should have been  classified  as "Other
Assets  Especially   Mentioned,"   "Substandard,"   "Doubtful,"  "Loss"  or  any
comparable classification,  or as to which any payment of principal, interest or
any other  amount is 30 days or more past due.  Old Bank has  provided  to Buyer
true,  correct and complete  information  concerning the loan  portfolios of the
Banking Business and no material information with respect to the loan portfolios
has been withheld from Buyer.

                  SECTION 2.33.         ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES.

                  (a) The Banking  Business's loans are classified in accordance
with applicable standards set by OTS for savings banks, as such standards may be
amended  from  time to time,  GAAP,  and the  Banking  Business's  policies  and
procedures in effect on the date hereof, all consistently applied.

                  (b)  The  specific  valuation  reserves  for all  real  estate
interests  acquired by the Banking Business in satisfaction of loans made in the
ordinary  course  of  business  which are  properly  classified  on the  Banking
Business's OTS Thrift  Financial  Report as  repossessed  assets are adequate in
relation  to the  assets  in  question  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  and  are in
accordance  with the standards set by the OTS as provided in Applicable  Law, as
such standards may be amended from time to time, and Old Bank's procedures.

                  (c) The  Banking  Business's  allowance  for  possible  credit
losses is in accordance with GAAP and Applicable Law.

                  SECTION 2.34.         DERIVATIVES RISK MANAGEMENT INSTRUMENTS.

                  New  Bank  is not a  party  to  any  derivative  agreement  or
arrangement  including  any  interest  rate  swaps,   repossession  security  or
repurchase  agreement,   caps,  floors,  and  option  agreements  or  any  other
derivative  security,  or other similar  financial  instrument,  risk management
agreement or hedging arrangement.

                  SECTION 2.35.         TECHNOLOGY.

                  (a)  Schedule  2.3  includes  a true  and  complete  list  and
description  of  each  of the  electronic  data  processing,  disaster  recovery
services  and  other  computer  systems  owned  by  Old  Bank  which  are  to be
transferred  to New Bank and which are material to the operation of the business
of Old Bank in the ordinary course  (collectively,  the  "Technology  Systems");
including (i) a 

                                      C-25

<PAGE>



description of any computer hardware and software owned by Old Bank that is used
in the  operation  of its  Technology  Systems and (ii) a list of any  contracts
pursuant to which Old Bank is granted  rights which are used in the operation of
the Technology Systems,  including Software licenses and similar agreements. The
use by Old Bank or Services of all such  Technology  Systems is in compliance in
all material  respects  with the  applicable  license  agreements  covering such
Technology Systems.

                  (b) Old Bank's Technology  Systems will not cease to function,
will not generate  incorrect data, and will not produce  incorrect  results when
processing,  providing,  and/or receiving (i) date-related data into and between
the  twentieth  and  twenty-first   centuries  and  (ii)  date-related  data  in
connection with any valid date in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries.

                  SECTION 2.36.         BROKER'S AND FINDER'S FEES.

                  Except as set forth on  Schedule  2.36,  Old Bank or, upon its
organization,  Seller  has  not  paid  or  become  obligated  to pay  any fee or
commission to any broker, finder,  intermediary,  financial advisor or financial
consultant or other person in connection with the  transactions  contemplated by
the Plan or this Agreement (including,  without limitation, any restructuring of
obligations,  refinancings or other  transactions that have been entered into as
part of the  transactions  contemplated  by the Plan or this  Agreement)  and no
person or entity is entitled to receive  from any such  entities any such fee or
commission. None of New Bank, Buyer or Parent is liable for any broker's fees or
finders fees set forth on Schedule 2.36.

                                  ARTICLE THREE

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

                  Buyer  represents  and warrants to Old Bank and Seller,  as of
the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, that:

                  SECTION 3.1.          ORGANIZATION; AUTHORITY.

                  Buyer is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and
in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  State  of  Delaware.  Buyer  has all
requisite corporate power, and corporate authority,  to execute and deliver this
Agreement,   to  perform  its  obligations   hereunder  and  to  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby.  This  Agreement  has been duly  authorized,
executed and delivered by Buyer,  constitutes the valid and binding agreement of
Buyer enforceable  against Buyer in accordance with its terms and subject to its
conditions.

                  SECTION 3.2.          CONFLICTING INSTRUMENTS; CONSENTS.

                  The execution and delivery by Buyer of this  Agreement do not,
and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby will not, violate
any provision of the articles of incorporation or the by-laws (or the equivalent
thereof) of Buyer, or conflict with or result in a breach of, or create an event
of default (or event  that,  with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both,
would constitute an event of default) under, any agreement,  mortgage,  license,
lease, indenture,  instrument,  order,  arbitration award, judgment or decree to
which Buyer is a party.

                  SECTION 3.3.          LITIGATION.

                  There  is no  action,  suit,  claim,  proceeding,  inquiry  or
investigation  pending or, to the knowledge of Buyer,  threatened,  at law or in
equity,  or before or by any  arbitrator or any federal,  state,  local or other
governmental department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or 

                                      C-26

<PAGE>



instrumentality,  domestic or foreign, relating to or involving the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

                  SECTION 3.4.          APPROVALS AND CONSENTS.

                  The Regulatory Approvals include the approvals of the Minister
of Finance, FRB, OTS, the State of Georgia and such other persons or entities as
may be  required  under  Applicable  Law.  Except  as  required  to  obtain  the
Regulatory  Approvals,  no notices,  reports or other filings are required to be
made by Buyer with, nor are any consents,  registrations,  approvals, permits or
authorizations  required  to be  obtained by Buyer  from,  any  governmental  or
regulatory  authorities of the United States or the several States in connection
with the execution and delivery of this  Agreement and the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

                  SECTION 3.5.          INFORMATION.

                  Any  information  that is  provided  by Buyer to Old Bank (or,
upon its  organization,  Seller) in writing for inclusion in the Proxy Statement
or Prospectus  will not contain any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the
statements contained therein, when taken as a whole, not misleading.

                  SECTION 3.6.          REGULATORY MATTERS.

                  Based on its  knowledge of (i) the U.S. and Canadian  laws and
regulations that would govern Parent's and Buyer's acquisition of New Bank, (ii)
examination  and  other  supervisory  records  and  reports  of  Parent  and its
subsidiaries   filed  with  or  prepared   by  Canadian  or  U.S.   governmental
authorities, (iii) the processing of any previous applications and notices filed
by Parent or Buyer with Canadian or U.S.  governmental  authorities and (iv) any
formal communications with Canadian or U.S. governmental authorities, Parent and
Buyer have no reason to believe  that,  with  respect to any aspect of, or issue
relating to, the  operations  and business of Parent and its  subsidiaries,  the
approval or  effectiveness  of any of the  Regulatory  Approvals  that Parent or
Buyer is  responsible  for  obtaining  cannot be obtained or granted on a timely
basis. Neither Parent nor Buyer is aware of any aspect of, or issue relating to,
the operations and business of Parent and its subsidiaries that would reasonably
be expected to result in the  imposition of any condition or  requirement in any
Regulatory  Approval that would be unduly burdensome upon the Buyer, New Bank or
Parent or any affiliate thereof, or the conduct of the business after Closing of
Buyer, New Bank, Parent or any affiliate thereof,  in each case as such business
was  conducted  prior to the Closing or as such  business is  anticipated  to be
conducted  after the  Closing  Date as  described  in the  applications  for the
Regulatory  Approvals (which  applications shall be reasonable in the activities
that are requested to be conducted).  In addition,  neither Parent nor Buyer has
any knowledge of any proposed  condition by a foreign,  federal,  state or local
governmental  authority  that  would  reasonably  be  expected  to result in the
failure to satisfy the  condition  to Buyer's  obligations  contained in Section
6.3, including the disclosures set forth on Schedule 2.21 attached hereto.

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                     COVENANTS OF SELLER, OLD BANK AND BUYER

                  SECTION 4.1.          ACCESS.

                  (a) From the date hereof  through the Closing  Date,  Old Bank
will give to Buyer and Parent and their  respective  financial  advisors,  legal
counsel,  independent  accountants  and other  representatives,  upon reasonable
notice,  complete  access  during  normal  business  hours  to  all  properties,
documents,  contracts,  employees and records of Old Bank and New Bank including
to  the  

                                      C-27

<PAGE>



extent permitted by Applicable Law all documents, records or correspondence with
the OTS,  FDIC,  the  State of  Georgia  or any  other  federal,  state or local
regulatory  authority  and will  furnish  Buyer or  Parent  with  copies of such
documents  (certified if so requested) and with such information with respect to
Old Bank as Buyer or Parent from time to time  reasonably may request  provided,
however,  that Old Bank shall not be obligated to disclose or provide  copies of
any documents,  records or information which Old Bank, in good faith, determines
to be confidential or entirely unrelated to the Banking Business.

                  (b) From the date hereof  through the Closing  Date,  Old Bank
will permit  representatives of Buyer to be present at each facility of Old Bank
and to observe the conduct of the business of Old Bank in the ordinary course at
any time during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice and in such
a manner as will not unreasonably  interfere with the conduct of the business of
Old Bank in the ordinary course.

                  SECTION 4.2.          TRANSFER OF THE SHARES.

                  From the date hereof through the Closing Date, Seller will not
(i) sell or otherwise  transfer or agree to sell or otherwise  transfer,  any of
the Shares or (ii) incur or permit to exist any  liens,  charges,  encumbrances,
equities or claims with respect to the Shares whatsoever.

                  SECTION 4.3.          CONDUCT OF THE BUSINESS OF OLD BANK.

                  (a) From the date hereof  through the Closing  Date,  Old Bank
shall use its  reasonable  efforts  to  preserve  the  Banking  Business  in the
ordinary course,  keep available to the Banking Business the services of current
officers and employees,  and preserve for New Bank and Buyer the goodwill of the
suppliers,  customers,  employees and others having business  relations with Old
Bank.

                  (b) From the date hereof  through the Closing Date,  Old Bank,
except as otherwise  permitted by this  Agreement or the Plan or consented to in
writing by Buyer,  will  continue the  operation of the Banking  Business in the
ordinary  course and will  maintain  its  assets,  properties  and rights in the
ordinary course,  consistent with past practice and subject to ordinary wear and
tear.  Without  limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  except as otherwise
permitted by this Agreement or the Plan or consented to in writing by Buyer,  or
except as my be unrelated to the Banking Business, Old Bank shall not:

                           (i) incur,  discharge  or satisfy any  obligation  or
liability or any liens, charges, encumbrances, equities or claims, except in the
ordinary course of business or as contemplated by this Agreement or the Plan;

                           (ii)  increase or establish  any reserve for taxes or
other liabilities on its books or otherwise  provide therefor,  except for taxes
or other liabilities  relating to the Banking Business in the ordinary course of
operations since the Balance Sheet Date; write up or down the value of assets or
securities  held for its account or inventory or  determine as  collectible  any
notes  or  accounts   receivable   that  were   previously   considered   to  be
uncollectible,  except for write-ups or write-downs  in accordance  with GAAP in
the ordinary course of business  consistent  with past practice;  or voluntarily
make any change in any of its methods of accounting or in any of its  accounting
principles or practices;

                           (iii)  except for the  renewal of leases  relating to
equipment leased by Old Bank prior to the date hereof,  purchase,  lease,  sell,
assign or transfer  any asset,  property or business or waive or permit to lapse
any right,  except in the ordinary course of business;  or make or authorize any
capital expenditure for additions to plant and equipment in excess of $15,000 in
the aggregate;

                                      C-28

<PAGE>



                           (iv) make any loan to any Insider or any  relative or
affiliate  of any  Insider,  or  declare,  set aside or pay to any  Insider  any
dividend or other  distribution  in respect of its capital  stock,  transfer any
asset or pay any  money to any  Insider  or any  relative  or  affiliate  of any
Insider  other than the payment of wages or  salaries  to Insiders  who are also
employees  of Old Bank in the  ordinary  course of business  and as disclosed on
Schedule 2.13; or enter into or agree to enter into any transaction  with or for
the  benefit of any  Insider of Old Bank or any  relative  or  affiliate  of any
Insider other than the transactions  contemplated  pursuant to the Plan and this
Agreement;

                           (v)   reclassify   or  change  in  any   manner   the
outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock of Old Bank or issue or agree to  issue,
sell, transfer,  pledge, encumber or deliver any stock, bond, debenture or other
security of Old Bank other than the  transactions  contemplated  pursuant to the
Plan and this Agreement or in accordance with the terms of such capital stock;

                           (vi) grant any increase in the  compensation  payable
to any officer, director,  consultant,  employee or agent of Old Bank that is to
be  employed  or  otherwise  engaged by New Bank,  except for  increases  in the
compensation  payable in the ordinary course of business to employees in amounts
and at times consistent with past practice; enter into or amend any contract for
the  employment of any officer,  employee or other person that is not terminable
upon 30 days notice or less,  except for accrued vacation pay for past services;
enter into any contract or collective bargaining agreement with any labor union;
enter  into  or  agree  to  enter  into  any  bonus,  pension,   profit-sharing,
retirement,  stock  purchase,  stock option,  deferred  compensation,  incentive
compensation,   hospitalization,   insurance  or  similar   plan,   contract  or
understanding  providing  for  employee  benefits;  or  make  any  payment  or a
contribution  under any ERISA Plan or Non-ERISA  Plan or incur any obligation to
make any such payment or  contribution  that is not in accordance with the usual
past practice of the Banking Business;

                           (vii) enter into any contract, except in the ordinary
course of business,  or make or permit to be made any  amendment,  modification,
cancellation or termination of any material contract, agreement, lease, license,
finance agreement or written evidence of indebtedness;

                           (viii)   settle  any   administrative   or   judicial
proceedings;

                           (ix) amend the charter or the by-laws of Old Bank;

                           (x) open any  branch  office,  or  acquire or sell or
agree to acquire or sell, any branch or any deposit liabilities;

                           (xi)  change  its   interest   rate  or  fee  pricing
policies,  or materially  alter the mix of rate,  terms and account types,  with
respect to deposits and services  other than in the ordinary  course of business
and in response to verifiable changes in Old Bank's market;

                           (xii)  introduce  any  new  deposit  account  or loan
product  or change any  feature  (other  than  interest  rates) of any  existing
deposit  account or loan product  other than in the ordinary  course of business
and in response to verifiable changes in the local market;

                           (xiii) incur or guarantee any liability or obligation
(direct,  contingent or  otherwise)  for  borrowings  other than in the ordinary
course of business in an immaterial  amount or incur any liability or obligation
for  borrowings  of any nature from any  Federal  Home Loan Bank  exceeding  the
amount of  Federal  Home Loan Bank  borrowings  outstanding  on the date of this
Agreement  or fail to pay when due or upon  maturity  or  renew  or  extend  any
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings;

                                      C-29

<PAGE>



                           (xiv)  make or  agree  or  commit  to make  any  loan
exceeding $150,000;

                           (xv)  foreclose  upon or  otherwise  acquire any real
property securing any loan exceeding $150,000;

                           (xvi)  directly or  indirectly  engage in any line of
business activity not engaged in on the date hereof;

                           (xvii)  deviate from  existing OTS and FDIC  policies
and procedures existing on the date hereof with respect to (i) classification of
assets,  (ii)  accrual of  interest  on  assets,  and (iii) the  calculation  of
allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed  real estate;  provided,  however,
that  interest  shall not be accrued with respect to any loan that is sixty (60)
days or more past due;

                           (xviii)  change its  lending  policies  and  criteria
including, but not limited to evaluative standards used in assessing prospective
borrowers; or

                           (xiv) make any material tax election.

                  (c) From the date hereof through the Closing Date, Seller, Old
Bank and New Bank shall  comply in all  material  respects  with all  Applicable
Laws.

                  SECTION 4.4.          PREPARATION OF PROXY STATEMENT.

                  Old  Bank  will   prepare  a  Proxy   Statement   (the  "Proxy
Statement") and Prospectus (the  "Prospectus") as contemplated by the Plan to be
mailed to its shareholders. Nothing shall be contained in the Proxy Statement or
Prospectus or any proxy  soliciting  materials  with respect to any party unless
approved by such party, which approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld.  Old
Bank shall bear all costs of  preparing,  mailing  and  securing  all  necessary
approvals in connection  with the Proxy  Statement or Prospectus.  Promptly upon
request of Old Bank,  Parent and Buyer shall provide all  necessary  information
regarding Parent or Buyer for inclusion in the Proxy Statement and Prospectus as
required by Applicable Law.

                  SECTION 4.5.          MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS.

                  Old Bank shall duly call a meeting  of its  shareholders  (the
"Shareholders  Meeting")  for the  purpose  of  obtaining  the  approval  of its
shareholders to the transactions contemplated by the Plan and this Agreement. In
connection with such meeting,  the Board of Old Bank shall recommend approval of
the  transactions  contemplated  by the Plan and this Agreement and indicate the
determination  by the Board that such  transactions are in the best interests of
Old  Bank's  shareholders.   Notice  of  the  Shareholders'  Meetings  shall  be
accompanied by the Proxy Statement.

                  SECTION 4.6.          PURSUIT OF APPROVALS.

                  (a) Parent,  Buyer and Old Bank shall  cooperate and use their
commercially  reasonable efforts to obtain all Regulatory  Approvals required to
consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by the  Plan  and  this  Agreement,
including,  without  limitation,  any  necessary  approvals  of the  Minister of
Finance,  FRB,  OTS,  FDIC and the State of Georgia  and such  other  persons or
entities as may be required under Applicable Law.

                  (b) Each party shall  cooperate  with the other parties hereto
in  preparation  of all  applications  for such  Regulatory  Approvals  and will
furnish promptly upon request all documents,  information,  financial statements
or other  materials as may be required in order to complete  such  applications.
Two business days prior to the filing of any such  applications  for  Regulatory
Approvals,

                                      C-30

<PAGE>



the  parties  hereto  shall  provide  each other  with a proposed  draft of such
applications,  provided, however, that the parties hereto shall not be obligated
to disclose any portion of an application which such party  determines,  in good
faith,  to be  confidential.  Should  the  appearance  of any  of the  officers,
directors,  employees or agents of any of the parties hereto be requested by any
of the parties or by any governmental body or agency at any hearing or otherwise
in  connection  with any such  application,  such party shall  promptly  use its
commercially  reasonable  efforts to arrange for those  appearances.  Each party
shall bear and pay all costs,  fees and  expenses  incurred in  connection  with
obtaining all Regulatory Approvals relating to such party.

                  SECTION 4.7.          OTHER CONSENTS.

                  The parties agree to apply for and  diligently  seek to obtain
all waivers,  consents and  approvals of other  persons or entities  required in
connection  with the  transactions  contemplated by the Plan and this Agreement.
Old Bank shall use its commercially  reasonable efforts to obtain by the Closing
Date any  consents  necessary  for the  agreements  set  forth on  Schedule  2.3
attached hereto.

                  SECTION 4.8.          ONGOING FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

                  To the  extent  permitted  by  Applicable  Law,  from the date
hereof  through the earlier to occur of the Closing Date or the  termination  of
this  Agreement,  Old Bank shall  provide  to Buyer  regular  monthly  financial
statements  and  all  financial   statements   and  other  written   information
distributed  internally  or  provided  to Old  Bank's  Board,  and copies of all
reports required to be filed with federal or state regulatory agencies. Any such
material  shall  be  provided  to Buyer no  later  than  two (2)  business  days
following  the  date of  provision  thereof  to the Old  Bank's  Board  (and any
committees  thereof)  or the date of filing  thereof  with any state or  federal
regulatory agencies, as the case may be.

                  SECTION 4.9.          ACQUISITION PROPOSALS.

                  (a) None of Seller,  Old Bank or New Bank  shall,  directly or
indirectly,  through any officer,  director,  employee,  agent or representative
(including,  without limitation,  any investment banker,  attorney or accountant
retained by it) or otherwise,  solicit,  initiate or encourage or participate in
any negotiation in respect of or cooperate with (including,  without limitation,
by  way  of  furnishing  any  nonpublic  information  concerning  the  business,
properties or assets of Old Bank, any Acquisition  Proposal (as defined herein).
Seller,  Old Bank and New Bank and any affiliate thereof will immediately notify
Parent  and  Buyer  of,  and  cease  and  cause to be  terminated  any  existing
activities,  discussions or  negotiations  with any parties (other than Buyer or
Parent) conducted heretofore with respect to an Acquisition  Proposal.  Old Bank
shall not  release  or  permit  to be  released  any  person or entity  from any
confidentiality  agreement  entered into in connection with the consideration of
an  Acquisition  Proposal or any proposal  involving an  acquisition,  merger or
other  business  combination   involving  Old  Bank.  Old  Bank  and,  upon  its
organization,  Seller shall notify Parent and Buyer  promptly by telephone,  and
thereafter   promptly  confirm  such  notification  in  writing,   if  any  such
information  is  requested  from,  or any  Acquisition  Proposal or inquiry with
respect  to any  Acquisition  Proposal  is  received  by Old Bank  or,  upon its
organization, Seller.

                  (b) No  Acquisition  Proposal  shall  be  accepted,  approved,
adopted  or  recommended  by the  Board of Old Bank or,  upon its  organization,
Seller.

                  (c) Except as otherwise  required by any governmental  body or
agency having  jurisdiction  with respect to a party,  Seller,  Old Bank and New
Bank shall not prepare or assist in the  preparation of or file or assist in the
filing of any notice or application to any Governmental  Authority pertaining to
or seeking  approval of any change in control  incident to or which would result
from any Acquisition Proposal.

                                      C-31

<PAGE>



                  (d)  "Acquisition  Proposal"  shall mean any  proposal  by any
person or entity  (other  than  Buyer or  Parent)  for a merger,  consolidation,
liquidation,  dissolution,  or any other business combination involving Old Bank
or the Acquired Assets or for the  acquisition of a substantial  equity interest
in, or a portion of the Acquired Assets of, Old Bank.

                  SECTION 4.10.         COMPLETION OF THE PLAN.

                  Seller, Old Bank and New Bank shall take all actions necessary
to complete the transactions more particularly described in the Plan.

                  SECTION 4.11.         NOTIFICATION OF PENDING FRB, OTS, STATE
                                        OF GEORGIA OR FDIC EXAMS.

                  Within  five  (5)  Business  Days  of  receiving  notification
thereof, Old Bank or New Bank, as the case may be, shall notify Parent and Buyer
of any  examination  reviews  with  respect to the  business  of Old Bank in the
ordinary  course that are to be conducted  by FRB,  OTS, the State of Georgia or
FDIC or by any other governmental  authority under any Applicable Law, and shall
report to Parent and Buyer on a regular basis (subject to Applicable Law) on the
preliminary and final results of any such  examination  review.  Old Bank or New
Bank,  as the  case may be,  shall  request  the  consent  of each  governmental
authority  conducting  any such  examination  to the release of such  results to
Buyer and Old Bank or New Bank, as the case may be, shall use their best efforts
to secure such release.

                  SECTION 4.12.         OPERATING LOSSES

                  (a) In  consideration  of  operating  losses  that the Banking
Business  expects  to incur in the  ordinary  course  of  business  prior to the
Closing,  beginning  on the date that is later of (such date  referred to as the
"Operating  Loss Date") (i) 90 days following the execution of this Agreement or
(ii) the receipt of shareholder approval by Old Bank of the Plan, this Agreement
and the transactions  contemplated  hereby Buyer shall pay Seller $1,250 per day
to, but  excluding  the Closing  Date,  up to an aggregate  maximum of $300,000.
Neither Buyer's obligations hereunder, nor Old Bank's incurrence of operating or
other losses shall reduce the Seller's  obligations to provide New Bank with the
Transferred Capital as of the Closing.

                  (b) Buyer shall pay to Seller on the Closing Date, or the date
this  Agreement is  terminated  pursuant to the  provisions of Article Eight the
aggregate  amount,  if any, owed to Seller  pursuant to Section 4.12(a) above in
immediately  available funds via wire transfer to an account to be designated in
writing by Seller.

                  SECTION 4.13.         RETENTION OF EMPLOYEES.

                  (a) Buyer  shall pay or cause New Bank to pay any  employee of
New Bank on the Closing  Date who is  terminated  without  cause  within 90 days
after the Closing Date a severance  payment  equal to 60 days of the salary paid
to such employee at the time of termination.

                  (b) Buyer  shall pay or cause New Bank to pay any  employee of
Old  Bank  who is  retained  after  the  Closing  Date  by New  Bank  but who is
terminated  without  cause  after 90 days  after the  Closing  Date a  severance
payment in accordance with Buyer's or Parent's current U.S. termination policies
recognizing service with Old Bank and New Bank in the aggregate.

                  (c)  Buyer  shall  provide  or cause New Bank to  provide  the
employees of New Bank with employee  benefits that are no less  favorable in the
aggregate  than those  provided  to  similarly  situated  employees  of Parent's
operating  subsidiaries  in  the  U.S.  Subject  to  the  implementation  of any
necessary  plan  amendments,  for  purposes of this  Section  4.13 (c),  time of

                                      C-32

<PAGE>



service as an employee of Old Bank shall be included in determining  whether any
employee of New Bank meets the  eligibility and vesting  requirements  under any
employee benefit plan to be provided to New Bank's employees,  provided, however
that such time of service shall not be included in determining  accrued benefits
under the terms of such plans and, provided,  further, that such time of service
shall only include continuous employment with Old Bank from the most recent date
of hire and shall apply only to  employees  of Old Bank who are  employed by Old
Bank as of the Closing Date.

                  (d) Old Bank shall not  prohibit  Buyer and Parent from making
offers of employment by New Bank to the employees listed on Schedule 2.13.

                  (e) Old Bank shall cause all  contribution  by Old Bank to Old
Bank's  401(k) plan to fully vest with respect to each  employee of Old Bank who
is retained after the Closing Date by New Bank.

                  SECTION 4.14.         NOTICE OF DEFAULT.

                  (a) The parties hereto shall promptly give notice to the other
parties  hereto of the  occurrence of any event,  or the failure of any event to
occur, known to such party hereto that results in a breach of any representation
or  warranty  by such  party,  or a failure by any such party to comply with any
covenant,  condition or agreement contained herein. From the date hereof through
the  Closing  Date,  Seller,  Old Bank and New Bank  will  disclose  to Buyer in
writing all information  that comes to their attention that, to their knowledge,
is material to an understanding of the business, assets, condition (financial or
otherwise) of the Banking Business.

                  (b) The parties  hereto will (i) take all  reasonable  actions
necessary to render  accurate as of the Closing Date their  representations  and
warranties  contained  herein,  (ii)  refrain  from taking any action that would
render any such  representation or warranty inaccurate as of such time and (iii)
perform or cause to be satisfied  each  covenant or condition to be performed or
satisfied as contemplated by this Agreement.

                  SECTION 4.15.         SECTION 338(H)(10) ELECTIONS.

                  (a)  Seller  and Buyer  will  make,  or will cause to be made,
elections  (the  "Elections")  under  Section  338(h)(10)  of the  Code  and the
regulations  promulgated thereunder in respect of the purchase of the Shares and
under any  corresponding or similar  provisions of state or local law in respect
of such purchase. On all tax returns, Seller and Buyer will report the transfers
under this Agreement  consistent  with the  Elections.  Neither Seller nor Buyer
will take a position  contrary  to the  Elections  unless  required  to do so by
applicable tax laws pursuant to a determination as defined in Section 1313(a) of
the Code. For the purpose of executing the Elections, on or prior to the Closing
Date,  Buyer and Seller shall  jointly  execute four copies (three for Buyer and
one for Seller) of Form 8023-A.

                  (b) Buyer will prepare at its expense and deliver Form 8023-A,
together with all required  attachments  to Seller for its review,  approval and
signature  at least  thirty  (30) days  before the due date  thereof.  After its
review and approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld, Seller will attach
a copy of Form  8023-A as filed by Buyer to the  federal  tax return of New Bank
for the year ended on the Closing Date, and take such other actions as Buyer may
reasonably  request in order to  effectuate  the  Elections.  If the parties are
unable to agree on the contents of the Form 8023-A,  the respective Forms 8023-A
signed by both parties with all required  attachments  to complete  properly the
Elections will in all events be filed.

                  (c) The purchase price of the Shares shall be allocated  among
the assets of New Bank in accordance with the mutual agreement of the parties to
be reached  prior to due date for filing any tax returns to which an Election is
relevant.  Buyer  shall  propose  an  allocation  and  provide  a copy  of  such
allocation  to  Seller  prior to the due  date of the  first  such  tax  return,
allowing Seller a

                                      C-33

<PAGE>



reasonable time during which to review such  allocation.  Buyer and Seller agree
to cooperate to resolve any disputes  regarding such allocation prior to the due
date for filing such tax returns.  Subject to the requirements of any applicable
foreign,  state,  local or foreign tax law, all tax returns filed by Buyer,  New
Bank and Seller  shall be prepared  consistently  with such  allocation.  In the
event of any  purchase  price  adjustment  hereunder,  Buyer and Seller agree to
adjust such  allocation to reflect such purchase  price  adjustment  and to file
consistently  any tax  returns  required  as a  result  of such  purchase  price
adjustment.

                  (d) Each of Buyer and Seller agrees to cooperate, and to cause
its affiliates to cooperate,  with the other in preparing,  executing and filing
any tax forms and other documents  required under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code
and other  applicable  laws so that the  Elections  will be made in a proper and
timely manner.

                  (e) To the  extent  permitted  by state  and local  laws,  the
principles  and  procedures  of Section  4.15(a) and (b) hereof shall also apply
with  respect to Section  338(h)(10)  and to forms and related  documents  to be
filed pursuant thereto.

                  SECTION 4.16.         NON-COMPETE

                  (a) In consideration of, among other things,  the payments set
forth in Section 1.2 of this Agreement,  for the three year period commencing on
the Closing Date,  Seller,  or any company directly or indirectly  controlled by
Seller  including  S1, will not,  directly  or  indirectly  (including,  without
limitation, as a shareholder,  partner, joint venturer of or through any person,
firm, corporation, partnership, association or other entity):

                           (i) engage in business as a  depository  institution,
          trust company or similar entity or engage in the business of providing
          insurance,  securities  brokerage,  lending or investment  products or
          services  directly  or as agent to  consumers  (other  than  providing
          financial  software and support  services to such  institutions)  (the
          "Competing Business") within the United States;

                           (ii)  solicit  for  the   employment   of  employees,
          officers or directors, either as of the Closing Date or thereafter, of
          New Bank, Buyer,  Parent or any affiliate of New Bank, Buyer or Parent
          or  their   successors   or  assigns   (other  than  through   general
          solicitation for employment to which such persons may be exposed);

provided,  however,  that the  foregoing  shall not be construed to prohibit the
ownership  of less than 1% of the  outstanding  shares  of any class of  capital
stock of a publicly held corporation.

                  (b) Old Bank hereby  acknowledges and agrees that in the event
of any  breach or  threatened  breach of the  agreement  not to  compete in this
Section 4.16, New Bank,  Buyer or Parent may have no adequate  remedy at law and
may suffer  substantial  and irreparable  damage.  In the event of the breach by
Seller of the terms and  conditions of this Section 4.16 of the  Agreement,  New
Bank,  Buyer or Parent shall be entitled to institute and prosecute  proceedings
to enforce the specific  performance  thereof by Seller, or any company directly
or indirectly  controlled by Seller  including S1, or to enjoin  Seller,  or any
company  directly or indirectly  controlled by Seller  including S1, as the case
may be, from breaching the provisions of this Section 4.16. Nothing contained in
this Section  4.16 shall be construed to prevent New Bank,  Buyer or Parent from
seeking such other remedies,  in case of any breach of this Agreement by Seller,
or any company  directly or  indirectly  controlled  by Seller  including S1, as
Buyer may elect.

                  (c) New Bank shall own the  Tradenames as of the Closing Date.
Seller,  Old Bank and their  affiliates,  including  S1,  shall not  directly or
indirectly through the purchase or acquisition of a controlling  interest in any
firm, corporation,  partnership,  association or other entity use the Tradenames
in any Competing Business.

                                      C-34

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 4.17.         ADDITIONAL PARTIES

                  Upon the  organization of Seller,  Old Bank shall cause Seller
to become a party hereto, including the representations and warranties set forth
in Article Two  herein,  and as sole  shareholder  of Seller,  shall  approve of
Seller's actions in connection therewith.

                  SECTION 4.18.         UPDATE OF SCHEDULES

                  Old Bank and  Seller  shall  deliver  a  revised  and  updated
Schedule 2.3 to Buyer 5 days prior to closing.  Such  Schedule  shall be revised
and updated to reflect any  disposition or acquisition of Acquired Assets or the
assumption or incurrence of any Assumed Liabilities.

                  SECTION 4.19          SUBLEASE

                  The parties agree to cooperate and use commercially reasonable
efforts to negotiate in good faith a sublease for the sublet of certain premises
at  3390  Peachtree  Road,  Atlanta,   Georgia.   Such  sublease  shall  contain
substantially  the same terms and conditions as the lease that currently governs
such premises and shall include a proportionate number of parking spaces for the
premises  to be sublet  and  provided  that any  payment  obligations  under the
sublease  will be reduced pro rata in  proportion  to the  premises to be sublet
(the "Sublease").

                  SECTION 4.20          DELIVERY OF 401(K) DETERMINATION LETTER

                  Within 5 days of receiving the determination  letter issued by
the IRS with respect to Old Bank's 401(k) Plan, Old Bank shall deliver a copy of
such determination letter to Buyer and Parent.

                  SECTION 4.21          INSURANCE

                  The parties agree to cooperate and use commercially reasonable
efforts to obtain for New Bank by the  Closing  Date  insurance  of the type and
quality currently utilized in the conduct of the Banking Business.

                  SECTION 4.22          PERMITS

                  Seller shall  deliver to the Buyer and Parent a complete  list
of all registrations,  licenses, permits and franchises that are material to the
operations of the Banking  Business,  and copies of all such  documents  will be
provided to Buyer or Parent.

                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

                  SECTION 5.1.          INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION.

                  (a)  Seller  (for  purposes  of this  Article  Five the "Buyer
Indemnifying  Party") shall  indemnify  and hold harmless New Bank,  each of its
subsidiaries,  Buyer,  Parent  and their  affiliates  (collectively,  the "Buyer
Indemnified  Parties") in respect of any and all liabilities,  claims,  actions,
causes of  action,  arbitrations,  proceedings,  losses,  damages  and  expenses
(including,  without  limitation,  settlement  costs,  attorneys'  fees  at such
attorneys'  customary  hourly rates and any other expenses of  investigating  or
defending  any actions or threatened  actions),  whether or not due and payable,
incurred  by the  Indemnified  Parties  in  connection  with each and all of the
following, 

                                      C-35

<PAGE>



together  with  interest  on cash  disbursements,  calculated  from  the date of
disbursement  by the Buyer  Indemnified  Parties in connection  therewith  until
payment is made by the Buyer Indemnifying Parties pursuant to this Article Five,
at a  fluctuating  interest  rate  that is at all  times  equal  to the  rate of
interest  from time to time  announced  in the Wall Street  Journal as the prime
commercial lending rate:

                           (i) Any and all  liabilities and obligations of every
nature and  description  of New Bank,  Old Bank,  Seller or  Services,  known or
unknown,  arising  from or as a result of New Bank's,  Old  Bank's,  Seller's or
Service's  operations  prior to the Closing Date, or based upon events,  acts or
omissions of New Bank, Old Bank, Seller or Services which occurred prior to such
date, except for the Assumed Liabilities;

                           (ii) Any breach  (whether as of the date hereof,  the
Closing  Date or as of some other date set forth in any such  representation  or
warranty) of any  representation  or warranty  contained herein of Seller or Old
Bank (for this Section 5, the  representation  set forth in Section 2.1 shall be
considered   without  the  exception  taken  in  the  second  sentence  of  such
representation  and the  representations  set forth in Sections  2.18(a) and (b)
shall be considered without any materiality exceptions or qualifiers), or in any
instrument  delivered at the Closing by Seller,  Old Bank, New Bank or Services,
including the representations of Seller and Old Bank in Article Two;

                           (iii)  The  breach  of  any  covenant,  agreement  or
obligation of Seller,  Old Bank or S1,  contained in this Agreement or any other
instrument contemplated by this Agreement;

                           (iv) Any claims  arising  under  Section  5.7 of this
Agreement; and

                           (v) Any and all  claims  by any  shareholders  of Old
Bank against any Buyer  Indemnified  Party,  relating to,  arising out of, or in
connection  with, the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or the Plan,
including, without limitation, claims based on (A) breach of fiduciary duties or
rights of first  refusal by Seller or Old Bank,  their board of directors or any
of the shareholders of Seller or Old Bank or (b) violation of the Securities Act
or the Exchange Act.

                  (b)  Buyer  (for  purposes  of  this  Section  5  the  "Seller
Indemnifying Party") shall indemnify and hold harmless Old Bank, and each of its
subsidiaries and affiliates (the "Seller Indemnified Parties") in respect of any
and  all  liabilities,   claims,  actions,   causes  of  action,   arbitrations,
proceedings,  losses,  damages  and  expenses  (including,  without  limitation,
settlement costs,  attorneys' fees at such attorneys' customary hourly rates and
any other  expenses of  investigating  or  defending  any actions or  threatened
actions),  whether or not due and  payable,  incurred by the Seller  Indemnified
Parties in connection with each and all of the following, together with interest
on cash  disbursements,  calculated  from the date of disbursement by the Seller
Indemnified Parties in connection  therewith until payment is made by the Seller
Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Article Five, at a fluctuating interest rate
that is at all times equal to the rate of interest  from time to time  announced
in the Wall Street Journal as the prime commercial lending rate:

                           (ii) Any breach  (whether as of the date hereof,  the
Closing  Date or as of some other date set forth in any such  representation  or
warranty) of any  representation or warranty contained herein of Buyer or in any
instrument  delivered at the Closing by Buyer,  including the representations of
Buyer in Article Three;

                           (iii)  The  breach  of  any  covenant,  agreement  or
obligation  of  Buyer  or  Parent,  contained  in this  Agreement  or any  other
instrument contemplated by this Agreement;

                                      C-36

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 5.2.          LIMITATIONS.

                  (a) The Buyer  Indemnified  Parties or the Seller  Indemnified
Parties,  as the case may be (the "Indemnified  Parties") shall not be permitted
to enforce any claim for indemnification pursuant to this Agreement,  other than
Unlimited  Claims (as  defined  below),  until the  aggregate  of all claims for
indemnification,  other than  Unlimited  Claims,  exceeds the amount of $100,000
(the  "Threshold  Amount").  Once such claims in excess of the Threshold  Amount
have been asserted by the  Indemnified  Parties,  all claims above the Threshold
Amount, may be pursued,  except as otherwise limited by this Agreement.  As used
herein,  "Unlimited  Claims" means all (a) claims based upon a willful,  grossly
negligent,  fraudulent  or  intentional  misrepresentation  of Buyer  or  Seller
contained in this Agreement or any other document,  list,  exhibit or instrument
furnished in connection herewith ("Fraud Claims");  (b) claims made with respect
to the  representations  and warranties in Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.6 hereof; (c)
claims for taxes  governed by Section  5.7;  (d) claims for breach of Buyer's or
Seller's obligation to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby and claims
for breach of any covenant,  agreement or obligation to be performed by Buyer or
Seller after the Closing  including  the covenant to make the payment in Section
5.7 hereof.

                  (b)   Subject  to   Sections   5.2(a)  and  5.7,   claims  for
indemnification made under this Agreement may be made during the period from the
Closing Date until  eighteen (18) months  following the Closing Date;  provided,
however,  that:  (a) any claims in respect to taxes  which  shall be governed by
Section  5.7;  (b) Fraud  Claims,  claims for breach of Old Bank's,  Seller's or
Buyer's obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and claims
for breach of any covenant,  agreement or obligation to be performed by Buyer or
Seller  after the Closing  may be made until  barred by  applicable  statutes of
limitation;  (c) claims made under  Section  2.1,  2.2 and 2.6 may be made until
thirty (30) days after any claims by a third party giving rise to any such claim
are barred by the applicable statutes of limitation, if any. Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  any claim for indemnification shall survive such termination date if
any party, prior to such termination date, shall have advised the other party in
writing  of facts  that  constitute  or may give  rise to an  alleged  claim for
indemnification,  specifying in reasonable detail the basis under this Agreement
for such claim.

                  SECTION 5.3.          CLAIMS.

                  Whenever  any  claim  shall  arise  for  indemnification,  the
Indemnified  Parties shall notify the party who may be liable hereunder pursuant
to  Section  5.1(a) or 5.1(b)  as the case may be (the  "Indemnifying  Party) in
writing of the claim  pursuant to Section 5.6  hereunder  and,  when known,  the
facts  constituting  the basis for such claim and the amount or  estimate of the
amount of the liability arising from such claim.

                  SECTION 5.4.          DEFENSE BY THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY.

                  In  connection   with  any  claim  giving  rise  to  indemnity
hereunder  resulting  from or arising out of any claim or legal  proceeding by a
person other than the Indemnified  Parties,  the Indemnifying  Party at its sole
cost and expense, may, upon written notice to the Indemnified Parties assume the
defense of any such claim or legal  proceeding,  provided that the  Indemnifying
Party first  acknowledges in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified
Parties in respect of the entire amount of all of the claims  asserted  therein.
If the  Indemnifying  Party  assumes  the  defense  of any  such  claim or legal
proceeding, the Indemnifying Party shall select counsel reasonably acceptable to
the  Indemnified  Parties  to  conduct  the  defense  of such  claims  or  legal
proceedings and, at its sole cost and expense, shall take all steps necessary in
the defense or settlement thereof. The Indemnifying Party shall not consent to a
settlement  of, or the entry of any  judgment  arising  from,  any such claim or
legal proceeding,  without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties,
unless the  Indemnifying  Party  admits in  writing  its  liability  to hold the
Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any losses, damages,  expenses and
liabilities arising out of such settlement and concurrently with such settlement
the Indemnifying  Party pays into court the full

                                      C-37

<PAGE>



amount  of all  losses,  damages,  expenses  and  liabilities  to be paid by the
Indemnifying  Party in connection with such  settlement.  The Indemnified  Party
shall be entitled to  participate  in (but not  control) the defense of any such
action,  with its own counsel and at its own expense.  If the Indemnifying Party
does not assume the defense of any such claim or litigation  resulting therefrom
in accordance with the terms hereof, the Indemnified  Parties may defend against
such claim or litigation in such manner as they may deem appropriate, including,
but not limited to,  settling  such claim or  litigation,  after giving  written
notice of the same to the  Indemnifying  Party, on such terms as the Indemnified
Parties may deem  appropriate.  The  Indemnifying  Parties  shall be entitled to
participate  in the  defense of any  action by the  Indemnified  Parties,  which
participation  shall be limited to  contributing  information to the defense and
being advised of its status.

                  In   any   action   by   the   Indemnified   Parties   seeking
indemnification from the Indemnifying Party in accordance with the provisions of
this Section 5.4, the  Indemnifying  Party shall not be entitled to question the
manner in which the Indemnified Parties defended such claim or litigation or the
amount of or nature of any such settlement.

                  SECTION 5.5.          MANNER OF INDEMNIFICATION.

                  Within  thirty  days  of  written  receipt  of  notice  by the
Indemnifying Party of a claim by the Indemnified Parties, the Indemnifying Party
shall satisfy such claim by the payment of cash to the  Indemnified  Parties for
the full amount of such claim.

                  SECTION 5.6.          NOTICE.

                  The  Indemnified  Parties  agree  that  in  the  event  of any
occurrence which may give rise to a claim by the Indemnified Parties against the
Indemnifying Party hereunder,  the Indemnified  Parties will give written notice
thereof  to the  Indemnifying  Party;  provided,  however,  that  failure of the
Indemnified Parties to timely give the notice provided in this Section 5.6 shall
not be a defense to the liability of the Indemnifying  Party for such claim, but
the  Indemnifying  Parties  may  recover  from or offset any amounts due to, the
Indemnified  Parties any actual damages  arising from the  Indemnified  Parties'
failure to give such timely notice.

                  SECTION 5.7.          TAX PROCEDURES AND INDEMNIFICATION.

                  (a) Seller shall be responsible for, and shall pay or cause to
be paid, and shall  indemnify and hold the Buyer  Indemnified  Parties  harmless
from and against  any and all taxes that may be imposed on or  assessed  against
New Bank or its assets or for which New Bank would  otherwise be liable (i) with
respect to all taxable  periods ended on or prior to the Closing Date; (ii) with
respect  to any and all  taxes of any  member  (other  than New Bank) of any Tax
Group by reason of the  liability  of New Bank  pursuant to Treasury  Regulation
Section  1.1502-6(a) or any analogous or similar state,  local or foreign law or
regulation; (iii) with respect to any and all taxes allocated to Seller pursuant
to Section 5.7(c) hereof;  (iv) without  duplication,  with respect to any taxes
arising as a result of the  Elections  (as such term is defined in Section  4.15
hereof);  and (v)  arising  from any  misrepresentation  or breach  of  warranty
contained in Section 2.24 hereof. Subject to Section 5.7(f) hereof, Seller shall
also pay or  cause  to be paid and  shall  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Buyer
Indemnified  Parties from and against all losses,  damages and reasonable  third
party costs and expenses (including  reasonable attorney,  accountant and expert
witness fees and  disbursements)  ("Related  Costs") incurred in connection with
the taxes for which Seller  indemnifies  Buyer  Indemnified  Parties pursuant to
this Section  5.7(a) (or any asserted  deficiency,  claim demand or  assessment,
including the defense or settlement  thereof) or the enforcement of this Section
5.7(a).

                  (b) Buyer shall be responsible  for, and shall pay or cause to
be paid, and shall indemnify and hold Seller harmless from and against,  any and
all taxes that may be imposed on or

                                      C-38

<PAGE>



assessed  against New Bank or its assets with respect to (i) taxable  periods of
New Bank  beginning  on or after  the  Closing  Date and (ii) any and all  taxes
allocated to Buyer pursuant to Section 5.7(c) hereof.  Subject to Section 5.7(f)
hereof,  Buyer shall also pay or cause to be paid and shall  indemnify  and hold
harmless  Seller  from and  against  all  Related  Costs of Seller  incurred  in
connection  with the taxes for which Buyer  indemnifies  Seller pursuant to this
Section  5.7(b)  (or any  asserted  deficiency,  claim,  demand  or  assessment,
including the defense or settlement  thereof) or the enforcement of this Section
5.7(b).

                  (c) New Bank and Buyer shall  close the taxable  period of New
Bank on the Closing  Date,  unless such action is prohibited by law. In any case
where  applicable  law  prohibits  New Bank from closing its taxable year on the
Closing Date, then taxes, if any, attributable to the taxable period of New Bank
beginning  before and ending after the Closing  Date shall be  allocated  (i) to
Seller for the period up to and including  the Closing  Date,  and (ii) to Buyer
for the period  subsequent  to the Closing  Date.  For  purposes of this Section
5.7(c),  taxes for the period up to and  including  the Closing Date  ("Seller's
taxes") shall be  determined on the basis of an interim  closing of the books as
of the end of the Closing Date; provided,  however,  that in the case of any tax
not based on income,  such  Seller's  taxes shall be equal to the amount of such
tax properly  allocable to New Bank or Old Bank for the taxable year  multiplied
by a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which  shall be the  number of days from the
beginning of the taxable year through the Closing Date,  and the  denominator of
which shall be the number of days in the taxable year.

                  (d) (i)  Except as  otherwise  specifically  provided  herein,
Seller  shall be  responsible  for filing or causing to be filed all tax returns
required to be filed by or on behalf of New Bank on or before the Closing  Date,
and Buyer shall be  responsible  for filing or causing to be filed all other tax
returns required to be filed by or on behalf of New Bank after the Closing Date.

                           (ii) Buyer  shall  cause New Bank to consent to join,
for all taxable  periods of New Bank  ending on or before the  Closing  Date for
which New Bank is  eligible to do so, in any  consolidated,  combined or unitary
federal,  state,  local or foreign income and franchise tax returns which Seller
shall  request it to join.  Seller shall cause to be prepared and filed all such
consolidated, combined or unitary returns. Buyer agrees to cooperate with Seller
in the  preparation  of the  portions of such  returns  pertaining  to New Bank.
Seller shall pay or cause to be paid all taxes to which such returns  relate for
all periods covered by such returns.

                           (iii)  Seller  shall cause to be  prepared  and Buyer
shall,  upon timely  receipt from Seller,  cause to be timely filed all required
state,  local and foreign income,  franchise and capital tax returns of New Bank
(other than those to be filed by Seller pursuant to Section  5.7(d)(ii)  hereof)
for any period which ends on or before the Closing Date,  for which returns have
not been filed as of the Closing Date. Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal
to the taxes  shown due on such  returns not later than five days before the due
date for payment of taxes with respect to such tax returns.

                           (iv)  Buyer  shall  cause to be  prepared  and timely
filed all required state,  local and foreign  income,  franchise and capital tax
returns of New Bank for taxable periods  beginning on or before and ending after
the  Closing  Date.  Buyer shall pay or cause to be paid all taxes to which such
returns relate for all periods covered by such returns; provided,  however, that
Seller  shall pay to Buyer the amount  determined  pursuant  to  Section  5.7(c)
hereof  not later than five days  before the due date for  payment of taxes with
respect to such tax  returns.  Buyer  shall  provide  Seller with copies of such
returns for Seller's review,  together with a statement setting forth the amount
payable pursuant to Section 5.7(c) hereof.

                  (e) Seller and Buyer shall cooperate fully with each other and
make  available  to each  other in a  timely  fashion  such  tax data and  other
information  and personnel as may be reasonably  required for the payment of any
estimated taxes and the  preparation of any tax returns  required to be prepared
and filed by Buyer and Seller, as the case may be,  hereunder.  Seller and Buyer
shall make available to the other,  as reasonably  requested,  all  information,
records or documents in their possession relating to tax liabilities of New Bank
for all taxable periods of New

                                      C-39

<PAGE>



Bank ending on,  prior to or including  the Closing Date and shall  preserve all
such  information,  records and documents until the expiration of any applicable
tax statute of limitations or extensions thereof; provided, however, that in the
event the party in possession shall receive written notice that a proceeding has
been  instituted  for which the  information,  records or documents are required
prior  to  the  expiration  of  the  applicable   statute  of  limitations  such
information,  records or  documents  shall be  retained  until  there is a final
determination with respect to such proceeding.

                  (f) Buyer and  Seller  shall  promptly  notify  each  other in
writing upon receipt by Buyer, New Bank, Old Bank, Seller or any member of a Tax
Group,  as the case may be, of any  notice of any tax  audits of or  assessments
against  New Bank for  taxable  periods  of New Bank  ending  on or prior to, or
including,  the Closing Date.  Seller shall have the sole right to represent New
Bank's interests in any tax audit or  administrative or court proceeding (a "tax
proceeding")  relating  to taxable  periods of New Bank ended on or prior to the
Closing Date and to employ  counsel of its choice at its own expense;  provided,
however,  that Buyer shall have the right to consult with Seller  regarding  any
tax  proceeding  that may affect New Bank for any periods after the Closing Date
and provided  further that any  settlement or other  disposition of any such tax
proceeding  may only be made with the consent of Buyer,  which consent shall not
be  unreasonably  withheld.  Buyer and Seller  shall  jointly  have the right to
represent  New Bank's  interests  in any tax  proceeding  relating  to a taxable
period  beginning  before and ending  after the  Closing  Date,  each at its own
expense.  Buyer shall have the sole right to represent  New Bank' s interests in
any tax proceeding relating to taxable periods beginning on or after the Closing
Date and to employ  counsel of its choice at its expense.  Buyer and Seller each
agrees that it will cooperate  fully with each other and its respective  counsel
in the defense against or compromise of any claim in any tax proceeding.

                  (g) Any refunds or credits  (except to the extent accrued as a
receivable  on the  Balance  Sheet) of (i) taxes  received by or credited to New
Bank  attributable to taxable periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date, or
(ii) Seller's taxes (collectively, "Seller's Refunds"), shall be for the benefit
of Seller,  and Buyer  shall  cause New Bank to pay over to Seller any  Seller's
Refunds  (net of any tax  cost to  Buyer  attributable  to the  receipt  of such
refund,  taking into account the  deductibility  of state and local income taxes
for other income tax purposes),  within five days after receipt of such Seller's
Refunds.  In addition,  all other refunds  received by New Bank shall be for the
benefit of Buyer.

                  (h) Seller and Buyer agree that any  payments  made  hereunder
(whether made directly to a party or to another  indemnitee)  will be treated by
the parties as an adjustment to the aggregate  purchase price for the Shares and
shall be reflected in the  allocation of such purchase price pursuant to Section
4.15 hereof.

                  (i) All  obligations  under this Section 5.7 shall survive the
Closing  hereunder and continue  until 30 days  following the  expiration of the
statute of  limitations on assessment of the relevant tax.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,   any  claim  for   indemnification   hereunder  shall  survive  such
termination  date if, prior to the termination  date, the party making the claim
shall have  advised the other party in writing of facts that may  constitute  or
give rise to an alleged  claim for  indemnification,  specifying  in  reasonable
detail the basis under this Agreement for such claim.

                  (j)   Notwithstanding   anything  to  the   contrary  in  this
Agreement,  all claims for taxes by any party shall be governed  exclusively  by
Section  5.1(d)  and this  Section  5.7,  provided,  however,  that the  payment
provisions of Section 5.5 will apply to claims for  indemnification  pursuant to
this Section 5.7.

                                   ARTICLE SIX

                        CONDITIONS TO BUYER'S OBLIGATIONS

                  The  obligations  of Buyer  hereunder  shall be subject to the
satisfaction,  as of the Closing Date, of the following conditions (any of which
may be waived, in whole or in part, by Buyer):

                                      C-40

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 6.1.          REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND
                                        COVENANTS.

                  The  representations  and  warranties  of Seller  and Old Bank
contained  in this  Agreement  (including  the  Schedules  and  Exhibits) or any
certificate,  instrument  or other  document  delivered  to Buyer in  connection
herewith  shall be true and correct in all  material  respects as of the Closing
Date.  Seller, Old Bank and New Bank shall have duly performed and complied with
all covenants and agreements  required by this Agreement to be performed by such
parties at or prior to the Closing.  Parent and Buyer shall have been  furnished
with certificates of Seller,  dated the Closing Date,  certifying in such detail
as Buyer  reasonably may reasonably  request to the fulfillment of the foregoing
conditions.

                  SECTION 6.2.          CERTAIN DOCUMENTS.

                  Seller  shall  have   furnished   Buyer  with  the   following
documents:

                  (a) the federal stock charter of New Bank substantially in the
         form  attached  hereto as Exhibit B, duly  certified  by the  Assistant
         Secretary  of New Bank as being in full force and effect on the Closing
         Date;

                  (b) the by-laws of New Bank substantially in the form attached
         hereto as Exhibit C, duly  certified by the Assistant  Secretary of New
         Bank as being in full force and effect on the Closing Date;

                  (c) the  charter  documents  of  Services  and all  amendments
         thereto,  duly  certified  by the  Secretary  of State of the  State of
         Kentucky;

                  (d)  certificate  as to the  good  standing  of  Services  and
         payment  of  all  applicable  state  taxes  thereby,  executed  by  the
         appropriate officials of the State of Kentucky;

                  (e) the by-laws of Services,  duly  certified by the Secretary
         of Services as being in full force and effect on the Closing Date;

                  (f) the complete and correct  corporate  minute  books,  stock
         ledgers,  stock  transfer  records and corporate  seals of New Bank and
         Services;

                  (g) a certification  of non-foreign  status executed by Seller
         and satisfying the requirements of ss.  1.1445-2(b)(2)(i) of the United
         States Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code;

                  (h)  any  and  all  instruments  of  transfer  or  conveyance,
         properly  executed,  necessary to transfer the Banking  Business to New
         Bank;

                  (i) a revised Schedule 2.3 revised in accordance with Sections
         4.3 and 4.18 hereto; and


                  SECTION 6.3.          GOVERNMENTAL AND REGULATORY ACTIONS.

                  (a) All Regulatory  Approvals  shall have been  obtained,  and
shall be in full force and effect, and no proceedings shall have been instituted
or threatened by any governmental  body or agency with respect thereto;  and all
applicable  waiting  periods  with  respect  to  such  consents,  approvals  and
authorizations  shall  have  expired  or been  terminated;  all  conditions  and
requirements  prescribed  by the  Regulatory  Approvals  to be  satisfied by the
Closing Date shall have been  satisfied,  and no Regulatory  Approval shall have
imposed any  condition  or  requirement,  including,  without  limitation,  with
respect to capital  requirements,  that is or would become  applicable to Buyer,
New

                                      C-41

<PAGE>



Bank or Parent or any  affiliate  thereof  after the Closing Date which Buyer or
Parent,  in good faith,  determines  would be unduly  burdensome upon Buyer, New
Bank,  or Parent or any affiliate  thereof or the conduct of the business  after
Closing of Buyer, New Bank, or Parent or any affiliate thereof,  in each case as
such  business was  conducted  prior to the Closing Date or as such  business is
anticipated  to be  conducted  after  the  Closing  Date  as  described  in  the
applications  for  the  Regulatory   Approvals  (which   applications  shall  be
reasonable  in the  activities  that are requested to be  conducted).  All other
consents, approvals and waivers and other actions required from any other person
or entity  other than Parent or Buyer  (other than those which in the  aggregate
would not be material) shall have been obtained in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Buyer.

                  (b) No governmental body or agency or any regulatory authority
as a  result  of any  examination  or  investigation,  shall  have  imposed  any
condition or requirement, including, without limitation, with respect to capital
requirements  that is or would become applicable to Buyer, New Bank or Parent or
any  affiliate  thereof  after the Closing  Date which Buyer or Parent,  in good
faith,  determines would be unduly burdensome upon Buyer, New Bank, or Parent or
any affiliate thereof or the conduct of the business after Closing of Buyer, New
Bank,  Parent  or any  affiliate  thereof,  in each  case as such  business  was
conducted prior to the Closing Date.

                  (c) No governmental  body or agency shall have deemed Buyer or
Parent to have a controlling influence over S1.

                  (d) No action,  suit,  proceeding  or  investigation  shall be
pending or threatened  before or by any court or governmental  body or agency or
any temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction,  cease and
desist order or other order issued by any court or  governmental  body or agency
or any other legal restraint or prohibition  preventing the  consummation of any
of the  transactions  contemplated  by the Plan or this  Agreement,  or imposing
damages,  fines or penalties in respect thereto,  shall be in effect,  and there
shall be no pending or threatened actions or proceedings by any person or entity
or governmental  body, agency or authority (or  determinations by any such body,
agency or  authority)  challenging  or in any  manner  seeking  to  restrict  or
prohibit the transactions  contemplated by the Plan or this Agreement or seeking
to  obtain  any  losses  against  any  person  or  entity  as a  result  of  the
transactions contemplated by the Plan or this Agreement.

                  SECTION 6.4.          BOARD AND SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL.

                           (a) The  requisite  number of  outstanding  shares of
         capital  stock of Old Bank  (including  2/3 of the  Series A  Preferred
         Stock)  entitled to vote thereon  shall have  approved  the Plan,  this
         Agreement, and the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby; and

                           (b) Old Bank shall have furnished Buyer with:

                                       (i) a certified  copy of the  resolutions
              duly  adopted by the Board of Old Bank  approving  the Plan,  this
              Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby and
              directing  the  submission  thereof  to a vote of the  Old  Bank's
              shareholders;

                                       (ii) a certified copy of resolutions duly
              adopted by the requisite  number of outstanding  shares of capital
              stock of Old Bank (including 2/3 of the Series A Preferred  Stock)
              entitled to vote thereon  approving the Plan,  this  Agreement and
              the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby.

                                      C-42

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 6.5.          OPINION OF SELLER'S COUNSEL.

                  Hogan & Hartson  shall  have  delivered  to Buyer an  opinion,
dated the Closing Date, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer's counsel.

                  SECTION 6.6.          LEGAL MATTERS.

                  All legal matters, and the form and substance of all documents
to be  delivered  by  Seller  or Old  Bank to  Buyer  at the  Closing,  shall be
reasonably satisfactory to counsel for Buyer.

                  SECTION 6.7.          DELIVERY OF THE SHARES.

                  Seller  shall have  delivered  to Buyer  certificates  for the
Shares in proper  form for  transfer by  delivery  or with duly  executed  stock
powers attached thereto.

                  SECTION 6.8.          MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.

                  There shall not have been any material  adverse  change in the
business,  financial condition or results of operations of the Banking Business,
Old Bank or S1 at the Closing  Date from the Balance  Sheet Date and Buyer shall
have been  furnished  with a  certificate  to that effect  executed by the Chief
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Seller.

                  SECTION 6.9.          RELATED PARTY ADVANCES.

                  On the  Closing  Date,  except for those  items  described  on
Schedule 6.9, all notes payable, accounts receivable,  advances, loans and other
amounts  owing to New Bank by Seller,  Old Bank or S1 or any officer,  employee,
director or Insider of Seller,  Old Bank,  S1 or New Bank or,  other than in the
ordinary  course,  consistent with past practice and on terms available to third
parties,  any former officers,  employees,  directors or Insiders of Seller, Old
Bank, S1 or New Bank shall have been repaid in full to New Bank.

                  SECTION 6.10.         THIRD PARTY CONSENTS.

                  Seller,  Old  Bank  and  New  Bank  shall  have  obtained  all
consents, waivers,  approvals,  amendments and authorizations that are necessary
under applicable law, agreement,  or otherwise to be obtained by any one or more
of such  parties  in  connection  with the sale of the  Shares  to Buyer and the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated by the Plan or this Agreement, or
to enable New Bank to  continue  the Banking  Business  after the Closing in all
material  respects in the same manner as such business is being conducted by Old
Bank on the date hereof, including any consents necessary for the agreements set
forth on  Schedule  2.3  attached  hereto,  and shall  have  delivered  to Buyer
evidence of the receipt of such consents in a form  reasonably  satisfactory  to
Buyer's counsel.

                  SECTION 6.11.         BANKING CRISIS.

                  There shall not have  occurred and be  continuing  any general
banking  moratorium or general suspension of payments in respect of banks in the
United States or Canada.

                  SECTION 6.12.         TRANSFER ACTIONS TAKEN.

                  All actions  necessary to consummate  the transfer to New Bank
of each of the assets set forth on Schedule 2.3 as provided in the Plan and this
Agreement  shall have been taken and

                                      C-43

<PAGE>



completed,  and all documents  necessary to consummate such transfer to New Bank
shall have been  executed,  delivered  and,  to the extent  necessary,  filed or
recorded.

                  SECTION 6.13.         SELLER AS PARTY

                  Seller shall have been duly  organized and shall be a party to
this Agreement.

                  SECTION 6.14          SUBLEASE

                  Old Bank  shall  have  executed  and  delivered  to Buyer  the
Sublease.

                  SECTION 6.15          INSURANCE

                  New Bank shall have obtained or be  reasonably  able to obtain
all insurance of the type and quality  currently  utilized in the conduct of the
Banking Business.

                  SECTION 6.16          PERMITS

                  Seller shall have delivered to the Buyer and Parent a complete
list of all registrations, licenses, permits and franchises that are material to
the  operations  of the  Banking  Business,  and  provided  copies  of all  such
documents to Buyer or Parent.

                                  ARTICLE SEVEN

                       CONDITIONS TO SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS

                  The  obligation  of Seller  hereunder  shall be subject to the
satisfaction,  as of the Closing Date, of the following conditions (any of which
may be waived, in whole or in part, by Seller):

                  SECTION 7.1.          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

                  The   representations  and  warranties  of  Parent  and  Buyer
contained in this  Agreement  (including  the  Schedules and  Exhibits),  or any
certificate,  instrument  or other  document  delivered to Seller in  connection
herewith,  shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing  Date, as
if made on the Closing Date.  Buyer shall have duly  performed and complied with
all covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed by Buyer
at or  prior  to the  Closing  Date.  Seller  shall  have  been  furnished  with
certificates  of  appropriate   officers  of  Buyer,  dated  the  Closing  Date,
certifying in such detail as Seller reasonably may request to the fulfillment of
the foregoing conditions.

                  SECTION 7.2.          OPINION OF BUYER'S COUNSEL.

                  Gibson,  Dunn & Crutcher LLP shall have delivered to Seller an
opinion,  dated the Closing Date, in a form reasonably  satisfactory to Seller's
counsel.  To the extent that such opinion  relates to or is governed by the laws
of any  jurisdiction  other than the United States or New York, such counsel may
rely upon or deliver the  opinions of local or  in-house  counsel,  who shall be
reasonably acceptable to Seller.

                                      C-44

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 7.3.          LEGAL MATTERS.

                  All legal matters, and the form and substance of all documents
to be  delivered  by  Buyer  to  Seller  at the  Closing,  shall  be  reasonably
satisfactory to counsel for Seller.

                  SECTION 7.4.          PAYMENT FOR THE SHARES.

                  Buyer shall have paid to Seller,  by wire  transfer the amount
required to be paid to Seller pursuant to Section 1.2.

                  SECTION 7.5.          LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

                  No action, suit,  proceeding or investigation shall be pending
or threatened before or by any court or governmental body or agency  challenging
the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise seeking damages or
seeking to restrain or prevent the carrying out of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE EIGHT

                                   TERMINATION

                  SECTION 8.1.          TERMINATION.

                  In addition  to any rights or  remedies  for default or breach
that a party may have under  applicable law, this Agreement may be terminated at
any time prior to the Closing:

                  (a) By the mutual  written  consent of Old Bank and,  upon its
         organization, Seller on the one hand and Buyer and Parent, on the other
         hand,  at any time  whether or not  theretofore  approved by Old Bank's
         shareholders;

                  (b) By Old Bank, Seller, Buyer or Parent in the event that the
         Closing has not occurred by September 30, 1998;

                  (c) By Old Bank and  Seller on one hand or Buyer and Parent on
         the other hand upon written  notice to the other of any  Applicable Law
         that  shall  hereafter  be  enacted  or become  applicable  that  makes
         consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by the  Plan  or this
         Agreement  illegal  or  otherwise  prohibited,   or  if  any  judgment,
         injunction,   order  or  decree   enjoining   any  party   hereto  from
         consummating   such   transactions   is  entered  and  such   judgment,
         injunction, order or decree shall become final and nonappealable;

                  (d) By Old Bank and  Seller on one hand or Buyer and Parent on
         the other hand upon the  expiration of fifteen (15) calendar days after
         any  governmental  body or agency having  jurisdiction  over any of the
         transactions  set forth herein,  in writing  denies or refuses to grant
         any Regulatory Approval,  and no Regulatory Approval shall have imposed
         any  condition or  requirement,  including,  without  limitation,  with
         respect to capital requirements,  that is or would become applicable to
         Buyer,  New Bank or Parent or any  affiliate  thereof after the Closing
         Date which Buyer or Parent,  in good faith,  determines would be unduly
         burdensome upon Buyer, New Bank, or Parent or any affiliate  thereof or
         the conduct of the business after Closing of Buyer, New Bank, or Parent
         or any affiliate  thereof,  in each case as such business was conducted
         prior to the  Closing  Date or as such  business is  anticipated  to be
         conducted after the Closing Date as described in the  applications  for
         the Regulatory Approvals (which applications shall be reasonable in the
         activities  that are  requested to be

                                      C-45

<PAGE>



         conducted),  or indicates to Old Bank,  Seller,  Buyer or New Bank that
         any application for Regulatory  Approval should be withdrawn or will be
         returned;

                  (e) By Parent and Buyer,  if there has been a material  breach
         of, or  inaccuracy  in, a  representation  or warranty by Seller of Old
         Bank in this  Agreement  (including  the Schedules and Exhibits) or any
         certificate,  instrument or other document delivered pursuant hereto by
         Old Bank or Seller,  or a breach by Old Bank or Seller of any  covenant
         set forth herein or a failure of any condition to which the obligations
         of Buyer are subject; or

                  (f) By Old  Bank and  Seller,  if  there  has been a  material
         breach of, or  inaccuracy  in, a  representation  or  warranty  in this
         Agreement  (including  the Schedules and Exhibits) or any  certificate,
         instrument  or other  document  delivered  pursuant  hereto by Buyer or
         Parent,  or a breach by Buyer of any  covenant  set  forth  herein or a
         failure  of any  condition  to which  the  obligations  of Old Bank and
         Seller are subject.

                  Termination of this Agreement in accordance with the foregoing
shall not deprive  any party of any  remedies  it may  otherwise  be entitled to
under this contract or applicable law.

                                  ARTICLE NINE

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  SECTION 9.1.          SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS,  WARRANTIES
                                        AND COVENANTS.

                  The  representations  and  warranties  made in this  Agreement
(including the Schedules and Exhibits) or any  certificate,  instrument or other
document  delivered in connection  herewith shall survive the Closing Date for a
period of eighteen (18) months,  except for the  representations  and warranties
(i) set  forth  in  Section  2.1,  2.2 and 2.6 and in any  related  Schedule  or
certificate,  which shall survive  indefinitely,  (ii) set forth in Section 2.24
and in any related  Schedule  or  certificate,  which shall  survive for 30 days
following  the  expiration  of the statute of  limitations  on assessment of the
relevant tax. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such representation or warranty
shall  survive a given date (i) if any party,  prior to such given  date,  shall
have advised the other party in writing of an alleged breach thereof, specifying
in  reasonable  detail  the  representation  or  warranty  that is alleged to be
inaccurate  or that is  alleged  to have  been  breached  and the basis for such
allegation  or (ii)  if  Parent,  Buyer,  Seller  or Old  Bank  made a  willful,
fraudulent,  grossly  negligent or intentional  misrepresentation  in connection
with a representation or warranty. The covenants of Seller, Old Bank, Parent and
Buyer shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

                  SECTION 9.2.          GOVERNING LAW.

                  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced
in  accordance  with the  internal,  substantive  laws of the State of New York,
without giving effect to the conflict of laws rules thereof.

                  SECTION 9.3.          NOTICES.

                  All notices, consents, requests,  instructions,  approvals and
other communications  provided for herein shall be deemed validly given, made or
served if in writing and delivered personally or sent by certified mail, postage
prepaid,  or by overnight  courier,  or by telex,  telecopier or telegraph (with
receipt confirmed by telephone), charges prepaid:

                                      C-46

<PAGE>



                  (a)      if to Buyer or Parent, addressed to:

                           Royal Bank of Canada
                           16th Floor, South Tower, Royal Bank Plaza
                           200 Bay Street
                           Toronto, Ontario  M5J2J2
                           Attention:  Vice-President, Business Development
                           Telephone:  (416) 974-9878
                           Telecopier:  (416) 974-9344

                  with copies to:

                           Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
                           200 Park Avenue
                           New York, New York  10166
                           Attention:  Steven R, Shoemate
                           Telephone:  (212) 351-4000
                           Telecopier:  (212) 351-4035

                  (b)      if to Seller, addressed to:

                           Security First Technologies Corporation
                           3390 Peachtree Road, Suite 1700
                           Atlanta, GA  30326-1108
                           Attention: President
                           Telephone:       (404) 812-6710
                           Telecopier:      (404) 812-6707

                  with a copy to:

                           Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.
                           Columbia Square
                           Washington, D.C. 20002-1109
                           Attention:  Stuart Stein
                           Telephone:       (202) 637-8575
                           Telecopier:      (202) 637-5910

or such  other  address  as shall be  furnished  in  writing by any party to the
others.

                  SECTION 9.4.          JURISDICTION; AGENT FOR SERVICE.

                  Legal  proceedings  commenced by Seller,  Old Bank,  New Bank,
Parent  or  Buyer  arising  out  of  any  of  the  transactions  or  obligations
contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall be brought  exclusively  in the  federal
courts,  or in the absence of federal  jurisdiction  in state courts,  in either
case in the State of New York.  Buyer, Old Bank,  Parent and Seller  irrevocably
and unconditionally  submit to the jurisdiction of such courts and agree to take
any and all  future  action  necessary  to  submit to the  jurisdiction  of such
courts.  Parent, Buyer, Old Bank and Seller irrevocably waive any objection that
they now have or hereafter  may have to the laying of venue of any suit,  action
or proceeding brought in any such court and further  irrevocably waive any claim
that any such  suit,  action or  proceeding  brought  in any such court has been
brought in an  inconvenient  forum.  Final judgment  against  Seller,  Old Bank,
Parent or Buyer in any such suit  shall be  conclusive  and may be  enforced  in
other  jurisdictions by suit on the judgment,  a certified or true copy of which
shall be conclusive  evidence of the fact and the amount of any  indebtedness or
liability  of  Seller,  Old  Bank,  Parent  or Buyer  therein  described,  or by
appropriate proceedings under any applicable treaty or otherwise.

                                      C-47

<PAGE>



                  SECTION 9.5.          ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

                  This  Agreement  represents  the  entire  agreement  among the
parties and supersedes and cancels any prior oral or written  agreement,  letter
of intent or  understanding  related to the subject matter hereof except for the
Confidentiality  Agreement,  as amended, dated as of January 12, 1998, among Old
Bank, S1 and Parent.

                  SECTION 9.6.          BINDING EFFECT.

                  This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective  successors and assigns,  and
no other  person  shall  acquire  or have any  right  under or by virtue of this
Agreement.  Seller and Old Bank may not assign or transfer  any right  hereunder
without  the prior  written  consent  of Buyer.  Buyer or Parent  may  assign or
transfer  their  respective  rights  hereunder  to  another  direct or  indirect
wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent.

                  SECTION 9.7.          THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.

                  This  Agreement  shall not confer any rights or remedies  upon
any  person  or entity  other  than the  parties  hereto  and  their  respective
successors and permitted assigns.

                  SECTION 9.8.          AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.

                  No provision of this  Agreement  may be  terminated,  amended,
supplemented,  waived or modified  other than by an instrument in writing signed
by the  party  against  whom  the  enforcement  of the  termination,  amendment,
supplement, waiver or modification is sought.

                  SECTION 9.9.          COUNTERPARTS.

                  This  Agreement  may be executed in one or more  counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which  together shall
be deemed to be one and the same instrument, and shall become effective when one
or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties.

                  SECTION 9.10.         SEVERABILITY.

                  In the  event  any  provision,  or  portion  thereof,  of this
Agreement is held by a court having proper  jurisdiction to be  unenforceable in
any jurisdiction, then such portion or provision shall be deemed to be severable
as to such jurisdiction (but, to the extent permitted by law, not elsewhere) and
shall not affect the remainder of this  Agreement,  which shall continue in full
force and effect.  If any provision of this  Agreement is held to be so broad as
to be unenforceable,  such provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as
is necessary for it to be enforceable.

         (The remainder of this page has been left blank intentionally.)


                                      C-48

<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been duly executed by
the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

                                           ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

                                           By:  /s/ Jim Rager
                                              ----------------------------
                                           Name:  JIM RAGER
                                           Title: EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT

                                           By: /s/ Robert Horton
                                              ----------------------------
                                              Name:  Robert Horton
                                              Title:  Vice President

                                           RBC HOLDINGS (DELAWARE) INC.

                                           By: /s/ Charles F. Seitz
                                              ----------------------------
                                              Name:  Charles F. Seitz
                                              Title:  Treasurer + Secretary

                                           SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK

                                           By: /s/ Robert F. Stockwell
                                              ----------------------------
                                              Name: ROBERT F. STOCKWELL
                                              Title: TREASURER, ACTING PRESIDENT
                                                     AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

                                           SECURITY FIRST TECHNOLOGIES
                                           CORPORATION

                                           By: /s/ James S. Mahan, III
                                              ----------------------------
                                                Executed as of June 5, 1998
                                              Name: James S. Mahan, III
                                              Title: Chief Executive Officer


                                      C-49

<PAGE>



                                                                      APPENDIX D

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                     SECURITY FIRST TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

1.       NAME

                  The name of this  corporation is Security  First  Technologies
Corporation (the "Corporation").

2.       REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

                  The registered  office of the Corporation  shall be located at
1013 Centre Road,  Wilmington,  Delaware 19805 in the County of New Castle.  The
registered agent of the Corporation at such address shall be Corporation Service
Company.

3.       PURPOSE AND POWERS

                  The purpose of the  Corporation is to engage in any lawful act
or  activity  for  which   corporations  may  be  organized  under  the  General
Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware  (the  "Delaware  General  Corporation
Law").  The  Corporation  shall have all power necessary or helpful to engage in
such acts and activities.

4.       CAPITAL STOCK

         4.1.     AUTHORIZED SHARES

                  The total  number of shares of all  classes  of stock that the
Corporation   shall  have  the   authority  to  issue  is   forty-five   million
(45,000,000),  of which forty million (40,000,000) shares shall be common stock,
par value $0.01 per share,  ("Common Stock") and five million (5,000,000) shares
shall be serial preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Preferred Stock").

         4.2.     COMMON STOCK

                  4.2.1.   RELATIVE RIGHTS

                  The  Common  Stock  shall  be  subject  to all of the  rights,
privileges,  preferences  and  priorities  of the  Preferred  Stock as set forth
herein or in the certificate of  designations  filed to establish the respective
series of  Preferred  Stock.  Each  share of Common  Stock  shall  have the same
relative  rights as and be  identical in all respects to all the other shares of
Common Stock.

                  4.2.2.   DIVIDENDS

                  Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside
for payment,  to the holders of shares of any class of stock  having  preference
over the  Common  Stock as to the  payment  of  dividends,  the full  amount  of
dividends  and of sinking  fund or  retirement  payments,  if any, to which such
holders  are  respectively  entitled in  preference  to the Common  Stock,  then
dividends  may be paid on the  Common  Stock and on any class or series of stock
entitled to  participate  therewith as to dividends,  out of any assets  legally
available for the payment of dividends thereon, but only when and as declared by
the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                                      D-1

<PAGE>




                  4.2.3.   DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, WINDING UP

                  In the event of any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of
the  Corporation,  whether  voluntary or involuntary,  the holders of the Common
Stock shall become entitled to participate in the  distribution of any assets of
the Corporation  remaining  after the Corporation  shall have paid, or set aside
for  payment,  to the holders of any class of stock having  preference  over the
Common  Stock in the event of  dissolution,  liquidation  or winding up the full
preferential amounts (if any) to which they are entitled.

                  4.2.4.   VOTING RIGHTS

                  Each  holder of shares of Common  Stock  shall be  entitled to
attend all special and annual  meetings of the  shareholders  of the Corporation
and, share for share and without  regard to class,  together with the holders of
all other classes of stock  entitled to attend such meetings and to vote (except
any class or series of stock having special voting rights), to cast one vote for
each  outstanding  share of  Common  Stock  so held  upon  any  matter  or thing
(including,  without limitation, the election of one or more directors) properly
considered  and acted upon by the  shareholders.  There  shall be no  cumulative
voting rights in the election of directors.

         4.3.     PREFERRED STOCK

                  The Board of Directors is  authorized,  subject to limitations
prescribed by the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law and the provisions of this
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  to  provide,  by  resolution  and by  filing  a
certificate of designations  pursuant to the Delaware  General  Corporation Law,
for the issuance of the shares of Preferred  Stock in series,  to establish from
time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix
the designation, powers, preferences and other rights of the shares of each such
series and to fix the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereon.

                  4.3.1.   SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

                  The  Corporation  is  hereby  authorized  to  issue  up to one
million,  six  hundred  thirty  seven  thousand,  eight  hundred  and thirty two
(1,637,832) shares of the Preferred Stock authorized  pursuant to Section 4.3 as
a series  of  Preferred  Stock,  which  series  shall be  designated  "Series  A
Convertible Preferred Stock" (hereinafter referred to as the "Series A Preferred
Stock") and shall have the following rights and preferences:

                           4.3.1.1.     DIVIDENDS

                           The holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock
shall not have any preference  with respect to dividends over the holders of the
Common  Stock,  but shall  participate  fully and equally,  on a share for share
basis,  with the  Common  Stock,  with  respect  to the  payment  of any and all
dividends or other distributions,  whenever declared and whether paid or payable
in cash,  the capital stock of the  Corporation,  the capital stock of any other
entity, or any other property.

                           4.3.1.2.     VOTING

                           Except as  otherwise  provided  by law and  except as
hereinafter provided,  the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no
voting  rights and shall not be entitled to notice of meetings of  shareholders,
and the exclusive voting power of the Corporation shall be vested in the holders
of the Common Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Series A
Preferred  Stock shall be  entitled to the  following  specific  limited  voting
rights:

                                      D-2

<PAGE>



                           (a) The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall
be entitled to vote, as a separate  class,  with respect to (i) any amendment or
repeal of any of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation  which would
change the specific  terms of the Series A Preferred  Stock as set forth in this
Section 4 (or in any  supplementary  sections  hereto)  so as to have an adverse
effect on the rights of the Series A Preferred  Stock,  including  any amendment
which would create or enlarge any class or series  ranking prior to the Series A
Preferred Stock in rights and preferences (provided,  however, that an amendment
which  increases  the  number  of  authorized  shares  of any class or series of
capital  stock,  or  substitutes  the  surviving  association  in  a  merger  or
consolidation for the Corporation, shall not be considered to be such an adverse
effect),  and (ii) the approval of a merger or  consolidation of the Corporation
with  another  corporation  or the sale,  lease,  or  conveyance  (other than by
mortgage or pledge) of the properties or business of the Corporation in exchange
for  securities  of a  corporation  other than the  Corporation  if the Series A
Preferred Stock is to be exchanged for securities of such other  corporation and
if the terms of such securities are less favorable in any respect to the holders
thereof than the specific terms of the Series A Preferred  Stock as set forth in
Section 4.3.1 (or any supplementary section hereto), provided,  however, that no
such approval for transactions undertaken with the assistance or pursuant to the
direction of the Office of Thrift  Supervision or the Federal Deposit  Insurance
Corporation,   shall  be   required.   No  such   amendment,   repeal,   merger,
consolidation,  sale,  lease, or conveyance shall be approved or adopted without
the affirmative  vote, at a meeting duly called for that purpose and upon notice
duly given to the  holders  of the  Series A  Preferred  Stock,  or the  written
consent with or without a meeting,  of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
shares of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, together with any other
vote or consent  of the  holders of other  classes of the  capital  stock of the
Corporation as may be required; and

                           (b) The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall
be  entitled  to one vote per share,  voting  with the  holders of the shares of
Common Stock as if a single class,  on any voluntary  dissolution or liquidation
of the Corporation.

                           4.3.1.3.     CONVERSION

                           Each  holder of  record  of  shares  of the  Series A
Preferred  Stock (a "Holder") shall have the option to convert all or fewer than
all of such  shares  into shares of Common  Stock of the  Corporation,  on a one
share for one share basis upon the following terms and conditions:

                           (a)  Shares  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall be
convertible  only  upon  the  occurrence  of one or  another  of the  events  or
circumstances  described  in  subparagraphs  (i) or (ii)  below,  to the  extent
described in such subparagraphs:

                                    (i) upon a reduction of an original Holder's
         (the "Original  Holder") ownership of shares of the Common Stock of the
         Corporation  below 4.999% of the total number of shares of Common Stock
         outstanding  at any  given  time,  that  is  attributable  only  to the
         issuance of  additional  shares of Common  Stock and not because of any
         action  taken by the  Original  Holder that would  reduce the  Original
         Holder's percentage ownership interest in the total number of shares of
         Common  Stock then  outstanding  provided,  however,  that the Original
         Holder's  ownership  of such  shares  of  Common  Stock  following  the
         conversion  of shares of Series A Preferred  Stock shall not exceed the
         lesser of 4.999% of the  total  number of shares of Common  Stock  then
         outstanding  or such lesser  percentage  attributable  to the  Original
         Holder as a result of actions taken by the Original Holder; and

                                    (ii) at any time following a transfer of the
         shares of Series A Preferred  Stock held by the Original  Holder to any
         person or entity not an "affiliate" of such Holder; provided,  however,
         that the Original Holder shall not be permitted to transfer such shares
         to any party (other than an affiliate of the Original Holder) except in
         a transfer  (A) to the  Corporation,  (B) to any party who has acquired
         more than 50% of the outstanding  Common Stock of the  Corporation,  or
         (C) in a widely dispersed  distribution or private  placement of shares
         of the Series A Preferred Stock to  non-affiliated  parties in which no

                                      D-3

<PAGE>



         party or its affiliate  acquires shares that are convertible  into more
         than 2% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation; or (D) to a
         single party (e.g.,  a broker or investment  banker) for the purpose of
         conducting  a widely  dispersed  public  distribution  on behalf of the
         Original Holder pursuant to an effective  registration  statement under
         the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). (For the
         purposes hereof,  "affiliate"  shall have the meaning specified in Rule
         405  promulgated by the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  under the
         Securities Act.)

                           (b) The  option to  convert  shares  of the  Series A
Preferred  Stock  into  shares  of  Common  Stock  of the  Corporation  shall be
exercisable by delivering the certificate or  certificates  for the shares to be
converted,  properly  endorsed to the  Corporation or in blank,  together with a
written notice specifying the number of shares to be converted, to the Secretary
of the Corporation at the home office of the Corporation.  The conversion of the
shares of Series A Preferred  Stock shall be  effective  as of the date on which
the Corporation  receives such  certificate or  certificates  and such notice of
conversion.

                           (c) All  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  upon  the
conversion  of any shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall be fully paid and
non-assessable.

                           (d) The  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock of the
Corporation  into which the shares of Series A Preferred  Stock can be converted
shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

                                    (i) If, at any time  after the  issuance  of
         any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation pays or makes a
         dividend  or other  distribution  on any class of capital  stock of the
         Corporation  in Common  Stock of the  Corporation,  then the  number of
         shares of Common  Stock into  which  each  share of Series A  Preferred
         Stock may be converted shall be increased by multiplying such number by
         a fraction,  the  denominator  of which is the number of shares of such
         Common  Stock   outstanding  at  the  close  of  business  on  the  day
         immediately  preceding the date of such  distribution and the numerator
         of which is the sum of such  number of shares  and the total  number of
         shares constituting such dividend or other distribution,  such increase
         to become  effective  immediately  after the opening of business on the
         day following such distribution.

                                    (ii) If, at any time after the  issuance  of
         any  shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock,  the  outstanding  shares of
         Common Stock of the Corporation are subdivided into a greater number of
         such shares,  then the number of shares of Common Stock into which each
         share  of  Series  A  Preferred   Stock  may  be  converted   shall  be
         proportionately  increased, and, conversely,  if, at any time after the
         issuance of any shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock,  the  outstanding
         shares of Common Stock of the  Corporation  are combined into a smaller
         number of such  shares,  then the number of shares of Common Stock into
         which each share of Series A Preferred  Stock may be converted shall be
         proportionately  decreased,  such increase or decrease, as the case may
         be, to become  effective  immediately  after the opening of business on
         the day following the day upon which such  subdivision  or  combination
         becomes effective.

                                    (iii) The  reclassification  (including  any
         reclassification  upon  a  merger  in  which  the  Corporation  is  the
         continuing  corporation)  of the Common Stock of the  Corporation  into
         securities,  including other than shares of such Common Stock, shall be
         deemed to involve a subdivision or combination,  as the case may be, of
         the number of shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation outstanding
         immediately prior to such reclassification into the number of shares of
         such Common Stock outstanding  immediately thereafter and the effective
         date of such reclassification  shall be deemed to be the day upon which
         such subdivision or combination  becomes effective,  within the meaning
         of subparagraph (ii) above.

                                      D-4

<PAGE>



                           4.3.1.4.     LIQUIDATION

                           In the  event  of the  liquidation,  dissolution,  or
winding up of the Corporation,  whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of
the shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall be  entitled  to share  ratably,
without  distinction  as to  class,  in  all of the  assets  of the  Corporation
available for distribution to shareholders.

                           4.3.1.5.     RESERVATION OF COMMON STOCK

                           So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are
outstanding,  the Corporation  shall maintain a sufficient  number of authorized
but  unissued  shares of  Common  Stock to  provide  for the  conversion  of all
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock.

         4.4.     PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

                  Holders of the capital stock of the  Corporation  shall not be
entitled to preemptive  rights with respect to any shares or other securities of
the Corporation which may be issued.

5.       INCORPORATOR; DIRECTORS

         5.1.     INCORPORATOR

                  The  name  and  mailing  address  of  the  incorporator   (the
"Incorporator")  is Security First Network Bank,  3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite
1700,  Atlanta,  Georgia 30326. The powers of the  Incorporator  shall terminate
upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation.

         5.2.     DIRECTORS

                  The  number  of  directors  of the  Corporation  shall be such
number as from time to time shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the
bylaws of the Corporation.

                  The  classification  shall be such  that the term of one class
shall expire each succeeding  year. The  Corporation's  board of directors shall
initially be divided into three  classes  named Class I, Class II and Class III,
with Class I and II each  initially  consisting  of one  director  and Class III
initially   consisting   of   two   directors.   The   terms,   classifications,
qualifications  and  election  of the  board of  directors  and the  filling  of
vacancies  thereon  shall  be as  provided  herein  and  in  the  bylaws  of the
Corporation.  The names and business addresses of those persons of each class to
serve on the initial board of directors shall be as follows:

Class I: Term of office expires at the first annual meeting of shareholders:

Name                                         Address

Robert W. Copelan                            3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700
                                             Atlanta, Georgia  30326

Class II: Term of office expires at the second annual meeting of shareholders:

Name                                         Address

Howard J. Runnion, Jr.                       3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700
                                             Atlanta, Georgia  30326

                                      D-5

<PAGE>



Class III: Terms of office expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders:

Name                                         Address

Michael C. McChesney                         3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700
                                             Atlanta, Georgia  30326

James S. Mahan, III                          3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700
                                             Atlanta, Georgia  30326


                  Subject  to  the   foregoing,   at  each  annual   meeting  of
shareholders  the  successors  to the class of  directors  whose term shall then
expire  shall  be  elected  to hold  office  for a term  expiring  at the  third
succeeding  annual  meeting  and until  their  successors  shall be elected  and
qualified.

                  Any vacancy occurring in the board of directors, including any
vacancy  created by reason of an increase in the number of  directors,  shall be
filled  for the  unexpired  term in the  manner  provided  in the  Corporation's
bylaws,  and any director so chosen  shall hold office for the  remainder of the
full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or
the vacancy occurred and until such director's successor shall have been elected
and qualified, or until the director's earlier resignation or removal.

                  No director  may be removed  except for cause and then only by
an  affirmative  vote of at least  two-thirds of the total votes  eligible to be
voted by shareholders at a duly constituted  meeting of shareholders  called for
such purpose.  At least 30 days prior to such meeting of  shareholders,  written
notice  shall  be  sent to the  director  or  directors  whose  removal  will be
considered at such meeting.

         5.3.     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

                  No  director  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  liable  to  the
Corporation  or its  shareholders  for monetary  damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director,  provided that this  provision  shall not eliminate or limit
the liability of a director (a) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty
to the  Corporation or its  shareholders;  (b) for acts or omissions not in good
faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (c)
for the types of  liability  set forth in Section  174 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law; or (d) for any transaction from which the director received any
improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.3 by the
shareholders  of the  Corporation  shall  not  adversely  affect  any  right  or
protection of a director for acts or omissions  occurring prior to the effective
date of such repeal or modification.

6.       INDEMNIFICATION

                  To the extent  permitted by law, the  Corporation  shall fully
indemnify  any person who was or is a party or is  threatened to be made a party
to any  threatened,  pending or completed  action,  suit or proceeding  (whether
civil,  criminal,  administrative  or  investigative) by reason of the fact that
such  person is or was a director  or officer of the  Corporation,  or is or was
serving at the  request of the  Corporation  as a director or officer of another
corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise,  against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,  fines and
amounts paid in settlement  actually and  reasonably  incurred by such person in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding.

                  To the extent  permitted  by law,  the  Corporation  may fully
indemnify  any person who was or is a party or is  threatened to be made a party
to any  threatened,  pending or completed  action,  suit or proceeding  (whether
civil,  criminal,  administrative  or  investigative) by reason of the fact that
such  person is or was an  employee  or agent of the  Corporation,  or is or was
serving at the  request of

                                      D-6

<PAGE>



the  Corporation  as an employee or agent of another  corporation,  partnership,
joint  venture,  trust,  employee  benefit  plan or  other  enterprise,  against
expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts  paid in
settlement  actually and reasonably  incurred by such person in connection  with
such action, suit or proceeding.

                  The Corporation  may advance  expenses  (including  attorneys'
fees)  incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final  disposition of
such action,  suit or  proceeding  upon the receipt of an  undertaking  by or on
behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be
determined that such director or officer is not entitled to indemnification. The
Corporation  may advance  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees) incurred by an
employee or agent in advance of the final  disposition  of such action,  suit or
proceeding  upon such terms and  conditions,  if any, as the Board of  Directors
deems appropriate.

7.       AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

                  In furtherance  and not in limitation of the powers  conferred
by  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  the  Board  of  Directors  or the
shareholders  may from time to time  amend the bylaws of the  Corporation.  Such
action by the board of directors shall require the affirmative  vote of at least
two-thirds of the directors then in office at a duly constituted  meeting of the
board of  directors  called for such  purpose.  Such action by the  shareholders
shall  require the  affirmative  vote of at least  two-thirds of the total votes
eligible to be voted at a duly  constituted  meeting of shareholders  called for
such purpose.

8.       CRITERIA FOR EVALUATING CERTAIN OFFERS

                  The board of directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any
offer  to (i)  make a tender  or  exchange  offer  for the  Common  Stock of the
Corporation, (ii) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another institution,
or  (iii)  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  all  or  substantially  all  of the
properties and assets of the Corporation, shall, in connection with the exercise
of its judgment in determining  what is in the best interests of the Corporation
and its shareholders,  give due consideration to all relevant factors, including
without  limitation  the  economic  effects of  acceptance  of such offer on (a)
depositors,  borrowers  and employees of any insured  institution  subsidiary or
subsidiaries of the Corporation, and on the communities in which such subsidiary
or  subsidiaries  operate  or are  located  and  (b)  the  ability  of any  such
subsidiary or subsidiaries  to fulfill the objectives of an insured  institution
under applicable federal statutes and regulations.

9.       CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

                  The votes of  shareholders  and directors  required to approve
any  Business  Combination  shall be as set  forth in this  Section  9. The term
"Business   Combination"  is  used  as  defined  in  Section  9.1.2.  All  other
capitalized  terms not otherwise  defined in this Section 9 or elsewhere in this
Certificate of Incorporation are used as defined in Section 9.3.

         9.1.     VOTE REQUIRED FOR CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

                  9.1.1.   HIGHER VOTE FOR CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

                  In addition to any  affirmative  vote  required by law or this
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  and except as otherwise  expressly  provided in
Section 9.2:

                  (i) any  merger or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  or any
         Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (a) any Interested Shareholder
         (as hereinafter  defined) or (b) any other corporation  (whether or not
         itself an  Interested  Shareholder)  which  is, or after the  merger or
         consolidation  would be, an Affiliate or Associate  (as those terms are
         hereinafter  defined)  of  such  Interested  Shareholder  prior  to the
         transaction; or

                                      D-7

<PAGE>



                  (ii) any sale, lease, exchange,  mortgage, pledge, transfer or
         other  disposition  other  than in the  usual  and  regular  course  of
         business  (in  one  transaction  or a  series  of  transactions  in any
         twelve-month period) to any Interested  Shareholder or any Affiliate or
         Associate of such Interested Shareholder, other than the Corporation or
         any of  its  Subsidiaries,  of any  assets  of the  Corporation  or any
         Subsidiary having, measured at the time the transaction or transactions
         are approved by the board of directors of the Corporation, an aggregate
         book  value  as of the  end of the  Corporation's  most  recent  fiscal
         quarter  of  ten  percent  or  more  of  the  total  Market  Value  (as
         hereinafter defined) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation or of
         its net worth as of the end of its most recent fiscal quarter; or

                  (iii) the  issuance  or  transfer  by the  Corporation  or any
         Subsidiary  (in one  transaction  or a series of  transactions)  of any
         equity  securities  of the  Corporation  or any  Subsidiary  having  an
         aggregate  Market  Value of five  percent  or more of the total  Market
         Value of the  outstanding  shares of the  Corporation to any Interested
         Shareholder   or  any   Affiliate  or   Associate  of  any   Interested
         Shareholder,  other than the  Corporation  or any of its  Subsidiaries,
         except  pursuant  to the  exercise  of  warrants,  rights or options to
         subscribe  for or purchase  securities  offered,  issued or granted pro
         rata to all holders of the Voting Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the
         Corporation or any other method affording  substantially  proportionate
         treatment to the holders of Voting Stock; or

                  (iv) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the  liquidation
         or dissolution of the  Corporation or any Subsidiary  proposed by or on
         behalf of an  Interested  Shareholder  or any Affiliate or Associate of
         such Interested  Shareholder,  other than the Corporation or any of its
         Subsidiaries; or

                  (v) any reclassification of securities  (including any reverse
         stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation,  or any merger or
         consolidation  of the Corporation  with any of its  Subsidiaries or any
         other transaction  (whether or not with or into or otherwise  involving
         an  Interested   Shareholder)   which  has  the  effect,   directly  or
         indirectly,  in  one  transaction  or  a  series  of  transaction,   of
         increasing the  proportionate  amount of the outstanding  shares of any
         class of equity or  convertible  securities of the  Corporation  or any
         Subsidiary  which is directly  or  indirectly  owned by any  Interested
         Shareholder   or  any   Affiliate  or   Associate  of  any   Interested
         Shareholder, other than the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

shall be approved by  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of
the total number of outstanding  shares of Voting Stock.  Such  affirmative vote
shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that
a lesser percentage may be specified, by law.

                  9.1.2.   DEFINITION OF "BUSINESS COMBINATION"

                  The term  "Business  Combination"  as used in this  Section  9
shall mean any  transaction  which is  referred to in any one or more of clauses
(i) through (v) of Section 9.1.1.

         9.2.     WHEN HIGHER VOTE IS NOT REQUIRED

                  The provisions of Section 9.1.1 shall not be applicable to any
particular  Business  Combination,  and such Business  Combination shall require
only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provision of this
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  if all of the  conditions  specified  in either
Section 9.2.1 or 9.2.2 are met:

                                      D-8

<PAGE>




                  9.2.1.   APPROVAL BY CONTINUING DIRECTORS

                  The Business  Combination shall have been approved by at least
two-thirds of the Continuing  Directors (as hereinafter  defined) then in office
at a duly  constituted  meeting  of the board of  directors  of the  Corporation
called for such purpose.

                  9.2.2.   PRICE AND PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS

                  All of the following conditions shall have been met:

                  (i) The  aggregate  amount of the cash and the Market Value as
         of  the  Valuation  Date  (as  hereinafter  defined)  of  the  Business
         Combination of  consideration  other than cash to be received per share
         by holders of Common  Stock in such  Business  Combination  shall be at
         least equal to the highest of the following:

                           (a) (if  applicable)  the  highest  per  share  price
         (including  any brokerage  commissions,  transfer  taxes and soliciting
         dealers'  fees) paid by the  Interested  Shareholder  for any shares of
         Common Stock acquired by it (1) within the two-year period  immediately
         prior to the first public  announcement of the proposal of the Business
         Combination  (the  "Announcement  Date") or (2) in the  transaction  in
         which it became an Interested Shareholder, whichever is higher; or

                           (b) the Market Value per share of Common Stock of the
         same class or series on the  Announcement  Date or on the date on which
         the  Interested  Shareholder  became an  Interested  Shareholder  (such
         latter  date is  referred  to in this  Section 9 as the  "Determination
         Date"), whichever is higher; or

                           (c) the price per share equal to the Market Value per
         share of Common Stock of the same class or series  determined  pursuant
         to  subdivision  (i)(b)  hereof,  multiplied by the fraction of (1) the
         highest  per share price  (including  brokerage  commissions,  transfer
         taxes and soliciting  dealers fees) paid by the Interested  Shareholder
         for any shares of Common Stock of the same class or series  acquired by
         it within the two-year  period  immediately  prior to the  Announcement
         Date,  over (2) the Market  Value per share of Common Stock of the same
         class or series on the first day in such  two-year  period on which the
         Interested Shareholder acquired shares of Common Stock.

                  (ii) The aggregate  amount of the cash and the Market Value as
         of the Valuation Date of  consideration  other than cash to be received
         per share by  holders  of shares of any class or series of  outstanding
         Voting Stock,  other than Common Stock,  shall be at least equal to the
         highest of the following (it being  intended that the  requirements  of
         this  Section  9.2.2(ii)  shall be required  to be met with  respect to
         every class of outstanding Voting Stock,  whether or not the Interested
         Shareholder has previously acquired any shares of a particular class of
         Voting Stock):

                           (a) (if  applicable)  the  highest  per  share  price
         (including  any brokerage  commissions,  transfer  taxes and soliciting
         dealers'  fees) paid by the  Interested  Shareholder  for any shares of
         such  class or series of Voting  Stock  acquired  by it: (1) within the
         two-year period  immediately  prior to the Announcement  Date or (2) in
         the transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder, whichever
         is higher; or

                           (b) (if applicable) the highest  preferential  amount
         per share to which  the  holders  of shares of such  class or series of
         Voting Stock are entitled in the event of any voluntary or  involuntary
         liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; or

                                      D-9

<PAGE>



                           (c) the  Market  Value  per  share  of such  class or
         series of Voting Stock on the Announcement Date or on the Determination
         Date, whichever is higher; or

                           (d) the price per share equal to the Market Value per
         share  of  such  class  or  series  of  stock  determined  pursuant  to
         subdivision  (ii)(c)  hereof  multiplied  by the  fraction  of (1)  the
         highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions,  transfer
         taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested  Shareholder
         for any shares of any class of series of Voting  Stock  acquired  by it
         within the two-year period  immediately  prior to the Announcement Date
         over (2) the  Market  Value  per  share of the same  class or series of
         Voting  Stock on the  first  day in such  two-year  period on which the
         Interested  Shareholder acquired any shares of the same class or series
         of Voting Stock.

                  (iii)  The  consideration  to  be  received  by  holders  of a
         particular class or series of outstanding Voting Stock shall be in cash
         or in the same form as the Interested  Shareholder  has previously paid
         for shares of such class or series of Voting Stock.  If the  Interested
         Shareholder  has paid for shares of any class or series of Voting Stock
         with varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration for such
         class or series of Voting  Stock  shall be either cash or the form used
         to  acquire  the  largest  number of shares of such  class or series of
         Voting Stock previously acquired by it.

                  (iv)  After  such   Interested   Shareholder   has  become  an
         Interested  Shareholder and prior to the  consummation of such Business
         Combination: (a) there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at
         the regular date therefor any full quarterly  dividends (whether or not
         cumulative) on any outstanding Preferred Stock of the Corporation;  (b)
         there shall have been (1) no  reduction in the annual rate of dividends
         paid on any  class or series of the  capital  stock of the  Corporation
         (except as necessary to reflect any  subdivision of the capital stock),
         and (2) an increase in such annual rate of  dividends  as  necessary to
         reflect  any  reclassification  (including  any reverse  stock  split),
         recapitalization,  reorganization or any similar  transaction which has
         the  effect of  reducing  the  number of  outstanding  shares of Common
         Stock;  and (c) such Interested  Shareholder  shall have not become the
         beneficial  owner of any  additional  shares of capital stock except as
         part of the transaction  which results in such  Interested  Shareholder
         becoming an Interested  Shareholder or by virtue of proportionate stock
         splits or stock dividends.

                  The  provisions  of  subdivisions  (iv)(a) and (iv)(b) of this
Section  9.2.2 do not apply if the  Interested  Shareholder  or any Affiliate or
Associate of the Interested  Shareholder  voted as a director of the Corporation
in a manner inconsistent with such subdivisions, and the Interested Shareholder,
within  ten  days  after  any  act or  failure  to act  inconsistent  with  such
subdivisions, notifies the board of directors of the Corporation in writing that
the Interested  Shareholder  disapproves thereof and requests in good faith that
the board of directors rectify such act or failure to act.

                  (v) After such Interested Shareholder has become an Interested
         Shareholder,  such Interested  Shareholder  shall not have received the
         benefit   directly  or   indirectly   (except   proportionately   as  a
         shareholder),  of any  loans,  advances,  guarantees,  pledges or other
         financial  assistance  or any  tax  credits  or  other  tax  advantages
         provided  by the  Corporation  or any of its  Subsidiaries  (whether in
         anticipation  of or in  connection  with such Business  Combination  or
         otherwise).

                  (vi) A proxy or information  statement describing the proposed
         Business  Combination  and  complying  with  the  requirements  of  the
         Securities   Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  the  rules  and  regulations
         thereunder (or any subsequent  provisions  replacing such Act, rules or
         regulations) shall be mailed to public  shareholders of the Corporation
         at least 20 days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination
         (whether or not such proxy or  information  statement is required to be
         mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).

                                      D-10

<PAGE>



         9.3.     CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

                  For the purposes of this Section 9:

                  A. "Interested  Shareholder" shall mean any person (other than
the  Corporation  or any Subsidiary or any employee stock purchase plan or other
employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which:

                  (i) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or
         more of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or

                  (ii) is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within
         the two-year period  immediately  prior to the date in question was the
         beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,  of 10% or more of the voting
         power of the then outstanding Voting Stock.

                  B.  "Beneficial  Owner,"  when used with respect to any Voting
Stock, means a person:

                  (i)  that,  individually  or  with  any of its  Affiliates  or
         Associates, beneficially owns Voting Stock directly or indirectly; or

                  (ii)  that,  individually  or with  any of its  Affiliates  or
         Associates,  has (a) the right to acquire  Voting Stock  (whether  such
         right is  exercisable  immediately  or only  after  passage  of  time),
         pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement or  understanding  or upon the
         exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or
         otherwise;  (b) the right to vote or direct the voting of Voting  Stock
         pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement or  understanding;  or (c) the
         right to  dispose  of or to direct  the  disposition  of  Voting  Stock
         pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

                  (iii)  that,  individually  or with any of its  Affiliates  or
         Associates,  has any agreement,  arrangement or  understanding  for the
         purpose of  acquiring,  holding,  voting,  or disposing of Voting Stock
         with any other person that  beneficially  owns, or whose  Affiliates or
         Associates  beneficially  own,  directly or indirectly,  such shares of
         Voting Stock.

                  C. For the  purposes  of  determining  whether  a person is an
Interested  Shareholder  pursuant to paragraph A of this Section 9.3, the number
of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be  outstanding  shall include shares deemed
owned  through  application  of  paragraph  B of this  Section 9.3 but shall not
include any other shares of Voting  Stock which may be issuable  pursuant to any
agreement,  arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights,
warrants or options, or otherwise.

                  D.  "Affiliate"  means a person that  directly  or  indirectly
through one or more  intermediaries  controls,  or is controlled by, or is under
common control with, a specified person.

                  E.  "Associate," when used to indicate a relationship with any
person,  means: (1) any domestic or foreign  corporation or organization,  other
than the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation, of which such person is
an officer,  director or partner or is,  directly or indirectly,  the beneficial
owner of ten percent or more of any class of equity securities; (2) any trust or
other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to
which such person serves as a trustee or in a similar  fiduciary  capacity;  and
(3) any  relative or spouse of such  person,  or any relative of such spouse who
has  the  same  home as such  person  or who is a  director  or  officer  of the
Corporation or any of its Affiliates.

                  F.  "Subsidiary"  means any  corporation of which Voting Stock
having a  majority  of the  votes  entitled  to be cast is  owned,  directly  or
indirectly, by the Corporation.

                                      D-11

<PAGE>



                  G.  "Continuing  Director"  means  any  member of the board of
directors of the Corporation who is unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder
and was a member of the board of directors of the Corporation  prior to the time
that the  Interested  Shareholder  (including any Affiliate or Associate of such
Interested Shareholder) became an Interested Shareholder, and any successor of a
Continuing  Director who is unaffiliated with the Interested  Shareholder and is
recommended  to  succeed a  Continuing  Director  by a  majority  of  Continuing
Directors then on the board of directors of the Corporation.

                  H.       "Market Value" means:

                  (i) in the case of  stock,  the  highest  closing  sale  price
         during the 30-day period immediately  preceding the date in question of
         a share of such stock on the composite tape for New York Stock Exchange
         - listed stocks, or, if such stock is not quoted on the composite tape,
         or the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed on such
         exchange,  the principal United States securities  exchange  registered
         under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 on  which  such  stock is
         listed,  or,  if such  stock is not  listed on any such  exchange,  the
         highest closing sales price or bid quotation with respect to a share of
         such stock during the 30-day  period  preceding the date in question on
         the  National   Association  of  Securities  Dealers,   Inc.  Automated
         Quotation  System or any system then in use,  or if no such  quotations
         are available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share
         of  such  stock  as  determined  by  the  board  of  directors  of  the
         Corporation in good faith; and

                  (ii) in the case of  property  other  than cash or stock,  the
         fair  market  value  of  such  property  on the  date  in  question  as
         determined  by a majority of the board of directors of the  Corporation
         in good faith.

                  I.  "Valuation  Date"  means:  (A) for a Business  Combination
voted  on by  shareholders,  the  latter  of the day  prior  to the  date of the
shareholders'  vote or the date  twenty  days prior to the  consummation  of the
Business  Combination;  and (B) for a Business Combination not voted upon by the
shareholders, the date of the consummation of the Business Combination.

                  J. "Voting Stock" means the then outstanding shares of capital
stock  of  the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote  generally  in the  election  of
directors.

                  K. In the  event of any  Business  Combination  in  which  the
Corporation is the surviving  corporation,  the phrase "consideration other than
cash to be  received"  as used in Section  9.2.2(i) or Section  9.2.2(ii)  shall
include  the shares of Common  Stock  and/or  the  shares of any other  class or
series of outstanding Voting Stock retained by the holders of such shares.

         9.4.     POWERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                  A majority of the Corporation's directors then in office shall
have the power and duty to determine  for the purposes of this Section 9, on the
basis of  information  known to them after  reasonable  inquiry,  (A)  whether a
person is an  Interested  Shareholder,  (B) the number of shares of Voting Stock
beneficially  owned by any  person,  (C)  whether  a person is an  Affiliate  or
Associate of another,  and (D) whether the  requirements  of Section  9.2.2 have
been  met  with  respect  to  any  Business  Combination;  and  the  good  faith
determination  of a majority of the board of directors on such matters  shall be
conclusive and binding for all the purposes of this Section 9.

         9.5.     NO EFFECT ON FIDUCIARY OBLIGATIONS OF INTERESTED SHAREHOLDERS

                  Nothing  contained  in this  Section 9 shall be  construed  to
relieve any Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

                                      D-12

<PAGE>




10.      ANTI-GREENMAIL

                  Any direct or indirect  purchase or other  acquisition  by the
Corporation of any Voting Stock (as defined at Section 9.3) from any Significant
Shareholder  (as  hereinafter  defined)  who has been the  beneficial  owner (as
defined at Section  9.3) of such  Voting  Stock for less than two years prior to
the date of such  purchase or other  acquisition  shall,  except as herein after
expressly  provided,  require the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least a
majority of the total number of outstanding shares of Voting Stock, excluding in
calculating such affirmative vote and the total number of outstanding  shares of
all  Voting  Stock  beneficially  owned by such  Significant  Shareholder.  Such
affirmative  vote shall not be required with respect to a pro rata offer made by
the Holding Company to all of its shareholders in compliance with the provisions
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations  thereunder
or (ii)  with  respect  to any  purchase  of  Voting  Stock,  where the Board of
Directors has  determined  that the purchase price per share of the Voting Stock
does not exceed the fair  market  value of the Voting  Stock.  Such fair  market
value shall be calculated on the basis of the average  closing price or the mean
of the bid and ask  prices of a share of Voting  Stock for the 20  trading  days
immediately  preceding the  execution of a definitive  agreement to purchase the
Voting Stock from a Significant Shareholder.

                  For the purposes of this Section 10, "Significant Shareholder"
shall mean any person (other than the  Corporation or any corporation of which a
majority of any class of Voting Stock is owned,  directly or indirectly,  by the
Corporation) who or which is the beneficial  owner,  directly or indirectly,  of
five percent or more of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock.

11.      SPECIAL MEETINGS

                  Special meetings of shareholders may be called at any time but
only by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

12.      AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                  Except  as  set  forth  in  this  Section  12 or as  otherwise
specifically  required by law, no amendment of any provision of this Certificate
of Incorporation  shall be made unless such amendment has been first proposed by
the board of directors of the Corporation  upon the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds of the directors then in office at a duly constituted  meeting of the
board of  directors  called for such  purpose  and  thereafter  approved  by the
shareholders  of the  Corporation by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at
least a majority of the shares  entitled to vote thereon at a duly called annual
or  special  meeting;  provided,  however,  that  if  such  amendment  is to the
provisions  set forth in this clause of Section 12 or in Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 10
or 11 hereof,  such  amendment must be approved by the  affirmative  vote of the
holders of at least  two-thirds  of the shares  entitled to vote thereon  rather
than a majority;  provided, further, that if such amendment is to the provisions
set forth in this  clause of Section 12 or to Section 9 hereof,  such  amendment
must be approved by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80 percent
of the shares entitled to vote thereon rather than a majority.

                                      D-13

<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the  undersigned,  being the Incorporator
hereinabove  named,  for the  purpose of forming a  corporation  pursuant to the
Delaware General  Corporation  Law, hereby certifies that the facts  hereinabove
stated  are truly set  forth,  and  accordingly  executes  this  Certificate  of
Incorporation this 22nd day of May, 1998.

                                                    SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK
                                                    Incorporator

                                                    By: /s/ Robert F. Stockwell
                                                       ------------------------
                                                         Robert F. Stockwell
                                                         Chief Financial Officer


                                      D-14

<PAGE>



                                                                      APPENDIX E

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                     SECURITY FIRST TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

1.       OFFICES

         1.1.     REGISTERED OFFICE

                  The initial  registered  office of the Corporation shall be in
Wilmington,  Delaware,  and the initial registered agent in charge thereof shall
be Corporation Service Company.

         1.2.     OTHER OFFICES

                  The  Corporation  may also have offices at such other  places,
both within and without the State of  Delaware,  as the Board of  Directors  may
from time to time determine or as may be necessary or useful in connection  with
the business of the Corporation.

2.       MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

         2.1.     PLACE OF MEETINGS

                  All meetings of the  shareholders  shall be held at such place
as may be fixed  from  time to time by or upon  the  authority  of the  Board of
Directors.

         2.2.     ANNUAL MEETINGS

                  The Corporation  shall hold annual  meetings of  shareholders,
commencing  with  the  year  1999,  on such  date  and at such  time as shall be
designated  from time to time by the Board of Directors,  at which  shareholders
shall elect a Board of Directors  and transact  only such other  business as may
properly be brought before the meeting.  To be properly brought before an annual
meeting,  business  must be (a)  specified  in the  notice  of  meeting  (or any
supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors,  (b)
otherwise  properly  brought  before the meeting by or at the  direction  of the
Board of Directors,  or (c) otherwise  properly  brought before the meeting by a
shareholder.

                  For business to be properly  brought  before an annual meeting
by a  shareholder,  the  shareholder  must have given timely  notice  thereof in
writing to the  Secretary  of the  Corporation.  To be timely,  a  shareholder's
notice must be delivered to or mailed and  received at the  principal  executive
offices of the  Corporation not less than 30 days nor more than 90 days prior to
the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than 45 days' notice
or  prior  public  disclosure  of the  date of the  meeting  is given or made to
shareholders,  notice by the  shareholder  to be timely must be so received  not
later than the close of business on the 15th day following the day on which such
notice of the date of the annual  meeting was mailed or such  public  disclosure
was made. A  shareholder's  notice to the  Secretary  shall set forth as to each
matter the  shareholder  proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief
description of the business  desired to be brought before the annual meeting and
the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and
address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of the shareholder proposing
such business,  (c) the class and number of shares of the Corporation  which are
beneficially  owned by the  shareholder,  and (d) any  material  interest of the
shareholder  in such business.  Notwithstanding  anything in these Bylaws to the
contrary,  no  business  shall be  conducted  at an  annual  meeting  except  in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2. The chairman of an
annual

                                      E-1

<PAGE>



meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the annual meeting
that a matter of  business  was not  properly  brought  before  the  meeting  in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of this  Section  2.2,  and if he  should  so
determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly
brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

         2.3.     SPECIAL MEETINGS

                  Special  meetings  of the  shareholders,  for any  purpose  or
purposes,  unless otherwise  prescribed by statute, may be called by or upon the
authority of the Board of Directors.

         2.4.     NOTICE OF MEETINGS

                  Notice of any meeting of shareholders, stating the place, date
and  hour of the  meeting,  and (if it is a  special  meeting)  the  purpose  or
purposes  for which the  meeting is called,  shall be given to each  shareholder
entitled  to vote at such  meeting  not less than ten nor more than  sixty  days
before the date of the meeting  (except to the extent that such notice is waived
or is not  required as provided in the General  Corporation  Law of the State of
Delaware (the "Delaware General Corporation Law") or these Bylaws).  Such notice
shall be given in accordance  with,  and shall be deemed  effective as set forth
in, Section 222 (or any successor  section) of the Delaware General  Corporation
Law.

         2.5.     WAIVERS OF NOTICE

                  Whenever the giving of any notice is required by statute,  the
Certificate of Incorporation  or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof,  in writing and
delivered to the  Corporation,  signed by the person or persons entitled to said
notice,  whether  before or after the event as to which such notice is required,
shall be deemed  equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a shareholder at a meeting
shall  constitute  a waiver  of  notice  (1) of such  meeting,  except  when the
shareholder  at the  beginning of the meeting  objects to holding the meeting or
transacting  business at the  meeting,  and (2) (if it is a special  meeting) of
consideration  of a  particular  matter at the  meeting  that is not  within the
purpose or purposes  described  in the meeting  notice,  unless the  shareholder
objects to considering the matter at the beginning of the meeting.

         2.6.     BUSINESS AT SPECIAL MEETINGS

                  Business  transacted  at any special  meeting of  shareholders
shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice (except to the extent that
such notice is waived or is not  required as  provided in the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law or these Bylaws).

         2.7.     LIST OF SHAREHOLDERS

                  After the record date for a meeting of  shareholders  has been
fixed, at least ten days before such meeting,  the officer who has charge of the
stock ledger of the Corporation  shall make a list of all shareholders  entitled
to vote at the meeting,  arranged in alphabetical  order and showing the address
of each  shareholder  and the  number of shares  registered  in the name of each
shareholder.  Such list shall be open to the  examination of any shareholder for
any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period
of at least ten days prior to the  meeting,  either at a place in the city where
the meeting is to be held,  which place is to be  specified in the notice of the
meeting,  or at the place where the meeting is to be held. Such list shall also,
for the duration of the meeting, be produced and kept open to the examination of
any shareholder who is present at the time and place of the meeting.

         2.8.     QUORUM AT MEETINGS

                  Shareholders  may take action on a matter at a meeting only if
a quorum  exists with  respect to that matter.  Except as otherwise  provided by
statute or by the Certificate of

                                       E-2

<PAGE>



Incorporation, the holders of one-third of the shares issued and outstanding and
entitled to vote at the meeting, and who are present in person or represented by
proxy,  shall  constitute a quorum at all meetings of the  shareholders  for the
transaction  of  business.  Once a share is  represented  for any  purpose  at a
meeting  (other than solely to object (1) to holding the meeting or  transacting
business at the meeting, or (2) (if it is a special meeting) to consideration of
a  particular  matter at the meeting  that is not within the purpose or purposes
described in the meeting  notice),  it is deemed present for quorum purposes for
the remainder of the meeting and for any  adjournment  of that meeting  unless a
new record date is or must be set for the  adjourned  meeting.  The holders of a
majority of the voting shares represented at a meeting,  whether or not a quorum
is present, may adjourn such meeting from time to time.

         2.9.     VOTING AND PROXIES

                  Unless otherwise provided in the Delaware General  Corporation
Law or in the  Corporation's  Certificate of  Incorporation,  and subject to the
other provisions of these Bylaws, each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote
on each  matter,  in  person or by proxy,  for each  share of the  Corporation's
capital  stock that has voting  power and that is held by such  shareholder.  No
proxy shall be voted or acted upon after  three years from its date,  unless the
proxy provides for a longer period.  A duly executed  appointment of proxy shall
be irrevocable if the appointment form states that it is irrevocable and if, and
only as long as, it is coupled with an interest  sufficient in law to support an
irrevocable power.

         2.10.    REQUIRED VOTE

                  If a  quorum  exists,  action  on a  matter  (other  than  the
election of  directors) is approved if the votes cast favoring the action exceed
the votes cast opposing the action,  unless the Certificate of  Incorporation or
the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law requires a greater number of affirmative
votes (in which case such different requirement shall apply). Directors shall be
elected by a plurality  of the votes cast by the shares  entitled to vote in the
election  (provided a quorum exists),  and the election of directors need not be
by written ballot.

         2.11.    ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING

                  Any  action   required   or   permitted   to  be  taken  at  a
shareholders'  meeting may be taken  without a meeting if the action is taken by
persons who would be  entitled  to vote at a meeting and who hold shares  having
voting  power to cast not less than the  minimum  number of votes  that would be
necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shareholders
entitled to vote were present and voted.  The action must be evidenced by one or
more written  consents  describing the action taken,  signed by the shareholders
entitled to take action without a meeting,  and delivered to the Corporation for
inclusion  in the  minute  book.  No  consent  shall  be  effective  to take the
corporate action  specified unless the number of consents  required to take such
action are delivered to the Corporation within sixty days of the delivery of the
earliest-dated  consent. All shareholders entitled to vote on the record date of
such written  consent who do not participate in taking the action shall be given
written notice thereof in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.

3.       DIRECTORS

         3.1.     POWERS

                  The business and affairs of the  Corporation  shall be managed
by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such
powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things, subject to any
limitation  set forth in the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  these Bylaws,  or
agreements among shareholders which are otherwise lawful.

                                       E-3

<PAGE>



         3.2.     NUMBER AND ELECTION

                  The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board
shall not be fewer  than  four nor more than  fifteen.  The  first  Board  shall
consist of four.  Thereafter,  within the limits above specified,  the number of
directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

         3.3.     NOMINATION OF DIRECTORS

                  (a) The Board of Directors shall nominate  candidates to stand
for election as  directors;  and other  candidates  also may be nominated by any
Corporation shareholder as provided in Section 3.3(b) below. The directors shall
be elected at the annual  meeting of the  shareholders,  except as  provided  in
Section 3.4  hereof,  and each  director  elected  shall hold office  until such
director's  successor is elected and qualified or until the  director's  earlier
resignation or removal. Directors need not be shareholders.

                  (b) Only  persons who are  nominated  in  accordance  with the
procedures  set forth in this  Section  3.3 shall be  eligible  for  election as
directors.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation  may be made at a meeting of  shareholders by or at the direction of
the Board of Directors or by any shareholder of the Corporation entitled to vote
for the  election  of  directors  at the meeting  who  complies  with the notice
procedures set forth in this Section 3.3(b). Such nominations,  other than those
made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to
timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the  Corporation.  To be timely,  a
shareholder's  notice  shall be  delivered  to or  mailed  and  received  at the
principal  executive  offices of the  Corporation not less than 30 days nor more
than 90 days prior to the  meeting;  provided,  however,  that in the event that
less than 45 days notice or prior public  disclosure  of the date of the meeting
is given or made to shareholders, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be
so received not later than the close of business on the 15th day  following  the
day on which such  notice of the date of the  meeting  was mailed or such public
disclosure was made.  Such  shareholder's  notice shall set forth (a) as to each
person whom the shareholder  proposes to nominate for election or re-election as
a director,  (i) the name, age,  business address and residence  address of such
person,  (ii) the principal  occupation or employment of such person,  (iii) the
class and number of shares of the Corporation  which are  beneficially  owned by
such  person,  and (iv) any other  information  relating  to such person that is
required to be disclosed in  solicitations of proxies for election of directors,
or is otherwise  required,  in each case  pursuant to  Regulation  14A under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  (including without limitation such
person's  written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and
to serving as a  director  if  elected);  and (b) as to the  shareholder  giving
notice (i) the name and address,  as they appear in the Corporation's  books, of
such  shareholder  and (ii) the  class and  number of shares of the  Corporation
which are beneficially owned by such shareholder. At the request of the Board of
Directors,  any person  nominated  by the Board of  Directors  for election as a
director  shall furnish to the  Secretary of the  Corporation  that  information
required to be set forth in a shareholder's  notice of nomination which pertains
to the  nominee.  No person  shall be eligible for election as a director of the
Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 3.3. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant,  determine
and declare to the meeting that a  nomination  was not made in  accordance  with
procedures prescribed by the Bylaws, and if he should so determine,  he shall so
declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

         3.4.     VACANCIES

                  Vacancies and newly created  directorships  resulting from any
increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by the shareholders
or by a majority of the directors then in office,  although fewer than a quorum,
or by a sole remaining  director.  Each director so chosen shall hold office for
the  remainder  of the full  term of the  class of  directors  in which  the new
directorship  was  created or the  vacancy  occurred  and until such  director's
successor is elected and qualified,  or until the director's earlier resignation
or  removal.  In the event that one or more  directors  resigns  from the Board,
effective  at a  future  date,  a  majority  of the  directors  then in  office,

                                       E-4

<PAGE>



including  those who have so resigned,  shall have power to fill such vacancy or
vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations
shall become effective,  and each director so chosen shall hold office until the
next election of directors,  and until such director's  successor is elected and
qualified, or until the director's earlier resignation or removal.

         3.5.     MEETINGS

                  3.5.1.   REGULAR MEETINGS

                  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without
notice at such time and at such place as shall  from time to time be  determined
by the Board of Directors.

                  3.5.2.   SPECIAL MEETINGS

                  Special  meetings  of the Board may be called by a majority of
the Board of Directors on one day's notice to each director,  either  personally
or by telephone,  express delivery service (so that the scheduled  delivery date
of the  notice is at least  one day in  advance  of the  meeting),  telegram  or
facsimile transmission, and on five days' notice by mail (effective upon deposit
of such  notice in the mail).  The notice  need not  describe  the  purpose of a
special meeting.

                  3.5.3.   TELEPHONE MEETINGS

                  Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting
of the Board by any communication by means of which all participating  directors
can simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A director  participating
in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

                  3.5.4.   ACTION WITHOUT MEETING

                  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of
the Board of Directors  may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by
all members of the Board.  The action must be  evidenced  by one or more written
consents describing the action taken, signed by each director,  and delivered to
the Corporation for inclusion in the minute book.

                  3.5.5.   WAIVER OF NOTICE OF MEETING

                  A  director  may waive any notice  required  by  statute,  the
Certificate of  Incorporation  or these Bylaws before or after the date and time
stated in the notice.  Except as set forth below, the waiver must be in writing,
signed by the director entitled to the notice,  and delivered to the Corporation
for inclusion in the minute book.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  a director's
attendance at or  participation  in a meeting waives any required  notice to the
director of the meeting  unless the  director  at the  beginning  of the meeting
objects to holding the meeting or  transacting  business at the meeting and does
not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

         3.6.     QUORUM AND VOTE AT MEETINGS

                  At all  meetings  of the  Board,  a  quorum  of the  Board  of
Directors  consists of a majority of the total  number of  directors  prescribed
pursuant to Section 3.2 of these  Bylaws  (or, if no number is  prescribed,  the
number in office immediately before the meeting begins).  The vote of a majority
of the directors  present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the
act of the Board of Directors,  except as may be otherwise specifically provided
by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.

                                      E-5

<PAGE>



         3.7.     COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

                  The Board of Directors  may by  resolution  create one or more
committees  and  appoint  members  of the  Board  of  Directors  to serve on the
committees at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. To the extent specified in
a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors,  each committee may exercise the
full  authority of the Board of Directors,  except as limited by Section 141 (or
any successor  section) of the Delaware General  Corporation Law. All provisions
of the Delaware  General  Corporation Law and these Bylaws relating to meetings,
action  without  meetings,  notice (and waiver  thereof),  and quorum and voting
requirements  of the Board of Directors  apply,  as well, to such committees and
their members.

         3.8.     COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

                  The Board of  Directors  shall have the  authority  to fix the
compensation  of  directors.  No such payment  shall  preclude any director from
serving  the  Corporation  in any  other  capacity  and  receiving  compensation
therefor.

4.       OFFICERS

         4.1.     POSITIONS

                  The officers of the Corporation  shall be a Chairman,  a Chief
Executive  Officer,  a President,  a Secretary  and a Treasurer,  and such other
officers as the Board of  Directors  (or an officer  authorized  by the Board of
Directors)  from time to time may appoint,  including one or more Vice Chairmen,
Executive Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents,  Assistant Secretaries and Assistant
Treasurers. Each such officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties
as shall be set forth  below and such  other  powers  and duties as from time to
time may be specified by the Board of Directors or by any officer(s)  authorized
by the Board of Directors to prescribe  the duties of such other  officers.  Any
number of offices may be held by the same person,  except that in no event shall
the President and the  Secretary be the same person.  Each of the Chairman,  the
Chief Executive Officer,  the President,  the Chief Financial Officer and/or any
Vice President may execute bonds,  mortgages and other  documents under the seal
of the  Corporation,  except where  required or permitted by law to be otherwise
executed and except where the execution thereof shall be expressly  delegated by
the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

         4.2.     CHAIRMAN

                  The Chairman shall (when  present)  preside at all meetings of
the Board of Directors  and  shareholders,  and shall ensure that all orders and
resolutions of the Board of Directors and  shareholders are carried into effect.
The Chairman may be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.

         4.3.     CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

                  The Chief Executive Officer shall have overall  responsibility
and authority for  management of the operations of the  Corporation  (subject to
the authority of the Board of Directors), shall (in the absence of the Chairman)
preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors  and  shareholders,  and shall
ensure  that  all  orders  and   resolutions  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and
shareholders are carried into effect.

         4.4.     PRESIDENT

                  The  President  may  be the  chief  operating  officer  of the
Corporation and shall have full  responsibility  and authority for management of
the day-to-day  operations of the  Corporation,  subject to the authority of the
Board of Directors and the Chairman.

                                      E-6

<PAGE>



         4.5.     VICE PRESIDENT

                  In  the  absence  of the  President  or in  the  event  of the
President's  inability  or refusal to act, the Vice  President  (or in the event
there  be more  than one  Vice  President,  the  Vice  Presidents  in the  order
designated,  or in the  absence of any  designation,  then in the order of their
election)  shall perform the duties of the  President,  and when so acting shall
have all the  powers  of,  and be  subject  to all the  restrictions  upon,  the
President.

         4.6.     SECRETARY

                  The Secretary  shall have  responsibility  for  preparation of
minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors  and of the  shareholders  and for
authenticating records of the Corporation. The Secretary shall give, or cause to
be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the
Board of Directors.  The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may also attest all
instruments signed by any other officer of the Corporation.

         4.7.     ASSISTANT SECRETARY

                  The  Assistant  Secretary,  or if there be more than one,  the
Assistant  Secretaries in the order  determined by the Board of Directors (or if
there  shall  have  been  no such  determination,  then in the  order  of  their
election),  shall,  in the  absence  of the  Secretary  or in the  event  of the
Secretary's  inability  or refusal to act,  perform the duties and  exercise the
powers of the Secretary.

         4.8.     TREASURER

                  The  Treasurer  may  be the  chief  financial  officer  of the
Corporation and shall have responsibility for the custody of the corporate funds
and securities  and shall see to it that full and accurate  accounts of receipts
and disbursements are kept in books belonging to the Corporation.  The Treasurer
shall render to the Chairman,  the Chief Executive Officer,  the President,  and
the Board of Directors,  upon request, an account of all financial  transactions
and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

         4.9.     ASSISTANT TREASURER

                  The Assistant  Treasurer,  or if there shall be more than one,
the Assistant  Treasurers in the order  determined by the Board of Directors (or
if there  shall  have  been no such  determination,  then in the  order of their
election),  shall,  in the  absence  of the  Treasurer  or in the  event  of the
Treasurer's  inability  or refusal to act,  perform the duties and  exercise the
powers of the Treasurer.

         4.10.    TERM OF OFFICE

                  The officers of the Corporation  shall hold office until their
successors are chosen and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal.
Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the  Corporation.  Any
officer  elected or appointed  by the Board of  Directors  may be removed at any
time, with or without cause, by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the Board
of Directors.

         4.11.    COMPENSATION

                  The compensation of officers of the Corporation shall be fixed
by the  Board of  Directors  or by any  officer(s)  authorized  by the  Board of
Directors to prescribe the compensation of such other officers.

         4.12.    FIDELITY BONDS

                  The  Corporation  may secure the fidelity of any or all of its
officers or agents by bond or otherwise.

                                      E-7

<PAGE>



5.       CAPITAL STOCK

         5.1.     CERTIFICATES OF STOCK; UNCERTIFICATED SHARES

                  The  shares  of  the  Corporation   shall  be  represented  by
certificates,  provided  that the Board of Directors  may provide by  resolution
that some or all of any or all  classes  or series  of the  Corporation's  stock
shall be  uncertificated  shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares
represented  by a  certificate  until such  certificate  is  surrendered  to the
Corporation.  Notwithstanding  the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of
Directors,  every holder of stock represented by certificates,  and upon request
every holder of uncertificated  shares,  shall be entitled to have a certificate
(representing the number of shares registered in certificate form) signed in the
name of the Corporation by the Chairman, President or any Vice President, and by
the Treasurer,  Secretary or any Assistant  Treasurer or Assistant  Secretary of
the Corporation.  Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile.
In case any officer,  transfer agent or registrar  whose  signature or facsimile
signature  appears  on a  certificate  shall  have  ceased  to be such  officer,
transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued,  it may be issued
by the  Corporation  with the same effect as if such  person were such  officer,
transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

         5.2.     LOST CERTIFICATES

                  The Board of Directors,  Chairman,  President or Secretary may
direct  a new  certificate  of stock to be  issued  in place of any  certificate
theretofore  issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost,  stolen or
destroyed,  upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person  claiming
that the  certificate  of  stock  has  been  lost,  stolen  or  destroyed.  When
authorizing  such issuance of a new  certificate,  the Board or any such officer
may, as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such
lost,  stolen or destroyed  certificate or  certificates,  or such owner's legal
representative,  to  advertise  the  same in such  manner  as the  Board or such
officer shall require and/or to give the  Corporation a bond, in such sum as the
Board or such  officer may direct,  as  indemnity  against any claim that may be
made against the Corporation on account of the certificate  alleged to have been
lost,  stolen or destroyed or on account of the issuance of such new certificate
or uncertificated shares.

         5.3.     RECORD DATE

                  5.3.1.   ACTIONS BY SHAREHOLDERS

                  In order that the Corporation  may determine the  shareholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders  (or to take any
other action),  the Board of Directors may fix a record date,  which record date
shall not precede the date upon which the  resolution  fixing the record date is
adopted by the Board of Directors and shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60
days before the meeting or action requiring a determination of shareholders.

                  In order that the Corporation  may determine the  shareholders
entitled  to  consent  to  corporate  action  without  a  meeting,  the Board of
Directors  may fix a record  date,  which record date shall not precede the date
upon which the  resolution  fixing  the  record  date is adopted by the Board of
Directors  and  shall not be more  than ten days  after the date upon  which the
resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.

                  A  determination  of shareholders of record entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the
meeting, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date.

                  If no  record  date is fixed by the  Board of  Directors,  the
record date shall be at the close of business on the day next  preceding the day
on which  notice is given,  or if notice is not  required  or is waived,  at the
close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held
or such other action is taken,  except that (if no record date is established by
the

                                      E-8

<PAGE>



Board of Directors)  the record date for  determining  shareholders  entitled to
consent  to  corporate  action  without a meeting  is the first  date on which a
shareholder  delivers a signed written  consent to the Corporation for inclusion
in the minute book.

                  5.3.2.   PAYMENTS

                  In order that the Corporation  may determine the  shareholders
entitled to receive  payment of any dividend or other  distribution or allotment
of any rights or the shareholders  entitled to exercise any rights in respect of
any change,  conversion  or  exchange of stock,  or for the purpose of any other
lawful action,  the Board of Directors may fix a record date,  which record date
shall not precede the date upon which the  resolution  fixing the record date is
adopted,  and which  record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such
action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining shareholders
for any such  purpose  shall be at the close of business on the day on which the
Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

         5.4.     SHAREHOLDERS OF RECORD

                  The  Corporation  shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive
right of a person  registered  on its books as the  owner of  shares to  receive
dividends, to receive notifications,  to vote as such owner, and to exercise all
the  rights  and  powers  of an  owner.  The  Corporation  shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on
the part of any other  person,  whether  or not it shall  have  express or other
notice  thereof,  except as otherwise  may be provided by the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law.

6.       INSURANCE

                  The Corporation may purchase and maintain  insurance on behalf
of any  person  who is or was a  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent of the
Corporation  (or is or  was  serving  at the  request  of the  Corporation  as a
director,  officer,  partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership,  joint venture,  trust,  employee benefit plan or other enterprise)
against  liability  asserted against or incurred by such person in such capacity
or arising from such  person's  status as such  (whether or not the  Corporation
would have the power to indemnify such person against the same liability).

7.       GENERAL PROVISIONS

         7.1.     INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS

                  Any  shareholder,  in person or by  attorney  or other  agent,
shall,  upon written  demand under oath  stating the purpose  thereof,  have the
right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper  purpose the
Corporation's stock ledger, a list of its shareholders,  and its other books and
records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a
purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a shareholder.  In every
instance  where an  attorney  or other  agent  shall be the person who seeks the
right to  inspection,  the demand under oath shall be  accompanied by a power of
attorney or such other writing which  authorizes  the attorney or other agent to
so act on behalf of the shareholder.  The demand under oath shall be directed to
the Corporation at its registered office or at its principal place of business.

         7.2.     DIVIDENDS

                  The Board of Directors may declare  dividends upon the capital
stock of the  Corporation,  subject  to the  provisions  of the  Certificate  of
Incorporation and the laws of the State of Delaware.

                                      E-9

<PAGE>



         7.3.     RESERVES

                  The  directors of the  Corporation  may set apart,  out of the
funds of the Corporation available for dividends,  a reserve or reserves for any
proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

         7.4.     EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS

                  All checks,  drafts or other  orders for the payment of money,
and  promissory  notes of the  Corporation  shall be signed by such  officer  or
officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time
to time designate.

         7.5.     FISCAL YEAR

                  The fiscal  year of the  Corporation  shall be  December 31 of
each year.

         7.6.     SEAL

                  The  corporate  seal  shall  be in such  form as the  Board of
Directors  shall  approve.  The seal may be used by  causing  it or a  facsimile
thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.



                                      E-10

<PAGE>


                                    * * * * *

         The  foregoing  Bylaws were  adopted by the Board of  Directors on June
3, 1998.

                                         SECURITY FIRST TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                                         /s/ Robert F. Stockwell
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Robert F. Stockwell
                                         Secretary





                                      E-11

<PAGE>



                                                                      APPENDIX F

                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1998 and
     December 31, 1997 (Unaudited)......................................... F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended
     March 31, 1998 and 1997 (Unaudited)................................... F-3

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the three months
     ended March 31, 1998  (Unaudited)..................................... F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended
     March 31, 1998 and 1997 (Unaudited)................................... F-5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended
     March 31, 1998 (Unaudited)............................................ F-6

Independent Auditors' Report............................................... F-9

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996............... F-10

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
     December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995...................................... F-11

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
     December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995...................................... F-12

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
     December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995...................................... F-13

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended
     December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995...................................... F-14


                                       F-1


<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          MARCH 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                             1998           1997
                                                                                          ---------     ------------
                                        ASSETS
<S>                                                                                       <C>             <C>      
Current assets:
  Cash................................................................................    $   2,514       $   3,137
  Investment securities available for sale (amortized cost of $12,776
   at March 31, 1998 and $16,759 at December 31, 1997, respectively)..................       12,838          16,814
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $235 at March 31, 1998 and $257 at December 31, 1997...............................        5,181           4,297
  Banking operations held for sale, net...............................................           --              --
  Other current assets................................................................        1,083           1,141
                                                                                          ---------       ---------
    Total current assets..............................................................       21,616          25,389
  Premises and equipment, net.........................................................        5,319           5,797
  Goodwill and purchased technology, net of accumulated amortization
   of $3,457 at March 31, 1998 and $1,368 at December 31, 1997........................        2,534           4,622
  Other assets........................................................................          807             384
                                                                                          ---------       ---------
    Total assets......................................................................    $  30,276       $  36,192
                                                                                          =========       =========

                         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable....................................................................    $   1,667       $     486
  Accrued expenses....................................................................        1,569           1,550
  Accrued stock option compensation expense...........................................        2,287           1,602
  Deferred revenues...................................................................        8,775           9,016
                                                                                          ---------       ---------
    Total current liabilities.........................................................       14,298          12,654
                                                                                          ---------       ---------

Stockholders' equity:
  Class A convertible preferred stock, no par value.  Authorized 2,500,000
   shares.  Issued and outstanding 1,251,084 shares at March 31, 1998
   and December 31, 1997..............................................................        2,679           2,679
  Common stock, no par value.  Authorized, 25,000,000 shares.  Issued and
   outstanding 10,616,518 and 10,487,245 shares at March 31, 1998 and
   December 31, 1997, respectively....................................................       74,004          72,990
  Accumulated deficit.................................................................      (60,613)        (52,035)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income:
   Net unrealized gains on investment securities available for sale...................           62              55
   Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment.................................         (154)           (151)
                                                                                          ---------       ----------
    Total stockholders' equity........................................................       15,978          23,538
                                                                                          ---------       ---------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........................................    $  30,276       $  36,192
                                                                                          =========       =========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-2

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
                                   (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                   MARCH 31,
                                                                                        ---------------------------
                                                                                           1998             1997
                                                                                        ----------      -----------
<S>                                                                                     <C>             <C>        
Revenues:
   Software license fees ...........................................................    $        669    $        673
   Professional services ...........................................................           2,449             973
   Data center fees ................................................................             310              24
                                                                                        ------------    ------------
     Total revenues ................................................................           3,428           1,670
                                                                                        ------------    ------------
Direct costs:
   Software license fees ...........................................................              20             490
   Professional services ...........................................................           1,570           1,237
   Data center fees ................................................................           1,823           1,507
                                                                                        ------------    ------------
    Total direct costs .............................................................           3,413           3,234
                                                                                        ------------    ------------
    Gross margin ...................................................................              15          (1,564)
                                                                                        ------------    ------------
Operating expenses:
   Selling and marketing ...........................................................           1,071           1,083
   Product development .............................................................           3,383           2,375
   General and administrative ......................................................           1,204           1,369
   Depreciation and amortization ...................................................             637             310
   Amortization of goodwill and acquisition charges ................................           2,088             341
                                                                                        ------------    ------------
     Total operating expenses ......................................................           8,383           5,478
                                                                                        ------------    ------------
     Operating loss ................................................................          (8,368)         (7,042)
Interest Income ....................................................................             255             419
                                                                                        ------------    ------------
Loss from continuing operations ....................................................          (8,113)         (6,623)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations .........................................            (465)            755
                                                                                        ------------    ------------
Net loss ...........................................................................    $     (8,578)   $     (5,868)
                                                                                        ============    ============

Basic and diluted net loss per common share
   from continuing operations ......................................................    $      (0.77)   $      (0.80)

Basic and diluted net loss per common share from
   discounted operations ...........................................................           (0.05)           0.09
                                                                                        ------------    ------------
Basic and diluted net loss per common share ........................................    $      (0.82)   $      (0.71)
                                                                                        ============    ============
Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding ......................      10,523,921       8,276,415
                                                                                        ============    ============
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  NUMBER OF SHARES
                               ---------------------
                                CLASS A                         AMOUNT          RETAINED    ACCUMULATED
                              CONVERTIBLE               --------------------    EARNINGS       OTHER        TOTAL
                               PREFERRED     COMMON     PREFERRED     COMMON  (ACCUMULATED COMPREHENSIVE STOCKHOLDER'S COMPREHENSIVE
                                 STOCK        STOCK       STOCK        STOCK      DEFICIT)      INCOME       EQUITY     INCOME
                               ---------     ------     ---------     ------  ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                            <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>      
Balance at December 31, 1997   1,251,084  10,487,245   $   2,679     $ 72,990     $(52,035)    $     (96)   $  23,538
Net loss..................            --           --         --           --       (8,578)          --        (8,578)      (8,578)
Change in net unrealized      
  gains on investment         
  securities available for sale       --           --         --           --           --            7             7            7
Change in cumulative foreign  
  currency translation        
  adjustment..............            --           --         --           --           --           (3)           (3)          (3)
Proceeds from sale of common  
  stock, net of expenses..            --       92,593         --          970           --           --           970
Common stock issued upon      
  exercise of stock options           --       36,680         --           44           --           --           44
                               ---------   ----------  ---------    ---------     --------     --------     ---------
Balance at March 31, 1998      1,251,084   10,616,518  $   2,679    $  74,004     $(60,613)    $    (92)    $  15,978
                               ---------   ----------  ---------    ---------     --------     --------     ---------
Comprehensive income......                                                                                               $  (8,574)
                                                                                                                         ==========
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       F-4

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                            MARCH 31,
                                                                                 1998                     1997
                                                                             -------------           -------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                        <C>         
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net loss................................................................  $    (8,578)               $    (5,868)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
    operating activities:
     (Income) loss from discontinued operations............................          465                       (755)
     Depreciation and amortization including acquisition charges...........        2,725                        651
     Compensation expense for stock options................................          706                        132
     Provision for doubtful accounts receivable............................           30                         --
     Increase in accounts receivable.......................................         (914)                    (1,300)
     Increase in other assets..............................................         (365)                      (292)
     Increase (decrease) in accounts payable...............................        1,181                       (957)
     Increase in accrued expenses..........................................           19                        257
     (Decrease) increase in deferred revenue...............................         (241)                       157
                                                                             ------------               -----------
         Net cash used in continuing operating activities..................       (4,972)                    (7,975)
   Net cash (used in) provided by discounted operations....................          (39)                       755
                                                                             ------------               -----------
                                                                                  (5,011)                    (7,220)
                                                                             -----------                ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Sales of investment securities available for sale.......................        1,983                      5,981
   Maturities of investment securities available for sale..................        2,000                      1,074
   Purchases of premises and equipment.....................................         (585)                    (1,581)
                                                                             ------------               ------------
     Net cash provided by investing activities.............................        3,398                      5,474
                                                                             -----------                -----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Sale of common stock, net of expenses...................................          970                         --
   Proceeds from exercise of common stock options..........................           23                          6
                                                                             -----------                -----------
   Net cash provided by financing activities...............................          993                          6
                                                                             -----------                -----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash....................................           (3)                        --
                                                                             -----------                -----------
Net decrease in cash.......................................................         (623)                    (1,740)
Cash at beginning of period................................................        3,137                      4,122
                                                                             -----------                -----------
Cash at end of period......................................................  $     2,514                $     2,382
                                                                             ===========                ===========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-5

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)

1.       BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of Security
First  Network  Bank  ("SFNB" or the  "Bank") and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,
Security  First  Technologies,   Inc.  ("S1")  (collectively,   the  "Company").
Significant  intercompany  accounts and  transactions  have been  eliminated  in
consolidation.  The consolidated financial statements for the three month period
ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 are  unaudited and do not include  information  or
footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial condition,  results
of  operations  and cash flows.  The interim  financial  statements  include all
adjustments,  consisting  only of  normal  recurring  adjustments,  which in the
opinion of management are necessary to present fairly the Company's consolidated
financial statements. The results of operations for the three months ended March
31, 1998 are not  necessarily  indicative  of the expected  results for the year
ending December 31, 1998.

         As more fully  discussed  in note 2, the  Company  has adopted a formal
plan to discontinue its banking operations. As a result, the Company's financial
statement presentation reflects the continuing operations of S1 with the banking
operations reflected as discontinued operations.

2.       DISCONTINUED  OPERATIONS  AND SALE OF  BANKING  OPERATIONS,  TECHNOLOGY
         LICENSING AGREEMENTS, AND SALE OF COMMON STOCK

         During  1997,  the  Company  adopted a formal  plan to sell its banking
operations.  The banking  assets held for sale are  presented net of the related
liabilities in the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets and the losses from
the banking operations are reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements
of operations as discontinued operations.

         In March  1998,  the Company  announced  that the Royal Bank of Canada,
through one of its U.S. based subsidiaries ("Royal Bank"), has agreed to acquire
the banking  operations of the Company.  Pursuant to the terms of the agreement,
the Company will  receive $3 million in excess of the net assets sold  including
$1.5 million which will be received  eighteen  months from the closing date. The
banking  operations,  which  will  be  legally  separated  from  the  technology
operations  through a holding  company  formation  and the  contribution  of $10
million in capital,  will include  substantially  all of the Company's loans and
investment  securities  as well as its deposit  relationships.  The agreement is
subject  to  regulatory  approval  in  Canada  and the  United  States,  and the
formation  of the holding  company  subject to SFNB  shareholder  approval.  The
transaction is expected to close in the summer of 1998.

         In  addition  to the sale of the  banking  operations,  Royal  Bank has
entered into technology  licensing and consulting  arrangements with the Company
for $6 million  effective upon closing of the sale.  Also,  Royal Bank purchased
92,593 shares of the  Company's  common stock for $1 million in cash on March 9,
1998 and received an option to purchase an additional  733,818  shares of common
and preferred  stock for $10 million at prices ranging from $11.88 to $15.81 per
share over a period of 21 months from the date of closing, subject to completion
of the sale of banking operations to Royal Bank.


                                      F-6

<PAGE>


         The following  represents  condensed  balance  sheets and statements of
operations for the banking operations for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Balance Sheets
                                                                                      March 31,     December 31,
                                                                                          1998         1997
                                                                                       --------     --------
                                                                                           (in thousands)
                                                                                             (Unaudited)

<S>                                                                                   <C>          <C>      
           Cash and due from banks..................................................  $   8,098    $   1,346
           Interest-earning deposit in other bank...................................      1,000        1,000
           U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agency
               securities available for sale........................................      6,162        6,063
           Mortgage-backed securities available for sale............................     26,009       27,642
           Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost....................................        656          652
           Loans, net of allowance for loan losses..................................     14,444       14,084
           Premises and equipment, net..............................................        928          499
           Purchased technology, net................................................      1,050        1,050
           Other assets.............................................................        213          152
                                                                                       --------     --------
               Total assets.........................................................   $ 58,560     $ 52,488
                                                                                       ========     ========
           Deposits ................................................................   $ 56,505     $ 50,329
           Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.................................        984        1,019
           Other liabilities........................................................        604          703
           Unrealized gains on investment securities and
               mortgage-backed securities available for sale........................        467          437
                                                                                       --------     --------
               Total liabilities                                                       $ 58,560     $ 52,488
                                                                                       ========     ========
<CAPTION>
                            Statements of Operations

                                                                                         Three months ended
                                                                                              March 31,
                                                                                          1998         1997
                                                                                       --------     --------
                                                                                           (in thousands)

<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>    
           Interest income..........................................................    $   892      $ 1,180
           Interest expense.........................................................        489          710
                                                                                        -------      -------
               Net interest income..................................................        403          470
           Provision for loan losses................................................         40            --
                                                                                        -------      --------
               Net interest income after provision for loan losses..................        363          470

           Noninterest income.......................................................        129          114
           Gain on sale of branch...................................................         --        1,500
           Noninterest expense......................................................       (957)      (1,328)
                                                                                        -------       ------
               Net income (loss) from discontinued operations.......................    $  (465)     $   756
                                                                                        =======      =======
</TABLE>

3.       COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

         In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income"  ("SFAS 130").  This statement  establishes  standards for reporting and
display  of  comprehensive  income and its  components  in a full set of general
purpose financial  statements.  SFAS 130 requires all items that are required to
be recognized under accounting  standards as components of comprehensive  income
be  reported  in an  annual  financial  statement  that is  displayed  in  equal
prominence  with the other  annual  financial  statements.  For  interim  period
financial  statements,   enterprises  are  required  to  disclose  a  total  for
comprehensive  income in those  financial  statements.  The term  "comprehensive
income"  is used  in  SFAS  130 to  describe  the  total  of all  components  of
comprehensive income including net income.  "Other comprehensive  income" refers
to revenues,  expenses,  gains,  and losses

                                      F-7

<PAGE>



that are included in  comprehensive  income but  excluded  from  earnings  under
current accounting  standards.  Currently,  "other comprehensive income" for the
Company  consists  solely  of  items  previously  recorded  as  a  component  of
stockholders' equity under SFAS 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt
and Equity Securities" and SFAS 52, "Foreign Currency Translation".  The Company
has adopted the  interim-period  disclosure  requirements  of SFAS 130 effective
March 31,  1998 and will  adopt the annual  financial  statement  reporting  and
disclosure requirements of SFAS 130 effective December 31, 1998.

4.       RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

         In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosure about Segments
of an Enterprise  and Related  Information."  SFAS No. 131  supercedes  SFAS 14,
"Financial  Reporting  in Segments of a Business  Enterprise,"  and  establishes
standards  for the way public  business  enterprises  are to report  information
about  operating  segments in annual  financial  statements  and requires  those
enterprises to report selected financial information about operating segments in
interim financial reports issued to shareholders.  It also establishes standards
for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major
customers. The adoption of this new standard did not require significant changes
to the  Company's  current  segment  information  that is  presented in the 1997
annual report and did not impact  interim  financial  statements for the quarter
ended March 31, 1998 as the interim  disclosures  are not  required in the first
year of adoption.

         In October 1997, the Accounting  Standards  Executive  Committee issued
Statement of Position ("SOP") No. 97-2, "Software Revenue  Recognition." SOP No.
97-2,  which  revises the rules for  accounting  for  software  transactions  by
superceding SOP 91-1, "Software Revenue Recognition," is effective for financial
statements for years beginning after December 15, 1997. The adoption of SOP 97-2
did not have a  material  effect on the  interim  financial  statements  for the
quarter ended March 31, 1998.




                                      F-8

<PAGE>




                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


The Board of Directors
Security First Network Bank:

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of Security First
Network Bank and  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of operations,  stockholders' equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  1997.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  financial  position of Security  First
Network Bank and  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted  accounting
principles.

                                                       KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP

                                                       /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
January 30, 1998


                                      F-9

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          -------------------------
                                                                                             1997           1996
                                                                                          ---------       ---------
                                        ASSETS
<S>                                                                                       <C>             <C>      
Current assets:
  Cash................................................................................    $   3,137       $   4,122
  Investment securities available for sale (amortized cost of $16,759
   and $31,904 at December 31, 1997 and 1996 respectively)-(note 4)...................       16,814          32,033
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $257 at December 31, 1997..........................................................        4,297           1,216
  Banking operations held for sale, net (note 2)......................................           --              --
  Other current assets................................................................        1,141             567
                                                                                          ---------       ---------

    Total current assets..............................................................       25,389          37,938
  Premises and equipment, net (note 5)................................................        5,797           5,190
  Goodwill and purchased technology, net of accumulated amortization
   of $1,368 and $254 at December 31, 1997 and 1996 respectively......................        4,622           2,667
  Other assets........................................................................          384             146
                                                                                          ---------       ---------

    Total assets......................................................................    $  36,192       $  45,941
                                                                                          =========       =========

                         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable....................................................................    $     486       $   2,219
  Accrued expenses....................................................................        1,550           1,256
  Accrued stock option compensation expense...........................................        1,602             946
  Deferred revenues...................................................................        9,016           1,607
                                                                                          ---------       ---------

    Total current liabilities.........................................................       12,654           6,028
                                                                                          ---------       ---------

Stockholders' equity (notes 6 and 9):
  Class A convertible preferred stock, no par value.  Authorized 2,500,000
   shares.  Issued and outstanding 1,251,084 and 1,637,832 shares at
   December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively...........................................        2,679           2,047
  Common stock, no par value.  Authorized, 25,000,000 shares.  Issued and
   outstanding 10,487,245 and 8,260,023 shares at December 31, 1997 and
   1996, respectively.................................................................       72,990          61,781
  Accumulated deficit.................................................................      (52,035)        (24,044)
  Net unrealized gains on investment securities available for sale....................           55             129
  Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment..................................         (151)             --
                                                                                          ---------       ---------

    Total stockholders' equity........................................................       23,538          39,913
                                                                                          ---------       ---------

Commitments (note 8)
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........................................    $  36,192       $  45,941
                                                                                          =========       =========
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-10

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           YEARS ENDED
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------------------------
                                                                                 1997         1996         1995
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>           <C>        
Revenues:
  Software license fees....................................................  $     4,142  $       512   $        --
  Professional services....................................................        6,277          699            --
  Data center processing fees..............................................          411           56            --
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------

    Total revenues.........................................................       10,830        1,267            --
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------

Direct costs:
  Software license fees....................................................        1,605          796            --
  Professional services....................................................        5,346          535            --
  Data center processing fees..............................................        6,947        2,266            --
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------

    Total direct costs.....................................................       13,898        3,597            --
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------

    Gross margin...........................................................       (3,068)      (2,330)           --

Operating expenses:
  Selling and marketing....................................................        4,305        2,154            --
  Product development......................................................       10,507        4,048            --
  General and administrative...............................................        4,637        3,635            46
  Depreciation and amortization............................................        1,741          256            --
  Amortization of goodwill and acquisition charges.........................        4,525        7,072            --
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------

    Total operating expenses...............................................       25,715       17,165            46
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------

    Operating loss.........................................................      (28,783)     (19,495)          (46)

Interest income............................................................        1,481        1,672           101
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------

Income (loss) from continuing operations...................................      (27,302)     (17,823)           55

Loss from discontinued operations (note 2).................................         (689)      (4,236)       (1,535)
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------

Net loss...................................................................  $   (27,991) $   (22,059)  $    (1,480)
                                                                             ===========  ===========   ===========

Basic net loss per common share from continuing operations.................  $     (3.06) $     (3.03)  $        --

Basic net loss per common share from discontinued operations...............        (0.08)       (0.73)       (0.16)
                                                                             -----------  -----------   ----------

Basic net loss per common share............................................  $     (3.14) $     (3.76)  $    (0.16)
                                                                             ===========  ===========   ===========

Weighted average number of shares of common stock
  outstanding..............................................................    8,922,762    5,874,000     9,451,000
                                                                             ===========  ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-11

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                NET
                                                                                            UNREALIZED
                                      NUMBER OF SHARES                                       GAINS ON     CUMULATIVE
                                    CLASS A                                    RETAINED     INVESTMENT     FOREIGN
                                  CONVERTIBLE                  AMOUNT          EARNINGS     SECURITIES     CURRENCY       TOTAL
                                   PREFERRED    COMMON   PREFERRED    COMMON (ACCUMULATED  AVAILABLE FOR  TRANSLATION  STOCKHOLDERS'
                                     STOCK      STOCK      STOCK       STOCK    DEFICIT)       SALE       ADJUSTMENT     EQUITY
                                  ---------   ---------- ---------    ------- -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>      <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>     
Balance at December 31,
  1994 ..........................        --    2,400,000 $     --    $ 2,352  $  2,795      $    (72)     $     --    $  5,075
Net loss ........................        --           --       --         --    (1,480)           --            --      (1,480)
Cash dividend declared ..........        --           --       --         --      (300)           --            --        (300)
Change in net unrealized                                                                                
  gains on investment                                                                                   
  securities available for sale..        --           --       --         --        --           102            --         102
                                  ---------   ---------- --------    -------  --------      --------      --------    --------
Balance at December 31,                                                                                 
  1995 ..........................        --    2,400,000 $     --    $ 2,352  $  1,015      $     30      $     --    $  3,397
Net loss ........................        --           --       --         --   (22,059)           --            --     (22,059)
Cash dividend declared                                                                                  
  (note 6(a)) ...................        --           --       --         --    (3,000)           --            --      (3,000)
Change in net unrealized                                                                                
  gains on investment                                                                                   
  securities available for sale..        --           --       --         --        --            99            --          99
Proceeds from preferred and                                                                             
  common stock offering, net                                                                            
  of offering expense (note 6)    1,637,832    3,772,792    2,047     56,821        --            --            --      58,868
Issuance of common stock in                                                                             
  acquisition (note 3) ..........        --    1,920,000       --      2,400        --            --            --       2,400
Common stock issued upon                                                                                
  exercise of stock options .....        --      167,231       --        208        --            --            --         208
                                  ---------   ---------- --------    -------  --------      --------      --------    --------
                                                                                                        
Balance at December 31,                                                                                 
  1996 .......................... 1,637,832    8,260,023 $  2,047    $61,781  $(24,044)     $    129      $     --    $ 39,913
Net loss ........................                              --         --   (27,991)           --            --     (27,991)
Change in net unrealized                                                                                
  gains on investment                                                                                   
  securities available for sale .        --           --       --         --        --           (74)           --         (74)
Conversion of preferred                                                                                 
  stock to common stock .........  (546,700)     546,700     (683)       683        --            --            --          --
Proceeds from issuance of                                                                               
  preferred and common                                                                                  
  stock, net of expenses                                                                                
   (note 6) .....................   159,952      569,978    1,315      4,676        --            --            --       5,991
Issuance of common stock                                                                                 
  in acquisition (note 3)  ......        --    1,000,000       --      5,701        --            --            --       5,701
Common stock issued upon                                                                                
  exercise of stock options .....        --      110,544       --        149        --            --            --         149
Cumulative foreign currency                                                                             
  translation adjustment ........        --           --       --         --        --            --          (151)       (151)
                                  ---------   ---------- --------    -------  --------      --------      --------    --------
Balance at December 31,                                                                                
  1997 .......................... 1,251,084   10,487,245 $  2,679    $72,990  $(52,035)     $     55      $   (151)   $ 23,538
                                  =========   ========== ========    =======  ========      ========      ========    ========
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-12

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           YEARS ENDED
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 1997         1996         1995
                                                                             -----------  -----------   ----------
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>           <C>         
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss.................................................................  $   (27,991) $   (22,059)  $    (1,480)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
   operating activities:
   Loss from discontinued operations.......................................          689        4,236         1,535
   Depreciation and amortization including acquisition charges.............        4,996        1,471            --
   Write-down of goodwill and purchased technology.........................        1,400           --            --
   Charge for in-process research and development..........................           --        6,800            --
   Compensation expense for stock options..................................          656          946            --
   Provision for doubtful accounts receivable..............................          257           --            --
   Increase in accounts receivable.........................................       (3,252)      (1,216)           --
   (Increase) decrease in other assets.....................................         (807)         880            29
   Decrease in accounts payable............................................       (1,920)      (2,423)           --
   (Decrease) increase in accrued expenses.................................           (6)         674           111
   Increase in deferred revenue............................................        7,409        1,607            --
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of
     continuing operations.................................................      (18,569)      (9,084)          195
  Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations...................        3,213       (5,895)        3,311
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------
                                                                                 (15,356)     (14,979)        3,506
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Purchases of investment securities available for sale...................       (8,736)     (58,330)           --
   Sales of investment securities available for sale.......................       14,979        8,956            --
   Maturities of investment securities available for sale..................        5,000       19,000            --
   Business acquisitions, net of cash and cash equivalents
    acquired...............................................................           --       (4,876)           --
   Purchases of premises and equipment.....................................       (2,861)      (5,435)           --
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities....................        8,382      (40,685)           --
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Sale of preferred stock.................................................        1,315        2,047            --
   Sale of common stock....................................................        4,676       56,821            --
   Proceeds from exercise of common stock options..........................          149          208            --
   Dividends paid..........................................................           --       (3,000)           --
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------
    Net cash provided by financing activities..............................        6,140       56,076            --
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash....................................         (151)          --            --
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------
Net (decrease) increase in cash............................................         (985)         412         3,506
Cash at beginning of year..................................................        4,122        3,710           204
                                                                             -----------  -----------   -----------
Cash at end of year........................................................  $     3,137  $     4,122   $     3,710
                                                                             ===========  ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-13

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                        December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995

(1)  Business, Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     (a) Business and Presentation

         Security First Network Bank ("SFNB") and  subsidiaries  (the "Company")
         is the first FDIC insured financial  institution to execute traditional
         banking  services on the Internet,  and began offering such services in
         October  1995.   Security  First   Technologies,   Inc.   ("S1")  is  a
         wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  SFNB  and  develops  integrated  Internet
         software  applications that enable financial service companies to offer
         products,  services  and  transactions  over the  Internet  in a secure
         environment.  S1 also offers  product  integration,  training  and data
         center processing services.

         As more fully  discussed  in note 2, the  Company  has adopted a formal
         plan to discontinue its banking operations.  As a result, the Company's
         financial statement  presentation reflects the continuing operations of
         S1 with the banking operations reflected as discontinued operations.

         The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of Security
         First  Network  Bank and its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  S1 and SFNB
         Investment,  Inc.  Significant  intercompany  accounts and transactions
         have been eliminated in  consolidation.  In preparing the  consolidated
         financial  statements,  management  is required to make  estimates  and
         assumptions  that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
         and disclosures of contingent  assets and liabilities as of the date of
         the  consolidated  balance sheets and revenues and expenses  during the
         reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

         The  technology   market  for  Internet  related  banking  services  is
         characterized  by  significant  risk as a  result  of  rapid,  evolving
         industry standards,  emerging  competition and frequent new product and
         service  introductions.  To a great extent,  the  Company's  success is
         dependent  on the  evolution  of the  technology  markets for  Internet
         related  banking  services  and on  its  successful  implementation  of
         technology  for Internet  related  banking  services for certain  large
         customers.  Negative  developments  related to technology  for Internet
         related  banking  services  or problems  in  implementations  for large
         customers  could  have an  adverse  impact on the  Company's  financial
         position and results of operations.

    (b)  Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenues

         The Company derives  revenues from licensing its software to customers,
         providing professional services to customers, and providing data center
         processing services to customers.

         The Company  recognizes  revenue  from  software  licensing  agreements
         either on a subscription  basis using the  straight-line  method over a
         period of three  years,  the  estimated  useful  life of the  Company's
         software  products,  or using the  percentage of  completion  method of
         accounting  if  the  software  license  fees  are  bundled  with  other
         services.

         Revenues from professional services, provided on a fixed fee basis, are
         recognized using the percentage of completion  method,  measured by the
         percentage  of  contract  costs  incurred  to date to  estimated  total
         contract costs for each contract. Provisions for estimated losses on


                                      F-14

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

         uncompleted  contracts  are made in the period in which such losses are
         determined.  Revenues  derived from contracts to provide  services on a
         time and materials  basis are  recognized  as the related  services are
         performed.

         Data center  revenues are  recognized as the services are performed and
         are  determined  based on the  number  of  billable  customer  accounts
         processed during the period.

         Deferred  revenues  represent  either billings  rendered to or payments
         received from customers for software licenses or services in advance of
         revenue recognition.

    (c)  Investment Securities

         The Company  accounts for  investment  securities  in  accordance  with
         Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards   ("SFAS")  No.  115,
         "Accounting  for Certain  Investments  in Debt and Equity  Securities".
         Under  SFAS No.  115,  investments  in equity and debt  securities  are
         classified as held to maturity,  trading or available for sale. Trading
         securities  are  reported  at fair  value,  with  changes in fair value
         included  in the  statement  of  operations,  while  available-for-sale
         securities  are reported at fair value,  with net  unrealized  gains or
         losses  included  as a  component  of  stockholders'  equity.  Held  to
         maturity  securities are reported at amortized cost.  Unrealized losses
         on all  securities  that are other than  temporary  are reported in the
         statement of operations upon  determination that the loss is other than
         temporary.  Amortization  of premiums and  accretion  of discounts  are
         computed  using the effective  interest  method and assumed  prepayment
         speeds. The specific identification method is used in determining gains
         and losses on the sale of securities.

         Investment  securities  include U.S. Treasury bills and debt securities
         of certain other U.S.  government  agencies with original maturities of
         greater than 90 days and ranging up to five years.

     (d) Premises and Equipment

         Premises  and   equipment  are  carried  at  cost,   less   accumulated
         depreciation  and  amortization.   Depreciation  and  amortization  are
         computed using straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated
         useful lives of the related assets ranging from 3 to 5 years. Leasehold
         improvements  are  amortized  using the  straight-line  method over the
         estimated  useful life of the improvement or the lease term,  whichever
         is shorter.

     (e) Product Development

         Product development  includes all research and development expenses and
         software  development costs. All research and development  expenses are
         expensed as incurred.  The Company's  policy is to expense all software
         development   costs   associated   with   establishing    technological
         feasibility,  which the Company  defines as completion of beta testing.
         Because of the  insignificant  amount of costs  incurred by the Company
         between  completion of beta testing and customer  release,  the Company
         has  not  capitalized  any  such  software  development  costs  in  the
         accompanying consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-15

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

     (f) Purchased Technology and Goodwill

         Purchased  technology and goodwill are amortized  over their  estimated
         useful lives using the  straight-line  method.  Estimated  useful lives
         range from eight  months to three  years.  The  Company  evaluates  the
         recoverability  of these  intangible  assets at the end of each  period
         using the  undiscounted  estimated  future  net  operating  cash  flows
         expected to be derived from such assets. If such evaluation indicates a
         potential  impairment,  the Company uses fair value in determining  the
         amount of these intangible assets that should be written off.

     (g) Stock Option Plans

         Prior to January 1, 1996,  the Company  accounted  for its stock option
         plans in accordance with the provisions of Accounting  Principles Board
         ("APB") Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and
         related  interpretations.   As  such,  compensation  expense  would  be
         recorded on the date of grant only if the current  market  price of the
         underlying  stock exceeded the exercise  price. On January 1, 1996, the
         Company   adopted   SFAS   No.   123,   "Accounting   for   Stock-Based
         Compensation,"  which encourages  entities to recognize as expense over
         the vesting period the fair value of all stock-based awards on the date
         of grant. Alternatively,  SFAS No. 123 also allows entities to continue
         to apply the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide pro forma net
         income (loss) and net income (loss) per share  disclosures for employee
         stock  option   grants  made  in  1995  and  future  years  as  if  the
         fair-value-based  method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been applied.  The
         Company has elected to continue to apply the  provisions of APB Opinion
         No. 25 and provide the pro forma disclosures required by SFAS No. 123.

     (h) Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

         In February 1997,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")
         issued  SFAS  No.  128,  "Earnings  Per  Share,"  which  specifies  the
         computation, presentation, and disclosure requirements for earnings per
         share ("EPS").  SFAS No. 128 replaces the  presentation  of primary EPS
         and fully diluted EPS with a presentation of basic EPS and diluted EPS,
         respectively. SFAS No. 128 also requires dual presentation of basic and
         diluted EPS on the face of the statement of operations for all entities
         with complex capital  structures.  The Company has only presented basic
         EPS because the effect of including  potential  common stock  resulting
         from outstanding stock options and convertible preferred stock would be
         antidilutive.  All prior  period EPS data has been  restated to conform
         with SFAS No. 128.

     (i) Income Taxes

         The Company  accounts for income taxes in accordance with the asset and
         liability  method of accounting  for income taxes.  Under the asset and
         liability  method,  deferred  income  tax assets  and  liabilities  are
         recognized for the future tax consequences  attributable to differences
         between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
         liabilities  and their  respective tax bases and net operating loss and
         tax credit  carryforwards.  Deferred  income tax assets and liabilities
         are  measured  using  enacted  tax rates  expected  to apply to taxable
         income in the years in which those  temporary  differences are expected
         to be  recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred  income tax assets
         and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
         period that includes the enactment date.


                                      F-16

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

     (j) Fair Values of Financial Instruments

         The Company  uses  financial  instruments  in the normal  course of its
         business. The carrying values of accounts receivable, accounts payable,
         accrued expenses,  and deferred revenues  approximate fair value due to
         the  short-term  maturities of these assets and  liabilities.  The fair
         values of the Company's  investment  securities  available for sale are
         included in Note 4 and are based on quoted market prices, if available.
         If a quoted  market  price is not  available,  fair value is  estimated
         using quoted market prices for similar securities or dealer quotes.

    (k)  Foreign Currency Translation

         Foreign  currency  financial  statements  of the  Company's  Australian
         operations are translated into U.S.  dollars at current exchange rates,
         except for  revenues,  costs and  expenses,  and net  income  which are
         translated at average exchange rates during each reporting period.  Net
         exchange gains or losses  resulting from the  translation of assets and
         liabilities  are  accumulated  in a separate  section of  stockholders'
         equity titled Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment.

    (l)  Reclassifications

         Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made to the  1996  consolidated
         financial statements to conform to the presentation adopted in 1997.

    (m)  Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         In June 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
         Income".  SFAS No. 130  requires  companies  to display,  with the same
         prominence   as  other   financial   statements,   the   components  of
         comprehensive income. SFAS No. 130 requires that an enterprise classify
         items of other  comprehensive  income by their  nature  in a  financial
         statement and display the  accumulated  balance of other  comprehensive
         income separately from retained earnings and additional paid in capital
         in the equity section of a statement of financial position. SFAS 130 is
         effective  for  fiscal  years   beginning   after  December  15,  1997.
         Reclassification  of financial  statements for earlier periods provided
         for  comparative   purposes  is  required.   The  Company's   financial
         statements  will  include the  disclosure  of  comprehensive  income in
         accordance  with the  provisions of SFAS No. 130 beginning in the first
         quarter of 1998.

         In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosure about Segments
         of an Enterprise  and Related  Information".  SFAS No. 131  establishes
         standards  for  the  way  public  business  enterprises  are to  report
         information about operating segments in annual financial statements and
         requires those  enterprises to report  selected  financial  information
         about  operating  segments  in  interim  financial  reports  issued  to
         shareholders.  It also  establishes  standards for related  disclosures
         about products and services,  geographic  areas,  and major  customers.
         SFAS  No.  131  is  effective  for  financial  statements  for  periods
         beginning  after  December 15, 1997. The Company has not determined the
         impact  that  SFAS No.  131 will have on its  disclosures  and plans to
         implement SFAS No. 131 during the year ended December 31, 1998.


                                      F-17

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

         In October 1997, the Accounting  Standards  Executive  Committee issued
         Statement of Position ("SOP") No. 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition".
         SOP No. 97-2 is effective  for  financial  statements  for fiscal years
         beginning  after  December 15, 1997. The Company has not determined the
         impact  that  adoption  of SOP No.  97-2  will have on its  results  of
         operations.

(2)    Discontinued Operations

       During  1997,  the  Company  adopted  a formal  plan to sell its  banking
       operations.  The banking  assets held for sale are  presented  net of the
       related liabilities in the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets and
       the losses from the banking  operations are reflected in the accompanying
       consolidated  statements of operations as  discontinued  operations.  The
       Company invests available funds in U.S.  Treasury and agency  securities,
       but  does  not  specifically  identify  such  investments  as  SFNB or S1
       investments  since such amounts are available for funding the  operations
       of  either.  For  purposes  of  presenting  the  discontinued  operations
       information,  the  Company has  allocated  investment  securities  to the
       banking  operations so that assets remain equal to liabilities,  since it
       is  expected  that  upon sale of the  banking  operations,  certain  cash
       amounts and investment  securities available for sale will be transferred
       to the  purchaser to equalize the assets and  liabilities.  The following
       represents  condensed  balance  sheets at December  31, 1997 and 1996 and
       statements of operations  for the banking  operations  for the years then
       ended:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Balance Sheets
                                                                                     1997          1996
                                                                                  ----------    ----------
                                                                                       (in thousands)
<S>                                                                               <C>           <C>       
         Cash and due from banks                                                  $    1,346    $    1,409
         Interest-earning deposit in other bank                                        1,000            --
         U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agency
           securities available for sale                                               6,063         1,877
         Mortgage-backed securities available for sale                                27,642        32,522
         Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                                           652           214
         Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $163 in
           1997 and $303 in 1996                                                      14,084        23,351
         Premises and equipment, net                                                     499           802
         Purchased technology, net                                                     1,050         1,945
         Other assets                                                                    152           730
                                                                                  ----------    ----------
         Total assets                                                             $   52,488    $   62,850
                                                                                  ==========    ==========
         Deposits:
           Noninterest-bearing demand deposits                                    $   15,380    $    8,690
           NOW accounts                                                                1,517         3,966
           Money market accounts                                                      19,557        10,752
           Savings accounts                                                            1,534         6,102
           Certificates of deposit                                                    12,341        31,353
         Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank                                      1,019         1,154
         Other liabilities                                                               703           682
         Unrealized gains on investment securities and
           mortgage-backed securities available for sale                                 437           151
                                                                                  ----------    ----------
         Total liabilities                                                        $   52,488    $   62,850
                                                                                  ==========    ==========
</TABLE>


                                      F-18

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

                            Statements of Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Years ended December 31,
                                                                       -----------------------------------
                                                                         1997         1996         1995
                                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>      
         Interest income                                               $   3,548    $   3,374    $   4,294
         Interest expense                                                  2,020        2,221        2,367
                                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
           Net interest income                                             1,528        1,153        1,927
         Provision for loan losses                                           133           --           --
                                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
           Net interest income after provision for loan losses             1,395        1,153        1,927

         Noninterest income                                                  725          238          196
         Gain on sale of branch                                            1,500           --           --
         Noninterest expense                                              (4,309)      (6,003)       4,161
                                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
           Loss before income taxes                                          689        4,612        2,038
         Income tax benefit                                                   --          376          503
                                                                       ---------    ---------    ---------
           Net loss from discontinued operations                       $     689    $   4,236    $   1,535
                                                                       =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>


       The loss from discontinued operations from the date the Company adopted a
       formal plan to sell the banking  operations through December 31, 1997 was
       approximately $521,000.

       The amortized cost of mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 1997 and
       1996 was approximately $27.2 million and $32.3 million,  respectively. In
       addition, these mortgage-backed  securities had gross unrealized gains of
       $418,000  in 1997 and  $330,000  in 1996 and gross  unrealized  losses of
       $1,000 in 1997 and $85,000 in 1996.

       Net  charge-offs   (recoveries)  on  loans  were  approximately  $46,000,
       ($10,000) and $63,000 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

       The banking  operations use financial  instruments in the ordinary course
       of business.  Because of the short maturities  and/or the adjustable rate
       nature of the financial  instruments,  fair value  approximates  carrying
       value.

       On March 31,  1997,  the Company  sold all of the assets and  liabilities
       associated with its Pineville,  Kentucky banking  operations to The First
       State Bank of Pineville, Pineville, Kentucky. The Company recorded a gain
       of $1.5 million upon the disposition of these  operations  which included
       approximately  $29.0  million in loans,  cash and other  assets and $30.5
       million in deposits and other liabilities.

(3)    Business Acquisitions

       On November 24, 1997, the Company  completed the acquisition of Solutions
       By Design,  Inc.  ("SBD"),  a  technology  consulting  firm.  The Company
       exchanged  999,999  shares of  restricted  common  stock  with a value of
       approximately  $5,700,000 for all of the  outstanding  shares of SBD. The
       recipients  of the shares  issued in the  transaction  are  contractually
       restricted  from selling any of the common stock  received for six months
       after  issuance  after  which time they are able to sell up to 25% of the
       total shares received annually thereafter.  The value of the common stock
       issued was discounted to reflect such restrictions.  The Company recorded
       approximately   $6.0  million  in  goodwill  in   conjunction   with  the
       transaction  which is being  amortized  primarily over an 8 month period,
       reflecting the length of the employment


                                      F-19

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

       agreements with the SBD employees. Additionally, the Company has included
       $489,000 of nonrecurring  charges  associated with the SBD acquisition in
       amortization of goodwill and acquisition charges in the accompanying 1997
       consolidated statement of operations. These amounts represent the premium
       paid to SBD for services rendered during the fourth quarter of 1997 prior
       to consummation of the SBD acquisition. The acquisition was accounted for
       using the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly,  the results of
       operations  of SBD have been included in the results of operations of the
       Company since the effective date of the acquisition.

       On November 4, 1996, the Company completed the acquisition of SecureWare,
       Inc. ("SecureWare"),  a computer software company which develops security
       and encryption  technology  allowing  users to conduct safe  transactions
       over the Internet.  SecureWare was merged into Five Paces,  Inc.  ("FPI")
       after the acquisition.  The Company  exchanged cash  consideration in the
       amount of $5,000,000 and stock options for all of the  outstanding  stock
       and stock  options of  SecureWare.  Of the total  purchase  price,  which
       included $5.0 million in cash and  liabilities  assumed of  approximately
       $477,000,   $3.3  million  was  allocated  to  in-process   research  and
       development and charged to the statement of operations at the acquisition
       date;  $1.4 million was allocated to purchased  technology;  and $777,000
       was  allocated  to goodwill.  Prior to the  acquisition,  SecureWare  was
       substantially  owned  by the  Company's  Chairman.  The  acquisition  was
       accounted for using the purchase method of accounting  and,  accordingly,
       the results of operations of SecureWare have been included in the results
       of operations of the Company since the effective date of the acquisition.

       On May 23, 1996, the Company completed the acquisition of FPI, a computer
       software company which develops computer banking technology.  The Company
       exchanged 1,920,000 shares of common stock with a value of $2,400,000 for
       all of the outstanding  common stock of FPI. Of the total purchase price,
       which  included  common  stock  valued at $2.4  million  and  liabilities
       assumed of  approximately  $1.8  million,  $3.5 million was  allocated to
       in-process  research  and  development  and  charged to the  consolidated
       statement of operations at the acquisition  date;  $420,000 was allocated
       to purchased technology; and $234,000 was allocated to goodwill. Prior to
       the acquisition,  FPI was substantially  owned by a related party who was
       affiliated with the Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company
       at the time of the  acquisition,  but was not under common control of the
       Company.  The majority  shareholder of FPI was appointed  Chairman of the
       Company subsequent to the acquisition.  The acquisition was accounted for
       using the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly,  the results of
       operations  of FPI have been included in the results of operations of the
       Company since the effective date of the acquisition.

       During 1997, the Company expensed the unamortized balance of goodwill and
       purchased  technology  resulting from these acquisitions of approximately
       $1.4  million  which has been  included in  amortization  of goodwill and
       acquisition  charges in the accompanying 1997  consolidated  statement of
       operations. The Company made this assessment after determining that there
       was limited future cash flows associated with these intangible assets.


                                      F-20

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

       The following  unaudited  pro forma  financial  information  presents the
       combined results of operations of the Company,  SBD, SecureWare,  and FPI
       as if the acquisitions had occurred as of January 1, 1997 with respect to
       the 1997  amounts and January 1, 1996 with  respect to the 1996  amounts.
       The unaudited pro forma results do not necessarily  represent  results of
       operations  which would have occurred if the acquisitions had occurred on
       the dates indicated nor are they necessarily indicative of the results of
       future operations.

                                                       Year ended December 31,
                                                       ------------------------
                                                         1997             1996
                                                       ------          ---------
                                                           (in thousands)

         Revenues                                     $   13,838    $    5,118
         Net loss                                        (28,602)      (25,100)
         Basic net loss per common share                  (2.93)         (3.59)

(4)    Investment Securities Available for Sale

       The amortized cost and fair value of investment  securities available for
       sale and gross  unrealized gains and losses at December 31, 1997 and 1996
       are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           December 31, 1997
                                                       -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Unrealized  
                                                         Amortized       --------------------          Fair
                                                           cost           Gains       Losses           value
                                                       -----------       -------      -------      -----------
                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>          <C>          <C>        
         U.S. Treasury and U.S.
           Government agencies                         $    22,802       $    97      $    22      $    22,877
         Less investment securities
           allocated to banking operations                  (6,043)          (30)         (10)          (6,063)
                                                       -----------       -------      -------      -----------
         U.S. Treasury and U.S.
           government agencies allocated
           to continuing operations                    $    16,759       $    67      $    12      $    16,814
                                                       ===========       =======      =======      ===========

<CAPTION>
                                                                           December 31, 1996
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Unrealized
                                                         Amortized       --------------------          Fair
                                                           cost           Gains       Losses           value
                                                       -----------       -------      -------      -----------
                                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>          <C>          <C>        
         U.S. Treasury and U.S.
           Government agencies                         $    33,703       $   225      $    18      $    33,910
         Less investment securities
           allocated to banking operations                  (1,799)          (78)          --           (1,877)
                                                       -----------       -------      -------      -----------
         U.S. Treasury and U.S.
           government agencies allocated
           to continuing operations                    $    31,904       $   147      $    18      $    32,033
                                                       ===========       =======      =======      ===========
</TABLE>


                                      F-21

<PAGE>


                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

       A summary of  investment  securities  available  for sale at December 31,
       1997  based  on  contractual  maturities  is  presented  below.  Expected
       maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the issuers may
       have the  right to call or prepay  obligations  with or  without  call or
       prepayment penalties.

                                                         Amortized       Fair
                                                           cost          value
                                                        ----------    ----------
                                                             (in thousands)
         Due within one year                            $   13,828    $   13,819
         Due after one year through five years               8,974         9,058
                                                        ----------    ----------
                                                        $   22,802    $   22,877
                                                        ==========    ==========

       Proceeds  from  the  sales of  investment  securities  were  $14,979,000,
       $9,617,000 and  $1,484,000 in 1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Gross
       gains of approximately  $5,000 in 1997, $6,000 in 1996 and $3,000 in 1995
       and gross  losses of  approximately  $4,000 in 1997,  $14,000 in 1996 and
       $53,000 in 1995 were realized on sales of investment securities.

 (5)   Premises and Equipment

       A summary  of  premises  and  equipment  at  December  31,  1997 and 1996
       follows:

                                                          1997          1996
                                                       ----------    ----------
                                                            (in thousands)
         Leasehold improvements                        $    1,758    $    1,339
         Furniture and fixtures                             1,572         1,399
         Computer equipment and software                    5,363         2,949
                                                       ----------    ----------
                                                            8,693         5,687

         Accumulated depreciation and amortization         (2,896)         (497)
                                                       ----------    ----------
                                                       $    5,797    $    5,190
                                                       ==========    ==========


(6)    Stockholders' Equity

       (a)    Spin-Off from Cardinal Bancshares, Inc. ("Cardinal")

              A spin-off of the Company from Cardinal  occurred on May 23, 1996.
              The  spin-off was  effected  pursuant to the Cardinal  Bancshares,
              Inc.   Amended  and  Restated  Plan  of  Distribution   ("Plan  of
              Distribution").  Under  the  Plan  of  Distribution,  following  a
              payment  of a $3.0  million  cash  dividend  from the  Company  to
              Cardinal,   Cardinal   distributed   pro  rata  to  each  Cardinal
              stockholder of record on the record date  2,398,908  shares of the
              Company's common stock and paid cash in lieu of fractional shares.

       (b)    Initial Public Offering

              On May 23, 1996, the Company sold 2,806,000 shares of common stock
              for $52.8 million,  net of offering  expenses,  in an underwritten
              initial public offering.


                                      F-22

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

       (c)    Sales of Common and Preferred Stock

              During 1997,  the Company sold 569,978  shares of common stock and
              159,952  shares  of  Class  A  convertible   preferred  stock  for
              approximately $6 million.

              Immediately  following the spin-off and distribution  described in
              (a) above,  the Company  sold  967,884  shares of common stock and
              1,637,832   shares   of   Class  A   convertible   preferred   for
              approximately $6 million.

       (d)    Preferred Stock

              The terms of the Class A convertible  preferred  stock provide the
              holders with identical rights as common  stockholders with respect
              to  dividends  and  distributions  in the  event  of  liquidation,
              dissolution,  or  winding  up of the  Company.  Subject to certain
              limitations related to ownership, each share of preferred stock is
              convertible  into one share of common  stock at the  option of the
              holder.  Except  as  described  below,  the  Class  A  convertible
              preferred stock is nonvoting.  The preferred stock shall vote as a
              single class on the  following  matters:  (i) any amendment to any
              charter  provision which would  adversely  affect the terms of the
              Class A preferred  stock and (ii) the merger or  consolidation  of
              the  Company  with  another  corporation  or the sale,  lease,  or
              conveyance (other than by mortgage or pledge) of the properties or
              business  of the  Company in exchange  for  securities  of another
              corporation if the Class A preferred  stock is to be exchanged for
              securities  of such  other  corporation  and if the  terms of such
              securities are less favorable in any respect. Action requiring the
              separate approval of the preferred  stockholders shall require the
              approval of  two-thirds  of the shares of Class A preferred  stock
              then  outstanding  voting as a separate  class.  In addition,  the
              Class A  preferred  stock shall be entitled to one vote per share,
              voting with the holders of common stock as if a single  class,  on
              any voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

       (e)    Capital Requirement

              The Company  has entered  into an  agreement  with the  regulatory
              authorities  which  requires  the  Company  to  maintain a minimum
              capital level of $10 million to support its banking operations. As
              a  result,  $10  million  of the  Company's  cash  and  investment
              securities  available  for  sale are  restricted  from use to fund
              operations.   This   restriction   will  be  eliminated  upon  the
              completion of the sale of the banking operations. (See note 12).

(7)    Income Taxes

       The Company was included in the  consolidated  Federal income tax returns
       filed by Cardinal  Bancshares,  Inc.  through the  effective  date of the
       spin-off  of May 23,  1996.  The  Company  has  filed  its  own  separate
       consolidated  Federal  income tax  returns  since  that time.  Income tax
       benefits  applicable to the Company through the date of the spin-off were
       paid to the Company by  Cardinal.  The Company  has  provided  for income
       taxes  for all  periods  included  herein as if it were  filing  separate
       income tax returns.

       The Company has not recorded an income tax expense (benefit)  relating to
       continuing  operations  for 1997 or 1996  because  operating  losses were
       incurred  and a  full  valuation  allowance  has  been  recorded  against
       deferred income tax assets, primarily comprised of the net operating loss
       carryforwards.


                                      F-23

<PAGE>


                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

       The  components  of  income  tax  benefit,  all of which  relates  to the
       discontinued operations, are as follows:

                                                         1996          1995
                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                           (in thousands)

         Current income tax benefit                   $      (87)   $     (890)
         Deferred income tax benefit                        (289)          387
                                                      ----------    ----------
           Total income tax benefit                   $     (376)   $      503
                                                      ==========    ==========


       The income tax effects of the temporary differences that give rise to the
       Company's  deferred  income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31,
       1997 and 1996 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1997          1996
                                                                    ----------    ----------
                                                                         (in thousands)
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>       
         Deferred income tax assets:
           Net operating loss carryforwards                         $   13,577    $    4,615
           Deferred compensation                                           742           520
           Intangible assets                                                --         1,418
           Deferred revenue                                              3,426           610
           Other                                                            96           187
                                                                    ----------    ----------
              Total gross deferred income tax assets                    17,841         7,350
                                                                    ----------    ----------

         Deferred income tax liabilities - other                           909           273
                                                                    ----------    ----------

              Net deferred income tax asset before valuation
                allowance                                               16,932         7,077

         Valuation allowance                                           (16,932)       (7,077)
                                                                    ----------    ----------

              Net deferred income tax asset                         $       --    $       --
                                                                    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>


       The valuation  allowance of  $16,932,000  and  $7,077,000 at December 31,
       1997 and 1996  offsets  the full  amount of the net  deferred  income tax
       assets.  Deferred  income tax assets and  liabilities  are recognized for
       differences  between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax
       bases of assets and liabilities which will result in future deductible or
       taxable amounts and for net operating loss and tax credit  carryforwards.
       A valuation  allowance is then  established to reduce the deferred income
       tax  assets to the level at which it is "more  likely  than not" that the
       tax benefits will be realized.  Realization of tax benefits of deductible
       temporary  differences  and operating  loss and tax credit  carryforwards
       depends on having  sufficient  taxable  income  within the  carryback and
       carryforward  periods.  Sources of taxable  income that may allow for the
       realization  of tax  benefits  include (1) taxable  income in the current
       year or prior  years  that is  available  through  carryback,  (2) future
       taxable  income that will result  from the  reversal of existing  taxable
       temporary differences,  and (3) future taxable income generated by future
       operations.  Because of the  uncertainties  with respect to the Company's
       ability to sustain  profitable  operations in the future, the Company has
       recorded a valuation  allowance to offset all of its net deferred  income
       tax assets.

       At December 31, 1997, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of
       approximately  $35 million  which begin to expire in the year 2012 unless
       utilized.


                                      F-24

<PAGE>


                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

(8)    Commitments

       (a) Lease Commitment

       The Company leases office facilities under noncancelable  operating lease
       agreements which expire in 2001. Future minimum annual payments under all
       operating lease agreements with remaining terms greater then one year for
       the next four years and in the  aggregate  as of December 31, 1997 are as
       follows:

                  1998                                    $   1,006,000
                  1999                                        1,036,000
                  2000                                        1,067,000
                  2001                                          733,000
                                                          -------------

                                                          $   3,842,000
                                                          =============

       Rent expense under all  noncancelable  operating lease agreements for the
       years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 was  approximately  $1,004,000 and
       $250,000, respectively.

       (b) Contractual Commitments

       In the normal course of its business,  the Company  enters into contracts
       with customers.  These contracts contain commitments,  including, but not
       limited to, minimum standards and time frames against which the Company's
       performance  is  measured.  In the  event the  Company  does not meet its
       contractual  commitments  with  its  customers,  the  Company  may  incur
       penalties and/or certain  customers may have the right to terminate their
       contracts  with the  Company.  The Company  does not believe that it will
       fail to meet its contractual commitments to an extent that will result in
       a  material  adverse  effect on its  financial  position  or  results  of
       operations.

(9)    Stock Option Plans

       The Company  maintains certain stock option plans providing for the grant
       of stock options to officers,  directors and employees. The plans provide
       for  4,325,889  shares of the  Company's  common stock to be reserved for
       issuance under the plans.  All stock options granted under the plans have
       ten-year  terms and generally  vest and become  exercisable  ratably over
       four years  from the date of grant.  At  December  31,  1997,  there were
       167,033 shares available for future grants under the plans.

       Upon the acquisition of SBD, the Company granted 275,000 stock options to
       the former SBD employees  which are  exercisable  upon the achievement of
       certain performance and software development goals. In the event that the
       performance and software development goals are not achieved,  the options
       will vest at the end of a five year period.

       For stock  options  granted  where the  exercise  price was less than the
       market  price  of  the  stock  on  the  date  of  grant,  the  per  share
       weighted-average  exercise  price  was  $1.04 and $7.15 and the per share
       weighted  average  grant  date fair  value was $6.60 and $13.51 for stock
       options  granted  during 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  For stock options
       granted where the exercise price equaled the market price of the stock on
       the date of grant,  the per  share  weighted-average  exercise  price was
       $6.55 and $13.58 and the per share weighted-average grant date fair value
       was $4.33 and  $12.28 for stock  options  granted  during  1997 and 1996,
       respectively. The fair


                                      F-25

<PAGE>


                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

       values were determined using the Black Scholes  option-pricing model with
       the following weighted-average assumptions: expected dividend yield -0-%,
       risk-free  interest rate of 6.5%,  expected  volatility 79.2% in 1997 and
       70.4% in 1996, and an expected life of 10 years.

       The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its stock option
       plans and, accordingly,  compensation cost in the amount of approximately
       $656,000 and $946,000 has been recognized in 1997 and 1996, respectively,
       relating to stock  options  granted  with  exercise  prices less than the
       market price. Had the Company  determined  compensation cost based on the
       fair value at the grant date for its stock  options  under SFAS No.  123,
       the Company's net loss would have been increased to the pro forma amounts
       indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       1997          1996         1995
                                                       ----          ----         -----
         <S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>      
         Net loss:


           As reported                              $  (27,991)   $  (22,059)   $ (1,480)
           Pro forma                                   (29,749)      (22,366)     (2,480)

         Basic net loss per common share:

           As reported                              $    (3.14)   $    (3.76)   $  (0.16)
           Pro forma                                     (3.33)        (3.81)      (0.26)

</TABLE>

       A summary of the  Company's  stock  options as of  December  31, 1997 and
       1996,  and changes  during the years  ended on those  dates is  presented
       below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1997                          1996                          1995           
                                               --------------------------    --------------------------    -------------------------
                                                              Weighted-                     Weighted-                     Weighted- 
                                                               average                       average                       average  
                                                Shares        exercise         Shares       exercise         Shares       exercise  
                  Fixed options                  (000)          price           (000)         price           (000)         price   
                  -------------                  -----          -----           -----         -----           -----         -----   
<S>                                              <C>        <C>                   <C>      <C>                <C>         <C>
       Outstanding at beginning of year          3,334      $   3.59            2,690      $   0.83              --       $     --
       Granted                                   1,203          6.55              816         12.16           2,690           0.83
       Exercised                                  (111)         1.27             (167)         1.21              --             --
       Forfeited/canceled                         (743)        12.26               (5)         1.25              --             --
                                                ------      --------          -------      --------          -------      --------

       Outstanding at end of year                3,683      $   2.88            3,334      $   3.59           2,690       $   0.83
                                                ======      ========          =======      ========          =======      ========

       Exercisable at end of year                1,444      $   2.18              712      $   0.86              --             --
                                                ======      ========          =======      ========          =======      ========
</TABLE>



                                      F-26

<PAGE>


                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

       The  following   table   summarizes   information   about  stock  options
outstanding at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Options outstanding                   Options exercisable
                                       -----------------------------------------     --------------------------
                                                         Weighted-
                                                          average      Weighted-                       Weighted-
                                         Number          remaining      average        Number           average
              Range of                 outstanding      contractual    exercise      exercisable       exercise
           exercise prices                (000)            life          price          (000)            price
           ---------------                -----            ----          -----          -----            -----
<S>      <C>         <C>                  <C>               <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>   
         $0.625   -  1.89                 2,574             7.60        $ 0.86          1,224           $ 0.81
          4.46    -  7.00                   613             9.35          5.93             83             6.11
          7.50    - 12.92                   496             6.66          9.47            137            12.04
          ---------------               -------             ----        ------        -------           ------
         $0.625   - 12.92                 3,683             7.77        $ 2.88          1,444           $ 2.18
          ===============               =======             ====        ======        =======           ======
</TABLE>


(10)   Employee Benefit Plan

       The Company  provides a 401(k)  Retirement  Savings Plan (the "Plan") for
       substantially  all of its full-time  employees.  Each  participant in the
       Plan  may  elect  to  contribute  from  1% to 15%  of  his or her  annual
       compensation  to the  Plan.  The  Company,  at its  discretion,  may make
       matching  contributions to the Plan. The Company is currently matching up
       to 4% of the employees  compensation first to the Company's stock fund $1
       for each dollar  contributed  by the employee and second to the remaining
       investment  funds $.25 for each dollar  contributed by the employee.  The
       Company's  contributions to the Plan charged to expense for 1997 and 1996
       were $171,000 and $83,000, respectively.

(11)   Major Customers and International Revenues

       (a) Major Customers

           For the year ended December 31, 1997, two customers  represented  18%
           and 10% of total revenues,  respectively. For the year ended December
           31, 1996,  three  customers  represented  13%,  16%, and 16% of total
           revenues, respectively.

       (b) International Revenues

           Revenues from international customers represented 19% and 6% of total
           revenues and are serviced  primarily  from the United  States for the
           years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

(12)   Subsequent  Event  - Sale of  Banking  Operations,  Technology  Licensing
       Agreements, and Sale of Common Stock (Unaudited)

       In March  1998,  the  Company  announced  that the Royal  Bank of Canada,
       through one of its U.S. based subsidiaries  ("Royal Bank"), has agreed to
       acquire the banking  operations of the Company.  Pursuant to the terms of
       the  agreement,  the Company will receive $3 million in excess of the net
       assets sold including $1.5 million which will be received eighteen months
       from the  closing  date.  The banking  operations,  which will be legally
       separated  from the  technology  operations  through  a  holding  company
       formation and the  contribution  of $10 million in capital,  will include
       substantially  all of the Company's  loans and  investment  securities as
       well as its


                                      F-27

<PAGE>



                  SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - (Continued)

       deposit relationships. The agreement is subject to regulatory approval in
       Canada and the United States,  in addition to SFNB shareholder  approval.
       The transaction is expected to close in the summer of 1998.

       In addition to the sale of the banking operations, Royal Bank has entered
       into technology  licensing and consulting  arrangements  with the Company
       for $6  million  effective  upon  closing of the sale.  Also,  Royal Bank
       purchased  92,593 shares of the Company's  common stock for $1 million in
       cash on March  9,  1998  and  will  receive  an  option  to  purchase  an
       additional  733,818 shares of common and preferred  stock for $10 million
       at prices  ranging  from  $11.88 to $15.82  per share over a period of 21
       months.





                                      F-28

<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20.          INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

         Section 145 of the DGCL sets forth  certain  circumstances  under which
directors,  officers,  employees and agents may be indemnified against liability
that they may incur in their capacity as such.

         Section  5.3 and  Section 6 of the  Holding  Company's  Certificate  of
Incorporation limit the liability of the Holding Company's directors and provide
for indemnification of the Holding Company's directors,  officers, employees and
agents  under  certain  circumstances.  Section 5.3 and Section 6 of the Holding
Company's  Certificate of Incorporation,  which is attached as Appendix D to the
Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  and  filed  as  Exhibit  3.1 to  this  Registration
Statement, are incorporated herein by reference.

         The  Holding  Company  also has the  power  to  purchase  and  maintain
insurance on behalf of its directors, officers, employees and agents and certain
other persons. The Holding Company has in effect a policy of liability insurance
covering its  directors  and  officers,  the effect of which is to reimburse the
directors  and  officers  of the Holding  Company  against  certain  damages and
expenses  resulting  from  certain  claims  made  against  them  caused by their
negligent act, error or omission.

         The foregoing  indemnity and  insurance  provisions  have the effect of
reducing  directors'  and officers'  exposure to personal  liability for actions
taken in connection with their respective positions.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
Holding Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the Holding
Company has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such  indemnification is
against  public  policy as expressed in the  Securities  Act and is,  therefore,
unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the Holding Company of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or controlling  person of the Holding Company in
the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered,  the Holding Company will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.



                                      II-1

<PAGE>



ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.


       Exhibit
          No.                                 Exhibit
       -------                               ---------
         2.1      Second Amended and Restated Plan of  Reorganization,  dated as
                  of March 9, 1998,  by and among  Security  First  Network Bank
                  ("SFNB"),   Security  First   Technologies   Corporation  (the
                  "Holding Company") and upon  organization,  New Security First
                  Network Bank, as amended on June 4, 1998, attached as Appendix
                  B to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         2.2      Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of March 9, 1998, by and
                  among  Royal  Bank of  Canada  ("Royal  Bank"),  RBC  Holdings
                  (Delaware)  Inc.  ("RBC  Holdings"),   SFNB  and  the  Holding
                  Company, as amended on June 5, 1998, attached as Appendix C to
                  the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         2.3      Common Stock Purchase and Option Agreement,  dated as of March
                  9, 1998,  by and among  SFNB,  RBC  Holdings  and the  Holding
                  Company, as amended on June 5, 1998.

         3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company,  attached
                  as Appendix D to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         3.2      Bylaws of the Holding  Company,  attached as Appendix E to the
                  Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         4.1      Specimen certificate for the Holding Company common stock.*

         4.2      Specimen   certificate   for  the  Holding  Company  Series  A
                  Convertible Preferred Stock.*

         5        Opinion of Hogan & Hartson  L.L.P.  as to the  legality of the
                  securities registered hereunder, including the consent of that
                  firm.

         8        Opinion of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP as to certain tax matters.*

         10.1     Security First Network Bank, FSB Employee Stock Option Plan.*

         10.2     Security  First  Network Bank Amended and Restated  Directors'
                  Stock Option Plan.*

         21       Subsidiaries of the Holding Company.

         23.1     Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included as part of Exhibit
                  5).

         23.2     Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.

         23.3     Consent of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.

         99       Form of SFNB proxy card.

         ----------
         *   To be filed by amendment.


                                      II-2

<PAGE>



ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.

         (a)      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

                  (1)      To file,  during any period in which  offers or sales
                           are being made,  a  post-effective  amendment to this
                           Registration Statement:

                           (i)      To  include  any   prospectus   required  by
                                    section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

                           (ii)     To  reflect in the  prospectus  any facts or
                                    events  arising after the effective  date of
                                    the  Registration  Statement  (or  the  most
                                    recent  post-effective   amendment  thereof)
                                    which,  individually  or in  the  aggregate,
                                    represent  a   fundamental   change  in  the
                                    information  set  forth in the  Registration
                                    Statement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
                                    any   increase  or  decrease  in  volume  of
                                    securities  offered  (if  the  total  dollar
                                    value of securities offered would not exceed
                                    that which was registered) and any deviation
                                    from  the low or high  end of the  estimated
                                    maximum  offering  range may be reflected in
                                    the form of  prospectus  filed  with the SEC
                                    pursuant to Rule 424(b) (ss.  230.424(b)  of
                                    this  chapter)  if,  in the  aggregate,  the
                                    changes  in volume  and price  represent  no
                                    more  than  a  20%  change  in  the  maximum
                                    aggregate  offering  price  set forth in the
                                    "Calculation of the Registration  Fee" table
                                    in the effective Registration Statement;

                           (iii)    To include  any  material  information  with
                                    respect  to the  plan  of  distribution  not
                                    previously  disclosed  in  the  Registration
                                    Statement  or any  material  change  to such
                                    information in the Registration Statement.

                  (2)      That,  for the purpose of  determining  any liability
                           under the  Securities  Act, each such  post-effective
                           amendment  shall be deemed  to be a new  registration
                           statement relating to the securities offered therein,
                           and the  offering  of such  securities  at that  time
                           shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide  offering
                           thereof.

                  (3)      To   remove   from   registration   by   means  of  a
                           post-effective  amendment any of the securities being
                           registered  which remain unsold at the termination of
                           the offering.

         (b)      The  undersigned   Registrant   hereby  undertakes  that,  for
                  purposes of  determining  any liability  under the  Securities
                  Act, each filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to
                  section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where
                  applicable,  each filing of an employee  benefit plan's annual
                  report  pursuant to section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is
                  incorporated by reference in the Registration  Statement shall
                  be deemed to be a new registration  statement  relating to the
                  securities   offered   therein,   and  the  offering  of  such
                  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
                  fide offering thereof.

         (c)      The undersigned  Registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that
                  prior to any public  reoffering of the  securities  registered
                  hereunder  through use of a prospectus which is a part of this
                  Registration  Statement,  by any person or party who is deemed
                  to be an  underwriter  within the meaning of Rule 145(c),  the
                  issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain
                  the information called for by the applicable

                                      II-3
<PAGE>



                  registration  form with respect to  reofferings by persons who
                  may be deemed  underwriters,  in addition  to the  information
                  called for by the other Items of the applicable form.

         (d)      The Registrant  undertakes  that every  prospectus (i) that is
                  filed pursuant to paragraph (c) immediately preceding, or (ii)
                  that purports to meet the  requirements of section 10(a)(3) of
                  the Securities Act and is used in connection  with an offering
                  of  securities  subject  to  Rule  415  (ss.  230.415  of this
                  chapter),  will  be  filed  as a part of an  amendment  to the
                  Registration  Statement  and  will  not  be  used  until  such
                  amendment is effective,  and that, for purposes of determining
                  any   liability   under   the   Securities   Act,   each  such
                  post-effective   amendment   shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  new
                  registration  statement  relating  to the  securities  offered
                  therein,  and the  offering  of such  securities  at that time
                  shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

         (e)      The undertaking concerning indemnification is included as part
                  of the response to Item 20.

         (f)      The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to supply by
                  means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning
                  a  transaction,   and  the  company  being  acquired  involved
                  therein,  that  was not the  subject  of and  included  in the
                  Registration Statement when it became effective.




                                      II-4

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
Registrant  has duly  caused  this  Registration  Statement  to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in the City of Atlanta,
State of Georgia, on the 5th day of June, 1998.

                                         SECURITY FIRST TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                                         By: /s/ James S. Mahan, III
                                            ------------------------------------
                                               James S. Mahan, III
                                               Chief Executive Officer

         KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature
appears below appoints James S. Mahan,  III or Robert F. Stockwell,  jointly and
severally, each in his own capacity, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with
full power of substitution  for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and
all capacities to sign any  amendments to this  Registration  Statement,  and to
file the same,  with all exhibits  thereto,  and other  documents in  connection
therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  hereby  ratifying and
confirming all that said  attorney-in-fact,  or their substitute or substitutes,
may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities indicated on the 5th day of June, 1998.

Signature                                                       Title
- ---------                                                       -----

/s/ James S. Mahan, III
- ---------------------------     Chief Executive Officer and Director
James S. Mahan, III             (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Robert F. Stockwell
- ---------------------------     Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
Robert F. Stockwell             (Principal Financial Officer and
                                Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Robert W. Copelan
- ---------------------------     Director
Robert W. Copelan

/s/ Michael C. McChesney
- ---------------------------     Chairman of the Board and Director
Michael C. McChesney

/s/ Howard J. Runnion, Jr.
- ---------------------------     Director
Howard J. Runnion, Jr.



                                      II-5

<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

       Exhibit
          No.                                 Exhibit
       -------                               ---------
         2.1      Second Amended and Restated Plan of  Reorganization,  dated as
                  of March 9, 1998,  by and among  Security  First  Network Bank
                  ("SFNB"),   Security  First   Technologies   Corporation  (the
                  "Holding Company") and upon  organization,  New Security First
                  Network Bank, as amended on June 4, 1998, attached as Appendix
                  B to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         2.2      Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of March 9, 1998, by and
                  among  Royal  Bank of  Canada  ("Royal  Bank"),  RBC  Holdings
                  (Delaware)  Inc.  ("RBC  Holdings"),   SFNB  and  the  Holding
                  Company, as amended on June 5, 1998, attached as Appendix C to
                  the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         2.3      Common Stock Purchase and Option Agreement,  dated as of March
                  9, 1998,  by and among  SFNB,  RBC  Holdings  and the  Holding
                  Company, as amended on June 5, 1998.

         3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company,  attached
                  as Appendix D to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         3.2      Bylaws of the Holding  Company,  attached as Appendix E to the
                  Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         4.1      Specimen certificate for the Holding Company common stock.*

         4.2      Specimen   certificate   for  the  Holding  Company  Series  A
                  Convertible Preferred Stock.*

         5        Opinion of Hogan & Hartson  L.L.P.  as to the  legality of the
                  securities registered hereunder, including the consent of that
                  firm.

         8        Opinion of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP as to certain tax matters.*

         10.1     Security First Network Bank, FSB Employee Stock Option Plan.*

         10.2     Security  First  Network Bank Amended and Restated  Directors'
                  Stock Option Plan.*

         21       Subsidiaries of the Holding Company.

         23.1     Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included as part of Exhibit
                  5).

         23.2     Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.

         23.3     Consent of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.

         99       Form of SFNB proxy card.

         ----------
         *   To be filed by amendment.


                                      II-6





                                                                     Exhibit 2.3

                   COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AND OPTION AGREEMENT*

                                 BY AND BETWEEN

                           SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK

                                       AND

                          RBC HOLDINGS (DELAWARE) INC.

                            DATED AS OF MARCH 9, 1998




         ----------
         *   As amended on June 5, 1998


                                      E-1
<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

SECTION 1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES.....................................4
      1.1  Purchase and Sale of the Shares.....................................4
      1.2  Closing.............................................................4

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.................................................4
      2.1  Piggyback Registration Rights.......................................4
      2.2  Demand Registration Rights..........................................5
      2.3  Registration Procedures.............................................5
      2.4  Registration Expenses...............................................6
      2.5  Indemnity and Contribution..........................................7
      2.6  Successor to SFNB...................................................8

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SFNB..............................8
      3.1  Organization and Standing...........................................8
      3.2  Authorization; Binding Obligation...................................9
      3.3  Subsidiaries........................................................9
      3.4  Capitalization......................................................9
      3.5  Validity of Shares; Issuance........................................9
      3.6  Non-Contravention...................................................9
      3.7  Financial Statements...............................................10
      3.8  Assets.............................................................10
      3.9  Governmental Consent...............................................10
      3.10 Litigation; Disputes...............................................11
      3.11 Absence of Certain Changes or Events...............................11
      3.12 Compliance with Applicable Laws....................................11
      3.13 No Misrepresentation...............................................11

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER........................11
      4.1  Organization and Standing..........................................11
      4.2  Authorization......................................................12
      4.3  Non-Contravention..................................................12
      4.4  Governmental Consent...............................................12
      4.5  Adequate Resources.................................................12
      4.6  Investment Representations.........................................12
      4.7  Litigation; Disputes...............................................13
      4.8  No Misrepresentation...............................................13

SECTION 5. COVENANTS..........................................................13
      5.1  Regulatory Applications; Third Party Consents......................13
      5.2  Matters as to SFNB.................................................13
      5.3  Other Approvals....................................................13
      5.4  New Party to Agreement.............................................13

SECTION 6. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING..............................................13
      6.1  Conditions to Obligations of All Parties...........................13
      6.2  Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser.........................14
      6.3  Conditions to Obligations of SFNB..................................14

SECTION 7. CLOSING............................................................15
      7.1  Deliveries by SFNB.................................................15
      7.2  Deliveries by Purchaser............................................15

SECTION 8. LEGEND.............................................................16
      8.1  Endorsement........................................................16
      8.2  Removal of Legend..................................................16

SECTION 9. STOCK OPTION.......................................................16
      9.1  Grant of Option....................................................16


                                      E-2

<PAGE>



      9.2  The Options........................................................16
      9.3  Term of the Options................................................17
      9.4  The Per Share Option Exercise Price................................17
      9.5  Exercise of The Options............................................17
      9.6  Transferability....................................................17
      9.7  Requirements of Law................................................17
      9.8  Changes in Capitalization..........................................18
      9.9  Ownership Limitation...............................................18

SECTION 10. TERMINATION.......................................................18
      10.1  Mutual Consent....................................................18
      10.2  Other Termination.................................................18
      10.3  Effect of Termination.............................................19

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................19
      11.1  Additional Actions and Documents..................................19
      11.2  Expenses..........................................................19
      11.3  Notices...........................................................19
      11.4. Waiver............................................................20
      11.5  Binding Effect....................................................21
      11.6  Entire Agreement; Amendment.......................................21
      11.7  Severability......................................................21
      11.8  Headings..........................................................21
      11.9  Governing Law.....................................................21
      11.10 Signature in Counterparts.........................................21
      11.11 No Third Party Beneficiaries......................................21
      11.12 Assignability.....................................................22
      11.13 Parties Not Partners..............................................22


                                       E-3

<PAGE>



                   COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AND OPTION AGREEMENT

           This Common Stock Purchase and Option Agreement ("Agreement"),  dated
as of March 9, 1998, is entered into by and between Security First Network Bank,
a federal savings bank ("SFNB"),  and RBC Holdings  (Delaware)  Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Purchaser").

           WHEREAS,  Purchaser  desires to  subscribe  for and acquire from SFNB
shares of SFNB's common stock,  no par value per share  ("Common  Stock") on the
terms and under the conditions specified herein; and

           WHEREAS,  SFNB and Purchaser desire that Purchaser acquire the Common
Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

           NOW,   THEREFORE,   in   consideration   of  the   mutual   promises,
representations,   warranties,  covenants  and  conditions  set  forth  in  this
Agreement, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually
agree as follows:

SECTION 1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES.

     1.1   PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES.

           At the Closing (as hereinafter  defined) and subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement,  Purchaser does hereby  subscribe for and agree to
purchase for $10.80 per share (the  "Purchase  Price")  92,593  shares of Common
Stock (the "Shares"). SFNB agrees to sell the Shares to Purchaser at the Closing
under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     1.2   CLOSING.

           The closing  (the  "Closing")  of the purchase and sale of the Shares
shall  take  place on the date  hereof,  or at such  other  time and date as the
parties shall  mutually  agree (the "Closing  Date"),  at the offices of Hogan &
Hartson L.L.P., 555 13th Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20004, or at such other
place as the parties shall mutually agree.

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

     2.1   PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

           2.1(a) Except as provided at Section 2.1(b) below,  if at any time or
times  beginning six months after the Closing Date through three years following
the Closing Date SFNB proposes to make a public offering of its common stock, no
par  value  per  share  ("Common  Stock"),  which  requires  registration  under
applicable rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") (or
any successor  regulator thereto as to federal  securities laws),  other than an
offering not suitable for inclusion of shares of selling  stockholders for offer
to the public,  such as shares being  offered in  connection  with an employment
benefit plan or in connection  with a merger,  SFNB shall give written notice of
the proposed  registration  to Purchaser not less than 14 business days prior to
the  proposed  filing  date of the  registration  form with the OTS,  and at the
written request of Purchaser  delivered to SFNB within 10 days after the receipt
of such notice, SFNB shall include in such registration and


                                      E-4

<PAGE>



offering,  and in any underwriting of such offering,  all shares of Common Stock
that have been  designated for  registration  in Purchaser's  request.  SFNB may
withdraw any proposed  registration  statement or offering of  securities  under
this Section 2 at any time without any liability to Purchaser hereunder.

           2.1(b)  If a  registration  in  which  Purchaser  has  the  right  to
participate  pursuant to this Section 2 is an  underwritten  public offering and
the managing  underwriter advises SFNB in writing that in its opinion the number
of securities  requested to be included in such registration  exceeds the number
that can be sold in such offering  consistent  with the pricing  expectations of
SFNB,  then SFNB first shall include in such offering the Common Stock  proposed
to be sold by SFNB if consistent with the aforementioned opinion of the managing
underwriter,  and second shall include the Common Stock requested to be included
in such  registration  by  Purchaser  and other  selling  stockholders  who hold
registration  rights pursuant to pre-existing  written  agreements with SFNB, if
any, pro rata based upon the number of shares of Common Stock  requested by each
such selling  stockholder to be included in such registration,  or in such other
amounts upon which SFNB, Purchaser and the other selling stockholders may agree.
The three year  limitation on  registration  rights set forth in Section  2.1(a)
shall  not  apply to any  shares  of  Purchaser's  Common  Stock  excluded  from
registration by virtue of this Section 2.1(b).

     2.2   DEMAND REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

           2.2(a) At any time after one year from the date of the Closing  Date,
Purchaser may request registration for sale under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities  Act") of any shares of Common Stock owned by Purchaser
(a  "Demand  Registration"),  provided,  however,  that (i) SFNB  shall  only be
obligated to effect one Demand  Registration for Purchaser,  (ii) SFNB shall not
be  obligated  to  effect  a  Demand   Registration  unless  Purchaser  requests
registration  for sale of shares that  represent  at least 50% of the  aggregate
amount of Common  Stock  then  owned by  Purchaser,  and (iii) SFNB shall not be
required  to conduct  an  underwritten  offering.  A Demand  Registration  shall
specify  the  approximate  number  of shares of  Common  Stock  requested  to be
registered and the anticipated per share price range for such offering.

           2.2(b) A Demand  Registration  shall be  deemed  to occur  when  such
registration  becomes  effective under the Securities Act, except that if, after
it becomes  effective,  such Demand  Registration is interfered with by any stop
order,  injunction  or other order or  requirement  of the OTS (or any successor
regulator  thereto  as to  federal  securities  laws) or any other  governmental
authority,  such  registration  shall not be deemed to have been effected unless
such stop order,  injunction or other order shall have been subsequently vacated
or removed.

     2.3   REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.

           2.3(a)  SFNB shall  have no  obligation  to include  shares of Common
Stock owned by Purchaser in a registration  statement pursuant to Section 2.1 or
Section  2.2  hereof  unless and until  Purchaser  has  furnished  SFNB with all
information  and statements  about or pertaining to Purchaser in such reasonable
detail and on such timely basis as is reasonably  deemed by SFNB to be necessary
or appropriate for the preparation of the registration statement.

           2.3(b)  Whenever  Purchaser has  requested  that its shares of Common
Stock be registered  pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 hereof,  SFNB shall,
subject  to its  rights  under  Section  2.1(a)  to  withdraw  the  registration
statement and the other provisions of Section 2.1 and Section 2.2:

                    (1) prepare and file with the OTS a  registration  statement
with  respect  to such  shares  and use its  reasonable  efforts  to cause  such
registration statement to become effective


                                      E-5

<PAGE>



as soon as practicable  after the filing thereof  (provided that before filing a
registration  statement or offering  circular or any  amendments or  supplements
thereto,  SFNB shall  furnish  counsel  for  Purchaser  with  copies of all such
documents proposed to be filed);

                    (2)  prepare  and  file  with  the  OTS  as  promptly  as is
reasonably  practicable  such  amendments and  supplements to such  registration
statement and offering  circular  contained  therein as may be necessary to keep
such registration statement effective for a period of not less than three months
or until Purchaser has completed the distribution described in such registration
statement, whichever occurs first;

                    (3)  furnish  to  Purchaser  the  number  of  copies of such
registration  statement,  each  amendment and supplement  thereto,  the offering
circular  contained in such registration  statement  (including each preliminary
offering  circular),  and such  other  documents  as  Purchaser  may  reasonably
request;

                    (4) use  reasonable  efforts to  register  or  qualify  such
shares under the state blue sky or  securities or banking laws ("Blue Sky Laws")
of such  jurisdictions  as  Purchaser  reasonably  requests  (and  to keep  such
registrations  and  qualifications  effective for a period of three  months,  or
until Purchaser has completed the distribution of such shares,  whichever occurs
first),  and to do any and all  other  acts and  things  that may be  reasonably
necessary or advisable to enable Purchaser to consummate the disposition of such
shares in such jurisdictions;  provided, however, that SFNB will not be required
to do any  of  the  following:  (i)  qualify  generally  to do  business  in any
jurisdiction  where it would not be required but for this Section  2.3(b),  (ii)
subject itself to taxation in any such  jurisdiction,  or (iii) file any general
consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

                    (5) promptly  notify  Purchaser at any time when an offering
circular  relating thereto is required to be delivered under applicable  federal
securities laws during the period that SFNB is required to keep the registration
statement  effective,  of the  occurrence  of any event as a result of which the
offering  circular included in such  registration  statement  contains an untrue
statement of a material fact or omits any fact  necessary to make the statements
therein  in the light of the  circumstances  under  which  they were  made,  not
misleading,  and prepare a supplement  or amendment to the offering  circular so
that, as  thereafter  delivered to the  purchasers of such shares,  the offering
circular  will not  contain an untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to
state any fact  necessary to make the  statements  therein,  in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

                    (6) use  reasonable  efforts to cause all such  shares to be
listed on a securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market; and

                    (7) provide a transfer agent and registrar (if SFNB does not
already  have such an agent) for all such  shares  not later than the  effective
date of such registration statement.

     2.4   REGISTRATION EXPENSES.

           2.4(a) If,  pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 hereof,  shares of
Common Stock owned by Purchaser are included in a registration  statement,  then
Purchaser  shall pay all  transfer  taxes,  if any,  relating to the sale of its
shares of Common  Stock,  the fees and expenses of its own counsel,  and its pro
rata portion of any  underwriting  discounts or  commissions  or the  equivalent
thereof.

           2.4(b) Except for the fees and expenses  specified in Section  2.4(a)
hereof and except as provided below in this Section  2.4(b),  SFNB shall pay all
expenses incident to the registration and to SFNB's performance of or compliance
with this Agreement,  including, without limitation, all


                                      E-6

<PAGE>



registration  and filing fees,  fees and expenses of  compliance,  with Blue Sky
Laws,  underwriting  discounts,  fees, and expenses (other than  Purchaser's pro
rata portion of any  underwriting  discounts or  commissions  or the  equivalent
thereof),  printing  expenses,  messenger  and delivery  expenses,  and fees and
expenses of counsel for SFNB and all independent  certified  public  accountants
and other persons retained by SFNB. With respect to any registration pursuant to
Section 2.2 hereof,  SFNB shall pay its internal  expenses  (including,  without
limitation,  all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees  performing
legal or accounting duties) and the expenses and fees for listing the securities
to be registered on an exchange or on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

     2.5   INDEMNITY AND CONTRIBUTION.

           2.5(a)  In the  event  that  any  shares  of  Common  Stock  owned by
Purchaser are sold by means of a registration  statement pursuant to Section 2.1
or Section 2.2 hereof, Purchaser (for the purposes of this paragraph 2.5(a), the
"Indemnifying  Person")  agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless  SFNB,  each of
SFNB's  officers and  directors,  and each  person,  if any, who controls or may
control SFNB within the meaning of the  Securities Act (for the purposes of this
paragraph 2.5(a),  SFNB, its officers and directors,  and any such other persons
being  hereinafter  referred  to  individually  as an  "Indemnified  Person" and
collectively  as  "Indemnified  Persons") from and against all demands,  claims,
actions or causes of action, assessments,  losses, damages, liabilities,  costs,
and expenses, including, without limitation, interest, penalties, and reasonable
attorneys' fees and disbursements, asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon,
or incurred by such Indemnified  Person,  directly or indirectly  (collectively,
hereinafter  referred  to in the  singular  as a  "Claim"  and in the  plural as
"Claims"), based upon, arising out of, or resulting from any untrue statement of
a material fact contained in the registration statement or any omission to state
therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements  made therein,
in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, to
the extent  that such  Claim is based  upon,  arises out of or results  from any
untrue  statement  or  omission  based  upon  information  furnished  to SFNB by
Purchaser in a written document provided by Purchaser for use in connection with
the registration statement.

           2.5(b)  SFNB  (for  the  purposes  of  this  paragraph  2.5(b),   the
"Indemnifying  Person")  agrees to indemnify  and hold harmless  Purchaser,  its
officers  and  directors,  each  person,  if any,  who  controls  or may control
Purchaser  within  the  meaning  of the  Securities  Act  and  any  underwriters
participating  in the  distribution  of Common Stock  pursuant to a registration
statement (for the purposes of this paragraph  2.5(b),  Purchaser,  its officers
and  directors,  and any such other persons also being  hereinafter  referred to
individually  as  an  "Indemnified  Person"  and  collectively  as  "Indemnified
Persons")  from and against all Claims based upon,  arising out of, or resulting
from any untrue  statement  of a material  fact  contained  in the  registration
statement or any omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to
make the statement made therein,  in the light of the circumstances  under which
they were made,  not  misleading,  provided  that SFNB will not be liable in any
such case to the extent  that any such Claim  arises out of or results  from any
untrue  statement  or  omission  based  upon  information  furnished  to SFNB by
Purchaser in a written document provided by Purchaser for use in connection with
the registration statement.

           2.5(c) The  indemnification  set forth herein shall be in addition to
any  liability  SFNB or Purchaser  may  otherwise  have in  connection  with any
registration  of  Common  Stock.   Within  a  reasonable  time  after  receiving
definitive  notice of any Claim in  respect of which an  Indemnified  Person may
seek  indemnification  under this Section  2.5,  such  Indemnified  Person shall
submit  written  notice  thereof  to  Indemnifying  Person.  The  failure of the
Indemnified Person so to notify the Indemnifying  Person of any such Claim shall
not relieve the  Indemnifying  Person from any  liability it may have  hereunder
except to the extent that (a) such  liability  was caused or  increased  by such
omission, or (b) the ability of the Indemnifying Person to reduce such liability
was materially adversely affected by such omission. In addition, the omission of
the Indemnified  Person so to notify the  Indemnifying  Person of any such Claim
shall  not  relieve  the  Indemnifying  Person 


                                      E-7

<PAGE>



from any liability it may have otherwise than hereunder. The Indemnifying Person
shall have the right to  undertake,  by counsel  or  representatives  of its own
choosing, the defense, compromise, or settlement (without admitting liability of
the Indemnifying Person) of any such Claim asserted,  such defense,  compromise,
or  settlement  to be  undertaken  at the expense  and risk of the  Indemnifying
Person,  and the  Indemnified  Person  shall  have the right to engage  separate
counsel,  at its own expense,  which counsel for the  Indemnifying  Person shall
keep  informed  and  consult  with in a  reasonable  manner.  In the  event  the
Indemnifying   Person  shall  fail  to   undertake   such  defense  by  its  own
representatives,  the  Indemnifying  Person shall give prompt  written notice of
such  election to the  Indemnified  Person,  and the  Indemnified  Person  shall
undertake the defense, compromise, or settlement (without admitting liability of
the Indemnified Person) thereof on behalf of and for the account and risk of the
Indemnifying  Person  by  counsel  or other  representatives  designated  by the
Indemnified Person. In the event that any Claim shall arise out of a transaction
or cover any period or periods  wherein SFNB and Purchaser  shall each be liable
hereunder for part of the liability or obligation  arising  therefrom,  then the
parties  shall,  each  choosing  its own counsel  and bearing its own  expenses,
defend such Claim,  and no  settlement  or  compromise of such Claim may be made
without the joint consent or approval of SFNB and Purchaser. Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  no Indemnifying  Person shall be obligated hereunder with respect to
amounts paid in settlement of any Claim if such  settlement is effected  without
the consent of such Indemnifying Person (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld).

           2.5(d) If the  indemnification  provided  for in this  Section 2.5 is
held by a court of competent  jurisdiction  to be  unavailable to an Indemnified
Party (as defined in either Section 2.5(a) or 2.5(b)) with respect to any Claim,
then  the  Purchaser  or  SFNB,  as  applicable  and as the case may be (each an
"Indemnifying  Party"),  in lieu of indemnifying an Indemnified Party hereunder,
shall  contribute to the amount paid or payable by such  Indemnified  Party as a
result  of such  Claim in such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to  reflect  the
relative fault of the Indemnifying  Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified
Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted
in such claim.

     2.6   SUCCESSOR TO SFNB.

           SFNB has adopted a Second Amended and Restated Plan of Reorganization
(the "Plan") into a holding company structure (the  "Reorganization").  Upon the
Reorganization,  the  provisions  of this Section 2 shall be  applicable  to any
holding company which SFNB may form if the Shares are converted into the capital
stock of such holding  company.  Under such  circumstances,  references  in this
Section 2 to Common  Stock shall be deemed to refer to the capital  stock of the
holding company,  and references in this Section 2 to the OTS and the securities
rules and  regulations  thereof shall be deemed to refer to the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission  ("SEC"),  and the Securities Act and the regulations of the
SEC thereunder, respectively.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SFNB.

           SFNB represents and warrants to Purchaser as follows:

     3.1   ORGANIZATION AND STANDING.

           SFNB is a Federal  savings bank organized and existing under the Home
Owners' Loan Act of 1933, as amended ("HOLA"). SFNB has the full corporate power
and  authority  to own and operate its  properties  and assets,  to carry on its
business as currently conducted,  to execute and deliver this Agreement, to sell
and issue the Shares hereunder, and, subject to the conditions specified herein,
to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement. SFNB
has  furnished  to Purchaser a true and complete  copy of SFNB's  federal  stock
charter,  as currently in


                                      E-8

<PAGE>



effect,  and a true and complete copy of SFNB's bylaws,  as currently in effect,
in both cases, certified by its corporate secretary or other officer.

     3.2   AUTHORIZATION; BINDING OBLIGATION.

           SFNB has all  requisite  corporate  power and authority to enter into
and to deliver this  Agreement.  Except as  contemplated  herein,  all corporate
action  on the  part  of SFNB  and  its  directors,  officers  and  stockholders
necessary for the  authorization,  execution,  delivery and  performance of this
Agreement by SFNB, the authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of the Shares,
and the performance of SFNB's  obligations  hereunder have been taken or will be
taken prior to the Closing Date. This Agreement,  when executed and delivered by
SFNB,  shall  constitute a valid and binding  obligation of SFNB  enforceable in
accordance  with its terms,  except as may be limited by applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or other  similar laws  effecting  the
enforcement of creditor's rights.

     3.3   SUBSIDIARIES.

           SFNB's direct subsidiaries are Security First Technologies,  Inc. and
Security First  Investments,  Inc., and SFNB does not otherwise directly own any
other corporation, association or business entity.

     3.4   CAPITALIZATION.

           The authorized capital stock of SFNB consists of 25,000,000 shares of
common stock,  of which  10,514,194  are issued and  outstanding  as of the date
hereof,  and  2,500,000  shares  of  preferred  stock,  no par  value  per share
("Preferred  Stock"),  of  which a Series  A has  been  designated  and of which
1,251,084  are  issued and  outstanding  as of the date  hereof.  As of the date
hereof,  there are options (the  "Options")  outstanding  to purchase  4,129,834
shares of Common  Stock,  and except for the  Options  and the Class A Preferred
Stock, there are no outstanding  securities convertible into or exchangeable for
Common  Stock  and there  are no  outstanding  options,  rights  (preemptive  or
otherwise), or warrants to purchase or to subscribe for any shares of such stock
or other  securities of SFNB.  Since December 31, 1997,  SFNB has not issued any
capital stock except pursuant to Options and conversion of Preferred Stock.

     3.5   VALIDITY OF SHARES; ISSUANCE.

           The Shares,  when issued in  compliance  with the  provisions of this
Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any
liens or  encumbrances,  and will be issued in  compliance  with all  applicable
federal and state banking and securities laws.

     3.6   NON-CONTRAVENTION.

           The execution, delivery and performance of, and compliance with, this
Agreement, and the issuance of the Shares, will not (a) violate any provision of
the federal  stock  charter or bylaws of SFNB;  (b) conflict with or result in a
breach of, or  default  under,  or result in the  creation  of any lien,  claim,
charge or other  encumbrance upon any of the assets or properties of SFNB or any
of its  subsidiaries  pursuant to the  provisions  of any  agreement,  mortgage,
indenture  or  other  document  or  instrument  to  which  SFNB  or  any  of its
subsidiaries  is a party or by which SFNB or any of its  subsidiaries  or any of
its properties or assets is bound, or (c) violate any existing  statutes,  laws,
ordinances, regulations, orders and other rules of law applicable to SFNB or any
of its subsidiaries or


                                      E-9

<PAGE>



any of its  properties or assets,  or applicable to SFNB's power or authority to
perform its obligations under this Agreement.

     3.7   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

           SFNB has previously delivered or made available to Purchaser accurate
and complete copies of its audited  consolidated  financial statements as of and
for the year ended  December 31, 1996 and its unaudited  consolidated  financial
statements as of and for the year ended  December 31, 1997  (together,  all such
financial  statements  are  referred  to as  the  "Financial  Statements").  The
consolidated  financial  statements  of SFNB referred to herein  (including  the
related notes,  where applicable)  fairly present  (subject,  in the case of the
unaudited  statements,  to  recurring  audit  adjustments  normal in nature  and
amount,  and  the  failure  to  include  notes  thereto),  the  results  of  the
consolidated  operations and consolidated  financial condition and cash flows of
SFNB for the respective fiscal periods or as of the respective dates therein set
forth; each of such statements  (including the related notes,  where applicable)
comply with applicable accounting  requirements and with the published rules and
regulations  of the OTS  with  respect  thereto  and  each  of  such  statements
(including the related notes,  where applicable) has been prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently  applied during the
periods involved  ("GAAP"),  except in each case as indicated in such statements
or in the notes thereto. SFNB's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996 and all reports filed under the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act") since May 23, 1996 comply in all material
respects with the appropriate  requirements  for such reports under the Exchange
Act,  and SFNB has  previously  delivered or made  available to Purchaser  true,
correct and complete copies of such reports. Since May 23, 1996, SFNB has filled
all reports  required to be filed by it under the  Exchange  Act.  The books and
records of SFNB have been, and are being, maintained in all material respects in
accordance with GAAP and any other applicable legal and accounting requirements.

     3.8   ASSETS.

           SFNB (for purposes of this section,  including its  subsidiaries) has
good,  valid and  marketable  title to all  properties  and assets  owned by it,
including,  without  limitation,  all  properties  and  assets  included  in the
Financial  Statements  and all  properties  and assets  purchased  by SFNB since
December 31, 1996 (except for leased or licensed  assets and for  properties  or
assets reflected in such Financial  Statements which have been sold or otherwise
disposed  of in  the  ordinary  course  of  business),  free  and  clear  of all
encumbrances.  All personal property of SFNB is in good operating  condition and
repair and is suitable  and adequate for the uses for which it is intended or is
being used. Each of SFNB and its subsidiaries owns or possesses the right to use
all material trademarks,  service marks, trade names,  copyrights,  patents, and
licenses  currently  used by it in the  conduct  of its  business.  No  material
product or service offered and no material  trademark,  service mark, or similar
right used by SFNB or its  subsidiaries  infringes  any rights or patents of any
other  person,  and,  as of  the  date  hereof,  neither  SFNB  nor  any  of its
subsidiaries  has  received  any  written  or oral  notice  of any claim of such
infringement.

     3.9   GOVERNMENTAL CONSENT.

           No consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration
or filing with,  any  governmental  authority on the part of SFNB is required in
connection with the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement.


                                      E-10

<PAGE>



     3.10  LITIGATION; DISPUTES.

           There are no actions,  suits,  claims,  arbitrations,  proceedings or
investigations  pending,  or to  the  knowledge  of  SFNB,  threatened  against,
affecting or involving SFNB or any of its  subsidiaries  in connection  with the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  at law or in equity, or before or
by any court, arbitrator or governmental  authority,  domestic or foreign. There
are no material legal proceedings  pending, or to SFNB's knowledge,  threatened,
other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, to which SFNB
or any of its  subsidiaries  is a party or of which  any of  their  property  is
subject.

     3.11  ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES OR EVENTS.

           Except as  disclosed  in its reports  filed under the  Exchange  Act,
there has been no material adverse change in the business,  operations,  results
of operations  or financial  condition of SFNB and its  subsidiaries,  and since
December  31, 1996  neither  SFNB nor any of its  subsidiaries  has incurred any
material  liability,  except as contemplated hereby or in the ordinary course of
their  business  consistent  with their past  practices  and which has not had a
material  adverse effect on SFNB or its  subsidiaries.  Since December 31, 1996,
SFNB and its  subsidiaries  have carried on their  respective  businesses in the
ordinary and usual course consistent with their past practices.

     3.12  COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS.

           Each of SFNB  and its  subsidiaries  have  complied  in all  material
respects  with all laws  applicable  to it or to the  operation of its business.
Neither SFNB nor any subsidiary  thereof has received any notice of any material
alleged or threatened  claim,  violation,  or liability under any such laws that
has not heretofore been cured and for which there is no remaining liability.

     3.13  NO MISREPRESENTATION.

           None of the  representations and warranties of SFNB set forth in this
Section 3 nor any of SFNB's  reports  filed under the Exchange Act since May 23,
1996 (at the time they were filed)  contains any untrue  statement of a material
fact or  omits  to  state a  material  fact  necessary  to make  the  statements
contained  therein,  in light of the  circumstances in which they were made, not
misleading.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER.

           Purchaser represents and warrants to SFNB as follows:

     4.1   ORGANIZATION AND STANDING.

           Purchaser is a Delaware corporation duly organized,  validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Purchaser has the
full corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets,
to carry on its  business as  currently  conducted,  to execute and deliver this
Agreement and,  subject to the  conditions  specified  herein,  to carry out and
perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement.


                                      E-11

<PAGE>



     4.2   AUTHORIZATION.

           Purchaser  has all requisite  corporate  power and authority to enter
into  and to  deliver  this  Agreement.  All  corporate  action  on the  part of
Purchaser and its directors and  stockholders  necessary for the  authorization,
execution,  delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement  by Purchaser  and the
performance  of  Purchaser's   obligations   hereunder  have  been  taken.  This
Agreement,  when executed and delivered by Purchaser,  shall  constitute a valid
and binding  obligation of Purchaser  enforceable in accordance  with its terms,
except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws effecting the enforcement of creditor's rights.

     4.3   NON-CONTRAVENTION.

           The execution, delivery and performance of, and compliance with, this
Agreement will not (a) violate any provision of the articles of incorporation or
bylaws of  Purchaser;  (b)  conflict  with or result in a breach  of, or default
under, or result in the creation of any lien, claim, charge or other encumbrance
upon any of the assets or properties of Purchaser  pursuant to the provisions of
any  agreement,  mortgage,  indenture or other  document or  instrument to which
Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser or any of its properties or assets is
bound,  or (c) violate any existing  statutes,  laws,  ordinances,  regulations,
orders and other rules of law  applicable to Purchaser or any of its  properties
or assets,  or  applicable  to  Purchaser's  power or  authority  to perform its
obligations under this Agreement.

     4.4   GOVERNMENTAL CONSENT.

           No consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration
or filing with, any governmental  authority on the part of Purchaser is required
in  connection  with the valid  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement or in
connection with the  consummation of the purchase of the Shares  contemplated by
Section 1.1 hereof.

     4.5   ADEQUATE RESOURCES.

           Purchaser  has  sufficient  cash and other  resources  to perform its
obligations hereunder.

     4.6   INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS.

           4.6(a)  Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss SFNB's  business,
management and financial affairs with SFNB's management. Purchaser is capable of
evaluating  the merits and risks of its  investment in SFNB and has the capacity
to protect its own interests.

           4.6(b)  Purchaser is acquiring the Shares for  investment for its own
account  and  not  with a view  to,  or  for  resale  in  connection  with,  any
distribution.  Purchaser  understands  that the Shares have not been  registered
under the Securities Act nor under  applicable  rules and regulations of the OTS
by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions thereof which
depends upon, among other things,  the bona fide nature of the investment intent
as expressed herein.

           4.6(c)   Purchaser   acknowledges   that  the  Shares  must  be  held
indefinitely unless they are subsequently  registered under applicable rules and
regulations of the OTS or an exemption from registration is available.


                                      E-12

<PAGE>



     4.7   LITIGATION; DISPUTES.

           There are no actions,  suits,  claims,  arbitrations,  proceedings or
investigations  pending,  or to the knowledge of Purchaser,  threatened against,
affecting  or  involving   Purchaser  in   connection   with  the   transactions
contemplated by this Agreement,  at law or in equity, or before or by any court,
arbitrator or governmental authority, domestic or foreign.

     4.8   NO MISREPRESENTATION.

           None of the  representations and warranties of Purchaser set forth in
this  Section 4 contains  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omits to
state a material fact necessary to make the  statements  contained  therein,  in
light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

SECTION 5. COVENANTS.

     5.1   REGULATORY APPLICATIONS; THIRD PARTY CONSENTS.

           If  applicable,  upon the execution  and delivery of this  Agreement,
Purchaser  shall  cause  to be  prepared  and  filed,  as soon as is  reasonably
practical,  all  required  applications  and notices and any other  filings with
governmental authorities which are necessary or contemplated for consummation of
the purchase of Shares contemplated  hereby. Such applications and filings shall
be in such forms as may be prescribed by the respective governmental authorities
and shall contain such information as they may require.

     5.2   MATTERS AS TO SFNB.

           SFNB  agrees to take all such action  required of SFNB to  consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby.

     5.3   OTHER APPROVALS.

           The parties shall  cooperate and use their best efforts to obtain all
written  consents and approvals of other persons in connection with the purchase
of the Shares contemplated hereby.

     5.4   NEW PARTY TO AGREEMENT.

           Upon the  organization  of Security  First  Technologies  Corporation
("Holdings") as the proposed holding company in the  Reorganization,  SFNB shall
cause  Holdings to become a party  hereto,  bound by the terms,  conditions  and
obligations contained herein.

SECTION 6. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

     6.1   CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF ALL PARTIES.

           The  obligations  of  each  party  to  consummate  the   transactions
contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction, on or before the
Closing Date, of each of the following conditions precedent:


                                      E-13

<PAGE>



           6.1(a) Termination.  This Agreement shall not have been terminated in
accordance with its terms.

           6.1(b) Regulatory  Approvals.  All regulatory  approvals sought shall
have been  obtained and all notice  periods  shall have  expired;  no regulatory
approval   shall  contain  any   condition   that  would  require  any  material
modification or  nonperformance  of the terms of this Agreement;  all regulatory
approvals  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect  and all  conditions  and
requirements  set forth in any  regulatory  approvals  that are  required  to be
satisfied on or before the Closing Date, including the expiration of any waiting
periods, shall have been satisfied or properly waived.

           6.1(c) No Governmental  Action.  No action or proceeding by or before
any  governmental  authority  shall have been  instituted or threatened (and not
subsequently  dismissed,  settled or otherwise  terminated)  which is reasonably
expected to restrain,  prohibit or invalidate the  transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement or to affect adversely the consolidated  financial  condition and
business prospects of SFNB.

           6.1(d) Reorganization. The Reorganization shall not have occurred.

     6.2   CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF PURCHASER.

           The  obligations of Purchaser to purchase the Shares  contemplated by
this Agreement are subject to the  satisfaction,  on or before the Closing Date,
of each of the following conditions  precedent,  any one or more of which may be
waived by Purchaser, in its sole and absolute discretion:

           6.2(a)  Representations  and  Warranties.   The  representations  and
warranties  of SFNB  contained  in this  Agreement  shall be true,  correct  and
complete in all material respects when made and shall be true and correct on the
Closing  Date with the same  force and  effect  as if made on the  Closing  Date
(provided,  however,  that if any portion of any  representation  or warranty is
already  qualified  by  materiality,  for purposes of  determining  whether this
Section  6.2(a)  has  been  satisfied  with  respect  to  such  portion  of such
representation or warranty,  such portion of such  representation or warranty as
so qualified must be true and correct in all respects).

           6.2(b) Compliance. SFNB shall have in all material respects performed
all obligations and agreements and complied with all covenants contained in this
Agreement to be performed  and complied  with by SFNB on or prior to the Closing
Date.

     6.3   CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF SFNB.

           The obligations of SFNB to consummate the  transactions  contemplated
by this  Agreement  are  subject to the  satisfaction,  on or before the Closing
Date, of each of the following  conditions  precedent,  any one or more of which
may be waived by SFNB, in its sole and absolute discretion:

           6.3(a)  Representations  and  Warranties.   The  representations  and
warranties of Purchaser  contained in this Agreement shall be true,  correct and
complete in all material  respects when made and shall be true and correct as of
the Closing  Date with the same force and effect as if made on the Closing  Date
(provided,  however,  that if any portion of any  representation  or warranty is
already  qualified  by  materiality,  for purposes of  determining  whether this
Section  6.3(a)  has  been  satisfied  with  respect  to  such  portion  of such
representation or warranty,  such portion of such  representation or warranty as
so qualified must be true and correct in all respects).


                                      E-14

<PAGE>



           6.3(b)  Compliance.  Purchaser  shall have in all  material  respects
performed  all  obligations  and  agreements  and  complied  with all  covenants
contained in this  Agreement to be performed and complied with by it on or prior
to the Closing Date.

SECTION 7. CLOSING.

     7.1   DELIVERIES BY SFNB.

           At the Closing, SFNB shall deliver to Purchaser the following:

                    (1) A certificate or certificates  registered in Purchaser's
name, representing all of the Shares.

                    (2) A copy of the  resolutions  of the Board of Directors of
SFNB certified by the Secretary of SFNB, as being true, correct and complete and
then  in  full  force  and  effect,  authorizing  the  execution,  delivery  and
performance  of this Agreement by SFNB, the  authorization,  sale,  issuance and
delivery of the Shares, and the performance of SFNB's obligations hereunder.

                    (3) A  certificate  of SFNB signed by the  President of SFNB
certifying that the representations and warranties of SFNB made herein are true,
complete and correct in all material  respects as of the date of this  Agreement
and are true and correct as of the Closing  Date,  and SFNB has in all  material
respects  performed  all  obligations  and  agreements  and  complied  with  all
covenants  required to be performed or complied  with by SFNB on or prior to the
Closing.

                    (4) Such other  certificates,  instruments  or  documents as
Purchaser  may   reasonably   request  in  order  to  effect  and  document  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

                    (5)  An   opinion   of   SFNB's   counsel   as  to  the  due
authorization, full payment and non-assessibility of the Shares.

     7.2   DELIVERIES BY PURCHASER.

           At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver to SFNB the following:

                    (1) The aggregate  Purchase Price for the Shares, in cash or
by wire transfer or certified or bank cashier's  check,  payable to the order of
SFNB.

                    (2) A  certificate  of  Purchaser  signed by an  officer  of
Purchaser reasonably  satisfactory to SFNB,  certifying that the representations
and  warranties of Purchaser  made herein are true,  complete and correct in all
material  respects as of the date of this  Agreement and are true and correct as
of the Closing Date,  and Purchaser has in all material  respects  performed all
obligations  and  agreements  and  complied  with all  covenants  required to be
performed or complied with by Purchaser on or prior to the Closing.

                    (3) Such other  certificates,  instruments  or  documents as
SFNB may  reasonably  request in order to effect and  document  the  transaction
contemplated hereby.


                                      E-15

<PAGE>



SECTION 8. LEGEND.

     8.1   ENDORSEMENT.

           Each  certificate  representing the Shares shall be endorsed with the
following  legend  (in  addition  to any legend  required  by  applicable  state
securities laws):

           THE  SECURITIES   REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE  NOT  BEEN
      REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT") OR ANY
      OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,  TRANSFERRED,
      ASSIGNED  OR  HYPOTHECATED  UNLESS  THERE  IS  AN  EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION
      STATEMENT  UNDER   APPLICABLE   FEDERAL   SECURITIES  LAWS  COVERING  SUCH
      SECURITIES  OR SFNB  RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL  SATISFACTORY  TO SFNB
      THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

     8.2   REMOVAL OF LEGEND.

           The legend endorsed on a stock certificate pursuant to Section 8.1 of
this Agreement shall be removed and SFNB shall issue a certificate  without such
legend  to the  holder  of such  Shares  if such  Shares  are  registered  under
applicable  federal  securities  laws  and  an  offering  circular  meeting  the
requirements  of the rules and  regulations  of the OTS is  available or if such
holder  provides  to SFNB an opinion of  counsel  for such  holder of the Shares
reasonably  satisfactory to SFNB, to the effect that a public sale,  transfer or
assignment  of  such  Shares  may  be  made  without  registration  and  without
compliance with any restrictions.

SECTION 9. STOCK OPTION

     9.1   GRANT OF OPTION.

           SFNB does hereby grant to Purchaser four separate  options (each,  an
"Option," or  collectively,  the  Options") to subscribe  for and purchase  that
number of whole shares of Common Stock (the "Option Shares") as determined below
in this Article 9. Upon the  Reorganization,  the  provisions  of this Article 9
shall be applicable  to any holding  company which SFNB may form pursuant to the
Plan if the Shares are converted into the capital stock of such holding company.
Under such circumstances, references in this Article 2 to Option Shares shall be
deemed to refer to share of capital stock of the holding company,  references to
Common Stock shall be deemed to refer to the Common Stock of the holding company
and references in this Article 9 to SFNB shall be deemed to refer to the holding
company resulting from the Reorganization.

     9.2   THE OPTIONS.

           The Options are hereby  designated  individually  as Option I, Option
II, Option III and Option IV. Each Option shall be  exercisable  for that number
of Option Shares which is equal to 2,500,000, divided by the number which equals
the "Per Share Option  Exercise  Price" for such  Option,  as set forth below in
Section 9.4.


                                      E-16

<PAGE>



     9.3   TERM OF THE OPTIONS.

           Option I shall be  exercisable  from the date of the "Closing"  under
the terms of, and as defined in, that  certain  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  (the
"SFNB Stock Purchase Agreement") among Royal Bank of Canada, Purchaser, SFNB and
upon organization,  Holdings,  dated as of even date herewith ("the SFNB Closing
Date")  until the close of business on the first  business  day which is 90 days
after  the SFNB  Closing  Date.  Option  II shall be  exercisable  from the SFNB
Closing Date until the close of business on the first  business day which is 270
days after the SFNB Closing Date.  Option III shall be exercisable from the SFNB
Closing Date until the close of business on the first  business day which is 450
days after the SFNB Closing Date.  Option IV shall be exercisable  from the SFNB
Closing Date until the close of business on the first  business day which is 630
days after the SFNB  Closing  Date.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary
provided  herein,  the Options shall  terminate and be of no further effect upon
termination  of the Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  other than by reason of Closing
thereunder.

     9.4   THE PER SHARE OPTION EXERCISE PRICE.

           The Per Share Option  Exercise  Price of Option I shall be the dollar
amount equal to the product of the  Purchase  Price,  times 1.10.  The Per Share
Option  Exercise  Price of Option  II shall be the  dollar  amount  equal to the
product of the Purchase  Price,  times 1.21. The Per Share Option Exercise Price
of Option III shall be the dollar  amount  equal to the product of the  Purchase
Price,  times 1.331.  The Per Share Option  Exercise Price of Option IV shall be
the dollar amount equal to the product of the Purchase Price, times 1.464.

     9.5   EXERCISE OF THE OPTIONS.

           An Option that is exercisable  hereunder may be exercised by delivery
to SFNB on any business day, at its principal office, addressed to the attention
of the Corporate Secretary of SFNB, of written notice of exercise,  which notice
shall  specify  the number of shares  with  respect to which the Option is being
exercised. The minimum number of shares of Stock with respect to which an Option
may be  exercised,  in whole or in part,  at any time shall be the lesser of 100
shares or the maximum  number of shares  available for purchase under the Option
at the time of exercise.  Payment of the  aggregate  Per Share  Option  Exercise
Price for the shares of Common  Stock  purchased  pursuant to the exercise of an
Option  shall  be made  in cash  (whether  by  check,  wire  transfer  or  other
reasonably  acceptable means).  Promptly after the exercise of an Option and the
payment in full of the aggregate Per Share Option  Exercise  Price of the shares
of Common Stock covered thereby, the Purchaser shall be entitled to the issuance
of a stock certificate or certificates evidencing ownership of the Option Shares
so exercised.

     9.6   TRANSFERABILITY.

           Notwithstanding  any provision of this Agreement to the contrary,  no
Option  shall be  assignable  or  transferable,  other than by  Purchaser to any
direct or indirect parent or subsidiary corporation of Purchaser.

     9.7   REQUIREMENTS OF LAW.

           SFNB  shall not be  required  to sell or issue  any  shares of Common
Stock under any Option if the sale or issuance of such shares would constitute a
violation by the Purchaser or SFNB of any provisions of any law or regulation of
any governmental  authority,  including without  limitation any federal or state
securities  laws or  regulations.  SFNB  shall  not be  obligated  to  take


                                      E-17

<PAGE>



any  affirmative  action  in order to cause  the  exercise  of an  Option or the
issuance of shares pursuant  thereto to comply with any law or regulation of any
governmental authority.

     9.8   CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.

           If the outstanding  shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased
or changed into or exchanged  for a different  number or kind of shares or other
securities of SFNB by reason of any  recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock
split, reverse split,  combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock dividend
or other distribution payable in capital stock, or other increase or decrease in
such shares effected without receipt of  consideration by SFNB,  occurring after
the date  hereof,  the  number  and kinds of  Option  Shares  shall be  adjusted
proportionately and accordingly.  In addition, the number and kind of shares for
which Options are outstanding shall be adjusted  proportionately and accordingly
so that the  proportionate  interest  of the holder of the  Options  immediately
following  such  event  shall,  to  the  extent  practicable,  be  the  same  as
immediately  prior to such event.  Any such  adjustment in  outstanding  Options
shall not change the  aggregate  Per Share Option Price  payable with respect to
shares subject to the  unexercised  portion of the Option  outstanding but shall
include a corresponding proportionate adjustment in the Per Share Option Price.

     9.9   OWNERSHIP LIMITATION.

           If, upon exercise of an Option, Purchaser, including any subsidiaries
and  affiliates  thereof,  would  then own more than  4.999% of the  outstanding
Common Stock, the Option Shares then subject to issuance shall be shares of SFNB
Class A Preferred Stock, no par value per share (the "Preferred Shares"),  or if
after the  Reorganization,  the shares of capital stock of the resulting holding
company into which shares of Preferred  Stock are  converted,  which stock shall
have the same  terms  and  conditions  of the  Preferred  Shares  to the  extent
contemplated by the Plan.

SECTION 10. TERMINATION.

     10.1  MUTUAL CONSENT.

           The  parties  may  terminate  this  Agreement  at any time by  mutual
written agreement.

     10.2  OTHER TERMINATION.

           Either of SFNB,  on the one hand,  or  Purchaser,  on the other,  may
terminate this Agreement by giving notice (a "Termination  Notice") to the other
at the time  designated in this Section or, in the absence of such  designation,
at any time up to and  including  the  Closing  Date,  if any one or more of the
following shall have occurred and be continuing:

           10.2(a)  Termination  By Any  Party.  Any  party may  terminate  this
Agreement under any one or more of the following circumstances:

                    (1) at any time after June 30,  1998,  if the Closing  shall
not have occurred for any reason other than a default or  non-performance of its
obligations hereunder by the party giving such notice;

                    (2) any application  for regulatory  approval or notice with
any regulatory agency or authority is denied or withdrawn and is not modified or
supplemented  and  resubmitted  in a manner  that the party  giving  the  notice
believes is responsive to the comments of the applicable  governmental authority
within 45 days after it is so denied or withdrawn;


                                      E-18

<PAGE>



                    (3) a court or other  governmental  authority  of  competent
jurisdiction  shall have issued an order,  writ,  injunction  or decree or shall
have taken any other action permanently restraining or otherwise prohibiting the
purchase of Shares contemplated hereby and such order, writ, injunction,  decree
or other action shall have become final and nonappealable.

           10.2(b)  Termination  By  Purchaser.  Purchaser  may  terminate  this
Agreement if any  condition  precedent set forth in Sections 6.1 or 6.2 shall be
incapable of being satisfied.

           10.2(c) Termination By SFNB. SFNB may terminate this Agreement if any
condition precedent set forth in Sections 6.1 or 6.3 shall be incapable of being
satisfied.

     10.3  EFFECT OF TERMINATION.

           Termination  of this  Agreement  pursuant to this  Section  shall not
relieve any party of any  liability  for a default or other  breach,  default or
nonperformance  under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no party
hereto shall be liable for  consequential or punitive damages in connection with
such termination.

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS.

     11.1  ADDITIONAL ACTIONS AND DOCUMENTS.

           Each of the parties  hereto agrees that it will,  at any time,  prior
to, at or after the Closing, take or cause to be taken such further actions, and
execute,  deliver  and file or cause to be  executed,  delivered  and filed such
further documents and instruments as may be necessary or reasonably requested in
connection with the  consummation of the purchase and sale  contemplated by this
Agreement or in order to fully effectuate the purposes,  terms and conditions of
this Agreement.

     11.2  EXPENSES.

           Each party hereto shall pay its own expenses  incurred in  connection
with  this  Agreement  and  in  the  preparation  for  and  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     11.3  NOTICES.

           All notices, demands,  requests, or other communications which may be
or are required to be given or made by any party to any other party  pursuant to
this  Agreement  shall be in  writing  and  shall be hand  delivered,  mailed by
first-class  registered or certified  mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage
prepaid, or delivered by overnight air courier, addressed as follows:

           (i) if to SFNB or Holdings (before the Reorganization):

           Security First Network Bank
           3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700
           Atlanta, Georgia  30326
           Attn.:  President


                                      E-19

<PAGE>



          Security First Technologies Corporation
          3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700
          Atlanta, Georgia  30326
          Attn.:  President

          (after the Reorganization):

          Security First Technologies Corporation
          3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 1700
          Atlanta, Georgia  30326
          Attn.:  President

          with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

          Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.
          555 Thirteenth Street, N.W.
          Washington, D.C.  20004
          Attn.:  Stuart G. Stein, Esq.

          (ii)if to Purchaser:

          RBC Holdings (Delaware) Inc.
          1 Place Ville Marie
          Montreal, Canada H3C 5A7
          Attn.:  Vice President - Business Development

          with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

          Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
          200 Park Avenue
          New York, New York  10166
          Attn.:  Steve Shoemate

or such other  address as the  addressee  may indicate by written  notice to the
other parties.  Each notice,  demand,  request,  or communication which shall be
given or made in the manner described above shall be deemed  sufficiently  given
or made for all purposes at such time as it is delivered to the addressee  (with
the return receipt,  the delivery  receipt,  or the affidavit of messenger being
deemed  conclusive but not exclusive  evidence of such delivery) or at such time
as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation.

     11.4. WAIVER.

           No waiver by any party of any  failure or refusal of any other  party
to comply with its obligations  under this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of
any other or subsequent  failure or


                                      E-20

<PAGE>



refusal to so comply by such other  party.  No waiver  shall be valid  unless in
writing  signed by the party to be charged  and only to the extent  therein  set
forth.

     11.5  BINDING EFFECT.

           This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit
of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns including, but
not  limited  to,  any  holding  company  which  SFNB may form if the Shares are
converted into capital stock of such holding company.

     11.6  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT.

           This  Agreement,   including  the  other  instruments  and  documents
referred to herein or delivered  pursuant hereto,  contains the entire agreement
among the parties with respect to the subject  matter hereof and  supersedes all
prior oral or written agreements,  commitments or understandings with respect to
such matters. No amendment, modification or discharge of this Agreement shall be
valid or  binding  unless set forth in writing  and duly  executed  by the party
against whom enforcement of the amendment, modification or discharge is sought.

     11.7  SEVERABILITY.

           If any part of any  provision of this  Agreement  shall be invalid or
unenforceable under applicable law, such part shall be ineffective to the extent
of such invalidity or  unenforceability  only,  without in any way affecting the
remaining  parts  of  such  provisions  or  the  remaining  provisions  of  said
Agreement.

     11.8  HEADINGS.

           The  headings  of the  sections  and  subsections  contained  in this
Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not form a part or affect the
meaning, construction or scope thereof.

     11.9  GOVERNING LAW.

           This Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties hereto, and
any claims or disputes  relating  thereto,  shall be  governed by and  construed
under and in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New York,  excluding the
choice of law rules thereof.

     11.10 SIGNATURE IN COUNTERPARTS.

           This  Agreement  may be executed in  separate  counterparts,  none of
which need contain the signatures of all parties,  each of which shall be deemed
to be an original,  and all of which taken together  constitute one and the same
instrument.  It shall not be  necessary  in making  proof of this  Agreement  to
produce  or  account  for more than the number of  counterparts  containing  the
respective signatures of, or on behalf of, all of the parties hereto.

     11.11 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.

           Except as  expressly  provided  herein,  this  Agreement  is made and
entered into for the sole protection and benefit of the parties  hereto,  and no
other person or entity shall have any right of


                                      E-21

<PAGE>



action  hereon,  right to claim any right or  benefit  from the terms  contained
herein or be deemed a third party beneficiary hereunder.

     11.12 ASSIGNABILITY.

           All terms and provisions of this Agreement  shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto,  and their  respective  transferees,
successors and assigns;  provided,  however, that neither this Agreement nor any
rights, privileges, duties and obligations of the parties hereto may be assigned
or delegated by any party hereto  without the prior  written  consent of all the
parties to this Agreement and any such purported or attempted  assignment  shall
be null and void ab initio  and of no force or  effect  provided,  further  that
Purchaser may assign this Agreement,  including rights,  privileges,  duties and
obligations  hereunder  to any parent or  subsidiary  corporation  affiliate  of
Purchaser so long as such  assignment  does not in any way  materially  delay or
otherwise  materially  adversely  impact the  ability of the  parties  hereto to
effect the transactions contemplated hereby.

     11.13 PARTIES NOT PARTNERS.

           Nothing  contained in this Agreement shall  constitute any party as a
partner with,  agent for or principal of any one or more of the other parties or
their successors and assigns.



                                      E-22

<PAGE>




           IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

                                         SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK

                                         By: /s/ Robert F. Stockwell
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Robert F. Stockwell
                                             Treasurer, Acting President and
                                                  Chief Financial Officer

                                         RBC HOLDINGS (DELAWARE) INC.

                                         By: /s/ Charles F. Seitz
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Name:  Charles F. Seitz
                                             Title: Treasurer + Secretary

                                         SECURITY FIRST 
                                         TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                                         By: /s/ James S. Mahan, III
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Name:   James S. Mahan, III
                                             Title:  Chief Executive Officer



                                      E-23





                                                                       Exhibit 5

                             HOGAN & HARTSON L.L.P.
                           555 THIRTEENTH STREET, N.W.
                           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20004-1109

                                  June 5, 1998

Board of Directors
Security First Technologies Corporation
3390 Peachtree Road, NE
Suite 1700
Atlanta, Georgia  30326

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We are  acting  as  special  counsel  to  Security  First  Technologies
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  in connection with its
registration statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") filed with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  relating to the proposed  issuance of up to
10,814,215  shares of the Company's common stock, par value $0.01 per share, all
of which  shares (the  "Shares")  are to be issued by the Company in  accordance
with the terms of the Second Amended and Restated Plan of Reorganization,  dated
as of March 9, 1998,  by and among  Security  First Network Bank  ("SFNB"),  the
Company and upon  organization,  New Security  First Network Bank, as amended by
Amendment No. 1 thereto dated June 4, 1998  (together the "Plan").  This opinion
letter  is  furnished  to you at your  request  to  enable  you to  fulfill  the
requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K, 17 C.F.R.  ss.  229.601(b)(5),
in connection with the Registration Statement.

         For purposes of this opinion  letter,  we have  examined  copies of the
following documents:

          1.   An executed copy of the Registration Statement.

          2.   An executed copy of the Plan.

          3.   The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company,  as certified by
               the  Secretary  of the  Company on the date  hereof as then being
               complete, accurate and in effect.

          4.   The Bylaws of the Company,  as certified by the  Secretary of the
               Company on the date hereof as then being  complete,  accurate and
               in effect.

          5.   Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company,  adopted at
               a meeting held on June 3, 1998,  as certified by the Secretary of
               the Company on the date hereof as then being  complete,  accurate
               and in  effect,  relating  to the  issuance  of  the  Shares  and
               arrangements in connection therewith.


                                      E-24

<PAGE>



Board of Directors
Security First Technologies Corporation
June 5, 1998
Page 2

          6.   Resolutions  of the Board of Directors  of SFNB,  as organizer of
               the  Company,  adopted  at  meetings  held on January  28,  1997,
               January 28, 1998, March 9, 1998 and June 3, 1998, as certified by
               the  Secretary  of the  Company on the date  hereof as then being
               complete, accurate and in effect, relating to the issuance of the
               Shares and arrangements in connection therewith.

           In our  examination of the aforesaid  documents,  we have assumed the
genuineness  of all  signatures,  the legal  capacity  of natural  persons,  the
authenticity,  accuracy and  completeness of all documents  submitted to us, and
the conformity with the original  documents of all documents  submitted to us as
certified, telecopied, photostatic, or reproduced copies. This opinion letter is
given, and all statements herein are made, in the context of the foregoing.

           This  opinion  letter  is based as to  matters  of law  solely on the
General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  We express no opinion herein
as to any other laws, statutes, regulations, or ordinances.

           Based upon,  subject to and limited by the  foregoing,  we are of the
opinion that following (i) effectiveness of the Registration  Statement and (ii)
issuance of the Shares  pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the resolutions of
the Boards of  Directors  of the  Company  and SFNB,  the Shares will be validly
issued,  fully paid and nonassessable  under the General  Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware.

           We assume no obligation to advise you of any changes in the foregoing
subsequent to the delivery of this opinion letter.  This opinion letter has been
prepared solely for your use in connection  with the filing of the  Registration
Statement on the date of this  opinion  letter and should not be quoted in whole
or in part or  otherwise  be  referred  to, nor filed with or  furnished  to any
governmental agency or other person or entity, without the prior written consent
of this firm.

           We hereby  consent to the filing of this opinion  letter as Exhibit 5
to the  Registration  Statement  and to the  reference  to this  firm  under the
caption "Legal Matters" in the proxy statement/prospectus constituting a part of
the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that
we are an "expert" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                                                          Very truly yours,

                                                          HOGAN & HARTSON L.L.P.

                                      E-25





                                                                      Exhibit 21

     Security First Technologies Corporation does not have any subsidiaries.




                                      E-26




                                                                    Exhibit 23.2

The Board of Directors
Security First Network Bank:

We consent to the use of our report  included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the headings  "Experts" and "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences"
in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

                              KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

                            /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
June 5, 1998

                                      E-27


                                                                    Exhibit 23.3


                      FRIEDMAN, BILLINGS, RAMSEY & CO. INC.


                Consent of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.
                -------------------------------------------------

Board of Directors
Security First Technologies Corporation

Board of Directors
Security First Network Bank

We hereby  consent to the inclusion of our opinion letter dated March 9, 1998 as
an  appendix  to the proxy  statement/prospectus  included  in the  registration
statement  on Form S-4 of Security  First  Technologies  Corporation  and to the
references to our firm and our opinion in the proxy statement/prospectus.

                                          Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.

                                          By: /s/ Suzanne N. Richardson
                                             --------------------------------
                                          Suzanne N. Richardson
                                          Managing Director

Arlington, Virginia
June 5, 1998

                                      E-28




REVOCABLE PROXY                                                       Exhibit 99

                           SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK

           THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

           The  undersigned  shareholder of Security First Network Bank ("SFNB")
hereby  appoints  _________________________,  or any of them, with full power of
substitution  in each,  as  proxies  to cast all  votes  which  the  undersigned
shareholder  is  entitled to cast at the special  meeting of  shareholders  (the
"Special  Meeting")  to be held at _____ a.m.  on _______  __,  1998,  at SFNB's
Atlanta City Office, 3390 Peachtree Road, NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30326, and at any
adjournments  thereof,  upon the following matters. The undersigned  shareholder
hereby revokes any proxy or proxies heretofore given.

           This proxy will be voted as directed by the undersigned  shareholder.
UNLESS CONTRARY DIRECTION IS GIVEN, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED: (1) TO APPROVE THE
PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY REORGANIZATION OF SFNB AND SECURITY FIRST TECHNOLOGIES,
INC. BY APPROVING THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED PLAN OF REORGANIZATION,  DATED
AS OF MARCH 9, 1998, BY AND AMONG SFNB, SECURITY FIRST TECHNOLOGIES  CORPORATION
(THE "HOLDING COMPANY") AND UPON ORGANIZATION,  NEW SECURITY FIRST NETWORK BANK,
AS  AMENDED,  AND THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  THEREBY;  (2) TO APPROVE  THE
PROPOSED  SALE OF SFNB'S  BANKING  BUSINESS  BY  APPROVING  THE  STOCK  PURCHASE
AGREEMENT,  DATED AS OF MARCH 9, 1998,  BY AND AMONG  ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,  RBC
HOLDINGS  (DELAWARE)  INC., SFNB AND THE HOLDING  COMPANY,  AS AMENDED,  AND THE
TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED THEREBY; AND (3) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETERMINATION
OF A  MAJORITY  OF THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  OF SFNB AS TO OTHER  MATTERS.  The
undersigned  shareholder may revoke this proxy at any time before it is voted by
(i) filing with the Assistant  Secretary of SFNB a written  notice of revocation
prior to the  Special  Meeting,  (ii)  delivering  to SFNB prior to the  Special
Meeting a duly  executed  proxy  bearing a later date,  or (iii)  attending  the
Special  Meeting  and  voting in  person.  The  undersigned  shareholder  hereby
acknowledges  receipt  of  SFNB's  Notice  of  Special  Meeting  and  the  Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.

           If you receive  more than one proxy card,  please sign and return all
cards in the accompanying envelope.

             (continued and to be signed and dated on reverse side)

                                                                ----------------
                                                                       SEE
                                                                  REVERSE SIDE
                                                                ----------------

                                      E-29

<PAGE>


                                                                ----------------
                                                                       X
                                                                ----------------
                                                               Please mark your
                                                                 votes as this.

                                  ------------
                                     COMMON

Proposal 1:    To  approve  the  proposed  holding  company   reorganization  of
               Security First Network Bank and Security First Technologies, Inc.
               by   approving   the  Second   Amended  and   Restated   Plan  of
               Reorganization,  as amended,  and the  transactions  contemplated
               thereby.


               FOR                       AGAINST                    ABSTAIN
               [ ]                         [ ]                        [ ]

Proposal 2:    To approve the proposed sale of the banking  business of Security
               First Network Bank to RBC Holdings  (Delaware)  Inc. by approving
               the Stock Purchase  Agreement,  as amended,  and the transactions
               contemplated thereby.

               FOR                       AGAINST                    ABSTAIN
               [ ]                         [ ]                        [ ]

Other Matters: The proxies are  authorized  to vote upon such other  business as
               may properly come before the Special Meeting, or any adjournments
               thereof,  including,  without limitation, a motion to adjourn the
               Special  Meeting to another  time and/or place for the purpose of
               soliciting  additional  proxies in order to approve the  proposed
               holding company reorganization of Security First Network Bank and
               Security First Technologies, Inc. by approving the Second Amended
               and Restated Plan of Reorganization,  as amended, the sale of the
               banking  business of Security First Network Bank by approving the
               Stock Purchase Agreement, as amended, or otherwise, in accordance
               with  the   determination  of  a  majority  of  SFNB's  Board  of
               Directors.

Date:
     -------------------------------

     -------------------------------

     -------------------------------
      Signature of Shareholder or
       Authorized Representative

Please  date  and  sign  exactly  as  name  appears   hereon.   Each   executor,
administrator,  trustee,  guardian,  attorney-in-fact and other fiduciary should
sign and indicate his or her full title.  When stock has been issued in the name
of two or more persons, all should sign.



                                      E-30


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission